github.com/aavshr/aws-sdk-go@v1.41.3/service/rds/api.go (about) 1 // Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3 package rds 4 5 import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "time" 8 9 "github.com/aavshr/aws-sdk-go/aws" 10 "github.com/aavshr/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 11 "github.com/aavshr/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 12 "github.com/aavshr/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 13 "github.com/aavshr/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" 14 ) 15 16 const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster" 17 18 // AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 19 // client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return 20 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 21 // successfully. 22 // 23 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 24 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 25 // 26 // See AddRoleToDBCluster for more information on using the AddRoleToDBCluster 27 // API call, and error handling. 28 // 29 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 30 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 31 // 32 // 33 // // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method. 34 // req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params) 35 // 36 // err := req.Send() 37 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 38 // fmt.Println(resp) 39 // } 40 // 41 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 42 func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) { 43 op := &request.Operation{ 44 Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster, 45 HTTPMethod: "POST", 46 HTTPPath: "/", 47 } 48 49 if input == nil { 50 input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{} 51 } 52 53 output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{} 54 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 55 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 56 return 57 } 58 59 // AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 60 // 61 // Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Amazon Aurora 62 // DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora MySQL to 63 // Access Other Amazon Web Services Services on Your Behalf (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Integrating.Authorizing.html) 64 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 65 // 66 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 67 // 68 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 69 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 70 // the error. 71 // 72 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 73 // API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information. 74 // 75 // Returned Error Codes: 76 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 77 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 78 // 79 // * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists" 80 // The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with 81 // the specified DB cluster. 82 // 83 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 84 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 85 // 86 // * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded" 87 // You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated 88 // with the specified DB cluster. 89 // 90 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 91 func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 92 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 93 return out, req.Send() 94 } 95 96 // AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBCluster with the addition of 97 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 98 // 99 // See AddRoleToDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 100 // 101 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 102 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 103 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 104 // for more information on using Contexts. 105 func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 106 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 107 req.SetContext(ctx) 108 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 109 return out, req.Send() 110 } 111 112 const opAddRoleToDBInstance = "AddRoleToDBInstance" 113 114 // AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 115 // client's request for the AddRoleToDBInstance operation. The "output" return 116 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 117 // successfully. 118 // 119 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 120 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 121 // 122 // See AddRoleToDBInstance for more information on using the AddRoleToDBInstance 123 // API call, and error handling. 124 // 125 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 126 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 127 // 128 // 129 // // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest method. 130 // req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(params) 131 // 132 // err := req.Send() 133 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 134 // fmt.Println(resp) 135 // } 136 // 137 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBInstance 138 func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) { 139 op := &request.Operation{ 140 Name: opAddRoleToDBInstance, 141 HTTPMethod: "POST", 142 HTTPPath: "/", 143 } 144 145 if input == nil { 146 input = &AddRoleToDBInstanceInput{} 147 } 148 149 output = &AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput{} 150 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 151 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 152 return 153 } 154 155 // AddRoleToDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 156 // 157 // Associates an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role 158 // with a DB instance. 159 // 160 // To add a role to a DB instance, the status of the DB instance must be available. 161 // 162 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 163 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 164 // the error. 165 // 166 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 167 // API operation AddRoleToDBInstance for usage and error information. 168 // 169 // Returned Error Codes: 170 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 171 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 172 // 173 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceRoleAlreadyExists" 174 // The specified RoleArn or FeatureName value is already associated with the 175 // DB instance. 176 // 177 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 178 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 179 // 180 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBInstanceRoleQuotaExceeded" 181 // You can't associate any more Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management 182 // (IAM) roles with the DB instance because the quota has been reached. 183 // 184 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBInstance 185 func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBInstance(input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) (*AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput, error) { 186 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(input) 187 return out, req.Send() 188 } 189 190 // AddRoleToDBInstanceWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBInstance with the addition of 191 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 192 // 193 // See AddRoleToDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 194 // 195 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 196 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 197 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 198 // for more information on using Contexts. 199 func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput, error) { 200 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBInstanceRequest(input) 201 req.SetContext(ctx) 202 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 203 return out, req.Send() 204 } 205 206 const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" 207 208 // AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 209 // client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return 210 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 211 // successfully. 212 // 213 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 214 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 215 // 216 // See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for more information on using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 217 // API call, and error handling. 218 // 219 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 220 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 221 // 222 // 223 // // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method. 224 // req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params) 225 // 226 // err := req.Send() 227 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 228 // fmt.Println(resp) 229 // } 230 // 231 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 232 func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) { 233 op := &request.Operation{ 234 Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription, 235 HTTPMethod: "POST", 236 HTTPPath: "/", 237 } 238 239 if input == nil { 240 input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{} 241 } 242 243 output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{} 244 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 245 return 246 } 247 248 // AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 249 // 250 // Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription. 251 // 252 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 253 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 254 // the error. 255 // 256 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 257 // API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. 258 // 259 // Returned Error Codes: 260 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 261 // The subscription name does not exist. 262 // 263 // * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 264 // The requested source could not be found. 265 // 266 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 267 func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 268 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 269 return out, req.Send() 270 } 271 272 // AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext is the same as AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription with the addition of 273 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 274 // 275 // See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 276 // 277 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 278 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 279 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 280 // for more information on using Contexts. 281 func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 282 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 283 req.SetContext(ctx) 284 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 285 return out, req.Send() 286 } 287 288 const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" 289 290 // AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 291 // client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return 292 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 293 // successfully. 294 // 295 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 296 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 297 // 298 // See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource 299 // API call, and error handling. 300 // 301 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 302 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 303 // 304 // 305 // // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. 306 // req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) 307 // 308 // err := req.Send() 309 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 310 // fmt.Println(resp) 311 // } 312 // 313 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 314 func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { 315 op := &request.Operation{ 316 Name: opAddTagsToResource, 317 HTTPMethod: "POST", 318 HTTPPath: "/", 319 } 320 321 if input == nil { 322 input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} 323 } 324 325 output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} 326 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 327 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 328 return 329 } 330 331 // AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 332 // 333 // Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used 334 // with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, 335 // or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS. 336 // 337 // For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources 338 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 339 // 340 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 341 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 342 // the error. 343 // 344 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 345 // API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. 346 // 347 // Returned Error Codes: 348 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 349 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 350 // 351 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 352 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 353 // 354 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 355 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 356 // 357 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 358 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 359 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 360 // 361 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 362 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 363 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 364 // 365 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 366 func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 367 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 368 return out, req.Send() 369 } 370 371 // AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of 372 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 373 // 374 // See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation. 375 // 376 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 377 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 378 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 379 // for more information on using Contexts. 380 func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 381 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 382 req.SetContext(ctx) 383 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 384 return out, req.Send() 385 } 386 387 const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" 388 389 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 390 // client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return 391 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 392 // successfully. 393 // 394 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 395 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 396 // 397 // See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 398 // API call, and error handling. 399 // 400 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 401 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 402 // 403 // 404 // // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method. 405 // req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params) 406 // 407 // err := req.Send() 408 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 409 // fmt.Println(resp) 410 // } 411 // 412 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 413 func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) { 414 op := &request.Operation{ 415 Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction, 416 HTTPMethod: "POST", 417 HTTPPath: "/", 418 } 419 420 if input == nil { 421 input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{} 422 } 423 424 output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{} 425 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 426 return 427 } 428 429 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 430 // 431 // Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB 432 // instance). 433 // 434 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 435 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 436 // the error. 437 // 438 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 439 // API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. 440 // 441 // Returned Error Codes: 442 // * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 443 // The specified resource ID was not found. 444 // 445 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 446 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 447 // 448 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 449 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 450 // 451 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 452 func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 453 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 454 return out, req.Send() 455 } 456 457 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of 458 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 459 // 460 // See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation. 461 // 462 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 463 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 464 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 465 // for more information on using Contexts. 466 func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 467 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 468 req.SetContext(ctx) 469 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 470 return out, req.Send() 471 } 472 473 const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" 474 475 // AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 476 // client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return 477 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 478 // successfully. 479 // 480 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 481 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 482 // 483 // See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 484 // API call, and error handling. 485 // 486 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 487 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 488 // 489 // 490 // // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. 491 // req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) 492 // 493 // err := req.Send() 494 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 495 // fmt.Println(resp) 496 // } 497 // 498 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 499 func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { 500 op := &request.Operation{ 501 Name: opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress, 502 HTTPMethod: "POST", 503 HTTPPath: "/", 504 } 505 506 if input == nil { 507 input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} 508 } 509 510 output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} 511 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 512 return 513 } 514 515 // AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 516 // 517 // Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. 518 // First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if 519 // the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, 520 // IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running 521 // on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range, 522 // EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 523 // or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC). 524 // 525 // You can't authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one Amazon Web 526 // Services Region to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You can't authorize 527 // ingress from a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance 528 // in another. 529 // 530 // For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 531 // 532 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 533 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 534 // the error. 535 // 536 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 537 // API operation AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. 538 // 539 // Returned Error Codes: 540 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 541 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 542 // 543 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 544 // The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 545 // 546 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists" 547 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group is already authorized 548 // for the specified DB security group. 549 // 550 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded" 551 // The DB security group authorization quota has been reached. 552 // 553 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 554 func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 555 req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 556 return out, req.Send() 557 } 558 559 // AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of 560 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 561 // 562 // See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation. 563 // 564 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 565 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 566 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 567 // for more information on using Contexts. 568 func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 569 req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 570 req.SetContext(ctx) 571 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 572 return out, req.Send() 573 } 574 575 const opBacktrackDBCluster = "BacktrackDBCluster" 576 577 // BacktrackDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 578 // client's request for the BacktrackDBCluster operation. The "output" return 579 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 580 // successfully. 581 // 582 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 583 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 584 // 585 // See BacktrackDBCluster for more information on using the BacktrackDBCluster 586 // API call, and error handling. 587 // 588 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 589 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 590 // 591 // 592 // // Example sending a request using the BacktrackDBClusterRequest method. 593 // req, resp := client.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(params) 594 // 595 // err := req.Send() 596 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 597 // fmt.Println(resp) 598 // } 599 // 600 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/BacktrackDBCluster 601 func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input *BacktrackDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) { 602 op := &request.Operation{ 603 Name: opBacktrackDBCluster, 604 HTTPMethod: "POST", 605 HTTPPath: "/", 606 } 607 608 if input == nil { 609 input = &BacktrackDBClusterInput{} 610 } 611 612 output = &BacktrackDBClusterOutput{} 613 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 614 return 615 } 616 617 // BacktrackDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 618 // 619 // Backtracks a DB cluster to a specific time, without creating a new DB cluster. 620 // 621 // For more information on backtracking, see Backtracking an Aurora DB Cluster 622 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Managing.Backtrack.html) 623 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 624 // 625 // This action only applies to Aurora MySQL DB clusters. 626 // 627 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 628 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 629 // the error. 630 // 631 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 632 // API operation BacktrackDBCluster for usage and error information. 633 // 634 // Returned Error Codes: 635 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 636 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 637 // 638 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 639 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 640 // 641 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/BacktrackDBCluster 642 func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBCluster(input *BacktrackDBClusterInput) (*BacktrackDBClusterOutput, error) { 643 req, out := c.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input) 644 return out, req.Send() 645 } 646 647 // BacktrackDBClusterWithContext is the same as BacktrackDBCluster with the addition of 648 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 649 // 650 // See BacktrackDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 651 // 652 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 653 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 654 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 655 // for more information on using Contexts. 656 func (c *RDS) BacktrackDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BacktrackDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BacktrackDBClusterOutput, error) { 657 req, out := c.BacktrackDBClusterRequest(input) 658 req.SetContext(ctx) 659 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 660 return out, req.Send() 661 } 662 663 const opCancelExportTask = "CancelExportTask" 664 665 // CancelExportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 666 // client's request for the CancelExportTask operation. The "output" return 667 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 668 // successfully. 669 // 670 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 671 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 672 // 673 // See CancelExportTask for more information on using the CancelExportTask 674 // API call, and error handling. 675 // 676 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 677 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 678 // 679 // 680 // // Example sending a request using the CancelExportTaskRequest method. 681 // req, resp := client.CancelExportTaskRequest(params) 682 // 683 // err := req.Send() 684 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 685 // fmt.Println(resp) 686 // } 687 // 688 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CancelExportTask 689 func (c *RDS) CancelExportTaskRequest(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelExportTaskOutput) { 690 op := &request.Operation{ 691 Name: opCancelExportTask, 692 HTTPMethod: "POST", 693 HTTPPath: "/", 694 } 695 696 if input == nil { 697 input = &CancelExportTaskInput{} 698 } 699 700 output = &CancelExportTaskOutput{} 701 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 702 return 703 } 704 705 // CancelExportTask API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 706 // 707 // Cancels an export task in progress that is exporting a snapshot to Amazon 708 // S3. Any data that has already been written to the S3 bucket isn't removed. 709 // 710 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 711 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 712 // the error. 713 // 714 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 715 // API operation CancelExportTask for usage and error information. 716 // 717 // Returned Error Codes: 718 // * ErrCodeExportTaskNotFoundFault "ExportTaskNotFound" 719 // The export task doesn't exist. 720 // 721 // * ErrCodeInvalidExportTaskStateFault "InvalidExportTaskStateFault" 722 // You can't cancel an export task that has completed. 723 // 724 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CancelExportTask 725 func (c *RDS) CancelExportTask(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) { 726 req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input) 727 return out, req.Send() 728 } 729 730 // CancelExportTaskWithContext is the same as CancelExportTask with the addition of 731 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 732 // 733 // See CancelExportTask for details on how to use this API operation. 734 // 735 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 736 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 737 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 738 // for more information on using Contexts. 739 func (c *RDS) CancelExportTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelExportTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) { 740 req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input) 741 req.SetContext(ctx) 742 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 743 return out, req.Send() 744 } 745 746 const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup" 747 748 // CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 749 // client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 750 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 751 // successfully. 752 // 753 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 754 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 755 // 756 // See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 757 // API call, and error handling. 758 // 759 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 760 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 761 // 762 // 763 // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 764 // req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 765 // 766 // err := req.Send() 767 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 768 // fmt.Println(resp) 769 // } 770 // 771 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 772 func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 773 op := &request.Operation{ 774 Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup, 775 HTTPMethod: "POST", 776 HTTPPath: "/", 777 } 778 779 if input == nil { 780 input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 781 } 782 783 output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 784 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 785 return 786 } 787 788 // CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 789 // 790 // Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. 791 // 792 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 793 // 794 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 795 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 796 // the error. 797 // 798 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 799 // API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 800 // 801 // Returned Error Codes: 802 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 803 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 804 // 805 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 806 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 807 // groups. 808 // 809 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 810 // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 811 // 812 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 813 func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 814 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 815 return out, req.Send() 816 } 817 818 // CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 819 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 820 // 821 // See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 822 // 823 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 824 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 825 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 826 // for more information on using Contexts. 827 func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 828 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 829 req.SetContext(ctx) 830 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 831 return out, req.Send() 832 } 833 834 const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" 835 836 // CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 837 // client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 838 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 839 // successfully. 840 // 841 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 842 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 843 // 844 // See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 845 // API call, and error handling. 846 // 847 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 848 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 849 // 850 // 851 // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 852 // req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 853 // 854 // err := req.Send() 855 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 856 // fmt.Println(resp) 857 // } 858 // 859 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 860 func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 861 op := &request.Operation{ 862 Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot, 863 HTTPMethod: "POST", 864 HTTPPath: "/", 865 } 866 867 if input == nil { 868 input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 869 } 870 871 output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 872 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 873 return 874 } 875 876 // CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 877 // 878 // Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster. 879 // 880 // To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 881 // must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot. 882 // 883 // You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another Amazon Web Services 884 // Region. In that case, the Amazon Web Services Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 885 // action is the destination Amazon Web Services Region for the encrypted DB 886 // cluster snapshot to be copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot 887 // from another Amazon Web Services Region, you must provide the following values: 888 // 889 // * KmsKeyId - The Amazon Web Services Key Management System (Amazon Web 890 // Services KMS) key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of 891 // the DB cluster snapshot in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. 892 // 893 // * PreSignedUrl - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request 894 // for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action to be called in the source Amazon 895 // Web Services Region where the DB cluster snapshot is copied from. The 896 // pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API 897 // action that can be executed in the source Amazon Web Services Region that 898 // contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed 899 // URL request must contain the following parameter values: KmsKeyId - The 900 // Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the customer master key (CMK) 901 // to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination 902 // Amazon Web Services Region. This is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 903 // action that is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, and 904 // the action contained in the pre-signed URL. DestinationRegion - The name 905 // of the Amazon Web Services Region that the DB cluster snapshot is to be 906 // created in. SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot 907 // identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier 908 // must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon 909 // Web Services Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster 910 // snapshot from the us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 911 // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. 912 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 913 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 914 // 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 915 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 916 // If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify 917 // SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl 918 // manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that 919 // is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source 920 // Amazon Web Services Region. 921 // 922 // * TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the new copy 923 // of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. 924 // 925 // * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier 926 // for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must 927 // be in the ARN format for the source Amazon Web Services Region and is 928 // the same value as the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier in the pre-signed 929 // URL. 930 // 931 // To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB 932 // cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that 933 // DB cluster snapshot is in "copying" status. 934 // 935 // For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one Amazon 936 // Web Services Region to another, see Copying a Snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html) 937 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 938 // 939 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 940 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 941 // 942 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 943 // 944 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 945 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 946 // the error. 947 // 948 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 949 // API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 950 // 951 // Returned Error Codes: 952 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 953 // The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 954 // 955 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 956 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 957 // 958 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 959 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 960 // 961 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 962 // The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 963 // 964 // * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 965 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 966 // 967 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 968 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 969 // 970 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 971 func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 972 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 973 return out, req.Send() 974 } 975 976 // CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 977 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 978 // 979 // See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 980 // 981 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 982 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 983 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 984 // for more information on using Contexts. 985 func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 986 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 987 req.SetContext(ctx) 988 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 989 return out, req.Send() 990 } 991 992 const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup" 993 994 // CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 995 // client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 996 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 997 // successfully. 998 // 999 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1000 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1001 // 1002 // See CopyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBParameterGroup 1003 // API call, and error handling. 1004 // 1005 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1006 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1007 // 1008 // 1009 // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 1010 // req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 1011 // 1012 // err := req.Send() 1013 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1014 // fmt.Println(resp) 1015 // } 1016 // 1017 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 1018 func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) { 1019 op := &request.Operation{ 1020 Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup, 1021 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1022 HTTPPath: "/", 1023 } 1024 1025 if input == nil { 1026 input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{} 1027 } 1028 1029 output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{} 1030 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1031 return 1032 } 1033 1034 // CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1035 // 1036 // Copies the specified DB parameter group. 1037 // 1038 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1039 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1040 // the error. 1041 // 1042 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1043 // API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1044 // 1045 // Returned Error Codes: 1046 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1047 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1048 // 1049 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1050 // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1051 // 1052 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1053 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1054 // groups. 1055 // 1056 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 1057 func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1058 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1059 return out, req.Send() 1060 } 1061 1062 // CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 1063 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1064 // 1065 // See CopyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1066 // 1067 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1068 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1069 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1070 // for more information on using Contexts. 1071 func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1072 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1073 req.SetContext(ctx) 1074 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1075 return out, req.Send() 1076 } 1077 1078 const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot" 1079 1080 // CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1081 // client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1082 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1083 // successfully. 1084 // 1085 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1086 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1087 // 1088 // See CopyDBSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBSnapshot 1089 // API call, and error handling. 1090 // 1091 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1092 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1093 // 1094 // 1095 // // Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method. 1096 // req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params) 1097 // 1098 // err := req.Send() 1099 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1100 // fmt.Println(resp) 1101 // } 1102 // 1103 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot 1104 func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) { 1105 op := &request.Operation{ 1106 Name: opCopyDBSnapshot, 1107 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1108 HTTPPath: "/", 1109 } 1110 1111 if input == nil { 1112 input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{} 1113 } 1114 1115 output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{} 1116 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1117 return 1118 } 1119 1120 // CopyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1121 // 1122 // Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the available 1123 // state. 1124 // 1125 // You can copy a snapshot from one Amazon Web Services Region to another. In 1126 // that case, the Amazon Web Services Region where you call the CopyDBSnapshot 1127 // action is the destination Amazon Web Services Region for the DB snapshot 1128 // copy. 1129 // 1130 // For more information about copying snapshots, see Copying a DB Snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopyDBSnapshot) 1131 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 1132 // 1133 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1134 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1135 // the error. 1136 // 1137 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1138 // API operation CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 1139 // 1140 // Returned Error Codes: 1141 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 1142 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 1143 // 1144 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 1145 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 1146 // 1147 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 1148 // The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 1149 // 1150 // * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1151 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1152 // 1153 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1154 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 1155 // 1156 // * ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneNotFoundFault "CustomAvailabilityZoneNotFound" 1157 // CustomAvailabilityZoneId doesn't refer to an existing custom Availability 1158 // Zone identifier. 1159 // 1160 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot 1161 func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 1162 req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 1163 return out, req.Send() 1164 } 1165 1166 // CopyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBSnapshot with the addition of 1167 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1168 // 1169 // See CopyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1170 // 1171 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1172 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1173 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1174 // for more information on using Contexts. 1175 func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 1176 req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 1177 req.SetContext(ctx) 1178 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1179 return out, req.Send() 1180 } 1181 1182 const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup" 1183 1184 // CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1185 // client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 1186 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1187 // successfully. 1188 // 1189 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1190 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1191 // 1192 // See CopyOptionGroup for more information on using the CopyOptionGroup 1193 // API call, and error handling. 1194 // 1195 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1196 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1197 // 1198 // 1199 // // Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method. 1200 // req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params) 1201 // 1202 // err := req.Send() 1203 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1204 // fmt.Println(resp) 1205 // } 1206 // 1207 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup 1208 func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) { 1209 op := &request.Operation{ 1210 Name: opCopyOptionGroup, 1211 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1212 HTTPPath: "/", 1213 } 1214 1215 if input == nil { 1216 input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{} 1217 } 1218 1219 output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{} 1220 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1221 return 1222 } 1223 1224 // CopyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1225 // 1226 // Copies the specified option group. 1227 // 1228 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1229 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1230 // the error. 1231 // 1232 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1233 // API operation CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information. 1234 // 1235 // Returned Error Codes: 1236 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault" 1237 // The option group you are trying to create already exists. 1238 // 1239 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1240 // The specified option group could not be found. 1241 // 1242 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault" 1243 // The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this Amazon Web Services account. 1244 // 1245 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup 1246 func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 1247 req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) 1248 return out, req.Send() 1249 } 1250 1251 // CopyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CopyOptionGroup with the addition of 1252 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1253 // 1254 // See CopyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1255 // 1256 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1257 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1258 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1259 // for more information on using Contexts. 1260 func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 1261 req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) 1262 req.SetContext(ctx) 1263 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1264 return out, req.Send() 1265 } 1266 1267 const opCreateCustomAvailabilityZone = "CreateCustomAvailabilityZone" 1268 1269 // CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1270 // client's request for the CreateCustomAvailabilityZone operation. The "output" return 1271 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1272 // successfully. 1273 // 1274 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1275 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1276 // 1277 // See CreateCustomAvailabilityZone for more information on using the CreateCustomAvailabilityZone 1278 // API call, and error handling. 1279 // 1280 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1281 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1282 // 1283 // 1284 // // Example sending a request using the CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest method. 1285 // req, resp := client.CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(params) 1286 // 1287 // err := req.Send() 1288 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1289 // fmt.Println(resp) 1290 // } 1291 // 1292 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateCustomAvailabilityZone 1293 func (c *RDS) CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) { 1294 op := &request.Operation{ 1295 Name: opCreateCustomAvailabilityZone, 1296 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1297 HTTPPath: "/", 1298 } 1299 1300 if input == nil { 1301 input = &CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput{} 1302 } 1303 1304 output = &CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput{} 1305 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1306 return 1307 } 1308 1309 // CreateCustomAvailabilityZone API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1310 // 1311 // Creates a custom Availability Zone (AZ). 1312 // 1313 // A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere 1314 // cluster. 1315 // 1316 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 1317 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 1318 // 1319 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1320 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1321 // the error. 1322 // 1323 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1324 // API operation CreateCustomAvailabilityZone for usage and error information. 1325 // 1326 // Returned Error Codes: 1327 // * ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneAlreadyExistsFault "CustomAvailabilityZoneAlreadyExists" 1328 // CustomAvailabilityZoneName is already used by an existing custom Availability 1329 // Zone. 1330 // 1331 // * ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneQuotaExceededFault "CustomAvailabilityZoneQuotaExceeded" 1332 // You have exceeded the maximum number of custom Availability Zones. 1333 // 1334 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1335 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 1336 // 1337 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateCustomAvailabilityZone 1338 func (c *RDS) CreateCustomAvailabilityZone(input *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) (*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput, error) { 1339 req, out := c.CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input) 1340 return out, req.Send() 1341 } 1342 1343 // CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneWithContext is the same as CreateCustomAvailabilityZone with the addition of 1344 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1345 // 1346 // See CreateCustomAvailabilityZone for details on how to use this API operation. 1347 // 1348 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1349 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1350 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1351 // for more information on using Contexts. 1352 func (c *RDS) CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput, error) { 1353 req, out := c.CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input) 1354 req.SetContext(ctx) 1355 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1356 return out, req.Send() 1357 } 1358 1359 const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster" 1360 1361 // CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1362 // client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return 1363 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1364 // successfully. 1365 // 1366 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1367 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1368 // 1369 // See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster 1370 // API call, and error handling. 1371 // 1372 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1373 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1374 // 1375 // 1376 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method. 1377 // req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params) 1378 // 1379 // err := req.Send() 1380 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1381 // fmt.Println(resp) 1382 // } 1383 // 1384 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 1385 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) { 1386 op := &request.Operation{ 1387 Name: opCreateDBCluster, 1388 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1389 HTTPPath: "/", 1390 } 1391 1392 if input == nil { 1393 input = &CreateDBClusterInput{} 1394 } 1395 1396 output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{} 1397 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1398 return 1399 } 1400 1401 // CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1402 // 1403 // Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 1404 // 1405 // You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster 1406 // as a read replica of another DB cluster or Amazon RDS MySQL or PostgreSQL 1407 // DB instance. For cross-region replication where the DB cluster identified 1408 // by ReplicationSourceIdentifier is encrypted, you must also specify the PreSignedUrl 1409 // parameter. 1410 // 1411 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 1412 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 1413 // 1414 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 1415 // 1416 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1417 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1418 // the error. 1419 // 1420 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1421 // API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. 1422 // 1423 // Returned Error Codes: 1424 // * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 1425 // The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 1426 // 1427 // * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 1428 // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 1429 // be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 1430 // Availability Zones that have more storage available. 1431 // 1432 // * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 1433 // The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 1434 // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 1435 // 1436 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1437 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 1438 // available across all DB instances. 1439 // 1440 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1441 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1442 // 1443 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1444 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 1445 // because of users' change. 1446 // 1447 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1448 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 1449 // 1450 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 1451 // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 1452 // 1453 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1454 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1455 // are not all in a common VPC. 1456 // 1457 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1458 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 1459 // 1460 // * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 1461 // DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 1462 // group. 1463 // 1464 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1465 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 1466 // 1467 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1468 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 1469 // 1470 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1471 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 1472 // 1473 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1474 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1475 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1476 // 1477 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault" 1478 // The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database 1479 // cluster. 1480 // 1481 // * ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault" 1482 // The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested 1483 // operation. 1484 // 1485 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 1486 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 1487 // 1488 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 1489 func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 1490 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 1491 return out, req.Send() 1492 } 1493 1494 // CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of 1495 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1496 // 1497 // See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 1498 // 1499 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1500 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1501 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1502 // for more information on using Contexts. 1503 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 1504 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 1505 req.SetContext(ctx) 1506 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1507 return out, req.Send() 1508 } 1509 1510 const opCreateDBClusterEndpoint = "CreateDBClusterEndpoint" 1511 1512 // CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1513 // client's request for the CreateDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return 1514 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1515 // successfully. 1516 // 1517 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1518 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1519 // 1520 // See CreateDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDBClusterEndpoint 1521 // API call, and error handling. 1522 // 1523 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1524 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1525 // 1526 // 1527 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest method. 1528 // req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(params) 1529 // 1530 // err := req.Send() 1531 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1532 // fmt.Println(resp) 1533 // } 1534 // 1535 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterEndpoint 1536 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) { 1537 op := &request.Operation{ 1538 Name: opCreateDBClusterEndpoint, 1539 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1540 HTTPPath: "/", 1541 } 1542 1543 if input == nil { 1544 input = &CreateDBClusterEndpointInput{} 1545 } 1546 1547 output = &CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput{} 1548 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1549 return 1550 } 1551 1552 // CreateDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1553 // 1554 // Creates a new custom endpoint and associates it with an Amazon Aurora DB 1555 // cluster. 1556 // 1557 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 1558 // 1559 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1560 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1561 // the error. 1562 // 1563 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1564 // API operation CreateDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information. 1565 // 1566 // Returned Error Codes: 1567 // * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault" 1568 // The cluster already has the maximum number of custom endpoints. 1569 // 1570 // * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault" 1571 // The specified custom endpoint can't be created because it already exists. 1572 // 1573 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1574 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 1575 // 1576 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1577 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 1578 // 1579 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1580 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 1581 // 1582 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1583 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 1584 // 1585 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterEndpoint 1586 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterEndpoint(input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 1587 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 1588 return out, req.Send() 1589 } 1590 1591 // CreateDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of 1592 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1593 // 1594 // See CreateDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 1595 // 1596 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1597 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1598 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1599 // for more information on using Contexts. 1600 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 1601 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 1602 req.SetContext(ctx) 1603 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1604 return out, req.Send() 1605 } 1606 1607 const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" 1608 1609 // CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1610 // client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1611 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1612 // successfully. 1613 // 1614 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1615 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1616 // 1617 // See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1618 // API call, and error handling. 1619 // 1620 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1621 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1622 // 1623 // 1624 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 1625 // req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 1626 // 1627 // err := req.Send() 1628 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1629 // fmt.Println(resp) 1630 // } 1631 // 1632 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1633 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 1634 op := &request.Operation{ 1635 Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup, 1636 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1637 HTTPPath: "/", 1638 } 1639 1640 if input == nil { 1641 input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 1642 } 1643 1644 output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 1645 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1646 return 1647 } 1648 1649 // CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1650 // 1651 // Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. 1652 // 1653 // Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances 1654 // in a DB cluster. 1655 // 1656 // A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters 1657 // for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom 1658 // values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating 1659 // it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster 1660 // parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. 1661 // When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, 1662 // you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for 1663 // the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. 1664 // 1665 // After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 1666 // minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 1667 // group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 1668 // the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default 1669 // for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are 1670 // critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the 1671 // character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database 1672 // parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console 1673 // (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters 1674 // action to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or 1675 // modified. 1676 // 1677 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 1678 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 1679 // 1680 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 1681 // 1682 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1683 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1684 // the error. 1685 // 1686 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1687 // API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1688 // 1689 // Returned Error Codes: 1690 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1691 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1692 // groups. 1693 // 1694 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1695 // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1696 // 1697 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1698 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1699 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1700 return out, req.Send() 1701 } 1702 1703 // CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 1704 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1705 // 1706 // See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1707 // 1708 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1709 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1710 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1711 // for more information on using Contexts. 1712 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1713 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1714 req.SetContext(ctx) 1715 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1716 return out, req.Send() 1717 } 1718 1719 const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" 1720 1721 // CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1722 // client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1723 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1724 // successfully. 1725 // 1726 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1727 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1728 // 1729 // See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1730 // API call, and error handling. 1731 // 1732 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1733 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1734 // 1735 // 1736 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 1737 // req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 1738 // 1739 // err := req.Send() 1740 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1741 // fmt.Println(resp) 1742 // } 1743 // 1744 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1745 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 1746 op := &request.Operation{ 1747 Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot, 1748 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1749 HTTPPath: "/", 1750 } 1751 1752 if input == nil { 1753 input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 1754 } 1755 1756 output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 1757 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1758 return 1759 } 1760 1761 // CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1762 // 1763 // Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, 1764 // see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 1765 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 1766 // 1767 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 1768 // 1769 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1770 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1771 // the error. 1772 // 1773 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1774 // API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 1775 // 1776 // Returned Error Codes: 1777 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 1778 // The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 1779 // 1780 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1781 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 1782 // 1783 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1784 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 1785 // 1786 // * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1787 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1788 // 1789 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1790 // The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1791 // 1792 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1793 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1794 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1795 return out, req.Send() 1796 } 1797 1798 // CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 1799 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1800 // 1801 // See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1802 // 1803 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1804 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1805 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1806 // for more information on using Contexts. 1807 func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1808 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1809 req.SetContext(ctx) 1810 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1811 return out, req.Send() 1812 } 1813 1814 const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance" 1815 1816 // CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1817 // client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return 1818 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1819 // successfully. 1820 // 1821 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1822 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1823 // 1824 // See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance 1825 // API call, and error handling. 1826 // 1827 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1828 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1829 // 1830 // 1831 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method. 1832 // req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params) 1833 // 1834 // err := req.Send() 1835 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1836 // fmt.Println(resp) 1837 // } 1838 // 1839 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1840 func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) { 1841 op := &request.Operation{ 1842 Name: opCreateDBInstance, 1843 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1844 HTTPPath: "/", 1845 } 1846 1847 if input == nil { 1848 input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{} 1849 } 1850 1851 output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{} 1852 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1853 return 1854 } 1855 1856 // CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1857 // 1858 // Creates a new DB instance. 1859 // 1860 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1861 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1862 // the error. 1863 // 1864 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1865 // API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. 1866 // 1867 // Returned Error Codes: 1868 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 1869 // The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 1870 // 1871 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 1872 // The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 1873 // Zone. 1874 // 1875 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1876 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1877 // 1878 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 1879 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 1880 // 1881 // * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 1882 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 1883 // 1884 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1885 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 1886 // available across all DB instances. 1887 // 1888 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1889 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1890 // 1891 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1892 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1893 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1894 // 1895 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1896 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 1897 // 1898 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1899 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1900 // are not all in a common VPC. 1901 // 1902 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1903 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 1904 // because of users' change. 1905 // 1906 // * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 1907 // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 1908 // 1909 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1910 // The specified option group could not be found. 1911 // 1912 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1913 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 1914 // 1915 // * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 1916 // Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 1917 // 1918 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 1919 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized 1920 // for the specified DB security group. 1921 // 1922 // Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on 1923 // your behalf. 1924 // 1925 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1926 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 1927 // 1928 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 1929 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 1930 // 1931 // * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 1932 // 1933 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1934 func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1935 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1936 return out, req.Send() 1937 } 1938 1939 // CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of 1940 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1941 // 1942 // See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 1943 // 1944 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1945 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1946 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1947 // for more information on using Contexts. 1948 func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1949 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1950 req.SetContext(ctx) 1951 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1952 return out, req.Send() 1953 } 1954 1955 const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" 1956 1957 // CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1958 // client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return 1959 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1960 // successfully. 1961 // 1962 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1963 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1964 // 1965 // See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for more information on using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1966 // API call, and error handling. 1967 // 1968 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1969 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1970 // 1971 // 1972 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method. 1973 // req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params) 1974 // 1975 // err := req.Send() 1976 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1977 // fmt.Println(resp) 1978 // } 1979 // 1980 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1981 func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) { 1982 op := &request.Operation{ 1983 Name: opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica, 1984 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1985 HTTPPath: "/", 1986 } 1987 1988 if input == nil { 1989 input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{} 1990 } 1991 1992 output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{} 1993 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1994 return 1995 } 1996 1997 // CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1998 // 1999 // Creates a new DB instance that acts as a read replica for an existing source 2000 // DB instance. You can create a read replica for a DB instance running MySQL, 2001 // MariaDB, Oracle, PostgreSQL, or SQL Server. For more information, see Working 2002 // with Read Replicas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReadRepl.html) 2003 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 2004 // 2005 // Amazon Aurora doesn't support this action. Call the CreateDBInstance action 2006 // to create a DB instance for an Aurora DB cluster. 2007 // 2008 // All read replica DB instances are created with backups disabled. All other 2009 // DB instance attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) 2010 // are inherited from the source DB instance, except as specified. 2011 // 2012 // Your source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. 2013 // 2014 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2015 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2016 // the error. 2017 // 2018 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2019 // API operation CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information. 2020 // 2021 // Returned Error Codes: 2022 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 2023 // The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 2024 // 2025 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 2026 // The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 2027 // Zone. 2028 // 2029 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2030 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2031 // 2032 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 2033 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 2034 // 2035 // * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 2036 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 2037 // 2038 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 2039 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 2040 // available across all DB instances. 2041 // 2042 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 2043 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 2044 // 2045 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 2046 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 2047 // 2048 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 2049 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 2050 // 2051 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 2052 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 2053 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 2054 // 2055 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 2056 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 2057 // are not all in a common VPC. 2058 // 2059 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 2060 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 2061 // because of users' change. 2062 // 2063 // * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 2064 // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 2065 // 2066 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 2067 // The specified option group could not be found. 2068 // 2069 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault" 2070 // The DBSubnetGroup shouldn't be specified while creating read replicas that 2071 // lie in the same region as the source instance. 2072 // 2073 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault" 2074 // The DBSubnetGroup doesn't belong to the same VPC as that of an existing cross-region 2075 // read replica of the same source instance. 2076 // 2077 // * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 2078 // Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 2079 // 2080 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 2081 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 2082 // 2083 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 2084 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 2085 // 2086 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 2087 func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { 2088 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) 2089 return out, req.Send() 2090 } 2091 2092 // CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstanceReadReplica with the addition of 2093 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2094 // 2095 // See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation. 2096 // 2097 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2098 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2099 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2100 // for more information on using Contexts. 2101 func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { 2102 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) 2103 req.SetContext(ctx) 2104 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2105 return out, req.Send() 2106 } 2107 2108 const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup" 2109 2110 // CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2111 // client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 2112 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2113 // successfully. 2114 // 2115 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2116 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2117 // 2118 // See CreateDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBParameterGroup 2119 // API call, and error handling. 2120 // 2121 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2122 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2123 // 2124 // 2125 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method. 2126 // req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 2127 // 2128 // err := req.Send() 2129 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2130 // fmt.Println(resp) 2131 // } 2132 // 2133 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 2134 func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) { 2135 op := &request.Operation{ 2136 Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup, 2137 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2138 HTTPPath: "/", 2139 } 2140 2141 if input == nil { 2142 input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{} 2143 } 2144 2145 output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{} 2146 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2147 return 2148 } 2149 2150 // CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2151 // 2152 // Creates a new DB parameter group. 2153 // 2154 // A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for 2155 // the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for 2156 // any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using 2157 // ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need 2158 // to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate 2159 // a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the 2160 // DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated 2161 // settings to take effect. 2162 // 2163 // After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 2164 // before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 2165 // as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 2166 // the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 2167 // new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 2168 // when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 2169 // set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 2170 // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 2171 // or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group 2172 // has been created or modified. 2173 // 2174 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2175 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2176 // the error. 2177 // 2178 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2179 // API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 2180 // 2181 // Returned Error Codes: 2182 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 2183 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 2184 // groups. 2185 // 2186 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 2187 // A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 2188 // 2189 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 2190 func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2191 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2192 return out, req.Send() 2193 } 2194 2195 // CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBParameterGroup with the addition of 2196 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2197 // 2198 // See CreateDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2199 // 2200 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2201 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2202 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2203 // for more information on using Contexts. 2204 func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2205 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2206 req.SetContext(ctx) 2207 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2208 return out, req.Send() 2209 } 2210 2211 const opCreateDBProxy = "CreateDBProxy" 2212 2213 // CreateDBProxyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2214 // client's request for the CreateDBProxy operation. The "output" return 2215 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2216 // successfully. 2217 // 2218 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2219 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2220 // 2221 // See CreateDBProxy for more information on using the CreateDBProxy 2222 // API call, and error handling. 2223 // 2224 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2225 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2226 // 2227 // 2228 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBProxyRequest method. 2229 // req, resp := client.CreateDBProxyRequest(params) 2230 // 2231 // err := req.Send() 2232 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2233 // fmt.Println(resp) 2234 // } 2235 // 2236 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxy 2237 func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyRequest(input *CreateDBProxyInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBProxyOutput) { 2238 op := &request.Operation{ 2239 Name: opCreateDBProxy, 2240 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2241 HTTPPath: "/", 2242 } 2243 2244 if input == nil { 2245 input = &CreateDBProxyInput{} 2246 } 2247 2248 output = &CreateDBProxyOutput{} 2249 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2250 return 2251 } 2252 2253 // CreateDBProxy API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2254 // 2255 // Creates a new DB proxy. 2256 // 2257 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2258 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2259 // the error. 2260 // 2261 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2262 // API operation CreateDBProxy for usage and error information. 2263 // 2264 // Returned Error Codes: 2265 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 2266 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 2267 // are not all in a common VPC. 2268 // 2269 // * ErrCodeDBProxyAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyAlreadyExistsFault" 2270 // The specified proxy name must be unique for all proxies owned by your Amazon 2271 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 2272 // 2273 // * ErrCodeDBProxyQuotaExceededFault "DBProxyQuotaExceededFault" 2274 // Your Amazon Web Services account already has the maximum number of proxies 2275 // in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 2276 // 2277 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxy 2278 func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxy(input *CreateDBProxyInput) (*CreateDBProxyOutput, error) { 2279 req, out := c.CreateDBProxyRequest(input) 2280 return out, req.Send() 2281 } 2282 2283 // CreateDBProxyWithContext is the same as CreateDBProxy with the addition of 2284 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2285 // 2286 // See CreateDBProxy for details on how to use this API operation. 2287 // 2288 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2289 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2290 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2291 // for more information on using Contexts. 2292 func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBProxyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBProxyOutput, error) { 2293 req, out := c.CreateDBProxyRequest(input) 2294 req.SetContext(ctx) 2295 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2296 return out, req.Send() 2297 } 2298 2299 const opCreateDBProxyEndpoint = "CreateDBProxyEndpoint" 2300 2301 // CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2302 // client's request for the CreateDBProxyEndpoint operation. The "output" return 2303 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2304 // successfully. 2305 // 2306 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2307 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2308 // 2309 // See CreateDBProxyEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDBProxyEndpoint 2310 // API call, and error handling. 2311 // 2312 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2313 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2314 // 2315 // 2316 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest method. 2317 // req, resp := client.CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(params) 2318 // 2319 // err := req.Send() 2320 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2321 // fmt.Println(resp) 2322 // } 2323 // 2324 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxyEndpoint 2325 func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(input *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) { 2326 op := &request.Operation{ 2327 Name: opCreateDBProxyEndpoint, 2328 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2329 HTTPPath: "/", 2330 } 2331 2332 if input == nil { 2333 input = &CreateDBProxyEndpointInput{} 2334 } 2335 2336 output = &CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput{} 2337 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2338 return 2339 } 2340 2341 // CreateDBProxyEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2342 // 2343 // Creates a DBProxyEndpoint. Only applies to proxies that are associated with 2344 // Aurora DB clusters. You can use DB proxy endpoints to specify read/write 2345 // or read-only access to the DB cluster. You can also use DB proxy endpoints 2346 // to access a DB proxy through a different VPC than the proxy's default VPC. 2347 // 2348 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2349 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2350 // the error. 2351 // 2352 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2353 // API operation CreateDBProxyEndpoint for usage and error information. 2354 // 2355 // Returned Error Codes: 2356 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 2357 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 2358 // are not all in a common VPC. 2359 // 2360 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 2361 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 2362 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 2363 // 2364 // * ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault" 2365 // The specified DB proxy endpoint name must be unique for all DB proxy endpoints 2366 // owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services 2367 // Region. 2368 // 2369 // * ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointQuotaExceededFault "DBProxyEndpointQuotaExceededFault" 2370 // The DB proxy already has the maximum number of endpoints. 2371 // 2372 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 2373 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 2374 // 2375 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBProxyEndpoint 2376 func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyEndpoint(input *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) (*CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) { 2377 req, out := c.CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(input) 2378 return out, req.Send() 2379 } 2380 2381 // CreateDBProxyEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDBProxyEndpoint with the addition of 2382 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2383 // 2384 // See CreateDBProxyEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 2385 // 2386 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2387 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2388 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2389 // for more information on using Contexts. 2390 func (c *RDS) CreateDBProxyEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) { 2391 req, out := c.CreateDBProxyEndpointRequest(input) 2392 req.SetContext(ctx) 2393 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2394 return out, req.Send() 2395 } 2396 2397 const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup" 2398 2399 // CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2400 // client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 2401 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2402 // successfully. 2403 // 2404 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2405 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2406 // 2407 // See CreateDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSecurityGroup 2408 // API call, and error handling. 2409 // 2410 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2411 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2412 // 2413 // 2414 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method. 2415 // req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) 2416 // 2417 // err := req.Send() 2418 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2419 // fmt.Println(resp) 2420 // } 2421 // 2422 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup 2423 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) { 2424 op := &request.Operation{ 2425 Name: opCreateDBSecurityGroup, 2426 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2427 HTTPPath: "/", 2428 } 2429 2430 if input == nil { 2431 input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{} 2432 } 2433 2434 output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{} 2435 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2436 return 2437 } 2438 2439 // CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2440 // 2441 // Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB 2442 // instance. 2443 // 2444 // A DB security group controls access to EC2-Classic DB instances that are 2445 // not in a VPC. 2446 // 2447 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2448 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2449 // the error. 2450 // 2451 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2452 // API operation CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 2453 // 2454 // Returned Error Codes: 2455 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists" 2456 // A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already 2457 // exists. 2458 // 2459 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup" 2460 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB security 2461 // groups. 2462 // 2463 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported" 2464 // A DB security group isn't allowed for this action. 2465 // 2466 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup 2467 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2468 req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2469 return out, req.Send() 2470 } 2471 2472 // CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSecurityGroup with the addition of 2473 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2474 // 2475 // See CreateDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2476 // 2477 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2478 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2479 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2480 // for more information on using Contexts. 2481 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2482 req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2483 req.SetContext(ctx) 2484 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2485 return out, req.Send() 2486 } 2487 2488 const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot" 2489 2490 // CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2491 // client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 2492 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2493 // successfully. 2494 // 2495 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2496 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2497 // 2498 // See CreateDBSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBSnapshot 2499 // API call, and error handling. 2500 // 2501 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2502 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2503 // 2504 // 2505 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method. 2506 // req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params) 2507 // 2508 // err := req.Send() 2509 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2510 // fmt.Println(resp) 2511 // } 2512 // 2513 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot 2514 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) { 2515 op := &request.Operation{ 2516 Name: opCreateDBSnapshot, 2517 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2518 HTTPPath: "/", 2519 } 2520 2521 if input == nil { 2522 input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{} 2523 } 2524 2525 output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{} 2526 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2527 return 2528 } 2529 2530 // CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2531 // 2532 // Creates a snapshot of a DB instance. The source DB instance must be in the 2533 // available or storage-optimization state. 2534 // 2535 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2536 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2537 // the error. 2538 // 2539 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2540 // API operation CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 2541 // 2542 // Returned Error Codes: 2543 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 2544 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 2545 // 2546 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 2547 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 2548 // 2549 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 2550 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 2551 // 2552 // * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 2553 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 2554 // 2555 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot 2556 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 2557 req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) 2558 return out, req.Send() 2559 } 2560 2561 // CreateDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBSnapshot with the addition of 2562 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2563 // 2564 // See CreateDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 2565 // 2566 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2567 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2568 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2569 // for more information on using Contexts. 2570 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 2571 req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) 2572 req.SetContext(ctx) 2573 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2574 return out, req.Send() 2575 } 2576 2577 const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup" 2578 2579 // CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2580 // client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 2581 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2582 // successfully. 2583 // 2584 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2585 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2586 // 2587 // See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup 2588 // API call, and error handling. 2589 // 2590 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2591 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2592 // 2593 // 2594 // // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 2595 // req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 2596 // 2597 // err := req.Send() 2598 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2599 // fmt.Println(resp) 2600 // } 2601 // 2602 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 2603 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 2604 op := &request.Operation{ 2605 Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup, 2606 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2607 HTTPPath: "/", 2608 } 2609 2610 if input == nil { 2611 input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{} 2612 } 2613 2614 output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 2615 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2616 return 2617 } 2618 2619 // CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2620 // 2621 // Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one 2622 // subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Web Services Region. 2623 // 2624 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2625 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2626 // the error. 2627 // 2628 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2629 // API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 2630 // 2631 // Returned Error Codes: 2632 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" 2633 // DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group. 2634 // 2635 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" 2636 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet 2637 // groups. 2638 // 2639 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 2640 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets 2641 // in a DB subnet groups. 2642 // 2643 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 2644 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 2645 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 2646 // 2647 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 2648 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 2649 // are not all in a common VPC. 2650 // 2651 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 2652 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2653 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2654 return out, req.Send() 2655 } 2656 2657 // CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 2658 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2659 // 2660 // See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2661 // 2662 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2663 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2664 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2665 // for more information on using Contexts. 2666 func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2667 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2668 req.SetContext(ctx) 2669 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2670 return out, req.Send() 2671 } 2672 2673 const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" 2674 2675 // CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2676 // client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 2677 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2678 // successfully. 2679 // 2680 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2681 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2682 // 2683 // See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription 2684 // API call, and error handling. 2685 // 2686 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2687 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2688 // 2689 // 2690 // // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method. 2691 // req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 2692 // 2693 // err := req.Send() 2694 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2695 // fmt.Println(resp) 2696 // } 2697 // 2698 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 2699 func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) { 2700 op := &request.Operation{ 2701 Name: opCreateEventSubscription, 2702 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2703 HTTPPath: "/", 2704 } 2705 2706 if input == nil { 2707 input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{} 2708 } 2709 2710 output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{} 2711 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2712 return 2713 } 2714 2715 // CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2716 // 2717 // Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic 2718 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, 2719 // or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon 2720 // SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console. 2721 // 2722 // You can specify the type of source (SourceType) that you want to be notified 2723 // of and provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events. 2724 // You can also provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events 2725 // that you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType 2726 // = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories 2727 // = Availability, Backup. 2728 // 2729 // If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance 2730 // and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance 2731 // events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify 2732 // a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type 2733 // for all your RDS sources. If you don't specify either the SourceType or the 2734 // SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources 2735 // belonging to your customer account. 2736 // 2737 // RDS event notification is only available for unencrypted SNS topics. If you 2738 // specify an encrypted SNS topic, event notifications aren't sent for the topic. 2739 // 2740 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2741 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2742 // the error. 2743 // 2744 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2745 // API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. 2746 // 2747 // Returned Error Codes: 2748 // * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 2749 // You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. 2750 // 2751 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist" 2752 // The supplied subscription name already exists. 2753 // 2754 // * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 2755 // SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. 2756 // 2757 // * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 2758 // You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. 2759 // 2760 // * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 2761 // The SNS topic ARN does not exist. 2762 // 2763 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 2764 // The supplied category does not exist. 2765 // 2766 // * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 2767 // The requested source could not be found. 2768 // 2769 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 2770 func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2771 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2772 return out, req.Send() 2773 } 2774 2775 // CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of 2776 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2777 // 2778 // See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 2779 // 2780 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2781 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2782 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2783 // for more information on using Contexts. 2784 func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2785 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2786 req.SetContext(ctx) 2787 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2788 return out, req.Send() 2789 } 2790 2791 const opCreateGlobalCluster = "CreateGlobalCluster" 2792 2793 // CreateGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2794 // client's request for the CreateGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return 2795 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2796 // successfully. 2797 // 2798 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2799 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2800 // 2801 // See CreateGlobalCluster for more information on using the CreateGlobalCluster 2802 // API call, and error handling. 2803 // 2804 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2805 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2806 // 2807 // 2808 // // Example sending a request using the CreateGlobalClusterRequest method. 2809 // req, resp := client.CreateGlobalClusterRequest(params) 2810 // 2811 // err := req.Send() 2812 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2813 // fmt.Println(resp) 2814 // } 2815 // 2816 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateGlobalCluster 2817 func (c *RDS) CreateGlobalClusterRequest(input *CreateGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateGlobalClusterOutput) { 2818 op := &request.Operation{ 2819 Name: opCreateGlobalCluster, 2820 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2821 HTTPPath: "/", 2822 } 2823 2824 if input == nil { 2825 input = &CreateGlobalClusterInput{} 2826 } 2827 2828 output = &CreateGlobalClusterOutput{} 2829 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2830 return 2831 } 2832 2833 // CreateGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2834 // 2835 // Creates an Aurora global database spread across multiple Amazon Web Services 2836 // Regions. The global database contains a single primary cluster with read-write 2837 // capability, and a read-only secondary cluster that receives data from the 2838 // primary cluster through high-speed replication performed by the Aurora storage 2839 // subsystem. 2840 // 2841 // You can create a global database that is initially empty, and then add a 2842 // primary cluster and a secondary cluster to it. Or you can specify an existing 2843 // Aurora cluster during the create operation, and this cluster becomes the 2844 // primary cluster of the global database. 2845 // 2846 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 2847 // 2848 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2849 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2850 // the error. 2851 // 2852 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2853 // API operation CreateGlobalCluster for usage and error information. 2854 // 2855 // Returned Error Codes: 2856 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault "GlobalClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 2857 // The GlobalClusterIdentifier already exists. Choose a new global database 2858 // identifier (unique name) to create a new global database cluster. 2859 // 2860 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault "GlobalClusterQuotaExceededFault" 2861 // The number of global database clusters for this account is already at the 2862 // maximum allowed. 2863 // 2864 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 2865 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 2866 // 2867 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 2868 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 2869 // 2870 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateGlobalCluster 2871 func (c *RDS) CreateGlobalCluster(input *CreateGlobalClusterInput) (*CreateGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 2872 req, out := c.CreateGlobalClusterRequest(input) 2873 return out, req.Send() 2874 } 2875 2876 // CreateGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as CreateGlobalCluster with the addition of 2877 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2878 // 2879 // See CreateGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 2880 // 2881 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2882 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2883 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2884 // for more information on using Contexts. 2885 func (c *RDS) CreateGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 2886 req, out := c.CreateGlobalClusterRequest(input) 2887 req.SetContext(ctx) 2888 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2889 return out, req.Send() 2890 } 2891 2892 const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup" 2893 2894 // CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2895 // client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 2896 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2897 // successfully. 2898 // 2899 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2900 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2901 // 2902 // See CreateOptionGroup for more information on using the CreateOptionGroup 2903 // API call, and error handling. 2904 // 2905 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2906 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2907 // 2908 // 2909 // // Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method. 2910 // req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params) 2911 // 2912 // err := req.Send() 2913 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2914 // fmt.Println(resp) 2915 // } 2916 // 2917 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup 2918 func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) { 2919 op := &request.Operation{ 2920 Name: opCreateOptionGroup, 2921 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2922 HTTPPath: "/", 2923 } 2924 2925 if input == nil { 2926 input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{} 2927 } 2928 2929 output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{} 2930 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2931 return 2932 } 2933 2934 // CreateOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2935 // 2936 // Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. 2937 // 2938 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2939 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2940 // the error. 2941 // 2942 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2943 // API operation CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information. 2944 // 2945 // Returned Error Codes: 2946 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault" 2947 // The option group you are trying to create already exists. 2948 // 2949 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault" 2950 // The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this Amazon Web Services account. 2951 // 2952 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup 2953 func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { 2954 req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) 2955 return out, req.Send() 2956 } 2957 2958 // CreateOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CreateOptionGroup with the addition of 2959 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2960 // 2961 // See CreateOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2962 // 2963 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2964 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2965 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2966 // for more information on using Contexts. 2967 func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { 2968 req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) 2969 req.SetContext(ctx) 2970 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2971 return out, req.Send() 2972 } 2973 2974 const opDeleteCustomAvailabilityZone = "DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone" 2975 2976 // DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2977 // client's request for the DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone operation. The "output" return 2978 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2979 // successfully. 2980 // 2981 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2982 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2983 // 2984 // See DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone for more information on using the DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone 2985 // API call, and error handling. 2986 // 2987 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2988 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2989 // 2990 // 2991 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest method. 2992 // req, resp := client.DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(params) 2993 // 2994 // err := req.Send() 2995 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2996 // fmt.Println(resp) 2997 // } 2998 // 2999 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone 3000 func (c *RDS) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) { 3001 op := &request.Operation{ 3002 Name: opDeleteCustomAvailabilityZone, 3003 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3004 HTTPPath: "/", 3005 } 3006 3007 if input == nil { 3008 input = &DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput{} 3009 } 3010 3011 output = &DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput{} 3012 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3013 return 3014 } 3015 3016 // DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3017 // 3018 // Deletes a custom Availability Zone (AZ). 3019 // 3020 // A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere 3021 // cluster. 3022 // 3023 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 3024 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 3025 // 3026 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3027 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3028 // the error. 3029 // 3030 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3031 // API operation DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone for usage and error information. 3032 // 3033 // Returned Error Codes: 3034 // * ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneNotFoundFault "CustomAvailabilityZoneNotFound" 3035 // CustomAvailabilityZoneId doesn't refer to an existing custom Availability 3036 // Zone identifier. 3037 // 3038 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 3039 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 3040 // 3041 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone 3042 func (c *RDS) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone(input *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) (*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput, error) { 3043 req, out := c.DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input) 3044 return out, req.Send() 3045 } 3046 3047 // DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneWithContext is the same as DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone with the addition of 3048 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3049 // 3050 // See DeleteCustomAvailabilityZone for details on how to use this API operation. 3051 // 3052 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3053 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3054 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3055 // for more information on using Contexts. 3056 func (c *RDS) DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput, error) { 3057 req, out := c.DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneRequest(input) 3058 req.SetContext(ctx) 3059 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3060 return out, req.Send() 3061 } 3062 3063 const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster" 3064 3065 // DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3066 // client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return 3067 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3068 // successfully. 3069 // 3070 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3071 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3072 // 3073 // See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster 3074 // API call, and error handling. 3075 // 3076 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3077 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3078 // 3079 // 3080 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method. 3081 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params) 3082 // 3083 // err := req.Send() 3084 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3085 // fmt.Println(resp) 3086 // } 3087 // 3088 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 3089 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) { 3090 op := &request.Operation{ 3091 Name: opDeleteDBCluster, 3092 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3093 HTTPPath: "/", 3094 } 3095 3096 if input == nil { 3097 input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{} 3098 } 3099 3100 output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{} 3101 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3102 return 3103 } 3104 3105 // DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3106 // 3107 // The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When 3108 // you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted 3109 // and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster 3110 // are not deleted. 3111 // 3112 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 3113 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 3114 // 3115 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 3116 // 3117 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3118 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3119 // the error. 3120 // 3121 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3122 // API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. 3123 // 3124 // Returned Error Codes: 3125 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 3126 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 3127 // 3128 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 3129 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 3130 // 3131 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 3132 // The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 3133 // 3134 // * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 3135 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 3136 // 3137 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 3138 // The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 3139 // 3140 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 3141 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 3142 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 3143 return out, req.Send() 3144 } 3145 3146 // DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of 3147 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3148 // 3149 // See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 3150 // 3151 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3152 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3153 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3154 // for more information on using Contexts. 3155 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 3156 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 3157 req.SetContext(ctx) 3158 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3159 return out, req.Send() 3160 } 3161 3162 const opDeleteDBClusterEndpoint = "DeleteDBClusterEndpoint" 3163 3164 // DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3165 // client's request for the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return 3166 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3167 // successfully. 3168 // 3169 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3170 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3171 // 3172 // See DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 3173 // API call, and error handling. 3174 // 3175 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3176 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3177 // 3178 // 3179 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest method. 3180 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(params) 3181 // 3182 // err := req.Send() 3183 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3184 // fmt.Println(resp) 3185 // } 3186 // 3187 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 3188 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) { 3189 op := &request.Operation{ 3190 Name: opDeleteDBClusterEndpoint, 3191 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3192 HTTPPath: "/", 3193 } 3194 3195 if input == nil { 3196 input = &DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput{} 3197 } 3198 3199 output = &DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput{} 3200 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3201 return 3202 } 3203 3204 // DeleteDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3205 // 3206 // Deletes a custom endpoint and removes it from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 3207 // 3208 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 3209 // 3210 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3211 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3212 // the error. 3213 // 3214 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3215 // API operation DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information. 3216 // 3217 // Returned Error Codes: 3218 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault" 3219 // The requested operation can't be performed on the endpoint while the endpoint 3220 // is in this state. 3221 // 3222 // * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault" 3223 // The specified custom endpoint doesn't exist. 3224 // 3225 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 3226 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 3227 // 3228 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 3229 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterEndpoint(input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 3230 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 3231 return out, req.Send() 3232 } 3233 3234 // DeleteDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of 3235 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3236 // 3237 // See DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 3238 // 3239 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3240 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3241 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3242 // for more information on using Contexts. 3243 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 3244 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 3245 req.SetContext(ctx) 3246 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3247 return out, req.Send() 3248 } 3249 3250 const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" 3251 3252 // DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3253 // client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 3254 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3255 // successfully. 3256 // 3257 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3258 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3259 // 3260 // See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 3261 // API call, and error handling. 3262 // 3263 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3264 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3265 // 3266 // 3267 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 3268 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 3269 // 3270 // err := req.Send() 3271 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3272 // fmt.Println(resp) 3273 // } 3274 // 3275 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 3276 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 3277 op := &request.Operation{ 3278 Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup, 3279 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3280 HTTPPath: "/", 3281 } 3282 3283 if input == nil { 3284 input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 3285 } 3286 3287 output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 3288 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3289 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3290 return 3291 } 3292 3293 // DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3294 // 3295 // Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter 3296 // group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters. 3297 // 3298 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 3299 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 3300 // 3301 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 3302 // 3303 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3304 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3305 // the error. 3306 // 3307 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3308 // API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 3309 // 3310 // Returned Error Codes: 3311 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 3312 // The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 3313 // to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 3314 // is in this state. 3315 // 3316 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3317 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3318 // 3319 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 3320 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 3321 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 3322 return out, req.Send() 3323 } 3324 3325 // DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 3326 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3327 // 3328 // See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 3329 // 3330 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3331 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3332 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3333 // for more information on using Contexts. 3334 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 3335 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 3336 req.SetContext(ctx) 3337 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3338 return out, req.Send() 3339 } 3340 3341 const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" 3342 3343 // DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3344 // client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 3345 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3346 // successfully. 3347 // 3348 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3349 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3350 // 3351 // See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 3352 // API call, and error handling. 3353 // 3354 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3355 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3356 // 3357 // 3358 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 3359 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 3360 // 3361 // err := req.Send() 3362 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3363 // fmt.Println(resp) 3364 // } 3365 // 3366 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 3367 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 3368 op := &request.Operation{ 3369 Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot, 3370 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3371 HTTPPath: "/", 3372 } 3373 3374 if input == nil { 3375 input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 3376 } 3377 3378 output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 3379 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3380 return 3381 } 3382 3383 // DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3384 // 3385 // Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy 3386 // operation is terminated. 3387 // 3388 // The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 3389 // 3390 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 3391 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 3392 // 3393 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 3394 // 3395 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3396 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3397 // the error. 3398 // 3399 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3400 // API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 3401 // 3402 // Returned Error Codes: 3403 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 3404 // The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 3405 // 3406 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 3407 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 3408 // 3409 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 3410 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 3411 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 3412 return out, req.Send() 3413 } 3414 3415 // DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 3416 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3417 // 3418 // See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 3419 // 3420 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3421 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3422 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3423 // for more information on using Contexts. 3424 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 3425 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 3426 req.SetContext(ctx) 3427 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3428 return out, req.Send() 3429 } 3430 3431 const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance" 3432 3433 // DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3434 // client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return 3435 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3436 // successfully. 3437 // 3438 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3439 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3440 // 3441 // See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance 3442 // API call, and error handling. 3443 // 3444 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3445 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3446 // 3447 // 3448 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method. 3449 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params) 3450 // 3451 // err := req.Send() 3452 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3453 // fmt.Println(resp) 3454 // } 3455 // 3456 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 3457 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) { 3458 op := &request.Operation{ 3459 Name: opDeleteDBInstance, 3460 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3461 HTTPPath: "/", 3462 } 3463 3464 if input == nil { 3465 input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{} 3466 } 3467 3468 output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{} 3469 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3470 return 3471 } 3472 3473 // DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3474 // 3475 // The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. 3476 // When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are 3477 // deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to 3478 // be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted. 3479 // 3480 // If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance 3481 // is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance 3482 // is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled 3483 // or reverted once submitted. 3484 // 3485 // When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, incompatible-restore, 3486 // or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when you skip creation of 3487 // the final snapshot with the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter. 3488 // 3489 // If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you 3490 // can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true: 3491 // 3492 // * The DB cluster is a read replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 3493 // 3494 // * The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster. 3495 // 3496 // To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 3497 // API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a read replica. After 3498 // the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete 3499 // the final instance in the DB cluster. 3500 // 3501 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3502 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3503 // the error. 3504 // 3505 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3506 // API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. 3507 // 3508 // Returned Error Codes: 3509 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 3510 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 3511 // 3512 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 3513 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 3514 // 3515 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 3516 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 3517 // 3518 // * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 3519 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 3520 // 3521 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 3522 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 3523 // 3524 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceeded" 3525 // The quota for retained automated backups was exceeded. This prevents you 3526 // from retaining any additional automated backups. The retained automated backups 3527 // quota is the same as your DB Instance quota. 3528 // 3529 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 3530 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 3531 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 3532 return out, req.Send() 3533 } 3534 3535 // DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of 3536 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3537 // 3538 // See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 3539 // 3540 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3541 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3542 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3543 // for more information on using Contexts. 3544 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 3545 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 3546 req.SetContext(ctx) 3547 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3548 return out, req.Send() 3549 } 3550 3551 const opDeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup = "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup" 3552 3553 // DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3554 // client's request for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation. The "output" return 3555 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3556 // successfully. 3557 // 3558 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3559 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3560 // 3561 // See DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup for more information on using the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup 3562 // API call, and error handling. 3563 // 3564 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3565 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3566 // 3567 // 3568 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest method. 3569 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(params) 3570 // 3571 // err := req.Send() 3572 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3573 // fmt.Println(resp) 3574 // } 3575 // 3576 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup 3577 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) { 3578 op := &request.Operation{ 3579 Name: opDeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup, 3580 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3581 HTTPPath: "/", 3582 } 3583 3584 if input == nil { 3585 input = &DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput{} 3586 } 3587 3588 output = &DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput{} 3589 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3590 return 3591 } 3592 3593 // DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3594 // 3595 // Deletes automated backups using the DbiResourceId value of the source DB 3596 // instance or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups. 3597 // 3598 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3599 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3600 // the error. 3601 // 3602 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3603 // API operation DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup for usage and error information. 3604 // 3605 // Returned Error Codes: 3606 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceAutomatedBackupState" 3607 // The automated backup is in an invalid state. For example, this automated 3608 // backup is associated with an active instance. 3609 // 3610 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound" 3611 // No automated backup for this DB instance was found. 3612 // 3613 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup 3614 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput, error) { 3615 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input) 3616 return out, req.Send() 3617 } 3618 3619 // DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup with the addition of 3620 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3621 // 3622 // See DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup for details on how to use this API operation. 3623 // 3624 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3625 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3626 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3627 // for more information on using Contexts. 3628 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput, error) { 3629 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input) 3630 req.SetContext(ctx) 3631 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3632 return out, req.Send() 3633 } 3634 3635 const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup" 3636 3637 // DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3638 // client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 3639 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3640 // successfully. 3641 // 3642 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3643 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3644 // 3645 // See DeleteDBParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBParameterGroup 3646 // API call, and error handling. 3647 // 3648 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3649 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3650 // 3651 // 3652 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method. 3653 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 3654 // 3655 // err := req.Send() 3656 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3657 // fmt.Println(resp) 3658 // } 3659 // 3660 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 3661 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) { 3662 op := &request.Operation{ 3663 Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup, 3664 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3665 HTTPPath: "/", 3666 } 3667 3668 if input == nil { 3669 input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{} 3670 } 3671 3672 output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{} 3673 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3674 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3675 return 3676 } 3677 3678 // DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3679 // 3680 // Deletes a specified DB parameter group. The DB parameter group to be deleted 3681 // can't be associated with any DB instances. 3682 // 3683 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3684 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3685 // the error. 3686 // 3687 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3688 // API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 3689 // 3690 // Returned Error Codes: 3691 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 3692 // The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 3693 // to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 3694 // is in this state. 3695 // 3696 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3697 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3698 // 3699 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 3700 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 3701 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 3702 return out, req.Send() 3703 } 3704 3705 // DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBParameterGroup with the addition of 3706 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3707 // 3708 // See DeleteDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 3709 // 3710 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3711 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3712 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3713 // for more information on using Contexts. 3714 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 3715 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 3716 req.SetContext(ctx) 3717 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3718 return out, req.Send() 3719 } 3720 3721 const opDeleteDBProxy = "DeleteDBProxy" 3722 3723 // DeleteDBProxyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3724 // client's request for the DeleteDBProxy operation. The "output" return 3725 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3726 // successfully. 3727 // 3728 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3729 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3730 // 3731 // See DeleteDBProxy for more information on using the DeleteDBProxy 3732 // API call, and error handling. 3733 // 3734 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3735 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3736 // 3737 // 3738 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBProxyRequest method. 3739 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBProxyRequest(params) 3740 // 3741 // err := req.Send() 3742 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3743 // fmt.Println(resp) 3744 // } 3745 // 3746 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxy 3747 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyRequest(input *DeleteDBProxyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBProxyOutput) { 3748 op := &request.Operation{ 3749 Name: opDeleteDBProxy, 3750 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3751 HTTPPath: "/", 3752 } 3753 3754 if input == nil { 3755 input = &DeleteDBProxyInput{} 3756 } 3757 3758 output = &DeleteDBProxyOutput{} 3759 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3760 return 3761 } 3762 3763 // DeleteDBProxy API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3764 // 3765 // Deletes an existing DB proxy. 3766 // 3767 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3768 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3769 // the error. 3770 // 3771 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3772 // API operation DeleteDBProxy for usage and error information. 3773 // 3774 // Returned Error Codes: 3775 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 3776 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 3777 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 3778 // 3779 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 3780 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 3781 // 3782 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxy 3783 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxy(input *DeleteDBProxyInput) (*DeleteDBProxyOutput, error) { 3784 req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyRequest(input) 3785 return out, req.Send() 3786 } 3787 3788 // DeleteDBProxyWithContext is the same as DeleteDBProxy with the addition of 3789 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3790 // 3791 // See DeleteDBProxy for details on how to use this API operation. 3792 // 3793 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3794 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3795 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3796 // for more information on using Contexts. 3797 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBProxyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBProxyOutput, error) { 3798 req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyRequest(input) 3799 req.SetContext(ctx) 3800 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3801 return out, req.Send() 3802 } 3803 3804 const opDeleteDBProxyEndpoint = "DeleteDBProxyEndpoint" 3805 3806 // DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3807 // client's request for the DeleteDBProxyEndpoint operation. The "output" return 3808 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3809 // successfully. 3810 // 3811 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3812 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3813 // 3814 // See DeleteDBProxyEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDBProxyEndpoint 3815 // API call, and error handling. 3816 // 3817 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3818 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3819 // 3820 // 3821 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest method. 3822 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(params) 3823 // 3824 // err := req.Send() 3825 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3826 // fmt.Println(resp) 3827 // } 3828 // 3829 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxyEndpoint 3830 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) { 3831 op := &request.Operation{ 3832 Name: opDeleteDBProxyEndpoint, 3833 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3834 HTTPPath: "/", 3835 } 3836 3837 if input == nil { 3838 input = &DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput{} 3839 } 3840 3841 output = &DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput{} 3842 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3843 return 3844 } 3845 3846 // DeleteDBProxyEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3847 // 3848 // Deletes a DBProxyEndpoint. Doing so removes the ability to access the DB 3849 // proxy using the endpoint that you defined. The endpoint that you delete might 3850 // have provided capabilities such as read/write or read-only operations, or 3851 // using a different VPC than the DB proxy's default VPC. 3852 // 3853 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3854 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3855 // the error. 3856 // 3857 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3858 // API operation DeleteDBProxyEndpoint for usage and error information. 3859 // 3860 // Returned Error Codes: 3861 // * ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault "DBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault" 3862 // The DB proxy endpoint doesn't exist. 3863 // 3864 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault" 3865 // You can't perform this operation while the DB proxy endpoint is in a particular 3866 // state. 3867 // 3868 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBProxyEndpoint 3869 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyEndpoint(input *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) (*DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) { 3870 req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(input) 3871 return out, req.Send() 3872 } 3873 3874 // DeleteDBProxyEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDBProxyEndpoint with the addition of 3875 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3876 // 3877 // See DeleteDBProxyEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 3878 // 3879 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3880 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3881 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3882 // for more information on using Contexts. 3883 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBProxyEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) { 3884 req, out := c.DeleteDBProxyEndpointRequest(input) 3885 req.SetContext(ctx) 3886 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3887 return out, req.Send() 3888 } 3889 3890 const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" 3891 3892 // DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3893 // client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 3894 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3895 // successfully. 3896 // 3897 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3898 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3899 // 3900 // See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSecurityGroup 3901 // API call, and error handling. 3902 // 3903 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3904 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3905 // 3906 // 3907 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method. 3908 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) 3909 // 3910 // err := req.Send() 3911 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3912 // fmt.Println(resp) 3913 // } 3914 // 3915 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup 3916 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) { 3917 op := &request.Operation{ 3918 Name: opDeleteDBSecurityGroup, 3919 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3920 HTTPPath: "/", 3921 } 3922 3923 if input == nil { 3924 input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{} 3925 } 3926 3927 output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{} 3928 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3929 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3930 return 3931 } 3932 3933 // DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3934 // 3935 // Deletes a DB security group. 3936 // 3937 // The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances. 3938 // 3939 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3940 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3941 // the error. 3942 // 3943 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3944 // API operation DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 3945 // 3946 // Returned Error Codes: 3947 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 3948 // The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 3949 // 3950 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 3951 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 3952 // 3953 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup 3954 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 3955 req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 3956 return out, req.Send() 3957 } 3958 3959 // DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSecurityGroup with the addition of 3960 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3961 // 3962 // See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 3963 // 3964 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3965 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3966 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3967 // for more information on using Contexts. 3968 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 3969 req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 3970 req.SetContext(ctx) 3971 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3972 return out, req.Send() 3973 } 3974 3975 const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot" 3976 3977 // DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3978 // client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 3979 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3980 // successfully. 3981 // 3982 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3983 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3984 // 3985 // See DeleteDBSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBSnapshot 3986 // API call, and error handling. 3987 // 3988 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3989 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3990 // 3991 // 3992 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method. 3993 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params) 3994 // 3995 // err := req.Send() 3996 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3997 // fmt.Println(resp) 3998 // } 3999 // 4000 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot 4001 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) { 4002 op := &request.Operation{ 4003 Name: opDeleteDBSnapshot, 4004 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4005 HTTPPath: "/", 4006 } 4007 4008 if input == nil { 4009 input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{} 4010 } 4011 4012 output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{} 4013 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4014 return 4015 } 4016 4017 // DeleteDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4018 // 4019 // Deletes a DB snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation 4020 // is terminated. 4021 // 4022 // The DB snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 4023 // 4024 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4025 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4026 // the error. 4027 // 4028 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4029 // API operation DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 4030 // 4031 // Returned Error Codes: 4032 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 4033 // The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 4034 // 4035 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 4036 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 4037 // 4038 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot 4039 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 4040 req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) 4041 return out, req.Send() 4042 } 4043 4044 // DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSnapshot with the addition of 4045 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4046 // 4047 // See DeleteDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 4048 // 4049 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4050 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4051 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4052 // for more information on using Contexts. 4053 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 4054 req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) 4055 req.SetContext(ctx) 4056 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4057 return out, req.Send() 4058 } 4059 4060 const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" 4061 4062 // DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4063 // client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 4064 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4065 // successfully. 4066 // 4067 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4068 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4069 // 4070 // See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup 4071 // API call, and error handling. 4072 // 4073 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4074 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4075 // 4076 // 4077 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 4078 // req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 4079 // 4080 // err := req.Send() 4081 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4082 // fmt.Println(resp) 4083 // } 4084 // 4085 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 4086 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 4087 op := &request.Operation{ 4088 Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup, 4089 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4090 HTTPPath: "/", 4091 } 4092 4093 if input == nil { 4094 input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{} 4095 } 4096 4097 output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 4098 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4099 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4100 return 4101 } 4102 4103 // DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4104 // 4105 // Deletes a DB subnet group. 4106 // 4107 // The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances. 4108 // 4109 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4110 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4111 // the error. 4112 // 4113 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4114 // API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 4115 // 4116 // Returned Error Codes: 4117 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 4118 // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 4119 // 4120 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault" 4121 // The DB subnet isn't in the available state. 4122 // 4123 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 4124 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 4125 // 4126 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 4127 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 4128 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 4129 return out, req.Send() 4130 } 4131 4132 // DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 4133 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4134 // 4135 // See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4136 // 4137 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4138 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4139 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4140 // for more information on using Contexts. 4141 func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 4142 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 4143 req.SetContext(ctx) 4144 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4145 return out, req.Send() 4146 } 4147 4148 const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" 4149 4150 // DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4151 // client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 4152 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4153 // successfully. 4154 // 4155 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4156 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4157 // 4158 // See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription 4159 // API call, and error handling. 4160 // 4161 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4162 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4163 // 4164 // 4165 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method. 4166 // req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 4167 // 4168 // err := req.Send() 4169 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4170 // fmt.Println(resp) 4171 // } 4172 // 4173 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 4174 func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) { 4175 op := &request.Operation{ 4176 Name: opDeleteEventSubscription, 4177 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4178 HTTPPath: "/", 4179 } 4180 4181 if input == nil { 4182 input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{} 4183 } 4184 4185 output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{} 4186 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4187 return 4188 } 4189 4190 // DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4191 // 4192 // Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. 4193 // 4194 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4195 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4196 // the error. 4197 // 4198 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4199 // API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. 4200 // 4201 // Returned Error Codes: 4202 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 4203 // The subscription name does not exist. 4204 // 4205 // * ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidEventSubscriptionState" 4206 // This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should 4207 // retry the action. 4208 // 4209 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 4210 func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 4211 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 4212 return out, req.Send() 4213 } 4214 4215 // DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of 4216 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4217 // 4218 // See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 4219 // 4220 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4221 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4222 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4223 // for more information on using Contexts. 4224 func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 4225 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 4226 req.SetContext(ctx) 4227 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4228 return out, req.Send() 4229 } 4230 4231 const opDeleteGlobalCluster = "DeleteGlobalCluster" 4232 4233 // DeleteGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4234 // client's request for the DeleteGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return 4235 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4236 // successfully. 4237 // 4238 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4239 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4240 // 4241 // See DeleteGlobalCluster for more information on using the DeleteGlobalCluster 4242 // API call, and error handling. 4243 // 4244 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4245 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4246 // 4247 // 4248 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteGlobalClusterRequest method. 4249 // req, resp := client.DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(params) 4250 // 4251 // err := req.Send() 4252 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4253 // fmt.Println(resp) 4254 // } 4255 // 4256 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteGlobalCluster 4257 func (c *RDS) DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) { 4258 op := &request.Operation{ 4259 Name: opDeleteGlobalCluster, 4260 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4261 HTTPPath: "/", 4262 } 4263 4264 if input == nil { 4265 input = &DeleteGlobalClusterInput{} 4266 } 4267 4268 output = &DeleteGlobalClusterOutput{} 4269 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4270 return 4271 } 4272 4273 // DeleteGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4274 // 4275 // Deletes a global database cluster. The primary and secondary clusters must 4276 // already be detached or destroyed first. 4277 // 4278 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 4279 // 4280 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4281 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4282 // the error. 4283 // 4284 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4285 // API operation DeleteGlobalCluster for usage and error information. 4286 // 4287 // Returned Error Codes: 4288 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault" 4289 // The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database 4290 // cluster. 4291 // 4292 // * ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault" 4293 // The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested 4294 // operation. 4295 // 4296 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteGlobalCluster 4297 func (c *RDS) DeleteGlobalCluster(input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) (*DeleteGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 4298 req, out := c.DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(input) 4299 return out, req.Send() 4300 } 4301 4302 // DeleteGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteGlobalCluster with the addition of 4303 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4304 // 4305 // See DeleteGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 4306 // 4307 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4308 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4309 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4310 // for more information on using Contexts. 4311 func (c *RDS) DeleteGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 4312 req, out := c.DeleteGlobalClusterRequest(input) 4313 req.SetContext(ctx) 4314 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4315 return out, req.Send() 4316 } 4317 4318 const opDeleteInstallationMedia = "DeleteInstallationMedia" 4319 4320 // DeleteInstallationMediaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4321 // client's request for the DeleteInstallationMedia operation. The "output" return 4322 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4323 // successfully. 4324 // 4325 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4326 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4327 // 4328 // See DeleteInstallationMedia for more information on using the DeleteInstallationMedia 4329 // API call, and error handling. 4330 // 4331 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4332 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4333 // 4334 // 4335 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteInstallationMediaRequest method. 4336 // req, resp := client.DeleteInstallationMediaRequest(params) 4337 // 4338 // err := req.Send() 4339 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4340 // fmt.Println(resp) 4341 // } 4342 // 4343 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteInstallationMedia 4344 func (c *RDS) DeleteInstallationMediaRequest(input *DeleteInstallationMediaInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) { 4345 op := &request.Operation{ 4346 Name: opDeleteInstallationMedia, 4347 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4348 HTTPPath: "/", 4349 } 4350 4351 if input == nil { 4352 input = &DeleteInstallationMediaInput{} 4353 } 4354 4355 output = &DeleteInstallationMediaOutput{} 4356 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4357 return 4358 } 4359 4360 // DeleteInstallationMedia API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4361 // 4362 // Deletes the installation medium for a DB engine that requires an on-premises 4363 // customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server. 4364 // 4365 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4366 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4367 // the error. 4368 // 4369 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4370 // API operation DeleteInstallationMedia for usage and error information. 4371 // 4372 // Returned Error Codes: 4373 // * ErrCodeInstallationMediaNotFoundFault "InstallationMediaNotFound" 4374 // InstallationMediaID doesn't refer to an existing installation medium. 4375 // 4376 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteInstallationMedia 4377 func (c *RDS) DeleteInstallationMedia(input *DeleteInstallationMediaInput) (*DeleteInstallationMediaOutput, error) { 4378 req, out := c.DeleteInstallationMediaRequest(input) 4379 return out, req.Send() 4380 } 4381 4382 // DeleteInstallationMediaWithContext is the same as DeleteInstallationMedia with the addition of 4383 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4384 // 4385 // See DeleteInstallationMedia for details on how to use this API operation. 4386 // 4387 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4388 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4389 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4390 // for more information on using Contexts. 4391 func (c *RDS) DeleteInstallationMediaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInstallationMediaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInstallationMediaOutput, error) { 4392 req, out := c.DeleteInstallationMediaRequest(input) 4393 req.SetContext(ctx) 4394 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4395 return out, req.Send() 4396 } 4397 4398 const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup" 4399 4400 // DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4401 // client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 4402 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4403 // successfully. 4404 // 4405 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4406 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4407 // 4408 // See DeleteOptionGroup for more information on using the DeleteOptionGroup 4409 // API call, and error handling. 4410 // 4411 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4412 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4413 // 4414 // 4415 // // Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method. 4416 // req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params) 4417 // 4418 // err := req.Send() 4419 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4420 // fmt.Println(resp) 4421 // } 4422 // 4423 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup 4424 func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) { 4425 op := &request.Operation{ 4426 Name: opDeleteOptionGroup, 4427 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4428 HTTPPath: "/", 4429 } 4430 4431 if input == nil { 4432 input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{} 4433 } 4434 4435 output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{} 4436 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4437 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4438 return 4439 } 4440 4441 // DeleteOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4442 // 4443 // Deletes an existing option group. 4444 // 4445 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4446 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4447 // the error. 4448 // 4449 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4450 // API operation DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information. 4451 // 4452 // Returned Error Codes: 4453 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 4454 // The specified option group could not be found. 4455 // 4456 // * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" 4457 // The option group isn't in the available state. 4458 // 4459 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup 4460 func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { 4461 req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) 4462 return out, req.Send() 4463 } 4464 4465 // DeleteOptionGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteOptionGroup with the addition of 4466 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4467 // 4468 // See DeleteOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4469 // 4470 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4471 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4472 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4473 // for more information on using Contexts. 4474 func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { 4475 req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) 4476 req.SetContext(ctx) 4477 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4478 return out, req.Send() 4479 } 4480 4481 const opDeregisterDBProxyTargets = "DeregisterDBProxyTargets" 4482 4483 // DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4484 // client's request for the DeregisterDBProxyTargets operation. The "output" return 4485 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4486 // successfully. 4487 // 4488 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4489 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4490 // 4491 // See DeregisterDBProxyTargets for more information on using the DeregisterDBProxyTargets 4492 // API call, and error handling. 4493 // 4494 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4495 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4496 // 4497 // 4498 // // Example sending a request using the DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest method. 4499 // req, resp := client.DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(params) 4500 // 4501 // err := req.Send() 4502 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4503 // fmt.Println(resp) 4504 // } 4505 // 4506 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeregisterDBProxyTargets 4507 func (c *RDS) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) { 4508 op := &request.Operation{ 4509 Name: opDeregisterDBProxyTargets, 4510 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4511 HTTPPath: "/", 4512 } 4513 4514 if input == nil { 4515 input = &DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput{} 4516 } 4517 4518 output = &DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput{} 4519 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4520 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4521 return 4522 } 4523 4524 // DeregisterDBProxyTargets API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4525 // 4526 // Remove the association between one or more DBProxyTarget data structures 4527 // and a DBProxyTargetGroup. 4528 // 4529 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4530 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4531 // the error. 4532 // 4533 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4534 // API operation DeregisterDBProxyTargets for usage and error information. 4535 // 4536 // Returned Error Codes: 4537 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetNotFoundFault" 4538 // The specified RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster isn't available for a 4539 // proxy owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web 4540 // Services Region. 4541 // 4542 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 4543 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 4544 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 4545 // 4546 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 4547 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 4548 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 4549 // 4550 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 4551 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 4552 // 4553 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeregisterDBProxyTargets 4554 func (c *RDS) DeregisterDBProxyTargets(input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) { 4555 req, out := c.DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input) 4556 return out, req.Send() 4557 } 4558 4559 // DeregisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext is the same as DeregisterDBProxyTargets with the addition of 4560 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4561 // 4562 // See DeregisterDBProxyTargets for details on how to use this API operation. 4563 // 4564 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4565 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4566 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4567 // for more information on using Contexts. 4568 func (c *RDS) DeregisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) { 4569 req, out := c.DeregisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input) 4570 req.SetContext(ctx) 4571 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4572 return out, req.Send() 4573 } 4574 4575 const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes" 4576 4577 // DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4578 // client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return 4579 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4580 // successfully. 4581 // 4582 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4583 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4584 // 4585 // See DescribeAccountAttributes for more information on using the DescribeAccountAttributes 4586 // API call, and error handling. 4587 // 4588 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4589 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4590 // 4591 // 4592 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method. 4593 // req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params) 4594 // 4595 // err := req.Send() 4596 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4597 // fmt.Println(resp) 4598 // } 4599 // 4600 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes 4601 func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) { 4602 op := &request.Operation{ 4603 Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes, 4604 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4605 HTTPPath: "/", 4606 } 4607 4608 if input == nil { 4609 input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{} 4610 } 4611 4612 output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{} 4613 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4614 return 4615 } 4616 4617 // DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4618 // 4619 // Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include 4620 // Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. 4621 // The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward 4622 // that quota, and the quota's maximum value. 4623 // 4624 // This command doesn't take any parameters. 4625 // 4626 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4627 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4628 // the error. 4629 // 4630 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4631 // API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. 4632 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes 4633 func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { 4634 req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) 4635 return out, req.Send() 4636 } 4637 4638 // DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountAttributes with the addition of 4639 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4640 // 4641 // See DescribeAccountAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 4642 // 4643 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4644 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4645 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4646 // for more information on using Contexts. 4647 func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { 4648 req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) 4649 req.SetContext(ctx) 4650 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4651 return out, req.Send() 4652 } 4653 4654 const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates" 4655 4656 // DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4657 // client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return 4658 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4659 // successfully. 4660 // 4661 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4662 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4663 // 4664 // See DescribeCertificates for more information on using the DescribeCertificates 4665 // API call, and error handling. 4666 // 4667 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4668 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4669 // 4670 // 4671 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method. 4672 // req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params) 4673 // 4674 // err := req.Send() 4675 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4676 // fmt.Println(resp) 4677 // } 4678 // 4679 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates 4680 func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) { 4681 op := &request.Operation{ 4682 Name: opDescribeCertificates, 4683 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4684 HTTPPath: "/", 4685 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4686 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4687 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4688 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4689 TruncationToken: "", 4690 }, 4691 } 4692 4693 if input == nil { 4694 input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{} 4695 } 4696 4697 output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{} 4698 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4699 return 4700 } 4701 4702 // DescribeCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4703 // 4704 // Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this Amazon Web 4705 // Services account. 4706 // 4707 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4708 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4709 // the error. 4710 // 4711 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4712 // API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information. 4713 // 4714 // Returned Error Codes: 4715 // * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 4716 // CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate. 4717 // 4718 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates 4719 func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { 4720 req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) 4721 return out, req.Send() 4722 } 4723 4724 // DescribeCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeCertificates with the addition of 4725 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4726 // 4727 // See DescribeCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. 4728 // 4729 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4730 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4731 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4732 // for more information on using Contexts. 4733 func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { 4734 req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) 4735 req.SetContext(ctx) 4736 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4737 return out, req.Send() 4738 } 4739 4740 // DescribeCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeCertificates operation, 4741 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4742 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 4743 // 4744 // See DescribeCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation. 4745 // 4746 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4747 // 4748 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeCertificates operation. 4749 // pageNum := 0 4750 // err := client.DescribeCertificatesPages(params, 4751 // func(page *rds.DescribeCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4752 // pageNum++ 4753 // fmt.Println(page) 4754 // return pageNum <= 3 4755 // }) 4756 // 4757 func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesPages(input *DescribeCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeCertificatesOutput, bool) bool) error { 4758 return c.DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4759 } 4760 4761 // DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext same as DescribeCertificatesPages except 4762 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4763 // 4764 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4765 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4766 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4767 // for more information on using Contexts. 4768 func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeCertificatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4769 p := request.Pagination{ 4770 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4771 var inCpy *DescribeCertificatesInput 4772 if input != nil { 4773 tmp := *input 4774 inCpy = &tmp 4775 } 4776 req, _ := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(inCpy) 4777 req.SetContext(ctx) 4778 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4779 return req, nil 4780 }, 4781 } 4782 4783 for p.Next() { 4784 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeCertificatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 4785 break 4786 } 4787 } 4788 4789 return p.Err() 4790 } 4791 4792 const opDescribeCustomAvailabilityZones = "DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones" 4793 4794 // DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4795 // client's request for the DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones operation. The "output" return 4796 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4797 // successfully. 4798 // 4799 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4800 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4801 // 4802 // See DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones for more information on using the DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones 4803 // API call, and error handling. 4804 // 4805 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4806 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4807 // 4808 // 4809 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest method. 4810 // req, resp := client.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(params) 4811 // 4812 // err := req.Send() 4813 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4814 // fmt.Println(resp) 4815 // } 4816 // 4817 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones 4818 func (c *RDS) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(input *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput) { 4819 op := &request.Operation{ 4820 Name: opDescribeCustomAvailabilityZones, 4821 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4822 HTTPPath: "/", 4823 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4824 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4825 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4826 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4827 TruncationToken: "", 4828 }, 4829 } 4830 4831 if input == nil { 4832 input = &DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput{} 4833 } 4834 4835 output = &DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput{} 4836 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4837 return 4838 } 4839 4840 // DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4841 // 4842 // Returns information about custom Availability Zones (AZs). 4843 // 4844 // A custom AZ is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with a VMware vSphere 4845 // cluster. 4846 // 4847 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 4848 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 4849 // 4850 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4851 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4852 // the error. 4853 // 4854 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4855 // API operation DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones for usage and error information. 4856 // 4857 // Returned Error Codes: 4858 // * ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneNotFoundFault "CustomAvailabilityZoneNotFound" 4859 // CustomAvailabilityZoneId doesn't refer to an existing custom Availability 4860 // Zone identifier. 4861 // 4862 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones 4863 func (c *RDS) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones(input *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) (*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput, error) { 4864 req, out := c.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(input) 4865 return out, req.Send() 4866 } 4867 4868 // DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesWithContext is the same as DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones with the addition of 4869 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4870 // 4871 // See DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones for details on how to use this API operation. 4872 // 4873 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4874 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4875 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4876 // for more information on using Contexts. 4877 func (c *RDS) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput, error) { 4878 req, out := c.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(input) 4879 req.SetContext(ctx) 4880 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4881 return out, req.Send() 4882 } 4883 4884 // DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones operation, 4885 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4886 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 4887 // 4888 // See DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones method for more information on how to use this operation. 4889 // 4890 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4891 // 4892 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones operation. 4893 // pageNum := 0 4894 // err := client.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPages(params, 4895 // func(page *rds.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4896 // pageNum++ 4897 // fmt.Println(page) 4898 // return pageNum <= 3 4899 // }) 4900 // 4901 func (c *RDS) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPages(input *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput, fn func(*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput, bool) bool) error { 4902 return c.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4903 } 4904 4905 // DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPagesWithContext same as DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPages except 4906 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4907 // 4908 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4909 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4910 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4911 // for more information on using Contexts. 4912 func (c *RDS) DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput, fn func(*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4913 p := request.Pagination{ 4914 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4915 var inCpy *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput 4916 if input != nil { 4917 tmp := *input 4918 inCpy = &tmp 4919 } 4920 req, _ := c.DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesRequest(inCpy) 4921 req.SetContext(ctx) 4922 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4923 return req, nil 4924 }, 4925 } 4926 4927 for p.Next() { 4928 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 4929 break 4930 } 4931 } 4932 4933 return p.Err() 4934 } 4935 4936 const opDescribeDBClusterBacktracks = "DescribeDBClusterBacktracks" 4937 4938 // DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4939 // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks operation. The "output" return 4940 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4941 // successfully. 4942 // 4943 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4944 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4945 // 4946 // See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 4947 // API call, and error handling. 4948 // 4949 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4950 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4951 // 4952 // 4953 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest method. 4954 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(params) 4955 // 4956 // err := req.Send() 4957 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4958 // fmt.Println(resp) 4959 // } 4960 // 4961 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 4962 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) { 4963 op := &request.Operation{ 4964 Name: opDescribeDBClusterBacktracks, 4965 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4966 HTTPPath: "/", 4967 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4968 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4969 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4970 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4971 TruncationToken: "", 4972 }, 4973 } 4974 4975 if input == nil { 4976 input = &DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput{} 4977 } 4978 4979 output = &DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput{} 4980 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4981 return 4982 } 4983 4984 // DescribeDBClusterBacktracks API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4985 // 4986 // Returns information about backtracks for a DB cluster. 4987 // 4988 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 4989 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 4990 // 4991 // This action only applies to Aurora MySQL DB clusters. 4992 // 4993 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4994 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4995 // the error. 4996 // 4997 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4998 // API operation DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for usage and error information. 4999 // 5000 // Returned Error Codes: 5001 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5002 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 5003 // 5004 // * ErrCodeDBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault "DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault" 5005 // BacktrackIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing backtrack. 5006 // 5007 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 5008 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracks(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, error) { 5009 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input) 5010 return out, req.Send() 5011 } 5012 5013 // DescribeDBClusterBacktracksWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterBacktracks with the addition of 5014 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5015 // 5016 // See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks for details on how to use this API operation. 5017 // 5018 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5019 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5020 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5021 // for more information on using Contexts. 5022 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, error) { 5023 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(input) 5024 req.SetContext(ctx) 5025 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5026 return out, req.Send() 5027 } 5028 5029 // DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterBacktracks operation, 5030 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5031 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 5032 // 5033 // See DescribeDBClusterBacktracks method for more information on how to use this operation. 5034 // 5035 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5036 // 5037 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterBacktracks operation. 5038 // pageNum := 0 5039 // err := client.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages(params, 5040 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5041 // pageNum++ 5042 // fmt.Println(page) 5043 // return pageNum <= 3 5044 // }) 5045 // 5046 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages(input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, bool) bool) error { 5047 return c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5048 } 5049 5050 // DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPages except 5051 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5052 // 5053 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5054 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5055 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5056 // for more information on using Contexts. 5057 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterBacktracksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5058 p := request.Pagination{ 5059 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5060 var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput 5061 if input != nil { 5062 tmp := *input 5063 inCpy = &tmp 5064 } 5065 req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterBacktracksRequest(inCpy) 5066 req.SetContext(ctx) 5067 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5068 return req, nil 5069 }, 5070 } 5071 5072 for p.Next() { 5073 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 5074 break 5075 } 5076 } 5077 5078 return p.Err() 5079 } 5080 5081 const opDescribeDBClusterEndpoints = "DescribeDBClusterEndpoints" 5082 5083 // DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5084 // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation. The "output" return 5085 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5086 // successfully. 5087 // 5088 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5089 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5090 // 5091 // See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 5092 // API call, and error handling. 5093 // 5094 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5095 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5096 // 5097 // 5098 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest method. 5099 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(params) 5100 // 5101 // err := req.Send() 5102 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5103 // fmt.Println(resp) 5104 // } 5105 // 5106 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 5107 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) { 5108 op := &request.Operation{ 5109 Name: opDescribeDBClusterEndpoints, 5110 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5111 HTTPPath: "/", 5112 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5113 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5114 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5115 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5116 TruncationToken: "", 5117 }, 5118 } 5119 5120 if input == nil { 5121 input = &DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput{} 5122 } 5123 5124 output = &DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput{} 5125 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5126 return 5127 } 5128 5129 // DescribeDBClusterEndpoints API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5130 // 5131 // Returns information about endpoints for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 5132 // 5133 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 5134 // 5135 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5136 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5137 // the error. 5138 // 5139 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5140 // API operation DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for usage and error information. 5141 // 5142 // Returned Error Codes: 5143 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5144 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 5145 // 5146 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 5147 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpoints(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, error) { 5148 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input) 5149 return out, req.Send() 5150 } 5151 5152 // DescribeDBClusterEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterEndpoints with the addition of 5153 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5154 // 5155 // See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation. 5156 // 5157 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5158 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5159 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5160 // for more information on using Contexts. 5161 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, error) { 5162 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input) 5163 req.SetContext(ctx) 5164 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5165 return out, req.Send() 5166 } 5167 5168 // DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation, 5169 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5170 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 5171 // 5172 // See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation. 5173 // 5174 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5175 // 5176 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation. 5177 // pageNum := 0 5178 // err := client.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages(params, 5179 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5180 // pageNum++ 5181 // fmt.Println(page) 5182 // return pageNum <= 3 5183 // }) 5184 // 5185 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5186 return c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5187 } 5188 5189 // DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages except 5190 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5191 // 5192 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5193 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5194 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5195 // for more information on using Contexts. 5196 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5197 p := request.Pagination{ 5198 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5199 var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput 5200 if input != nil { 5201 tmp := *input 5202 inCpy = &tmp 5203 } 5204 req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(inCpy) 5205 req.SetContext(ctx) 5206 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5207 return req, nil 5208 }, 5209 } 5210 5211 for p.Next() { 5212 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 5213 break 5214 } 5215 } 5216 5217 return p.Err() 5218 } 5219 5220 const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" 5221 5222 // DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5223 // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 5224 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5225 // successfully. 5226 // 5227 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5228 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5229 // 5230 // See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 5231 // API call, and error handling. 5232 // 5233 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5234 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5235 // 5236 // 5237 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method. 5238 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params) 5239 // 5240 // err := req.Send() 5241 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5242 // fmt.Println(resp) 5243 // } 5244 // 5245 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 5246 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) { 5247 op := &request.Operation{ 5248 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups, 5249 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5250 HTTPPath: "/", 5251 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5252 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5253 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5254 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5255 TruncationToken: "", 5256 }, 5257 } 5258 5259 if input == nil { 5260 input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{} 5261 } 5262 5263 output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{} 5264 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5265 return 5266 } 5267 5268 // DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5269 // 5270 // Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName 5271 // parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the 5272 // specified DB cluster parameter group. 5273 // 5274 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 5275 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 5276 // 5277 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 5278 // 5279 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5280 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5281 // the error. 5282 // 5283 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5284 // API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. 5285 // 5286 // Returned Error Codes: 5287 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 5288 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 5289 // 5290 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 5291 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 5292 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 5293 return out, req.Send() 5294 } 5295 5296 // DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of 5297 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5298 // 5299 // See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 5300 // 5301 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5302 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5303 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5304 // for more information on using Contexts. 5305 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 5306 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 5307 req.SetContext(ctx) 5308 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5309 return out, req.Send() 5310 } 5311 5312 // DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation, 5313 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5314 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 5315 // 5316 // See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 5317 // 5318 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5319 // 5320 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. 5321 // pageNum := 0 5322 // err := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages(params, 5323 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5324 // pageNum++ 5325 // fmt.Println(page) 5326 // return pageNum <= 3 5327 // }) 5328 // 5329 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5330 return c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5331 } 5332 5333 // DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages except 5334 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5335 // 5336 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5337 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5338 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5339 // for more information on using Contexts. 5340 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5341 p := request.Pagination{ 5342 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5343 var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput 5344 if input != nil { 5345 tmp := *input 5346 inCpy = &tmp 5347 } 5348 req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy) 5349 req.SetContext(ctx) 5350 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5351 return req, nil 5352 }, 5353 } 5354 5355 for p.Next() { 5356 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 5357 break 5358 } 5359 } 5360 5361 return p.Err() 5362 } 5363 5364 const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" 5365 5366 // DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5367 // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 5368 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5369 // successfully. 5370 // 5371 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5372 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5373 // 5374 // See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters 5375 // API call, and error handling. 5376 // 5377 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5378 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5379 // 5380 // 5381 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method. 5382 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params) 5383 // 5384 // err := req.Send() 5385 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5386 // fmt.Println(resp) 5387 // } 5388 // 5389 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 5390 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) { 5391 op := &request.Operation{ 5392 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters, 5393 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5394 HTTPPath: "/", 5395 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5396 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5397 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5398 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5399 TruncationToken: "", 5400 }, 5401 } 5402 5403 if input == nil { 5404 input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{} 5405 } 5406 5407 output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{} 5408 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5409 return 5410 } 5411 5412 // DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5413 // 5414 // Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter 5415 // group. 5416 // 5417 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 5418 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 5419 // 5420 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 5421 // 5422 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5423 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5424 // the error. 5425 // 5426 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5427 // API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. 5428 // 5429 // Returned Error Codes: 5430 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 5431 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 5432 // 5433 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 5434 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 5435 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 5436 return out, req.Send() 5437 } 5438 5439 // DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of 5440 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5441 // 5442 // See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 5443 // 5444 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5445 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5446 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5447 // for more information on using Contexts. 5448 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 5449 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 5450 req.SetContext(ctx) 5451 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5452 return out, req.Send() 5453 } 5454 5455 // DescribeDBClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameters operation, 5456 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5457 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 5458 // 5459 // See DescribeDBClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 5460 // 5461 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5462 // 5463 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. 5464 // pageNum := 0 5465 // err := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersPages(params, 5466 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5467 // pageNum++ 5468 // fmt.Println(page) 5469 // return pageNum <= 3 5470 // }) 5471 // 5472 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 5473 return c.DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5474 } 5475 5476 // DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterParametersPages except 5477 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5478 // 5479 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5480 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5481 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5482 // for more information on using Contexts. 5483 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5484 p := request.Pagination{ 5485 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5486 var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput 5487 if input != nil { 5488 tmp := *input 5489 inCpy = &tmp 5490 } 5491 req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(inCpy) 5492 req.SetContext(ctx) 5493 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5494 return req, nil 5495 }, 5496 } 5497 5498 for p.Next() { 5499 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 5500 break 5501 } 5502 } 5503 5504 return p.Err() 5505 } 5506 5507 const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes" 5508 5509 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5510 // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 5511 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5512 // successfully. 5513 // 5514 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5515 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5516 // 5517 // See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 5518 // API call, and error handling. 5519 // 5520 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5521 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5522 // 5523 // 5524 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 5525 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 5526 // 5527 // err := req.Send() 5528 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5529 // fmt.Println(resp) 5530 // } 5531 // 5532 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 5533 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 5534 op := &request.Operation{ 5535 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes, 5536 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5537 HTTPPath: "/", 5538 } 5539 5540 if input == nil { 5541 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{} 5542 } 5543 5544 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 5545 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5546 return 5547 } 5548 5549 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5550 // 5551 // Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual 5552 // DB cluster snapshot. 5553 // 5554 // When sharing snapshots with other Amazon Web Services accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 5555 // returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the Amazon Web Services 5556 // accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. 5557 // If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then 5558 // the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by 5559 // all Amazon Web Services accounts. 5560 // 5561 // To add or remove access for an Amazon Web Services account to copy or restore 5562 // a manual DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public 5563 // or private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 5564 // 5565 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 5566 // 5567 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5568 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5569 // the error. 5570 // 5571 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5572 // API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 5573 // 5574 // Returned Error Codes: 5575 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 5576 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 5577 // 5578 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 5579 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 5580 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 5581 return out, req.Send() 5582 } 5583 5584 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 5585 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5586 // 5587 // See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 5588 // 5589 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5590 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5591 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5592 // for more information on using Contexts. 5593 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 5594 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 5595 req.SetContext(ctx) 5596 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5597 return out, req.Send() 5598 } 5599 5600 const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" 5601 5602 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5603 // client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return 5604 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5605 // successfully. 5606 // 5607 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5608 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5609 // 5610 // See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 5611 // API call, and error handling. 5612 // 5613 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5614 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5615 // 5616 // 5617 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method. 5618 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params) 5619 // 5620 // err := req.Send() 5621 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5622 // fmt.Println(resp) 5623 // } 5624 // 5625 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 5626 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) { 5627 op := &request.Operation{ 5628 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots, 5629 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5630 HTTPPath: "/", 5631 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5632 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5633 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5634 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5635 TruncationToken: "", 5636 }, 5637 } 5638 5639 if input == nil { 5640 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{} 5641 } 5642 5643 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{} 5644 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5645 return 5646 } 5647 5648 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5649 // 5650 // Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports 5651 // pagination. 5652 // 5653 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 5654 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 5655 // 5656 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 5657 // 5658 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5659 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5660 // the error. 5661 // 5662 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5663 // API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. 5664 // 5665 // Returned Error Codes: 5666 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 5667 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 5668 // 5669 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 5670 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 5671 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 5672 return out, req.Send() 5673 } 5674 5675 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of 5676 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5677 // 5678 // See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 5679 // 5680 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5681 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5682 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5683 // for more information on using Contexts. 5684 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 5685 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 5686 req.SetContext(ctx) 5687 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5688 return out, req.Send() 5689 } 5690 5691 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation, 5692 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5693 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 5694 // 5695 // See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation. 5696 // 5697 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5698 // 5699 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. 5700 // pageNum := 0 5701 // err := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages(params, 5702 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5703 // pageNum++ 5704 // fmt.Println(page) 5705 // return pageNum <= 3 5706 // }) 5707 // 5708 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5709 return c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5710 } 5711 5712 // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages except 5713 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5714 // 5715 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5716 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5717 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5718 // for more information on using Contexts. 5719 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5720 p := request.Pagination{ 5721 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5722 var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput 5723 if input != nil { 5724 tmp := *input 5725 inCpy = &tmp 5726 } 5727 req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(inCpy) 5728 req.SetContext(ctx) 5729 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5730 return req, nil 5731 }, 5732 } 5733 5734 for p.Next() { 5735 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 5736 break 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 return p.Err() 5741 } 5742 5743 const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" 5744 5745 // DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5746 // client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return 5747 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5748 // successfully. 5749 // 5750 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5751 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5752 // 5753 // See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters 5754 // API call, and error handling. 5755 // 5756 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5757 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5758 // 5759 // 5760 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method. 5761 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params) 5762 // 5763 // err := req.Send() 5764 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5765 // fmt.Println(resp) 5766 // } 5767 // 5768 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 5769 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) { 5770 op := &request.Operation{ 5771 Name: opDescribeDBClusters, 5772 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5773 HTTPPath: "/", 5774 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5775 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5776 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5777 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5778 TruncationToken: "", 5779 }, 5780 } 5781 5782 if input == nil { 5783 input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{} 5784 } 5785 5786 output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{} 5787 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5788 return 5789 } 5790 5791 // DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5792 // 5793 // Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports 5794 // pagination. 5795 // 5796 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 5797 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 5798 // 5799 // This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances 5800 // and Amazon DocumentDB instances. 5801 // 5802 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5803 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5804 // the error. 5805 // 5806 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5807 // API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. 5808 // 5809 // Returned Error Codes: 5810 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5811 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 5812 // 5813 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 5814 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 5815 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 5816 return out, req.Send() 5817 } 5818 5819 // DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of 5820 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5821 // 5822 // See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation. 5823 // 5824 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5825 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5826 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5827 // for more information on using Contexts. 5828 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 5829 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 5830 req.SetContext(ctx) 5831 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5832 return out, req.Send() 5833 } 5834 5835 // DescribeDBClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation, 5836 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5837 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 5838 // 5839 // See DescribeDBClusters method for more information on how to use this operation. 5840 // 5841 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5842 // 5843 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation. 5844 // pageNum := 0 5845 // err := client.DescribeDBClustersPages(params, 5846 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5847 // pageNum++ 5848 // fmt.Println(page) 5849 // return pageNum <= 3 5850 // }) 5851 // 5852 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersPages(input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool) error { 5853 return c.DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5854 } 5855 5856 // DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClustersPages except 5857 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5858 // 5859 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5860 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5861 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5862 // for more information on using Contexts. 5863 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5864 p := request.Pagination{ 5865 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5866 var inCpy *DescribeDBClustersInput 5867 if input != nil { 5868 tmp := *input 5869 inCpy = &tmp 5870 } 5871 req, _ := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(inCpy) 5872 req.SetContext(ctx) 5873 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5874 return req, nil 5875 }, 5876 } 5877 5878 for p.Next() { 5879 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClustersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 5880 break 5881 } 5882 } 5883 5884 return p.Err() 5885 } 5886 5887 const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" 5888 5889 // DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5890 // client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return 5891 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5892 // successfully. 5893 // 5894 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5895 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5896 // 5897 // See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions 5898 // API call, and error handling. 5899 // 5900 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5901 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5902 // 5903 // 5904 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method. 5905 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params) 5906 // 5907 // err := req.Send() 5908 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5909 // fmt.Println(resp) 5910 // } 5911 // 5912 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 5913 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) { 5914 op := &request.Operation{ 5915 Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions, 5916 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5917 HTTPPath: "/", 5918 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5919 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5920 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5921 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5922 TruncationToken: "", 5923 }, 5924 } 5925 5926 if input == nil { 5927 input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{} 5928 } 5929 5930 output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{} 5931 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5932 return 5933 } 5934 5935 // DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5936 // 5937 // Returns a list of the available DB engines. 5938 // 5939 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5940 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5941 // the error. 5942 // 5943 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5944 // API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. 5945 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 5946 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 5947 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 5948 return out, req.Send() 5949 } 5950 5951 // DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of 5952 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5953 // 5954 // See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation. 5955 // 5956 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5957 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5958 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5959 // for more information on using Contexts. 5960 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 5961 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 5962 req.SetContext(ctx) 5963 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5964 return out, req.Send() 5965 } 5966 5967 // DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation, 5968 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5969 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 5970 // 5971 // See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. 5972 // 5973 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5974 // 5975 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. 5976 // pageNum := 0 5977 // err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params, 5978 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5979 // pageNum++ 5980 // fmt.Println(page) 5981 // return pageNum <= 3 5982 // }) 5983 // 5984 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5985 return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5986 } 5987 5988 // DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except 5989 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5990 // 5991 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5992 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5993 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5994 // for more information on using Contexts. 5995 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5996 p := request.Pagination{ 5997 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5998 var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput 5999 if input != nil { 6000 tmp := *input 6001 inCpy = &tmp 6002 } 6003 req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy) 6004 req.SetContext(ctx) 6005 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6006 return req, nil 6007 }, 6008 } 6009 6010 for p.Next() { 6011 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6012 break 6013 } 6014 } 6015 6016 return p.Err() 6017 } 6018 6019 const opDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups = "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups" 6020 6021 // DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6022 // client's request for the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups operation. The "output" return 6023 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6024 // successfully. 6025 // 6026 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6027 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6028 // 6029 // See DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups for more information on using the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups 6030 // API call, and error handling. 6031 // 6032 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6033 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6034 // 6035 // 6036 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest method. 6037 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(params) 6038 // 6039 // err := req.Send() 6040 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6041 // fmt.Println(resp) 6042 // } 6043 // 6044 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups 6045 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) { 6046 op := &request.Operation{ 6047 Name: opDescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups, 6048 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6049 HTTPPath: "/", 6050 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6051 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6052 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6053 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6054 TruncationToken: "", 6055 }, 6056 } 6057 6058 if input == nil { 6059 input = &DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput{} 6060 } 6061 6062 output = &DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput{} 6063 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6064 return 6065 } 6066 6067 // DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6068 // 6069 // Displays backups for both current and deleted instances. For example, use 6070 // this operation to find details about automated backups for previously deleted 6071 // instances. Current instances with retention periods greater than zero (0) 6072 // are returned for both the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups and DescribeDBInstances 6073 // operations. 6074 // 6075 // All parameters are optional. 6076 // 6077 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6078 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6079 // the error. 6080 // 6081 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6082 // API operation DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups for usage and error information. 6083 // 6084 // Returned Error Codes: 6085 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound" 6086 // No automated backup for this DB instance was found. 6087 // 6088 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups 6089 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups(input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, error) { 6090 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input) 6091 return out, req.Send() 6092 } 6093 6094 // DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups with the addition of 6095 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6096 // 6097 // See DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups for details on how to use this API operation. 6098 // 6099 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6100 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6101 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6102 // for more information on using Contexts. 6103 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, error) { 6104 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(input) 6105 req.SetContext(ctx) 6106 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6107 return out, req.Send() 6108 } 6109 6110 // DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups operation, 6111 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6112 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 6113 // 6114 // See DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups method for more information on how to use this operation. 6115 // 6116 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6117 // 6118 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups operation. 6119 // pageNum := 0 6120 // err := client.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages(params, 6121 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6122 // pageNum++ 6123 // fmt.Println(page) 6124 // return pageNum <= 3 6125 // }) 6126 // 6127 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages(input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 6128 return c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6129 } 6130 6131 // DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPages except 6132 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6133 // 6134 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6135 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6136 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6137 // for more information on using Contexts. 6138 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6139 p := request.Pagination{ 6140 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6141 var inCpy *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput 6142 if input != nil { 6143 tmp := *input 6144 inCpy = &tmp 6145 } 6146 req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsRequest(inCpy) 6147 req.SetContext(ctx) 6148 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6149 return req, nil 6150 }, 6151 } 6152 6153 for p.Next() { 6154 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6155 break 6156 } 6157 } 6158 6159 return p.Err() 6160 } 6161 6162 const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances" 6163 6164 // DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6165 // client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return 6166 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6167 // successfully. 6168 // 6169 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6170 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6171 // 6172 // See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances 6173 // API call, and error handling. 6174 // 6175 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6176 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6177 // 6178 // 6179 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method. 6180 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params) 6181 // 6182 // err := req.Send() 6183 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6184 // fmt.Println(resp) 6185 // } 6186 // 6187 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 6188 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) { 6189 op := &request.Operation{ 6190 Name: opDescribeDBInstances, 6191 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6192 HTTPPath: "/", 6193 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6194 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6195 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6196 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6197 TruncationToken: "", 6198 }, 6199 } 6200 6201 if input == nil { 6202 input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{} 6203 } 6204 6205 output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{} 6206 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6207 return 6208 } 6209 6210 // DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6211 // 6212 // Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination. 6213 // 6214 // This operation can also return information for Amazon Neptune DB instances 6215 // and Amazon DocumentDB instances. 6216 // 6217 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6218 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6219 // the error. 6220 // 6221 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6222 // API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. 6223 // 6224 // Returned Error Codes: 6225 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6226 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 6227 // 6228 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 6229 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 6230 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 6231 return out, req.Send() 6232 } 6233 6234 // DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of 6235 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6236 // 6237 // See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 6238 // 6239 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6240 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6241 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6242 // for more information on using Contexts. 6243 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 6244 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 6245 req.SetContext(ctx) 6246 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6247 return out, req.Send() 6248 } 6249 6250 // DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation, 6251 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6252 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 6253 // 6254 // See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 6255 // 6256 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6257 // 6258 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation. 6259 // pageNum := 0 6260 // err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params, 6261 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6262 // pageNum++ 6263 // fmt.Println(page) 6264 // return pageNum <= 3 6265 // }) 6266 // 6267 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 6268 return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6269 } 6270 6271 // DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except 6272 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6273 // 6274 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6275 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6276 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6277 // for more information on using Contexts. 6278 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6279 p := request.Pagination{ 6280 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6281 var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput 6282 if input != nil { 6283 tmp := *input 6284 inCpy = &tmp 6285 } 6286 req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 6287 req.SetContext(ctx) 6288 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6289 return req, nil 6290 }, 6291 } 6292 6293 for p.Next() { 6294 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6295 break 6296 } 6297 } 6298 6299 return p.Err() 6300 } 6301 6302 const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles" 6303 6304 // DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6305 // client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return 6306 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6307 // successfully. 6308 // 6309 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6310 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6311 // 6312 // See DescribeDBLogFiles for more information on using the DescribeDBLogFiles 6313 // API call, and error handling. 6314 // 6315 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6316 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6317 // 6318 // 6319 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method. 6320 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params) 6321 // 6322 // err := req.Send() 6323 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6324 // fmt.Println(resp) 6325 // } 6326 // 6327 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles 6328 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) { 6329 op := &request.Operation{ 6330 Name: opDescribeDBLogFiles, 6331 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6332 HTTPPath: "/", 6333 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6334 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6335 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6336 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6337 TruncationToken: "", 6338 }, 6339 } 6340 6341 if input == nil { 6342 input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{} 6343 } 6344 6345 output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{} 6346 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6347 return 6348 } 6349 6350 // DescribeDBLogFiles API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6351 // 6352 // Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. 6353 // 6354 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6355 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6356 // the error. 6357 // 6358 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6359 // API operation DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information. 6360 // 6361 // Returned Error Codes: 6362 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6363 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 6364 // 6365 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles 6366 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { 6367 req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) 6368 return out, req.Send() 6369 } 6370 6371 // DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBLogFiles with the addition of 6372 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6373 // 6374 // See DescribeDBLogFiles for details on how to use this API operation. 6375 // 6376 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6377 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6378 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6379 // for more information on using Contexts. 6380 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { 6381 req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) 6382 req.SetContext(ctx) 6383 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6384 return out, req.Send() 6385 } 6386 6387 // DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation, 6388 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6389 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 6390 // 6391 // See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation. 6392 // 6393 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6394 // 6395 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation. 6396 // pageNum := 0 6397 // err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params, 6398 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6399 // pageNum++ 6400 // fmt.Println(page) 6401 // return pageNum <= 3 6402 // }) 6403 // 6404 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool) error { 6405 return c.DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6406 } 6407 6408 // DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBLogFilesPages except 6409 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6410 // 6411 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6412 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6413 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6414 // for more information on using Contexts. 6415 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6416 p := request.Pagination{ 6417 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6418 var inCpy *DescribeDBLogFilesInput 6419 if input != nil { 6420 tmp := *input 6421 inCpy = &tmp 6422 } 6423 req, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(inCpy) 6424 req.SetContext(ctx) 6425 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6426 return req, nil 6427 }, 6428 } 6429 6430 for p.Next() { 6431 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6432 break 6433 } 6434 } 6435 6436 return p.Err() 6437 } 6438 6439 const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups" 6440 6441 // DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6442 // client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 6443 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6444 // successfully. 6445 // 6446 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6447 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6448 // 6449 // See DescribeDBParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBParameterGroups 6450 // API call, and error handling. 6451 // 6452 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6453 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6454 // 6455 // 6456 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method. 6457 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params) 6458 // 6459 // err := req.Send() 6460 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6461 // fmt.Println(resp) 6462 // } 6463 // 6464 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 6465 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) { 6466 op := &request.Operation{ 6467 Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups, 6468 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6469 HTTPPath: "/", 6470 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6471 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6472 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6473 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6474 TruncationToken: "", 6475 }, 6476 } 6477 6478 if input == nil { 6479 input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{} 6480 } 6481 6482 output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{} 6483 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6484 return 6485 } 6486 6487 // DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6488 // 6489 // Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName 6490 // is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified 6491 // DB parameter group. 6492 // 6493 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6494 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6495 // the error. 6496 // 6497 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6498 // API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. 6499 // 6500 // Returned Error Codes: 6501 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 6502 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 6503 // 6504 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 6505 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 6506 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 6507 return out, req.Send() 6508 } 6509 6510 // DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameterGroups with the addition of 6511 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6512 // 6513 // See DescribeDBParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 6514 // 6515 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6516 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6517 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6518 // for more information on using Contexts. 6519 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 6520 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 6521 req.SetContext(ctx) 6522 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6523 return out, req.Send() 6524 } 6525 6526 // DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation, 6527 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6528 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 6529 // 6530 // See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 6531 // 6532 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6533 // 6534 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. 6535 // pageNum := 0 6536 // err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params, 6537 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6538 // pageNum++ 6539 // fmt.Println(page) 6540 // return pageNum <= 3 6541 // }) 6542 // 6543 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 6544 return c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6545 } 6546 6547 // DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages except 6548 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6549 // 6550 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6551 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6552 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6553 // for more information on using Contexts. 6554 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6555 p := request.Pagination{ 6556 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6557 var inCpy *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput 6558 if input != nil { 6559 tmp := *input 6560 inCpy = &tmp 6561 } 6562 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy) 6563 req.SetContext(ctx) 6564 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6565 return req, nil 6566 }, 6567 } 6568 6569 for p.Next() { 6570 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6571 break 6572 } 6573 } 6574 6575 return p.Err() 6576 } 6577 6578 const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters" 6579 6580 // DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6581 // client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return 6582 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6583 // successfully. 6584 // 6585 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6586 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6587 // 6588 // See DescribeDBParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBParameters 6589 // API call, and error handling. 6590 // 6591 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6592 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6593 // 6594 // 6595 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method. 6596 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params) 6597 // 6598 // err := req.Send() 6599 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6600 // fmt.Println(resp) 6601 // } 6602 // 6603 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 6604 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) { 6605 op := &request.Operation{ 6606 Name: opDescribeDBParameters, 6607 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6608 HTTPPath: "/", 6609 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6610 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6611 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6612 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6613 TruncationToken: "", 6614 }, 6615 } 6616 6617 if input == nil { 6618 input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{} 6619 } 6620 6621 output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{} 6622 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6623 return 6624 } 6625 6626 // DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6627 // 6628 // Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. 6629 // 6630 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6631 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6632 // the error. 6633 // 6634 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6635 // API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. 6636 // 6637 // Returned Error Codes: 6638 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 6639 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 6640 // 6641 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 6642 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 6643 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 6644 return out, req.Send() 6645 } 6646 6647 // DescribeDBParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameters with the addition of 6648 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6649 // 6650 // See DescribeDBParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 6651 // 6652 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6653 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6654 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6655 // for more information on using Contexts. 6656 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 6657 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 6658 req.SetContext(ctx) 6659 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6660 return out, req.Send() 6661 } 6662 6663 // DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation, 6664 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6665 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 6666 // 6667 // See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 6668 // 6669 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6670 // 6671 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation. 6672 // pageNum := 0 6673 // err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params, 6674 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6675 // pageNum++ 6676 // fmt.Println(page) 6677 // return pageNum <= 3 6678 // }) 6679 // 6680 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 6681 return c.DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6682 } 6683 6684 // DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParametersPages except 6685 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6686 // 6687 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6688 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6689 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6690 // for more information on using Contexts. 6691 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6692 p := request.Pagination{ 6693 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6694 var inCpy *DescribeDBParametersInput 6695 if input != nil { 6696 tmp := *input 6697 inCpy = &tmp 6698 } 6699 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(inCpy) 6700 req.SetContext(ctx) 6701 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6702 return req, nil 6703 }, 6704 } 6705 6706 for p.Next() { 6707 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6708 break 6709 } 6710 } 6711 6712 return p.Err() 6713 } 6714 6715 const opDescribeDBProxies = "DescribeDBProxies" 6716 6717 // DescribeDBProxiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6718 // client's request for the DescribeDBProxies operation. The "output" return 6719 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6720 // successfully. 6721 // 6722 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6723 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6724 // 6725 // See DescribeDBProxies for more information on using the DescribeDBProxies 6726 // API call, and error handling. 6727 // 6728 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6729 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6730 // 6731 // 6732 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxiesRequest method. 6733 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(params) 6734 // 6735 // err := req.Send() 6736 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6737 // fmt.Println(resp) 6738 // } 6739 // 6740 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxies 6741 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input *DescribeDBProxiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxiesOutput) { 6742 op := &request.Operation{ 6743 Name: opDescribeDBProxies, 6744 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6745 HTTPPath: "/", 6746 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6747 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6748 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6749 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6750 TruncationToken: "", 6751 }, 6752 } 6753 6754 if input == nil { 6755 input = &DescribeDBProxiesInput{} 6756 } 6757 6758 output = &DescribeDBProxiesOutput{} 6759 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6760 return 6761 } 6762 6763 // DescribeDBProxies API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6764 // 6765 // Returns information about DB proxies. 6766 // 6767 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6768 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6769 // the error. 6770 // 6771 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6772 // API operation DescribeDBProxies for usage and error information. 6773 // 6774 // Returned Error Codes: 6775 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 6776 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 6777 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 6778 // 6779 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxies 6780 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxies(input *DescribeDBProxiesInput) (*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, error) { 6781 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input) 6782 return out, req.Send() 6783 } 6784 6785 // DescribeDBProxiesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxies with the addition of 6786 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6787 // 6788 // See DescribeDBProxies for details on how to use this API operation. 6789 // 6790 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6791 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6792 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6793 // for more information on using Contexts. 6794 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, error) { 6795 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(input) 6796 req.SetContext(ctx) 6797 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6798 return out, req.Send() 6799 } 6800 6801 // DescribeDBProxiesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxies operation, 6802 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6803 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 6804 // 6805 // See DescribeDBProxies method for more information on how to use this operation. 6806 // 6807 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6808 // 6809 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxies operation. 6810 // pageNum := 0 6811 // err := client.DescribeDBProxiesPages(params, 6812 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxiesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6813 // pageNum++ 6814 // fmt.Println(page) 6815 // return pageNum <= 3 6816 // }) 6817 // 6818 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesPages(input *DescribeDBProxiesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, bool) bool) error { 6819 return c.DescribeDBProxiesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6820 } 6821 6822 // DescribeDBProxiesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxiesPages except 6823 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6824 // 6825 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6826 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6827 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6828 // for more information on using Contexts. 6829 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxiesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxiesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxiesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6830 p := request.Pagination{ 6831 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6832 var inCpy *DescribeDBProxiesInput 6833 if input != nil { 6834 tmp := *input 6835 inCpy = &tmp 6836 } 6837 req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxiesRequest(inCpy) 6838 req.SetContext(ctx) 6839 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6840 return req, nil 6841 }, 6842 } 6843 6844 for p.Next() { 6845 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxiesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6846 break 6847 } 6848 } 6849 6850 return p.Err() 6851 } 6852 6853 const opDescribeDBProxyEndpoints = "DescribeDBProxyEndpoints" 6854 6855 // DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6856 // client's request for the DescribeDBProxyEndpoints operation. The "output" return 6857 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6858 // successfully. 6859 // 6860 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6861 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6862 // 6863 // See DescribeDBProxyEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeDBProxyEndpoints 6864 // API call, and error handling. 6865 // 6866 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6867 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6868 // 6869 // 6870 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest method. 6871 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(params) 6872 // 6873 // err := req.Send() 6874 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6875 // fmt.Println(resp) 6876 // } 6877 // 6878 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyEndpoints 6879 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) { 6880 op := &request.Operation{ 6881 Name: opDescribeDBProxyEndpoints, 6882 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6883 HTTPPath: "/", 6884 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6885 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6886 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6887 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6888 TruncationToken: "", 6889 }, 6890 } 6891 6892 if input == nil { 6893 input = &DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput{} 6894 } 6895 6896 output = &DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput{} 6897 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6898 return 6899 } 6900 6901 // DescribeDBProxyEndpoints API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6902 // 6903 // Returns information about DB proxy endpoints. 6904 // 6905 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6906 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6907 // the error. 6908 // 6909 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6910 // API operation DescribeDBProxyEndpoints for usage and error information. 6911 // 6912 // Returned Error Codes: 6913 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 6914 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 6915 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 6916 // 6917 // * ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault "DBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault" 6918 // The DB proxy endpoint doesn't exist. 6919 // 6920 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyEndpoints 6921 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpoints(input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) (*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, error) { 6922 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(input) 6923 return out, req.Send() 6924 } 6925 6926 // DescribeDBProxyEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxyEndpoints with the addition of 6927 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6928 // 6929 // See DescribeDBProxyEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation. 6930 // 6931 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6932 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6933 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6934 // for more information on using Contexts. 6935 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, error) { 6936 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(input) 6937 req.SetContext(ctx) 6938 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6939 return out, req.Send() 6940 } 6941 6942 // DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxyEndpoints operation, 6943 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6944 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 6945 // 6946 // See DescribeDBProxyEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation. 6947 // 6948 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6949 // 6950 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxyEndpoints operation. 6951 // pageNum := 0 6952 // err := client.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages(params, 6953 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6954 // pageNum++ 6955 // fmt.Println(page) 6956 // return pageNum <= 3 6957 // }) 6958 // 6959 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages(input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error { 6960 return c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6961 } 6962 6963 // DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPages except 6964 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6965 // 6966 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6967 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6968 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6969 // for more information on using Contexts. 6970 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6971 p := request.Pagination{ 6972 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6973 var inCpy *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput 6974 if input != nil { 6975 tmp := *input 6976 inCpy = &tmp 6977 } 6978 req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxyEndpointsRequest(inCpy) 6979 req.SetContext(ctx) 6980 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6981 return req, nil 6982 }, 6983 } 6984 6985 for p.Next() { 6986 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 6987 break 6988 } 6989 } 6990 6991 return p.Err() 6992 } 6993 6994 const opDescribeDBProxyTargetGroups = "DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups" 6995 6996 // DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6997 // client's request for the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups operation. The "output" return 6998 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6999 // successfully. 7000 // 7001 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7002 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7003 // 7004 // See DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups 7005 // API call, and error handling. 7006 // 7007 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7008 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7009 // 7010 // 7011 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest method. 7012 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(params) 7013 // 7014 // err := req.Send() 7015 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7016 // fmt.Println(resp) 7017 // } 7018 // 7019 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups 7020 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) { 7021 op := &request.Operation{ 7022 Name: opDescribeDBProxyTargetGroups, 7023 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7024 HTTPPath: "/", 7025 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 7026 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7027 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7028 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 7029 TruncationToken: "", 7030 }, 7031 } 7032 7033 if input == nil { 7034 input = &DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput{} 7035 } 7036 7037 output = &DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput{} 7038 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7039 return 7040 } 7041 7042 // DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7043 // 7044 // Returns information about DB proxy target groups, represented by DBProxyTargetGroup 7045 // data structures. 7046 // 7047 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7048 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7049 // the error. 7050 // 7051 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7052 // API operation DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups for usage and error information. 7053 // 7054 // Returned Error Codes: 7055 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 7056 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 7057 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 7058 // 7059 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 7060 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 7061 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 7062 // 7063 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 7064 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 7065 // 7066 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups 7067 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, error) { 7068 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input) 7069 return out, req.Send() 7070 } 7071 7072 // DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups with the addition of 7073 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7074 // 7075 // See DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 7076 // 7077 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7078 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7079 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7080 // for more information on using Contexts. 7081 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, error) { 7082 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(input) 7083 req.SetContext(ctx) 7084 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7085 return out, req.Send() 7086 } 7087 7088 // DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups operation, 7089 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 7090 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 7091 // 7092 // See DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 7093 // 7094 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 7095 // 7096 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups operation. 7097 // pageNum := 0 7098 // err := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages(params, 7099 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 7100 // pageNum++ 7101 // fmt.Println(page) 7102 // return pageNum <= 3 7103 // }) 7104 // 7105 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 7106 return c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 7107 } 7108 7109 // DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPages except 7110 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 7111 // 7112 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7113 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7114 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7115 // for more information on using Contexts. 7116 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 7117 p := request.Pagination{ 7118 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 7119 var inCpy *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput 7120 if input != nil { 7121 tmp := *input 7122 inCpy = &tmp 7123 } 7124 req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsRequest(inCpy) 7125 req.SetContext(ctx) 7126 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7127 return req, nil 7128 }, 7129 } 7130 7131 for p.Next() { 7132 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 7133 break 7134 } 7135 } 7136 7137 return p.Err() 7138 } 7139 7140 const opDescribeDBProxyTargets = "DescribeDBProxyTargets" 7141 7142 // DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7143 // client's request for the DescribeDBProxyTargets operation. The "output" return 7144 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7145 // successfully. 7146 // 7147 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7148 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7149 // 7150 // See DescribeDBProxyTargets for more information on using the DescribeDBProxyTargets 7151 // API call, and error handling. 7152 // 7153 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7154 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7155 // 7156 // 7157 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest method. 7158 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(params) 7159 // 7160 // err := req.Send() 7161 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7162 // fmt.Println(resp) 7163 // } 7164 // 7165 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargets 7166 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) { 7167 op := &request.Operation{ 7168 Name: opDescribeDBProxyTargets, 7169 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7170 HTTPPath: "/", 7171 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 7172 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7173 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7174 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 7175 TruncationToken: "", 7176 }, 7177 } 7178 7179 if input == nil { 7180 input = &DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput{} 7181 } 7182 7183 output = &DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput{} 7184 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7185 return 7186 } 7187 7188 // DescribeDBProxyTargets API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7189 // 7190 // Returns information about DBProxyTarget objects. This API supports pagination. 7191 // 7192 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7193 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7194 // the error. 7195 // 7196 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7197 // API operation DescribeDBProxyTargets for usage and error information. 7198 // 7199 // Returned Error Codes: 7200 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 7201 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 7202 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 7203 // 7204 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetNotFoundFault" 7205 // The specified RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster isn't available for a 7206 // proxy owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web 7207 // Services Region. 7208 // 7209 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 7210 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 7211 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 7212 // 7213 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 7214 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 7215 // 7216 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBProxyTargets 7217 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargets(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) { 7218 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input) 7219 return out, req.Send() 7220 } 7221 7222 // DescribeDBProxyTargetsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBProxyTargets with the addition of 7223 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7224 // 7225 // See DescribeDBProxyTargets for details on how to use this API operation. 7226 // 7227 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7228 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7229 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7230 // for more information on using Contexts. 7231 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) { 7232 req, out := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(input) 7233 req.SetContext(ctx) 7234 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7235 return out, req.Send() 7236 } 7237 7238 // DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargets operation, 7239 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 7240 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 7241 // 7242 // See DescribeDBProxyTargets method for more information on how to use this operation. 7243 // 7244 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 7245 // 7246 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBProxyTargets operation. 7247 // pageNum := 0 7248 // err := client.DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages(params, 7249 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 7250 // pageNum++ 7251 // fmt.Println(page) 7252 // return pageNum <= 3 7253 // }) 7254 // 7255 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages(input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, bool) bool) error { 7256 return c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 7257 } 7258 7259 // DescribeDBProxyTargetsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBProxyTargetsPages except 7260 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 7261 // 7262 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7263 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7264 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7265 // for more information on using Contexts. 7266 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBProxyTargetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 7267 p := request.Pagination{ 7268 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 7269 var inCpy *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput 7270 if input != nil { 7271 tmp := *input 7272 inCpy = &tmp 7273 } 7274 req, _ := c.DescribeDBProxyTargetsRequest(inCpy) 7275 req.SetContext(ctx) 7276 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7277 return req, nil 7278 }, 7279 } 7280 7281 for p.Next() { 7282 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 7283 break 7284 } 7285 } 7286 7287 return p.Err() 7288 } 7289 7290 const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" 7291 7292 // DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7293 // client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return 7294 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7295 // successfully. 7296 // 7297 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7298 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7299 // 7300 // See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 7301 // API call, and error handling. 7302 // 7303 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7304 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7305 // 7306 // 7307 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method. 7308 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params) 7309 // 7310 // err := req.Send() 7311 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7312 // fmt.Println(resp) 7313 // } 7314 // 7315 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups 7316 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) { 7317 op := &request.Operation{ 7318 Name: opDescribeDBSecurityGroups, 7319 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7320 HTTPPath: "/", 7321 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 7322 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7323 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7324 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 7325 TruncationToken: "", 7326 }, 7327 } 7328 7329 if input == nil { 7330 input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{} 7331 } 7332 7333 output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{} 7334 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7335 return 7336 } 7337 7338 // DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7339 // 7340 // Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName 7341 // is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified 7342 // DB security group. 7343 // 7344 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7345 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7346 // the error. 7347 // 7348 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7349 // API operation DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information. 7350 // 7351 // Returned Error Codes: 7352 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 7353 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 7354 // 7355 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups 7356 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 7357 req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 7358 return out, req.Send() 7359 } 7360 7361 // DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSecurityGroups with the addition of 7362 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7363 // 7364 // See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 7365 // 7366 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7367 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7368 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7369 // for more information on using Contexts. 7370 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 7371 req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 7372 req.SetContext(ctx) 7373 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7374 return out, req.Send() 7375 } 7376 7377 // DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation, 7378 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 7379 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 7380 // 7381 // See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 7382 // 7383 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 7384 // 7385 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. 7386 // pageNum := 0 7387 // err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params, 7388 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 7389 // pageNum++ 7390 // fmt.Println(page) 7391 // return pageNum <= 3 7392 // }) 7393 // 7394 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 7395 return c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 7396 } 7397 7398 // DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages except 7399 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 7400 // 7401 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7402 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7403 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7404 // for more information on using Contexts. 7405 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 7406 p := request.Pagination{ 7407 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 7408 var inCpy *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput 7409 if input != nil { 7410 tmp := *input 7411 inCpy = &tmp 7412 } 7413 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy) 7414 req.SetContext(ctx) 7415 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7416 return req, nil 7417 }, 7418 } 7419 7420 for p.Next() { 7421 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 7422 break 7423 } 7424 } 7425 7426 return p.Err() 7427 } 7428 7429 const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes" 7430 7431 // DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7432 // client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 7433 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7434 // successfully. 7435 // 7436 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7437 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7438 // 7439 // See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 7440 // API call, and error handling. 7441 // 7442 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7443 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7444 // 7445 // 7446 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 7447 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 7448 // 7449 // err := req.Send() 7450 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7451 // fmt.Println(resp) 7452 // } 7453 // 7454 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 7455 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 7456 op := &request.Operation{ 7457 Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes, 7458 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7459 HTTPPath: "/", 7460 } 7461 7462 if input == nil { 7463 input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{} 7464 } 7465 7466 output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 7467 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7468 return 7469 } 7470 7471 // DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7472 // 7473 // Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB 7474 // snapshot. 7475 // 7476 // When sharing snapshots with other Amazon Web Services accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 7477 // returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the Amazon Web Services 7478 // accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If 7479 // all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the 7480 // manual DB snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all Amazon 7481 // Web Services accounts. 7482 // 7483 // To add or remove access for an Amazon Web Services account to copy or restore 7484 // a manual DB snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, 7485 // use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 7486 // 7487 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7488 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7489 // the error. 7490 // 7491 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7492 // API operation DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 7493 // 7494 // Returned Error Codes: 7495 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 7496 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 7497 // 7498 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 7499 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 7500 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 7501 return out, req.Send() 7502 } 7503 7504 // DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 7505 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7506 // 7507 // See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 7508 // 7509 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7510 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7511 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7512 // for more information on using Contexts. 7513 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 7514 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 7515 req.SetContext(ctx) 7516 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7517 return out, req.Send() 7518 } 7519 7520 const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots" 7521 7522 // DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7523 // client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return 7524 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7525 // successfully. 7526 // 7527 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7528 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7529 // 7530 // See DescribeDBSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshots 7531 // API call, and error handling. 7532 // 7533 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7534 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7535 // 7536 // 7537 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method. 7538 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params) 7539 // 7540 // err := req.Send() 7541 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7542 // fmt.Println(resp) 7543 // } 7544 // 7545 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots 7546 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) { 7547 op := &request.Operation{ 7548 Name: opDescribeDBSnapshots, 7549 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7550 HTTPPath: "/", 7551 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 7552 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7553 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7554 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 7555 TruncationToken: "", 7556 }, 7557 } 7558 7559 if input == nil { 7560 input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{} 7561 } 7562 7563 output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{} 7564 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7565 return 7566 } 7567 7568 // DescribeDBSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7569 // 7570 // Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination. 7571 // 7572 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7573 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7574 // the error. 7575 // 7576 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7577 // API operation DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information. 7578 // 7579 // Returned Error Codes: 7580 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 7581 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 7582 // 7583 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots 7584 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { 7585 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) 7586 return out, req.Send() 7587 } 7588 7589 // DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshots with the addition of 7590 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7591 // 7592 // See DescribeDBSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 7593 // 7594 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7595 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7596 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7597 // for more information on using Contexts. 7598 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { 7599 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) 7600 req.SetContext(ctx) 7601 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7602 return out, req.Send() 7603 } 7604 7605 // DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation, 7606 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 7607 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 7608 // 7609 // See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation. 7610 // 7611 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 7612 // 7613 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation. 7614 // pageNum := 0 7615 // err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params, 7616 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 7617 // pageNum++ 7618 // fmt.Println(page) 7619 // return pageNum <= 3 7620 // }) 7621 // 7622 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error { 7623 return c.DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 7624 } 7625 7626 // DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSnapshotsPages except 7627 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 7628 // 7629 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7630 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7631 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7632 // for more information on using Contexts. 7633 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 7634 p := request.Pagination{ 7635 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 7636 var inCpy *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput 7637 if input != nil { 7638 tmp := *input 7639 inCpy = &tmp 7640 } 7641 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(inCpy) 7642 req.SetContext(ctx) 7643 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7644 return req, nil 7645 }, 7646 } 7647 7648 for p.Next() { 7649 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 7650 break 7651 } 7652 } 7653 7654 return p.Err() 7655 } 7656 7657 const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" 7658 7659 // DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7660 // client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return 7661 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7662 // successfully. 7663 // 7664 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7665 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7666 // 7667 // See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 7668 // API call, and error handling. 7669 // 7670 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7671 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7672 // 7673 // 7674 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method. 7675 // req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params) 7676 // 7677 // err := req.Send() 7678 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7679 // fmt.Println(resp) 7680 // } 7681 // 7682 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 7683 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) { 7684 op := &request.Operation{ 7685 Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups, 7686 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7687 HTTPPath: "/", 7688 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 7689 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7690 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7691 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 7692 TruncationToken: "", 7693 }, 7694 } 7695 7696 if input == nil { 7697 input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{} 7698 } 7699 7700 output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{} 7701 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7702 return 7703 } 7704 7705 // DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7706 // 7707 // Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, 7708 // the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. 7709 // 7710 // For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 7711 // 7712 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7713 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7714 // the error. 7715 // 7716 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7717 // API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. 7718 // 7719 // Returned Error Codes: 7720 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 7721 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 7722 // 7723 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 7724 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 7725 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 7726 return out, req.Send() 7727 } 7728 7729 // DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of 7730 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7731 // 7732 // See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 7733 // 7734 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7735 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7736 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7737 // for more information on using Contexts. 7738 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 7739 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 7740 req.SetContext(ctx) 7741 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7742 return out, req.Send() 7743 } 7744 7745 // DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation, 7746 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 7747 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 7748 // 7749 // See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 7750 // 7751 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 7752 // 7753 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. 7754 // pageNum := 0 7755 // err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params, 7756 // func(page *rds.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 7757 // pageNum++ 7758 // fmt.Println(page) 7759 // return pageNum <= 3 7760 // }) 7761 // 7762 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 7763 return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 7764 } 7765 7766 // DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except 7767 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 7768 // 7769 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7770 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7771 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7772 // for more information on using Contexts. 7773 func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 7774 p := request.Pagination{ 7775 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 7776 var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput 7777 if input != nil { 7778 tmp := *input 7779 inCpy = &tmp 7780 } 7781 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy) 7782 req.SetContext(ctx) 7783 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7784 return req, nil 7785 }, 7786 } 7787 7788 for p.Next() { 7789 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 7790 break 7791 } 7792 } 7793 7794 return p.Err() 7795 } 7796 7797 const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" 7798 7799 // DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7800 // client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 7801 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7802 // successfully. 7803 // 7804 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7805 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7806 // 7807 // See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 7808 // API call, and error handling. 7809 // 7810 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7811 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7812 // 7813 // 7814 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method. 7815 // req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params) 7816 // 7817 // err := req.Send() 7818 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7819 // fmt.Println(resp) 7820 // } 7821 // 7822 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 7823 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) { 7824 op := &request.Operation{ 7825 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters, 7826 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7827 HTTPPath: "/", 7828 } 7829 7830 if input == nil { 7831 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{} 7832 } 7833 7834 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{} 7835 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7836 return 7837 } 7838 7839 // DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7840 // 7841 // Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster 7842 // database engine. 7843 // 7844 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 7845 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 7846 // 7847 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7848 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7849 // the error. 7850 // 7851 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7852 // API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. 7853 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 7854 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 7855 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 7856 return out, req.Send() 7857 } 7858 7859 // DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of 7860 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7861 // 7862 // See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 7863 // 7864 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7865 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7866 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7867 // for more information on using Contexts. 7868 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 7869 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 7870 req.SetContext(ctx) 7871 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7872 return out, req.Send() 7873 } 7874 7875 const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" 7876 7877 // DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7878 // client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return 7879 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 7880 // successfully. 7881 // 7882 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7883 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7884 // 7885 // See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 7886 // API call, and error handling. 7887 // 7888 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7889 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7890 // 7891 // 7892 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method. 7893 // req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params) 7894 // 7895 // err := req.Send() 7896 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7897 // fmt.Println(resp) 7898 // } 7899 // 7900 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 7901 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) { 7902 op := &request.Operation{ 7903 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters, 7904 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7905 HTTPPath: "/", 7906 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 7907 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 7908 OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"}, 7909 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 7910 TruncationToken: "", 7911 }, 7912 } 7913 7914 if input == nil { 7915 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{} 7916 } 7917 7918 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{} 7919 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7920 return 7921 } 7922 7923 // DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7924 // 7925 // Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified 7926 // database engine. 7927 // 7928 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7929 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7930 // the error. 7931 // 7932 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7933 // API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. 7934 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 7935 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 7936 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 7937 return out, req.Send() 7938 } 7939 7940 // DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultParameters with the addition of 7941 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7942 // 7943 // See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 7944 // 7945 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7946 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7947 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7948 // for more information on using Contexts. 7949 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 7950 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 7951 req.SetContext(ctx) 7952 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7953 return out, req.Send() 7954 } 7955 7956 // DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation, 7957 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 7958 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 7959 // 7960 // See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 7961 // 7962 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 7963 // 7964 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. 7965 // pageNum := 0 7966 // err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params, 7967 // func(page *rds.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 7968 // pageNum++ 7969 // fmt.Println(page) 7970 // return pageNum <= 3 7971 // }) 7972 // 7973 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 7974 return c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 7975 } 7976 7977 // DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages except 7978 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 7979 // 7980 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7981 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7982 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7983 // for more information on using Contexts. 7984 func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 7985 p := request.Pagination{ 7986 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 7987 var inCpy *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput 7988 if input != nil { 7989 tmp := *input 7990 inCpy = &tmp 7991 } 7992 req, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(inCpy) 7993 req.SetContext(ctx) 7994 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7995 return req, nil 7996 }, 7997 } 7998 7999 for p.Next() { 8000 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 8001 break 8002 } 8003 } 8004 8005 return p.Err() 8006 } 8007 8008 const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" 8009 8010 // DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8011 // client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return 8012 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8013 // successfully. 8014 // 8015 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8016 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8017 // 8018 // See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories 8019 // API call, and error handling. 8020 // 8021 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8022 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8023 // 8024 // 8025 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method. 8026 // req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params) 8027 // 8028 // err := req.Send() 8029 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8030 // fmt.Println(resp) 8031 // } 8032 // 8033 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 8034 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) { 8035 op := &request.Operation{ 8036 Name: opDescribeEventCategories, 8037 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8038 HTTPPath: "/", 8039 } 8040 8041 if input == nil { 8042 input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{} 8043 } 8044 8045 output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{} 8046 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8047 return 8048 } 8049 8050 // DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8051 // 8052 // Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, 8053 // for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and 8054 // source types in Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 8055 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 8056 // 8057 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8058 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8059 // the error. 8060 // 8061 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8062 // API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. 8063 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 8064 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 8065 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 8066 return out, req.Send() 8067 } 8068 8069 // DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of 8070 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8071 // 8072 // See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation. 8073 // 8074 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8075 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8076 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8077 // for more information on using Contexts. 8078 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 8079 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 8080 req.SetContext(ctx) 8081 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8082 return out, req.Send() 8083 } 8084 8085 const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" 8086 8087 // DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8088 // client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return 8089 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8090 // successfully. 8091 // 8092 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8093 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8094 // 8095 // See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions 8096 // API call, and error handling. 8097 // 8098 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8099 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8100 // 8101 // 8102 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method. 8103 // req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params) 8104 // 8105 // err := req.Send() 8106 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8107 // fmt.Println(resp) 8108 // } 8109 // 8110 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 8111 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) { 8112 op := &request.Operation{ 8113 Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions, 8114 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8115 HTTPPath: "/", 8116 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 8117 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8118 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8119 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 8120 TruncationToken: "", 8121 }, 8122 } 8123 8124 if input == nil { 8125 input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{} 8126 } 8127 8128 output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{} 8129 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8130 return 8131 } 8132 8133 // DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8134 // 8135 // Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description 8136 // for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, 8137 // SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. 8138 // 8139 // If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. 8140 // 8141 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8142 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8143 // the error. 8144 // 8145 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8146 // API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. 8147 // 8148 // Returned Error Codes: 8149 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 8150 // The subscription name does not exist. 8151 // 8152 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 8153 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 8154 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 8155 return out, req.Send() 8156 } 8157 8158 // DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of 8159 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8160 // 8161 // See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation. 8162 // 8163 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8164 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8165 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8166 // for more information on using Contexts. 8167 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 8168 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 8169 req.SetContext(ctx) 8170 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8171 return out, req.Send() 8172 } 8173 8174 // DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, 8175 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 8176 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 8177 // 8178 // See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 8179 // 8180 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 8181 // 8182 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. 8183 // pageNum := 0 8184 // err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params, 8185 // func(page *rds.DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 8186 // pageNum++ 8187 // fmt.Println(page) 8188 // return pageNum <= 3 8189 // }) 8190 // 8191 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 8192 return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 8193 } 8194 8195 // DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except 8196 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 8197 // 8198 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8199 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8200 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8201 // for more information on using Contexts. 8202 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 8203 p := request.Pagination{ 8204 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 8205 var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 8206 if input != nil { 8207 tmp := *input 8208 inCpy = &tmp 8209 } 8210 req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy) 8211 req.SetContext(ctx) 8212 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8213 return req, nil 8214 }, 8215 } 8216 8217 for p.Next() { 8218 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 8219 break 8220 } 8221 } 8222 8223 return p.Err() 8224 } 8225 8226 const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" 8227 8228 // DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8229 // client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return 8230 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8231 // successfully. 8232 // 8233 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8234 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8235 // 8236 // See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents 8237 // API call, and error handling. 8238 // 8239 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8240 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8241 // 8242 // 8243 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method. 8244 // req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params) 8245 // 8246 // err := req.Send() 8247 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8248 // fmt.Println(resp) 8249 // } 8250 // 8251 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 8252 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) { 8253 op := &request.Operation{ 8254 Name: opDescribeEvents, 8255 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8256 HTTPPath: "/", 8257 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 8258 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8259 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8260 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 8261 TruncationToken: "", 8262 }, 8263 } 8264 8265 if input == nil { 8266 input = &DescribeEventsInput{} 8267 } 8268 8269 output = &DescribeEventsOutput{} 8270 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8271 return 8272 } 8273 8274 // DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8275 // 8276 // Returns events related to DB instances, DB clusters, DB parameter groups, 8277 // DB security groups, DB snapshots, and DB cluster snapshots for the past 14 8278 // days. Events specific to a particular DB instances, DB clusters, DB parameter 8279 // groups, DB security groups, DB snapshots, and DB cluster snapshots group 8280 // can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. 8281 // 8282 // By default, the past hour of events are returned. 8283 // 8284 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8285 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8286 // the error. 8287 // 8288 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8289 // API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. 8290 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 8291 func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 8292 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 8293 return out, req.Send() 8294 } 8295 8296 // DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of 8297 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8298 // 8299 // See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation. 8300 // 8301 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8302 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8303 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8304 // for more information on using Contexts. 8305 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 8306 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 8307 req.SetContext(ctx) 8308 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8309 return out, req.Send() 8310 } 8311 8312 // DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, 8313 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 8314 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 8315 // 8316 // See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation. 8317 // 8318 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 8319 // 8320 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation. 8321 // pageNum := 0 8322 // err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params, 8323 // func(page *rds.DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 8324 // pageNum++ 8325 // fmt.Println(page) 8326 // return pageNum <= 3 8327 // }) 8328 // 8329 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error { 8330 return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 8331 } 8332 8333 // DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except 8334 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 8335 // 8336 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8337 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8338 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8339 // for more information on using Contexts. 8340 func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 8341 p := request.Pagination{ 8342 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 8343 var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput 8344 if input != nil { 8345 tmp := *input 8346 inCpy = &tmp 8347 } 8348 req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy) 8349 req.SetContext(ctx) 8350 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8351 return req, nil 8352 }, 8353 } 8354 8355 for p.Next() { 8356 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 8357 break 8358 } 8359 } 8360 8361 return p.Err() 8362 } 8363 8364 const opDescribeExportTasks = "DescribeExportTasks" 8365 8366 // DescribeExportTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8367 // client's request for the DescribeExportTasks operation. The "output" return 8368 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8369 // successfully. 8370 // 8371 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8372 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8373 // 8374 // See DescribeExportTasks for more information on using the DescribeExportTasks 8375 // API call, and error handling. 8376 // 8377 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8378 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8379 // 8380 // 8381 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeExportTasksRequest method. 8382 // req, resp := client.DescribeExportTasksRequest(params) 8383 // 8384 // err := req.Send() 8385 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8386 // fmt.Println(resp) 8387 // } 8388 // 8389 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeExportTasks 8390 func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeExportTasksOutput) { 8391 op := &request.Operation{ 8392 Name: opDescribeExportTasks, 8393 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8394 HTTPPath: "/", 8395 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 8396 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8397 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8398 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 8399 TruncationToken: "", 8400 }, 8401 } 8402 8403 if input == nil { 8404 input = &DescribeExportTasksInput{} 8405 } 8406 8407 output = &DescribeExportTasksOutput{} 8408 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8409 return 8410 } 8411 8412 // DescribeExportTasks API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8413 // 8414 // Returns information about a snapshot export to Amazon S3. This API operation 8415 // supports pagination. 8416 // 8417 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8418 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8419 // the error. 8420 // 8421 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8422 // API operation DescribeExportTasks for usage and error information. 8423 // 8424 // Returned Error Codes: 8425 // * ErrCodeExportTaskNotFoundFault "ExportTaskNotFound" 8426 // The export task doesn't exist. 8427 // 8428 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeExportTasks 8429 func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasks(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) { 8430 req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input) 8431 return out, req.Send() 8432 } 8433 8434 // DescribeExportTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeExportTasks with the addition of 8435 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8436 // 8437 // See DescribeExportTasks for details on how to use this API operation. 8438 // 8439 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8440 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8441 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8442 // for more information on using Contexts. 8443 func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeExportTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) { 8444 req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input) 8445 req.SetContext(ctx) 8446 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8447 return out, req.Send() 8448 } 8449 8450 // DescribeExportTasksPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeExportTasks operation, 8451 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 8452 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 8453 // 8454 // See DescribeExportTasks method for more information on how to use this operation. 8455 // 8456 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 8457 // 8458 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeExportTasks operation. 8459 // pageNum := 0 8460 // err := client.DescribeExportTasksPages(params, 8461 // func(page *rds.DescribeExportTasksOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 8462 // pageNum++ 8463 // fmt.Println(page) 8464 // return pageNum <= 3 8465 // }) 8466 // 8467 func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksPages(input *DescribeExportTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeExportTasksOutput, bool) bool) error { 8468 return c.DescribeExportTasksPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 8469 } 8470 8471 // DescribeExportTasksPagesWithContext same as DescribeExportTasksPages except 8472 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 8473 // 8474 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8475 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8476 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8477 // for more information on using Contexts. 8478 func (c *RDS) DescribeExportTasksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeExportTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeExportTasksOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 8479 p := request.Pagination{ 8480 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 8481 var inCpy *DescribeExportTasksInput 8482 if input != nil { 8483 tmp := *input 8484 inCpy = &tmp 8485 } 8486 req, _ := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(inCpy) 8487 req.SetContext(ctx) 8488 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8489 return req, nil 8490 }, 8491 } 8492 8493 for p.Next() { 8494 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeExportTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 8495 break 8496 } 8497 } 8498 8499 return p.Err() 8500 } 8501 8502 const opDescribeGlobalClusters = "DescribeGlobalClusters" 8503 8504 // DescribeGlobalClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8505 // client's request for the DescribeGlobalClusters operation. The "output" return 8506 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8507 // successfully. 8508 // 8509 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8510 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8511 // 8512 // See DescribeGlobalClusters for more information on using the DescribeGlobalClusters 8513 // API call, and error handling. 8514 // 8515 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8516 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8517 // 8518 // 8519 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeGlobalClustersRequest method. 8520 // req, resp := client.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(params) 8521 // 8522 // err := req.Send() 8523 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8524 // fmt.Println(resp) 8525 // } 8526 // 8527 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeGlobalClusters 8528 func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) { 8529 op := &request.Operation{ 8530 Name: opDescribeGlobalClusters, 8531 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8532 HTTPPath: "/", 8533 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 8534 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8535 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8536 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 8537 TruncationToken: "", 8538 }, 8539 } 8540 8541 if input == nil { 8542 input = &DescribeGlobalClustersInput{} 8543 } 8544 8545 output = &DescribeGlobalClustersOutput{} 8546 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8547 return 8548 } 8549 8550 // DescribeGlobalClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8551 // 8552 // Returns information about Aurora global database clusters. This API supports 8553 // pagination. 8554 // 8555 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 8556 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 8557 // 8558 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 8559 // 8560 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8561 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8562 // the error. 8563 // 8564 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8565 // API operation DescribeGlobalClusters for usage and error information. 8566 // 8567 // Returned Error Codes: 8568 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault" 8569 // The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database 8570 // cluster. 8571 // 8572 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeGlobalClusters 8573 func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClusters(input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) (*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, error) { 8574 req, out := c.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input) 8575 return out, req.Send() 8576 } 8577 8578 // DescribeGlobalClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeGlobalClusters with the addition of 8579 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8580 // 8581 // See DescribeGlobalClusters for details on how to use this API operation. 8582 // 8583 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8584 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8585 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8586 // for more information on using Contexts. 8587 func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, error) { 8588 req, out := c.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(input) 8589 req.SetContext(ctx) 8590 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8591 return out, req.Send() 8592 } 8593 8594 // DescribeGlobalClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeGlobalClusters operation, 8595 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 8596 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 8597 // 8598 // See DescribeGlobalClusters method for more information on how to use this operation. 8599 // 8600 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 8601 // 8602 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeGlobalClusters operation. 8603 // pageNum := 0 8604 // err := client.DescribeGlobalClustersPages(params, 8605 // func(page *rds.DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 8606 // pageNum++ 8607 // fmt.Println(page) 8608 // return pageNum <= 3 8609 // }) 8610 // 8611 func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersPages(input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, bool) bool) error { 8612 return c.DescribeGlobalClustersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 8613 } 8614 8615 // DescribeGlobalClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeGlobalClustersPages except 8616 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 8617 // 8618 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8619 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8620 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8621 // for more information on using Contexts. 8622 func (c *RDS) DescribeGlobalClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeGlobalClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 8623 p := request.Pagination{ 8624 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 8625 var inCpy *DescribeGlobalClustersInput 8626 if input != nil { 8627 tmp := *input 8628 inCpy = &tmp 8629 } 8630 req, _ := c.DescribeGlobalClustersRequest(inCpy) 8631 req.SetContext(ctx) 8632 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8633 return req, nil 8634 }, 8635 } 8636 8637 for p.Next() { 8638 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeGlobalClustersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 8639 break 8640 } 8641 } 8642 8643 return p.Err() 8644 } 8645 8646 const opDescribeInstallationMedia = "DescribeInstallationMedia" 8647 8648 // DescribeInstallationMediaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8649 // client's request for the DescribeInstallationMedia operation. The "output" return 8650 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8651 // successfully. 8652 // 8653 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8654 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8655 // 8656 // See DescribeInstallationMedia for more information on using the DescribeInstallationMedia 8657 // API call, and error handling. 8658 // 8659 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8660 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8661 // 8662 // 8663 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeInstallationMediaRequest method. 8664 // req, resp := client.DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(params) 8665 // 8666 // err := req.Send() 8667 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8668 // fmt.Println(resp) 8669 // } 8670 // 8671 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeInstallationMedia 8672 func (c *RDS) DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(input *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInstallationMediaOutput) { 8673 op := &request.Operation{ 8674 Name: opDescribeInstallationMedia, 8675 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8676 HTTPPath: "/", 8677 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 8678 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8679 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8680 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 8681 TruncationToken: "", 8682 }, 8683 } 8684 8685 if input == nil { 8686 input = &DescribeInstallationMediaInput{} 8687 } 8688 8689 output = &DescribeInstallationMediaOutput{} 8690 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8691 return 8692 } 8693 8694 // DescribeInstallationMedia API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8695 // 8696 // Describes the available installation media for a DB engine that requires 8697 // an on-premises customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server. 8698 // 8699 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8700 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8701 // the error. 8702 // 8703 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8704 // API operation DescribeInstallationMedia for usage and error information. 8705 // 8706 // Returned Error Codes: 8707 // * ErrCodeInstallationMediaNotFoundFault "InstallationMediaNotFound" 8708 // InstallationMediaID doesn't refer to an existing installation medium. 8709 // 8710 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeInstallationMedia 8711 func (c *RDS) DescribeInstallationMedia(input *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) (*DescribeInstallationMediaOutput, error) { 8712 req, out := c.DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(input) 8713 return out, req.Send() 8714 } 8715 8716 // DescribeInstallationMediaWithContext is the same as DescribeInstallationMedia with the addition of 8717 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8718 // 8719 // See DescribeInstallationMedia for details on how to use this API operation. 8720 // 8721 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8722 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8723 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8724 // for more information on using Contexts. 8725 func (c *RDS) DescribeInstallationMediaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstallationMediaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInstallationMediaOutput, error) { 8726 req, out := c.DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(input) 8727 req.SetContext(ctx) 8728 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8729 return out, req.Send() 8730 } 8731 8732 // DescribeInstallationMediaPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeInstallationMedia operation, 8733 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 8734 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 8735 // 8736 // See DescribeInstallationMedia method for more information on how to use this operation. 8737 // 8738 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 8739 // 8740 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeInstallationMedia operation. 8741 // pageNum := 0 8742 // err := client.DescribeInstallationMediaPages(params, 8743 // func(page *rds.DescribeInstallationMediaOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 8744 // pageNum++ 8745 // fmt.Println(page) 8746 // return pageNum <= 3 8747 // }) 8748 // 8749 func (c *RDS) DescribeInstallationMediaPages(input *DescribeInstallationMediaInput, fn func(*DescribeInstallationMediaOutput, bool) bool) error { 8750 return c.DescribeInstallationMediaPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 8751 } 8752 8753 // DescribeInstallationMediaPagesWithContext same as DescribeInstallationMediaPages except 8754 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 8755 // 8756 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8757 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8758 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8759 // for more information on using Contexts. 8760 func (c *RDS) DescribeInstallationMediaPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstallationMediaInput, fn func(*DescribeInstallationMediaOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 8761 p := request.Pagination{ 8762 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 8763 var inCpy *DescribeInstallationMediaInput 8764 if input != nil { 8765 tmp := *input 8766 inCpy = &tmp 8767 } 8768 req, _ := c.DescribeInstallationMediaRequest(inCpy) 8769 req.SetContext(ctx) 8770 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8771 return req, nil 8772 }, 8773 } 8774 8775 for p.Next() { 8776 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstallationMediaOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 8777 break 8778 } 8779 } 8780 8781 return p.Err() 8782 } 8783 8784 const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" 8785 8786 // DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8787 // client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return 8788 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8789 // successfully. 8790 // 8791 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8792 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8793 // 8794 // See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroupOptions 8795 // API call, and error handling. 8796 // 8797 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8798 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8799 // 8800 // 8801 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method. 8802 // req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params) 8803 // 8804 // err := req.Send() 8805 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8806 // fmt.Println(resp) 8807 // } 8808 // 8809 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions 8810 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) { 8811 op := &request.Operation{ 8812 Name: opDescribeOptionGroupOptions, 8813 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8814 HTTPPath: "/", 8815 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 8816 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8817 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8818 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 8819 TruncationToken: "", 8820 }, 8821 } 8822 8823 if input == nil { 8824 input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{} 8825 } 8826 8827 output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{} 8828 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8829 return 8830 } 8831 8832 // DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8833 // 8834 // Describes all available options. 8835 // 8836 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8837 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8838 // the error. 8839 // 8840 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8841 // API operation DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information. 8842 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions 8843 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { 8844 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) 8845 return out, req.Send() 8846 } 8847 8848 // DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroupOptions with the addition of 8849 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8850 // 8851 // See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 8852 // 8853 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8854 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8855 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8856 // for more information on using Contexts. 8857 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { 8858 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) 8859 req.SetContext(ctx) 8860 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8861 return out, req.Send() 8862 } 8863 8864 // DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation, 8865 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 8866 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 8867 // 8868 // See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 8869 // 8870 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 8871 // 8872 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. 8873 // pageNum := 0 8874 // err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params, 8875 // func(page *rds.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 8876 // pageNum++ 8877 // fmt.Println(page) 8878 // return pageNum <= 3 8879 // }) 8880 // 8881 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 8882 return c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 8883 } 8884 8885 // DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages except 8886 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 8887 // 8888 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8889 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8890 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8891 // for more information on using Contexts. 8892 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 8893 p := request.Pagination{ 8894 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 8895 var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput 8896 if input != nil { 8897 tmp := *input 8898 inCpy = &tmp 8899 } 8900 req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(inCpy) 8901 req.SetContext(ctx) 8902 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8903 return req, nil 8904 }, 8905 } 8906 8907 for p.Next() { 8908 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 8909 break 8910 } 8911 } 8912 8913 return p.Err() 8914 } 8915 8916 const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups" 8917 8918 // DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8919 // client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return 8920 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 8921 // successfully. 8922 // 8923 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8924 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8925 // 8926 // See DescribeOptionGroups for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroups 8927 // API call, and error handling. 8928 // 8929 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8930 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8931 // 8932 // 8933 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method. 8934 // req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params) 8935 // 8936 // err := req.Send() 8937 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8938 // fmt.Println(resp) 8939 // } 8940 // 8941 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups 8942 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) { 8943 op := &request.Operation{ 8944 Name: opDescribeOptionGroups, 8945 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8946 HTTPPath: "/", 8947 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 8948 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8949 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 8950 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 8951 TruncationToken: "", 8952 }, 8953 } 8954 8955 if input == nil { 8956 input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{} 8957 } 8958 8959 output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{} 8960 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8961 return 8962 } 8963 8964 // DescribeOptionGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8965 // 8966 // Describes the available option groups. 8967 // 8968 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8969 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8970 // the error. 8971 // 8972 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8973 // API operation DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information. 8974 // 8975 // Returned Error Codes: 8976 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 8977 // The specified option group could not be found. 8978 // 8979 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups 8980 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { 8981 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) 8982 return out, req.Send() 8983 } 8984 8985 // DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroups with the addition of 8986 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8987 // 8988 // See DescribeOptionGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 8989 // 8990 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8991 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8992 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8993 // for more information on using Contexts. 8994 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { 8995 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) 8996 req.SetContext(ctx) 8997 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8998 return out, req.Send() 8999 } 9000 9001 // DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation, 9002 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 9003 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 9004 // 9005 // See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 9006 // 9007 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 9008 // 9009 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation. 9010 // pageNum := 0 9011 // err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params, 9012 // func(page *rds.DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 9013 // pageNum++ 9014 // fmt.Println(page) 9015 // return pageNum <= 3 9016 // }) 9017 // 9018 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 9019 return c.DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 9020 } 9021 9022 // DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupsPages except 9023 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 9024 // 9025 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9026 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9027 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9028 // for more information on using Contexts. 9029 func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 9030 p := request.Pagination{ 9031 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 9032 var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupsInput 9033 if input != nil { 9034 tmp := *input 9035 inCpy = &tmp 9036 } 9037 req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(inCpy) 9038 req.SetContext(ctx) 9039 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9040 return req, nil 9041 }, 9042 } 9043 9044 for p.Next() { 9045 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 9046 break 9047 } 9048 } 9049 9050 return p.Err() 9051 } 9052 9053 const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" 9054 9055 // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9056 // client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return 9057 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9058 // successfully. 9059 // 9060 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9061 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9062 // 9063 // See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 9064 // API call, and error handling. 9065 // 9066 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9067 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9068 // 9069 // 9070 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method. 9071 // req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params) 9072 // 9073 // err := req.Send() 9074 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9075 // fmt.Println(resp) 9076 // } 9077 // 9078 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 9079 func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) { 9080 op := &request.Operation{ 9081 Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions, 9082 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9083 HTTPPath: "/", 9084 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 9085 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9086 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9087 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 9088 TruncationToken: "", 9089 }, 9090 } 9091 9092 if input == nil { 9093 input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{} 9094 } 9095 9096 output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{} 9097 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9098 return 9099 } 9100 9101 // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9102 // 9103 // Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. 9104 // 9105 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9106 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9107 // the error. 9108 // 9109 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9110 // API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. 9111 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 9112 func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 9113 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 9114 return out, req.Send() 9115 } 9116 9117 // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of 9118 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9119 // 9120 // See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 9121 // 9122 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9123 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9124 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9125 // for more information on using Contexts. 9126 func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 9127 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 9128 req.SetContext(ctx) 9129 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9130 return out, req.Send() 9131 } 9132 9133 // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation, 9134 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 9135 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 9136 // 9137 // See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 9138 // 9139 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 9140 // 9141 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. 9142 // pageNum := 0 9143 // err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params, 9144 // func(page *rds.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 9145 // pageNum++ 9146 // fmt.Println(page) 9147 // return pageNum <= 3 9148 // }) 9149 // 9150 func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 9151 return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 9152 } 9153 9154 // DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except 9155 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 9156 // 9157 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9158 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9159 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9160 // for more information on using Contexts. 9161 func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 9162 p := request.Pagination{ 9163 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 9164 var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput 9165 if input != nil { 9166 tmp := *input 9167 inCpy = &tmp 9168 } 9169 req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy) 9170 req.SetContext(ctx) 9171 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9172 return req, nil 9173 }, 9174 } 9175 9176 for p.Next() { 9177 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 9178 break 9179 } 9180 } 9181 9182 return p.Err() 9183 } 9184 9185 const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" 9186 9187 // DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9188 // client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return 9189 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9190 // successfully. 9191 // 9192 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9193 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9194 // 9195 // See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 9196 // API call, and error handling. 9197 // 9198 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9199 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9200 // 9201 // 9202 // // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method. 9203 // req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params) 9204 // 9205 // err := req.Send() 9206 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9207 // fmt.Println(resp) 9208 // } 9209 // 9210 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 9211 func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) { 9212 op := &request.Operation{ 9213 Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions, 9214 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9215 HTTPPath: "/", 9216 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 9217 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9218 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9219 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 9220 TruncationToken: "", 9221 }, 9222 } 9223 9224 if input == nil { 9225 input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{} 9226 } 9227 9228 output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{} 9229 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9230 return 9231 } 9232 9233 // DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9234 // 9235 // Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least 9236 // one pending maintenance action. 9237 // 9238 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9239 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9240 // the error. 9241 // 9242 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9243 // API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. 9244 // 9245 // Returned Error Codes: 9246 // * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 9247 // The specified resource ID was not found. 9248 // 9249 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 9250 func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 9251 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 9252 return out, req.Send() 9253 } 9254 9255 // DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of 9256 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9257 // 9258 // See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation. 9259 // 9260 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9261 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9262 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9263 // for more information on using Contexts. 9264 func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 9265 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 9266 req.SetContext(ctx) 9267 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9268 return out, req.Send() 9269 } 9270 9271 // DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation, 9272 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 9273 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 9274 // 9275 // See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions method for more information on how to use this operation. 9276 // 9277 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 9278 // 9279 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. 9280 // pageNum := 0 9281 // err := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages(params, 9282 // func(page *rds.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 9283 // pageNum++ 9284 // fmt.Println(page) 9285 // return pageNum <= 3 9286 // }) 9287 // 9288 func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, fn func(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 9289 return c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 9290 } 9291 9292 // DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages except 9293 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 9294 // 9295 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9296 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9297 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9298 // for more information on using Contexts. 9299 func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, fn func(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 9300 p := request.Pagination{ 9301 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 9302 var inCpy *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput 9303 if input != nil { 9304 tmp := *input 9305 inCpy = &tmp 9306 } 9307 req, _ := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(inCpy) 9308 req.SetContext(ctx) 9309 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9310 return req, nil 9311 }, 9312 } 9313 9314 for p.Next() { 9315 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 9316 break 9317 } 9318 } 9319 9320 return p.Err() 9321 } 9322 9323 const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances" 9324 9325 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9326 // client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return 9327 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9328 // successfully. 9329 // 9330 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9331 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9332 // 9333 // See DescribeReservedDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstances 9334 // API call, and error handling. 9335 // 9336 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9337 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9338 // 9339 // 9340 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method. 9341 // req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params) 9342 // 9343 // err := req.Send() 9344 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9345 // fmt.Println(resp) 9346 // } 9347 // 9348 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances 9349 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) { 9350 op := &request.Operation{ 9351 Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstances, 9352 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9353 HTTPPath: "/", 9354 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 9355 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9356 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9357 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 9358 TruncationToken: "", 9359 }, 9360 } 9361 9362 if input == nil { 9363 input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{} 9364 } 9365 9366 output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{} 9367 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9368 return 9369 } 9370 9371 // DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9372 // 9373 // Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about 9374 // a specified reserved DB instance. 9375 // 9376 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9377 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9378 // the error. 9379 // 9380 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9381 // API operation DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information. 9382 // 9383 // Returned Error Codes: 9384 // * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound" 9385 // The specified reserved DB Instance not found. 9386 // 9387 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances 9388 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { 9389 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) 9390 return out, req.Send() 9391 } 9392 9393 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstances with the addition of 9394 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9395 // 9396 // See DescribeReservedDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 9397 // 9398 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9399 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9400 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9401 // for more information on using Contexts. 9402 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { 9403 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) 9404 req.SetContext(ctx) 9405 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9406 return out, req.Send() 9407 } 9408 9409 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation, 9410 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 9411 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 9412 // 9413 // See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 9414 // 9415 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 9416 // 9417 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. 9418 // pageNum := 0 9419 // err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params, 9420 // func(page *rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 9421 // pageNum++ 9422 // fmt.Println(page) 9423 // return pageNum <= 3 9424 // }) 9425 // 9426 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 9427 return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 9428 } 9429 9430 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages except 9431 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 9432 // 9433 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9434 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9435 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9436 // for more information on using Contexts. 9437 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 9438 p := request.Pagination{ 9439 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 9440 var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput 9441 if input != nil { 9442 tmp := *input 9443 inCpy = &tmp 9444 } 9445 req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 9446 req.SetContext(ctx) 9447 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9448 return req, nil 9449 }, 9450 } 9451 9452 for p.Next() { 9453 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 9454 break 9455 } 9456 } 9457 9458 return p.Err() 9459 } 9460 9461 const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" 9462 9463 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9464 // client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return 9465 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9466 // successfully. 9467 // 9468 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9469 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9470 // 9471 // See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 9472 // API call, and error handling. 9473 // 9474 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9475 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9476 // 9477 // 9478 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method. 9479 // req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params) 9480 // 9481 // err := req.Send() 9482 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9483 // fmt.Println(resp) 9484 // } 9485 // 9486 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 9487 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) { 9488 op := &request.Operation{ 9489 Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings, 9490 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9491 HTTPPath: "/", 9492 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 9493 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9494 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9495 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 9496 TruncationToken: "", 9497 }, 9498 } 9499 9500 if input == nil { 9501 input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{} 9502 } 9503 9504 output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{} 9505 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9506 return 9507 } 9508 9509 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9510 // 9511 // Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. 9512 // 9513 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9514 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9515 // the error. 9516 // 9517 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9518 // API operation DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. 9519 // 9520 // Returned Error Codes: 9521 // * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" 9522 // Specified offering does not exist. 9523 // 9524 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 9525 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { 9526 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) 9527 return out, req.Send() 9528 } 9529 9530 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings with the addition of 9531 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9532 // 9533 // See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for details on how to use this API operation. 9534 // 9535 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9536 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9537 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9538 // for more information on using Contexts. 9539 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { 9540 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) 9541 req.SetContext(ctx) 9542 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9543 return out, req.Send() 9544 } 9545 9546 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation, 9547 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 9548 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 9549 // 9550 // See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation. 9551 // 9552 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 9553 // 9554 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. 9555 // pageNum := 0 9556 // err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params, 9557 // func(page *rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 9558 // pageNum++ 9559 // fmt.Println(page) 9560 // return pageNum <= 3 9561 // }) 9562 // 9563 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error { 9564 return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 9565 } 9566 9567 // DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages except 9568 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 9569 // 9570 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9571 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9572 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9573 // for more information on using Contexts. 9574 func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 9575 p := request.Pagination{ 9576 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 9577 var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput 9578 if input != nil { 9579 tmp := *input 9580 inCpy = &tmp 9581 } 9582 req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(inCpy) 9583 req.SetContext(ctx) 9584 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9585 return req, nil 9586 }, 9587 } 9588 9589 for p.Next() { 9590 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 9591 break 9592 } 9593 } 9594 9595 return p.Err() 9596 } 9597 9598 const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions" 9599 9600 // DescribeSourceRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9601 // client's request for the DescribeSourceRegions operation. The "output" return 9602 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9603 // successfully. 9604 // 9605 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9606 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9607 // 9608 // See DescribeSourceRegions for more information on using the DescribeSourceRegions 9609 // API call, and error handling. 9610 // 9611 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9612 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9613 // 9614 // 9615 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeSourceRegionsRequest method. 9616 // req, resp := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params) 9617 // 9618 // err := req.Send() 9619 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9620 // fmt.Println(resp) 9621 // } 9622 // 9623 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions 9624 func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) { 9625 op := &request.Operation{ 9626 Name: opDescribeSourceRegions, 9627 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9628 HTTPPath: "/", 9629 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 9630 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9631 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9632 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 9633 TruncationToken: "", 9634 }, 9635 } 9636 9637 if input == nil { 9638 input = &DescribeSourceRegionsInput{} 9639 } 9640 9641 output = &DescribeSourceRegionsOutput{} 9642 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9643 return 9644 } 9645 9646 // DescribeSourceRegions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9647 // 9648 // Returns a list of the source Amazon Web Services Regions where the current 9649 // Amazon Web Services Region can create a read replica, copy a DB snapshot 9650 // from, or replicate automated backups from. This API action supports pagination. 9651 // 9652 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9653 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9654 // the error. 9655 // 9656 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9657 // API operation DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information. 9658 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions 9659 func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { 9660 req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) 9661 return out, req.Send() 9662 } 9663 9664 // DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext is the same as DescribeSourceRegions with the addition of 9665 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9666 // 9667 // See DescribeSourceRegions for details on how to use this API operation. 9668 // 9669 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9670 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9671 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9672 // for more information on using Contexts. 9673 func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { 9674 req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) 9675 req.SetContext(ctx) 9676 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9677 return out, req.Send() 9678 } 9679 9680 // DescribeSourceRegionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSourceRegions operation, 9681 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 9682 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 9683 // 9684 // See DescribeSourceRegions method for more information on how to use this operation. 9685 // 9686 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 9687 // 9688 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSourceRegions operation. 9689 // pageNum := 0 9690 // err := client.DescribeSourceRegionsPages(params, 9691 // func(page *rds.DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 9692 // pageNum++ 9693 // fmt.Println(page) 9694 // return pageNum <= 3 9695 // }) 9696 // 9697 func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsPages(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, fn func(*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 9698 return c.DescribeSourceRegionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 9699 } 9700 9701 // DescribeSourceRegionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeSourceRegionsPages except 9702 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 9703 // 9704 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9705 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9706 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9707 // for more information on using Contexts. 9708 func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, fn func(*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 9709 p := request.Pagination{ 9710 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 9711 var inCpy *DescribeSourceRegionsInput 9712 if input != nil { 9713 tmp := *input 9714 inCpy = &tmp 9715 } 9716 req, _ := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(inCpy) 9717 req.SetContext(ctx) 9718 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9719 return req, nil 9720 }, 9721 } 9722 9723 for p.Next() { 9724 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 9725 break 9726 } 9727 } 9728 9729 return p.Err() 9730 } 9731 9732 const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications" 9733 9734 // DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9735 // client's request for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications operation. The "output" return 9736 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9737 // successfully. 9738 // 9739 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9740 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9741 // 9742 // See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for more information on using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 9743 // API call, and error handling. 9744 // 9745 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9746 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9747 // 9748 // 9749 // // Example sending a request using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest method. 9750 // req, resp := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params) 9751 // 9752 // err := req.Send() 9753 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9754 // fmt.Println(resp) 9755 // } 9756 // 9757 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 9758 func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) { 9759 op := &request.Operation{ 9760 Name: opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications, 9761 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9762 HTTPPath: "/", 9763 } 9764 9765 if input == nil { 9766 input = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput{} 9767 } 9768 9769 output = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput{} 9770 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9771 return 9772 } 9773 9774 // DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9775 // 9776 // You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications 9777 // you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call 9778 // ModifyDBInstance. 9779 // 9780 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9781 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9782 // the error. 9783 // 9784 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9785 // API operation DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for usage and error information. 9786 // 9787 // Returned Error Codes: 9788 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9789 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 9790 // 9791 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 9792 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 9793 // 9794 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 9795 func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 9796 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 9797 return out, req.Send() 9798 } 9799 9800 // DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications with the addition of 9801 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9802 // 9803 // See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for details on how to use this API operation. 9804 // 9805 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9806 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9807 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9808 // for more information on using Contexts. 9809 func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 9810 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 9811 req.SetContext(ctx) 9812 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9813 return out, req.Send() 9814 } 9815 9816 const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" 9817 9818 // DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9819 // client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return 9820 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9821 // successfully. 9822 // 9823 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9824 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9825 // 9826 // See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for more information on using the DownloadDBLogFilePortion 9827 // API call, and error handling. 9828 // 9829 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9830 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9831 // 9832 // 9833 // // Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method. 9834 // req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params) 9835 // 9836 // err := req.Send() 9837 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9838 // fmt.Println(resp) 9839 // } 9840 // 9841 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion 9842 func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) { 9843 op := &request.Operation{ 9844 Name: opDownloadDBLogFilePortion, 9845 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9846 HTTPPath: "/", 9847 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 9848 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9849 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 9850 LimitToken: "NumberOfLines", 9851 TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending", 9852 }, 9853 } 9854 9855 if input == nil { 9856 input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{} 9857 } 9858 9859 output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{} 9860 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9861 return 9862 } 9863 9864 // DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9865 // 9866 // Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size. 9867 // 9868 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9869 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9870 // the error. 9871 // 9872 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9873 // API operation DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information. 9874 // 9875 // Returned Error Codes: 9876 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9877 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 9878 // 9879 // * ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault "DBLogFileNotFoundFault" 9880 // LogFileName doesn't refer to an existing DB log file. 9881 // 9882 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion 9883 func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { 9884 req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) 9885 return out, req.Send() 9886 } 9887 9888 // DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext is the same as DownloadDBLogFilePortion with the addition of 9889 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9890 // 9891 // See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for details on how to use this API operation. 9892 // 9893 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9894 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9895 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9896 // for more information on using Contexts. 9897 func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { 9898 req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) 9899 req.SetContext(ctx) 9900 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9901 return out, req.Send() 9902 } 9903 9904 // DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation, 9905 // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 9906 // iterating, return false from the fn function. 9907 // 9908 // See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation. 9909 // 9910 // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 9911 // 9912 // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. 9913 // pageNum := 0 9914 // err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params, 9915 // func(page *rds.DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 9916 // pageNum++ 9917 // fmt.Println(page) 9918 // return pageNum <= 3 9919 // }) 9920 // 9921 func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool) error { 9922 return c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 9923 } 9924 9925 // DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext same as DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages except 9926 // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 9927 // 9928 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9929 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9930 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9931 // for more information on using Contexts. 9932 func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 9933 p := request.Pagination{ 9934 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 9935 var inCpy *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput 9936 if input != nil { 9937 tmp := *input 9938 inCpy = &tmp 9939 } 9940 req, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(inCpy) 9941 req.SetContext(ctx) 9942 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9943 return req, nil 9944 }, 9945 } 9946 9947 for p.Next() { 9948 if !fn(p.Page().(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 9949 break 9950 } 9951 } 9952 9953 return p.Err() 9954 } 9955 9956 const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster" 9957 9958 // FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9959 // client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return 9960 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 9961 // successfully. 9962 // 9963 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9964 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9965 // 9966 // See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster 9967 // API call, and error handling. 9968 // 9969 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9970 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9971 // 9972 // 9973 // // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method. 9974 // req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params) 9975 // 9976 // err := req.Send() 9977 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9978 // fmt.Println(resp) 9979 // } 9980 // 9981 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 9982 func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) { 9983 op := &request.Operation{ 9984 Name: opFailoverDBCluster, 9985 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9986 HTTPPath: "/", 9987 } 9988 9989 if input == nil { 9990 input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{} 9991 } 9992 9993 output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{} 9994 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9995 return 9996 } 9997 9998 // FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9999 // 10000 // Forces a failover for a DB cluster. 10001 // 10002 // A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Aurora Replicas (read-only 10003 // instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer). 10004 // 10005 // Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to an Aurora Replica, if one exists, 10006 // when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to 10007 // simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance 10008 // in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and 10009 // re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when 10010 // the failover is complete. 10011 // 10012 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 10013 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 10014 // 10015 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 10016 // 10017 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10018 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10019 // the error. 10020 // 10021 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10022 // API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. 10023 // 10024 // Returned Error Codes: 10025 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 10026 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 10027 // 10028 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 10029 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 10030 // 10031 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 10032 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 10033 // 10034 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 10035 func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 10036 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 10037 return out, req.Send() 10038 } 10039 10040 // FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of 10041 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10042 // 10043 // See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 10044 // 10045 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10046 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10047 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10048 // for more information on using Contexts. 10049 func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 10050 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 10051 req.SetContext(ctx) 10052 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10053 return out, req.Send() 10054 } 10055 10056 const opFailoverGlobalCluster = "FailoverGlobalCluster" 10057 10058 // FailoverGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10059 // client's request for the FailoverGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return 10060 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10061 // successfully. 10062 // 10063 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10064 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10065 // 10066 // See FailoverGlobalCluster for more information on using the FailoverGlobalCluster 10067 // API call, and error handling. 10068 // 10069 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10070 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10071 // 10072 // 10073 // // Example sending a request using the FailoverGlobalClusterRequest method. 10074 // req, resp := client.FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(params) 10075 // 10076 // err := req.Send() 10077 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10078 // fmt.Println(resp) 10079 // } 10080 // 10081 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverGlobalCluster 10082 func (c *RDS) FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(input *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) { 10083 op := &request.Operation{ 10084 Name: opFailoverGlobalCluster, 10085 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10086 HTTPPath: "/", 10087 } 10088 10089 if input == nil { 10090 input = &FailoverGlobalClusterInput{} 10091 } 10092 10093 output = &FailoverGlobalClusterOutput{} 10094 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10095 return 10096 } 10097 10098 // FailoverGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10099 // 10100 // Initiates the failover process for an Aurora global database (GlobalCluster). 10101 // 10102 // A failover for an Aurora global database promotes one of secondary read-only 10103 // DB clusters to be the primary DB cluster and demotes the primary DB cluster 10104 // to being a secondary (read-only) DB cluster. In other words, the role of 10105 // the current primary DB cluster and the selected (target) DB cluster are switched. 10106 // The selected secondary DB cluster assumes full read/write capabilities for 10107 // the Aurora global database. 10108 // 10109 // For more information about failing over an Amazon Aurora global database, 10110 // see Managed planned failover for Amazon Aurora global databases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-global-database-disaster-recovery.html#aurora-global-database-disaster-recovery.managed-failover) 10111 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 10112 // 10113 // This action applies to GlobalCluster (Aurora global databases) only. Use 10114 // this action only on healthy Aurora global databases with running Aurora DB 10115 // clusters and no Region-wide outages, to test disaster recovery scenarios 10116 // or to reconfigure your Aurora global database topology. 10117 // 10118 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10119 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10120 // the error. 10121 // 10122 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10123 // API operation FailoverGlobalCluster for usage and error information. 10124 // 10125 // Returned Error Codes: 10126 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault" 10127 // The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database 10128 // cluster. 10129 // 10130 // * ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault" 10131 // The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested 10132 // operation. 10133 // 10134 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 10135 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 10136 // 10137 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 10138 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 10139 // 10140 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverGlobalCluster 10141 func (c *RDS) FailoverGlobalCluster(input *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) (*FailoverGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 10142 req, out := c.FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(input) 10143 return out, req.Send() 10144 } 10145 10146 // FailoverGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverGlobalCluster with the addition of 10147 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10148 // 10149 // See FailoverGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 10150 // 10151 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10152 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10153 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10154 // for more information on using Contexts. 10155 func (c *RDS) FailoverGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 10156 req, out := c.FailoverGlobalClusterRequest(input) 10157 req.SetContext(ctx) 10158 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10159 return out, req.Send() 10160 } 10161 10162 const opImportInstallationMedia = "ImportInstallationMedia" 10163 10164 // ImportInstallationMediaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10165 // client's request for the ImportInstallationMedia operation. The "output" return 10166 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10167 // successfully. 10168 // 10169 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10170 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10171 // 10172 // See ImportInstallationMedia for more information on using the ImportInstallationMedia 10173 // API call, and error handling. 10174 // 10175 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10176 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10177 // 10178 // 10179 // // Example sending a request using the ImportInstallationMediaRequest method. 10180 // req, resp := client.ImportInstallationMediaRequest(params) 10181 // 10182 // err := req.Send() 10183 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10184 // fmt.Println(resp) 10185 // } 10186 // 10187 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ImportInstallationMedia 10188 func (c *RDS) ImportInstallationMediaRequest(input *ImportInstallationMediaInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) { 10189 op := &request.Operation{ 10190 Name: opImportInstallationMedia, 10191 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10192 HTTPPath: "/", 10193 } 10194 10195 if input == nil { 10196 input = &ImportInstallationMediaInput{} 10197 } 10198 10199 output = &ImportInstallationMediaOutput{} 10200 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10201 return 10202 } 10203 10204 // ImportInstallationMedia API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10205 // 10206 // Imports the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises 10207 // customer provided license, such as SQL Server. 10208 // 10209 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10210 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10211 // the error. 10212 // 10213 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10214 // API operation ImportInstallationMedia for usage and error information. 10215 // 10216 // Returned Error Codes: 10217 // * ErrCodeCustomAvailabilityZoneNotFoundFault "CustomAvailabilityZoneNotFound" 10218 // CustomAvailabilityZoneId doesn't refer to an existing custom Availability 10219 // Zone identifier. 10220 // 10221 // * ErrCodeInstallationMediaAlreadyExistsFault "InstallationMediaAlreadyExists" 10222 // The specified installation medium has already been imported. 10223 // 10224 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ImportInstallationMedia 10225 func (c *RDS) ImportInstallationMedia(input *ImportInstallationMediaInput) (*ImportInstallationMediaOutput, error) { 10226 req, out := c.ImportInstallationMediaRequest(input) 10227 return out, req.Send() 10228 } 10229 10230 // ImportInstallationMediaWithContext is the same as ImportInstallationMedia with the addition of 10231 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10232 // 10233 // See ImportInstallationMedia for details on how to use this API operation. 10234 // 10235 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10236 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10237 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10238 // for more information on using Contexts. 10239 func (c *RDS) ImportInstallationMediaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportInstallationMediaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportInstallationMediaOutput, error) { 10240 req, out := c.ImportInstallationMediaRequest(input) 10241 req.SetContext(ctx) 10242 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10243 return out, req.Send() 10244 } 10245 10246 const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 10247 10248 // ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10249 // client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 10250 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10251 // successfully. 10252 // 10253 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10254 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10255 // 10256 // See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 10257 // API call, and error handling. 10258 // 10259 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10260 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10261 // 10262 // 10263 // // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 10264 // req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 10265 // 10266 // err := req.Send() 10267 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10268 // fmt.Println(resp) 10269 // } 10270 // 10271 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 10272 func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 10273 op := &request.Operation{ 10274 Name: opListTagsForResource, 10275 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10276 HTTPPath: "/", 10277 } 10278 10279 if input == nil { 10280 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 10281 } 10282 10283 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 10284 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10285 return 10286 } 10287 10288 // ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10289 // 10290 // Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. 10291 // 10292 // For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS 10293 // Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html) 10294 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 10295 // 10296 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10297 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10298 // the error. 10299 // 10300 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10301 // API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 10302 // 10303 // Returned Error Codes: 10304 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 10305 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 10306 // 10307 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 10308 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 10309 // 10310 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 10311 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 10312 // 10313 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 10314 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 10315 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 10316 // 10317 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 10318 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 10319 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 10320 // 10321 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 10322 func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 10323 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 10324 return out, req.Send() 10325 } 10326 10327 // ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 10328 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10329 // 10330 // See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 10331 // 10332 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10333 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10334 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10335 // for more information on using Contexts. 10336 func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 10337 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 10338 req.SetContext(ctx) 10339 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10340 return out, req.Send() 10341 } 10342 10343 const opModifyCertificates = "ModifyCertificates" 10344 10345 // ModifyCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10346 // client's request for the ModifyCertificates operation. The "output" return 10347 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10348 // successfully. 10349 // 10350 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10351 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10352 // 10353 // See ModifyCertificates for more information on using the ModifyCertificates 10354 // API call, and error handling. 10355 // 10356 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10357 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10358 // 10359 // 10360 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyCertificatesRequest method. 10361 // req, resp := client.ModifyCertificatesRequest(params) 10362 // 10363 // err := req.Send() 10364 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10365 // fmt.Println(resp) 10366 // } 10367 // 10368 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCertificates 10369 func (c *RDS) ModifyCertificatesRequest(input *ModifyCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyCertificatesOutput) { 10370 op := &request.Operation{ 10371 Name: opModifyCertificates, 10372 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10373 HTTPPath: "/", 10374 } 10375 10376 if input == nil { 10377 input = &ModifyCertificatesInput{} 10378 } 10379 10380 output = &ModifyCertificatesOutput{} 10381 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10382 return 10383 } 10384 10385 // ModifyCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10386 // 10387 // Override the system-default Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security 10388 // (SSL/TLS) certificate for Amazon RDS for new DB instances temporarily, or 10389 // remove the override. 10390 // 10391 // By using this operation, you can specify an RDS-approved SSL/TLS certificate 10392 // for new DB instances that is different from the default certificate provided 10393 // by RDS. You can also use this operation to remove the override, so that new 10394 // DB instances use the default certificate provided by RDS. 10395 // 10396 // You might need to override the default certificate in the following situations: 10397 // 10398 // * You already migrated your applications to support the latest certificate 10399 // authority (CA) certificate, but the new CA certificate is not yet the 10400 // RDS default CA certificate for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 10401 // 10402 // * RDS has already moved to a new default CA certificate for the specified 10403 // Amazon Web Services Region, but you are still in the process of supporting 10404 // the new CA certificate. In this case, you temporarily need additional 10405 // time to finish your application changes. 10406 // 10407 // For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for RDS DB engines, 10408 // see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) 10409 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 10410 // 10411 // For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora DB 10412 // engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) 10413 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 10414 // 10415 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10416 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10417 // the error. 10418 // 10419 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10420 // API operation ModifyCertificates for usage and error information. 10421 // 10422 // Returned Error Codes: 10423 // * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 10424 // CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate. 10425 // 10426 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCertificates 10427 func (c *RDS) ModifyCertificates(input *ModifyCertificatesInput) (*ModifyCertificatesOutput, error) { 10428 req, out := c.ModifyCertificatesRequest(input) 10429 return out, req.Send() 10430 } 10431 10432 // ModifyCertificatesWithContext is the same as ModifyCertificates with the addition of 10433 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10434 // 10435 // See ModifyCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. 10436 // 10437 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10438 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10439 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10440 // for more information on using Contexts. 10441 func (c *RDS) ModifyCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyCertificatesOutput, error) { 10442 req, out := c.ModifyCertificatesRequest(input) 10443 req.SetContext(ctx) 10444 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10445 return out, req.Send() 10446 } 10447 10448 const opModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity = "ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity" 10449 10450 // ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10451 // client's request for the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity operation. The "output" return 10452 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10453 // successfully. 10454 // 10455 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10456 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10457 // 10458 // See ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for more information on using the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 10459 // API call, and error handling. 10460 // 10461 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10462 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10463 // 10464 // 10465 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest method. 10466 // req, resp := client.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(params) 10467 // 10468 // err := req.Send() 10469 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10470 // fmt.Println(resp) 10471 // } 10472 // 10473 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 10474 func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) { 10475 op := &request.Operation{ 10476 Name: opModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, 10477 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10478 HTTPPath: "/", 10479 } 10480 10481 if input == nil { 10482 input = &ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput{} 10483 } 10484 10485 output = &ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput{} 10486 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10487 return 10488 } 10489 10490 // ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10491 // 10492 // Set the capacity of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster to a specific value. 10493 // 10494 // Aurora Serverless scales seamlessly based on the workload on the DB cluster. 10495 // In some cases, the capacity might not scale fast enough to meet a sudden 10496 // change in workload, such as a large number of new transactions. Call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 10497 // to set the capacity explicitly. 10498 // 10499 // After this call sets the DB cluster capacity, Aurora Serverless can automatically 10500 // scale the DB cluster based on the cooldown period for scaling up and the 10501 // cooldown period for scaling down. 10502 // 10503 // For more information about Aurora Serverless, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless 10504 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 10505 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 10506 // 10507 // If you call ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the default TimeoutAction, 10508 // connections that prevent Aurora Serverless from finding a scaling point might 10509 // be dropped. For more information about scaling points, see Autoscaling for 10510 // Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling) 10511 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 10512 // 10513 // This action only applies to Aurora Serverless DB clusters. 10514 // 10515 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10516 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10517 // the error. 10518 // 10519 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10520 // API operation ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for usage and error information. 10521 // 10522 // Returned Error Codes: 10523 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 10524 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 10525 // 10526 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 10527 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 10528 // 10529 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterCapacityFault "InvalidDBClusterCapacityFault" 10530 // Capacity isn't a valid Aurora Serverless DB cluster capacity. Valid capacity 10531 // values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. 10532 // 10533 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity 10534 func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity(input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput, error) { 10535 req, out := c.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input) 10536 return out, req.Send() 10537 } 10538 10539 // ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityWithContext is the same as ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity with the addition of 10540 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10541 // 10542 // See ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity for details on how to use this API operation. 10543 // 10544 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10545 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10546 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10547 // for more information on using Contexts. 10548 func (c *RDS) ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput, error) { 10549 req, out := c.ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityRequest(input) 10550 req.SetContext(ctx) 10551 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10552 return out, req.Send() 10553 } 10554 10555 const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster" 10556 10557 // ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10558 // client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return 10559 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10560 // successfully. 10561 // 10562 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10563 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10564 // 10565 // See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster 10566 // API call, and error handling. 10567 // 10568 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10569 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10570 // 10571 // 10572 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method. 10573 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params) 10574 // 10575 // err := req.Send() 10576 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10577 // fmt.Println(resp) 10578 // } 10579 // 10580 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 10581 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) { 10582 op := &request.Operation{ 10583 Name: opModifyDBCluster, 10584 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10585 HTTPPath: "/", 10586 } 10587 10588 if input == nil { 10589 input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{} 10590 } 10591 10592 output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{} 10593 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10594 return 10595 } 10596 10597 // ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10598 // 10599 // Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more 10600 // database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the 10601 // new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What 10602 // Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 10603 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 10604 // 10605 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 10606 // 10607 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10608 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10609 // the error. 10610 // 10611 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10612 // API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. 10613 // 10614 // Returned Error Codes: 10615 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 10616 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 10617 // 10618 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 10619 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 10620 // 10621 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 10622 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 10623 // available across all DB instances. 10624 // 10625 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 10626 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 10627 // 10628 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 10629 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 10630 // because of users' change. 10631 // 10632 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 10633 // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 10634 // 10635 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 10636 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 10637 // are not all in a common VPC. 10638 // 10639 // * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 10640 // DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 10641 // group. 10642 // 10643 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 10644 // The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 10645 // 10646 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 10647 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 10648 // 10649 // * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 10650 // The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 10651 // 10652 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 10653 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 10654 // 10655 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 10656 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 10657 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 10658 return out, req.Send() 10659 } 10660 10661 // ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of 10662 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10663 // 10664 // See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 10665 // 10666 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10667 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10668 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10669 // for more information on using Contexts. 10670 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 10671 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 10672 req.SetContext(ctx) 10673 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10674 return out, req.Send() 10675 } 10676 10677 const opModifyDBClusterEndpoint = "ModifyDBClusterEndpoint" 10678 10679 // ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10680 // client's request for the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return 10681 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10682 // successfully. 10683 // 10684 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10685 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10686 // 10687 // See ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 10688 // API call, and error handling. 10689 // 10690 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10691 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10692 // 10693 // 10694 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest method. 10695 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(params) 10696 // 10697 // err := req.Send() 10698 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10699 // fmt.Println(resp) 10700 // } 10701 // 10702 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 10703 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) { 10704 op := &request.Operation{ 10705 Name: opModifyDBClusterEndpoint, 10706 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10707 HTTPPath: "/", 10708 } 10709 10710 if input == nil { 10711 input = &ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput{} 10712 } 10713 10714 output = &ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput{} 10715 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10716 return 10717 } 10718 10719 // ModifyDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10720 // 10721 // Modifies the properties of an endpoint in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 10722 // 10723 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 10724 // 10725 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10726 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10727 // the error. 10728 // 10729 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10730 // API operation ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information. 10731 // 10732 // Returned Error Codes: 10733 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 10734 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 10735 // 10736 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault" 10737 // The requested operation can't be performed on the endpoint while the endpoint 10738 // is in this state. 10739 // 10740 // * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault" 10741 // The specified custom endpoint doesn't exist. 10742 // 10743 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 10744 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 10745 // 10746 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 10747 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 10748 // 10749 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 10750 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterEndpoint(input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 10751 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 10752 return out, req.Send() 10753 } 10754 10755 // ModifyDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of 10756 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10757 // 10758 // See ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 10759 // 10760 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10761 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10762 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10763 // for more information on using Contexts. 10764 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 10765 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 10766 req.SetContext(ctx) 10767 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10768 return out, req.Send() 10769 } 10770 10771 const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" 10772 10773 // ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10774 // client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 10775 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10776 // successfully. 10777 // 10778 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10779 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10780 // 10781 // See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 10782 // API call, and error handling. 10783 // 10784 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10785 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10786 // 10787 // 10788 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 10789 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 10790 // 10791 // err := req.Send() 10792 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10793 // fmt.Println(resp) 10794 // } 10795 // 10796 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 10797 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { 10798 op := &request.Operation{ 10799 Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup, 10800 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10801 HTTPPath: "/", 10802 } 10803 10804 if input == nil { 10805 input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 10806 } 10807 10808 output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} 10809 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10810 return 10811 } 10812 10813 // ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10814 // 10815 // Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than 10816 // one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 10817 // and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 10818 // 10819 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 10820 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 10821 // 10822 // After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 10823 // minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 10824 // group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 10825 // the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 10826 // new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 10827 // when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character 10828 // set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 10829 // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 10830 // or the DescribeDBClusterParameters action to verify that your DB cluster 10831 // parameter group has been created or modified. 10832 // 10833 // If the modified DB cluster parameter group is used by an Aurora Serverless 10834 // cluster, Aurora applies the update immediately. The cluster restart might 10835 // interrupt your workload. In that case, your application must reopen any connections 10836 // and retry any transactions that were active when the parameter changes took 10837 // effect. 10838 // 10839 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 10840 // 10841 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10842 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10843 // the error. 10844 // 10845 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10846 // API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 10847 // 10848 // Returned Error Codes: 10849 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 10850 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 10851 // 10852 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 10853 // The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 10854 // to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 10855 // is in this state. 10856 // 10857 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 10858 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 10859 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 10860 return out, req.Send() 10861 } 10862 10863 // ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 10864 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10865 // 10866 // See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 10867 // 10868 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10869 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10870 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10871 // for more information on using Contexts. 10872 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 10873 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 10874 req.SetContext(ctx) 10875 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10876 return out, req.Send() 10877 } 10878 10879 const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute" 10880 10881 // ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10882 // client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 10883 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10884 // successfully. 10885 // 10886 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10887 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10888 // 10889 // See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 10890 // API call, and error handling. 10891 // 10892 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 10893 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 10894 // 10895 // 10896 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 10897 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 10898 // 10899 // err := req.Send() 10900 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 10901 // fmt.Println(resp) 10902 // } 10903 // 10904 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 10905 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 10906 op := &request.Operation{ 10907 Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute, 10908 HTTPMethod: "POST", 10909 HTTPPath: "/", 10910 } 10911 10912 if input == nil { 10913 input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{} 10914 } 10915 10916 output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 10917 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 10918 return 10919 } 10920 10921 // ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 10922 // 10923 // Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 10924 // a manual DB cluster snapshot. 10925 // 10926 // To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other Amazon Web Services accounts, 10927 // specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to 10928 // add a list of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized 10929 // to restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the 10930 // manual DB cluster snapshot public, which means that it can be copied or restored 10931 // by all Amazon Web Services accounts. 10932 // 10933 // Don't add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain 10934 // private information that you don't want available to all Amazon Web Services 10935 // accounts. 10936 // 10937 // If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only 10938 // by specifying a list of authorized Amazon Web Services account IDs for the 10939 // ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in 10940 // this case. 10941 // 10942 // To view which Amazon Web Services accounts have access to copy or restore 10943 // a manual DB cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot is 10944 // public or private, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. 10945 // The accounts are returned as values for the restore attribute. 10946 // 10947 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 10948 // 10949 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 10950 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 10951 // the error. 10952 // 10953 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 10954 // API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 10955 // 10956 // Returned Error Codes: 10957 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 10958 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 10959 // 10960 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 10961 // The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 10962 // 10963 // * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 10964 // You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 10965 // DB snapshot with. 10966 // 10967 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 10968 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 10969 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 10970 return out, req.Send() 10971 } 10972 10973 // ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 10974 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 10975 // 10976 // See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 10977 // 10978 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 10979 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 10980 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 10981 // for more information on using Contexts. 10982 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 10983 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 10984 req.SetContext(ctx) 10985 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 10986 return out, req.Send() 10987 } 10988 10989 const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance" 10990 10991 // ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 10992 // client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return 10993 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 10994 // successfully. 10995 // 10996 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 10997 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 10998 // 10999 // See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance 11000 // API call, and error handling. 11001 // 11002 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11003 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11004 // 11005 // 11006 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method. 11007 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params) 11008 // 11009 // err := req.Send() 11010 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11011 // fmt.Println(resp) 11012 // } 11013 // 11014 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 11015 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) { 11016 op := &request.Operation{ 11017 Name: opModifyDBInstance, 11018 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11019 HTTPPath: "/", 11020 } 11021 11022 if input == nil { 11023 input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{} 11024 } 11025 11026 output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{} 11027 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11028 return 11029 } 11030 11031 // ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11032 // 11033 // Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database 11034 // configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values 11035 // in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, 11036 // call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance. 11037 // 11038 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11039 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11040 // the error. 11041 // 11042 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11043 // API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. 11044 // 11045 // Returned Error Codes: 11046 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 11047 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 11048 // 11049 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 11050 // The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 11051 // 11052 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 11053 // The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 11054 // 11055 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 11056 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 11057 // 11058 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 11059 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 11060 // 11061 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 11062 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 11063 // 11064 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 11065 // The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 11066 // Zone. 11067 // 11068 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 11069 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 11070 // available across all DB instances. 11071 // 11072 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 11073 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 11074 // because of users' change. 11075 // 11076 // * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 11077 // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 11078 // 11079 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 11080 // The specified option group could not be found. 11081 // 11082 // * ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure" 11083 // The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on can't be modified. 11084 // 11085 // * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 11086 // Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 11087 // 11088 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 11089 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized 11090 // for the specified DB security group. 11091 // 11092 // Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on 11093 // your behalf. 11094 // 11095 // * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 11096 // CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate. 11097 // 11098 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 11099 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 11100 // 11101 // * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 11102 // 11103 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 11104 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 11105 // 11106 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 11107 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 11108 // 11109 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 11110 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 11111 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 11112 return out, req.Send() 11113 } 11114 11115 // ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of 11116 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11117 // 11118 // See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 11119 // 11120 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11121 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11122 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11123 // for more information on using Contexts. 11124 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 11125 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 11126 req.SetContext(ctx) 11127 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11128 return out, req.Send() 11129 } 11130 11131 const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup" 11132 11133 // ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11134 // client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 11135 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11136 // successfully. 11137 // 11138 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11139 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11140 // 11141 // See ModifyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBParameterGroup 11142 // API call, and error handling. 11143 // 11144 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11145 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11146 // 11147 // 11148 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 11149 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 11150 // 11151 // err := req.Send() 11152 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11153 // fmt.Println(resp) 11154 // } 11155 // 11156 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 11157 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { 11158 op := &request.Operation{ 11159 Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup, 11160 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11161 HTTPPath: "/", 11162 } 11163 11164 if input == nil { 11165 input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{} 11166 } 11167 11168 output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} 11169 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11170 return 11171 } 11172 11173 // ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11174 // 11175 // Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one 11176 // parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 11177 // and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 11178 // 11179 // After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 11180 // before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 11181 // as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 11182 // the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 11183 // new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 11184 // when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 11185 // set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 11186 // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 11187 // or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group 11188 // has been created or modified. 11189 // 11190 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11191 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11192 // the error. 11193 // 11194 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11195 // API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 11196 // 11197 // Returned Error Codes: 11198 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 11199 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 11200 // 11201 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 11202 // The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 11203 // to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 11204 // is in this state. 11205 // 11206 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 11207 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 11208 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 11209 return out, req.Send() 11210 } 11211 11212 // ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 11213 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11214 // 11215 // See ModifyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 11216 // 11217 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11218 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11219 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11220 // for more information on using Contexts. 11221 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 11222 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 11223 req.SetContext(ctx) 11224 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11225 return out, req.Send() 11226 } 11227 11228 const opModifyDBProxy = "ModifyDBProxy" 11229 11230 // ModifyDBProxyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11231 // client's request for the ModifyDBProxy operation. The "output" return 11232 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11233 // successfully. 11234 // 11235 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11236 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11237 // 11238 // See ModifyDBProxy for more information on using the ModifyDBProxy 11239 // API call, and error handling. 11240 // 11241 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11242 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11243 // 11244 // 11245 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBProxyRequest method. 11246 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBProxyRequest(params) 11247 // 11248 // err := req.Send() 11249 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11250 // fmt.Println(resp) 11251 // } 11252 // 11253 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxy 11254 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBProxyOutput) { 11255 op := &request.Operation{ 11256 Name: opModifyDBProxy, 11257 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11258 HTTPPath: "/", 11259 } 11260 11261 if input == nil { 11262 input = &ModifyDBProxyInput{} 11263 } 11264 11265 output = &ModifyDBProxyOutput{} 11266 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11267 return 11268 } 11269 11270 // ModifyDBProxy API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11271 // 11272 // Changes the settings for an existing DB proxy. 11273 // 11274 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11275 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11276 // the error. 11277 // 11278 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11279 // API operation ModifyDBProxy for usage and error information. 11280 // 11281 // Returned Error Codes: 11282 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 11283 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 11284 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 11285 // 11286 // * ErrCodeDBProxyAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyAlreadyExistsFault" 11287 // The specified proxy name must be unique for all proxies owned by your Amazon 11288 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 11289 // 11290 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 11291 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 11292 // 11293 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxy 11294 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxy(input *ModifyDBProxyInput) (*ModifyDBProxyOutput, error) { 11295 req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyRequest(input) 11296 return out, req.Send() 11297 } 11298 11299 // ModifyDBProxyWithContext is the same as ModifyDBProxy with the addition of 11300 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11301 // 11302 // See ModifyDBProxy for details on how to use this API operation. 11303 // 11304 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11305 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11306 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11307 // for more information on using Contexts. 11308 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBProxyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBProxyOutput, error) { 11309 req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyRequest(input) 11310 req.SetContext(ctx) 11311 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11312 return out, req.Send() 11313 } 11314 11315 const opModifyDBProxyEndpoint = "ModifyDBProxyEndpoint" 11316 11317 // ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11318 // client's request for the ModifyDBProxyEndpoint operation. The "output" return 11319 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11320 // successfully. 11321 // 11322 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11323 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11324 // 11325 // See ModifyDBProxyEndpoint for more information on using the ModifyDBProxyEndpoint 11326 // API call, and error handling. 11327 // 11328 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11329 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11330 // 11331 // 11332 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest method. 11333 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(params) 11334 // 11335 // err := req.Send() 11336 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11337 // fmt.Println(resp) 11338 // } 11339 // 11340 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyEndpoint 11341 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) { 11342 op := &request.Operation{ 11343 Name: opModifyDBProxyEndpoint, 11344 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11345 HTTPPath: "/", 11346 } 11347 11348 if input == nil { 11349 input = &ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput{} 11350 } 11351 11352 output = &ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput{} 11353 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11354 return 11355 } 11356 11357 // ModifyDBProxyEndpoint API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11358 // 11359 // Changes the settings for an existing DB proxy endpoint. 11360 // 11361 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11362 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11363 // the error. 11364 // 11365 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11366 // API operation ModifyDBProxyEndpoint for usage and error information. 11367 // 11368 // Returned Error Codes: 11369 // * ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault "DBProxyEndpointNotFoundFault" 11370 // The DB proxy endpoint doesn't exist. 11371 // 11372 // * ErrCodeDBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault "DBProxyEndpointAlreadyExistsFault" 11373 // The specified DB proxy endpoint name must be unique for all DB proxy endpoints 11374 // owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services 11375 // Region. 11376 // 11377 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBProxyEndpointStateFault" 11378 // You can't perform this operation while the DB proxy endpoint is in a particular 11379 // state. 11380 // 11381 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 11382 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 11383 // 11384 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyEndpoint 11385 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyEndpoint(input *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) (*ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) { 11386 req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(input) 11387 return out, req.Send() 11388 } 11389 11390 // ModifyDBProxyEndpointWithContext is the same as ModifyDBProxyEndpoint with the addition of 11391 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11392 // 11393 // See ModifyDBProxyEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 11394 // 11395 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11396 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11397 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11398 // for more information on using Contexts. 11399 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput, error) { 11400 req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyEndpointRequest(input) 11401 req.SetContext(ctx) 11402 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11403 return out, req.Send() 11404 } 11405 11406 const opModifyDBProxyTargetGroup = "ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup" 11407 11408 // ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11409 // client's request for the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup operation. The "output" return 11410 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11411 // successfully. 11412 // 11413 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11414 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11415 // 11416 // See ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup 11417 // API call, and error handling. 11418 // 11419 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11420 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11421 // 11422 // 11423 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest method. 11424 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(params) 11425 // 11426 // err := req.Send() 11427 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11428 // fmt.Println(resp) 11429 // } 11430 // 11431 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup 11432 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) { 11433 op := &request.Operation{ 11434 Name: opModifyDBProxyTargetGroup, 11435 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11436 HTTPPath: "/", 11437 } 11438 11439 if input == nil { 11440 input = &ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput{} 11441 } 11442 11443 output = &ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput{} 11444 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11445 return 11446 } 11447 11448 // ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11449 // 11450 // Modifies the properties of a DBProxyTargetGroup. 11451 // 11452 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11453 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11454 // the error. 11455 // 11456 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11457 // API operation ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup for usage and error information. 11458 // 11459 // Returned Error Codes: 11460 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 11461 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 11462 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 11463 // 11464 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 11465 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 11466 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 11467 // 11468 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 11469 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 11470 // 11471 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup 11472 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup(input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput, error) { 11473 req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(input) 11474 return out, req.Send() 11475 } 11476 11477 // ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup with the addition of 11478 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11479 // 11480 // See ModifyDBProxyTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 11481 // 11482 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11483 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11484 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11485 // for more information on using Contexts. 11486 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput, error) { 11487 req, out := c.ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupRequest(input) 11488 req.SetContext(ctx) 11489 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11490 return out, req.Send() 11491 } 11492 11493 const opModifyDBSnapshot = "ModifyDBSnapshot" 11494 11495 // ModifyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11496 // client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 11497 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11498 // successfully. 11499 // 11500 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11501 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11502 // 11503 // See ModifyDBSnapshot for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshot 11504 // API call, and error handling. 11505 // 11506 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11507 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11508 // 11509 // 11510 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotRequest method. 11511 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(params) 11512 // 11513 // err := req.Send() 11514 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11515 // fmt.Println(resp) 11516 // } 11517 // 11518 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot 11519 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) { 11520 op := &request.Operation{ 11521 Name: opModifyDBSnapshot, 11522 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11523 HTTPPath: "/", 11524 } 11525 11526 if input == nil { 11527 input = &ModifyDBSnapshotInput{} 11528 } 11529 11530 output = &ModifyDBSnapshotOutput{} 11531 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11532 return 11533 } 11534 11535 // ModifyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11536 // 11537 // Updates a manual DB snapshot with a new engine version. The snapshot can 11538 // be encrypted or unencrypted, but not shared or public. 11539 // 11540 // Amazon RDS supports upgrading DB snapshots for MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL. 11541 // 11542 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11543 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11544 // the error. 11545 // 11546 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11547 // API operation ModifyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 11548 // 11549 // Returned Error Codes: 11550 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 11551 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 11552 // 11553 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot 11554 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshot(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 11555 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 11556 return out, req.Send() 11557 } 11558 11559 // ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshot with the addition of 11560 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11561 // 11562 // See ModifyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 11563 // 11564 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11565 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11566 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11567 // for more information on using Contexts. 11568 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 11569 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 11570 req.SetContext(ctx) 11571 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11572 return out, req.Send() 11573 } 11574 11575 const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute" 11576 11577 // ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11578 // client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 11579 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11580 // successfully. 11581 // 11582 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11583 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11584 // 11585 // See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 11586 // API call, and error handling. 11587 // 11588 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11589 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11590 // 11591 // 11592 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 11593 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 11594 // 11595 // err := req.Send() 11596 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11597 // fmt.Println(resp) 11598 // } 11599 // 11600 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 11601 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 11602 op := &request.Operation{ 11603 Name: opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute, 11604 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11605 HTTPPath: "/", 11606 } 11607 11608 if input == nil { 11609 input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{} 11610 } 11611 11612 output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 11613 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11614 return 11615 } 11616 11617 // ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11618 // 11619 // Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 11620 // a manual DB snapshot. 11621 // 11622 // To share a manual DB snapshot with other Amazon Web Services accounts, specify 11623 // restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list 11624 // of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized to restore 11625 // the manual DB snapshot. Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot 11626 // public, which means it can be copied or restored by all Amazon Web Services 11627 // accounts. 11628 // 11629 // Don't add the all value for any manual DB snapshots that contain private 11630 // information that you don't want available to all Amazon Web Services accounts. 11631 // 11632 // If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying 11633 // a list of authorized Amazon Web Services account IDs for the ValuesToAdd 11634 // parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case. 11635 // 11636 // To view which Amazon Web Services accounts have access to copy or restore 11637 // a manual DB snapshot, or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, 11638 // use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API action. The accounts are returned 11639 // as values for the restore attribute. 11640 // 11641 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11642 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11643 // the error. 11644 // 11645 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11646 // API operation ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 11647 // 11648 // Returned Error Codes: 11649 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 11650 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 11651 // 11652 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 11653 // The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 11654 // 11655 // * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 11656 // You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 11657 // DB snapshot with. 11658 // 11659 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 11660 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 11661 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 11662 return out, req.Send() 11663 } 11664 11665 // ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 11666 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11667 // 11668 // See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 11669 // 11670 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11671 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11672 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11673 // for more information on using Contexts. 11674 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 11675 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 11676 req.SetContext(ctx) 11677 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11678 return out, req.Send() 11679 } 11680 11681 const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" 11682 11683 // ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11684 // client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 11685 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11686 // successfully. 11687 // 11688 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11689 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11690 // 11691 // See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup 11692 // API call, and error handling. 11693 // 11694 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11695 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11696 // 11697 // 11698 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 11699 // req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 11700 // 11701 // err := req.Send() 11702 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11703 // fmt.Println(resp) 11704 // } 11705 // 11706 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 11707 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 11708 op := &request.Operation{ 11709 Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup, 11710 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11711 HTTPPath: "/", 11712 } 11713 11714 if input == nil { 11715 input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{} 11716 } 11717 11718 output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 11719 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11720 return 11721 } 11722 11723 // ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11724 // 11725 // Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least 11726 // one subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Web Services Region. 11727 // 11728 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11729 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11730 // the error. 11731 // 11732 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11733 // API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 11734 // 11735 // Returned Error Codes: 11736 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 11737 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 11738 // 11739 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 11740 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets 11741 // in a DB subnet groups. 11742 // 11743 // * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse" 11744 // The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. 11745 // 11746 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 11747 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 11748 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 11749 // 11750 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 11751 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 11752 // are not all in a common VPC. 11753 // 11754 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 11755 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 11756 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 11757 return out, req.Send() 11758 } 11759 11760 // ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 11761 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11762 // 11763 // See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 11764 // 11765 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11766 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11767 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11768 // for more information on using Contexts. 11769 func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 11770 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 11771 req.SetContext(ctx) 11772 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11773 return out, req.Send() 11774 } 11775 11776 const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" 11777 11778 // ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11779 // client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 11780 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11781 // successfully. 11782 // 11783 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11784 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11785 // 11786 // See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription 11787 // API call, and error handling. 11788 // 11789 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11790 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11791 // 11792 // 11793 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method. 11794 // req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 11795 // 11796 // err := req.Send() 11797 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11798 // fmt.Println(resp) 11799 // } 11800 // 11801 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 11802 func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) { 11803 op := &request.Operation{ 11804 Name: opModifyEventSubscription, 11805 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11806 HTTPPath: "/", 11807 } 11808 11809 if input == nil { 11810 input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{} 11811 } 11812 11813 output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{} 11814 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11815 return 11816 } 11817 11818 // ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11819 // 11820 // Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. You can't modify 11821 // the source identifiers using this call. To change source identifiers for 11822 // a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 11823 // calls. 11824 // 11825 // You can see a list of the event categories for a given source type (SourceType) 11826 // in Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 11827 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories operation. 11828 // 11829 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11830 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11831 // the error. 11832 // 11833 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11834 // API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. 11835 // 11836 // Returned Error Codes: 11837 // * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 11838 // You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. 11839 // 11840 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 11841 // The subscription name does not exist. 11842 // 11843 // * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 11844 // SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. 11845 // 11846 // * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 11847 // You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. 11848 // 11849 // * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 11850 // The SNS topic ARN does not exist. 11851 // 11852 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 11853 // The supplied category does not exist. 11854 // 11855 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 11856 func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 11857 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 11858 return out, req.Send() 11859 } 11860 11861 // ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of 11862 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11863 // 11864 // See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 11865 // 11866 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11867 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11868 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11869 // for more information on using Contexts. 11870 func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 11871 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 11872 req.SetContext(ctx) 11873 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11874 return out, req.Send() 11875 } 11876 11877 const opModifyGlobalCluster = "ModifyGlobalCluster" 11878 11879 // ModifyGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11880 // client's request for the ModifyGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return 11881 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11882 // successfully. 11883 // 11884 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11885 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11886 // 11887 // See ModifyGlobalCluster for more information on using the ModifyGlobalCluster 11888 // API call, and error handling. 11889 // 11890 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11891 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11892 // 11893 // 11894 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyGlobalClusterRequest method. 11895 // req, resp := client.ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(params) 11896 // 11897 // err := req.Send() 11898 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11899 // fmt.Println(resp) 11900 // } 11901 // 11902 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyGlobalCluster 11903 func (c *RDS) ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) { 11904 op := &request.Operation{ 11905 Name: opModifyGlobalCluster, 11906 HTTPMethod: "POST", 11907 HTTPPath: "/", 11908 } 11909 11910 if input == nil { 11911 input = &ModifyGlobalClusterInput{} 11912 } 11913 11914 output = &ModifyGlobalClusterOutput{} 11915 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 11916 return 11917 } 11918 11919 // ModifyGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 11920 // 11921 // Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora global cluster. You can change one 11922 // or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters 11923 // and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, 11924 // see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 11925 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 11926 // 11927 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 11928 // 11929 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 11930 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 11931 // the error. 11932 // 11933 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 11934 // API operation ModifyGlobalCluster for usage and error information. 11935 // 11936 // Returned Error Codes: 11937 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault" 11938 // The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database 11939 // cluster. 11940 // 11941 // * ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault" 11942 // The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested 11943 // operation. 11944 // 11945 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 11946 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 11947 // 11948 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 11949 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 11950 // 11951 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyGlobalCluster 11952 func (c *RDS) ModifyGlobalCluster(input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) (*ModifyGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 11953 req, out := c.ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(input) 11954 return out, req.Send() 11955 } 11956 11957 // ModifyGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyGlobalCluster with the addition of 11958 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 11959 // 11960 // See ModifyGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 11961 // 11962 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 11963 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 11964 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 11965 // for more information on using Contexts. 11966 func (c *RDS) ModifyGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 11967 req, out := c.ModifyGlobalClusterRequest(input) 11968 req.SetContext(ctx) 11969 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 11970 return out, req.Send() 11971 } 11972 11973 const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup" 11974 11975 // ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 11976 // client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 11977 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 11978 // successfully. 11979 // 11980 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 11981 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 11982 // 11983 // See ModifyOptionGroup for more information on using the ModifyOptionGroup 11984 // API call, and error handling. 11985 // 11986 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 11987 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 11988 // 11989 // 11990 // // Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method. 11991 // req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params) 11992 // 11993 // err := req.Send() 11994 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 11995 // fmt.Println(resp) 11996 // } 11997 // 11998 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup 11999 func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) { 12000 op := &request.Operation{ 12001 Name: opModifyOptionGroup, 12002 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12003 HTTPPath: "/", 12004 } 12005 12006 if input == nil { 12007 input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{} 12008 } 12009 12010 output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{} 12011 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12012 return 12013 } 12014 12015 // ModifyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12016 // 12017 // Modifies an existing option group. 12018 // 12019 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12020 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12021 // the error. 12022 // 12023 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12024 // API operation ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information. 12025 // 12026 // Returned Error Codes: 12027 // * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" 12028 // The option group isn't in the available state. 12029 // 12030 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 12031 // The specified option group could not be found. 12032 // 12033 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup 12034 func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 12035 req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) 12036 return out, req.Send() 12037 } 12038 12039 // ModifyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyOptionGroup with the addition of 12040 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12041 // 12042 // See ModifyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 12043 // 12044 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12045 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12046 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12047 // for more information on using Contexts. 12048 func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 12049 req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) 12050 req.SetContext(ctx) 12051 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12052 return out, req.Send() 12053 } 12054 12055 const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica" 12056 12057 // PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12058 // client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return 12059 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12060 // successfully. 12061 // 12062 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12063 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12064 // 12065 // See PromoteReadReplica for more information on using the PromoteReadReplica 12066 // API call, and error handling. 12067 // 12068 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12069 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12070 // 12071 // 12072 // // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method. 12073 // req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params) 12074 // 12075 // err := req.Send() 12076 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12077 // fmt.Println(resp) 12078 // } 12079 // 12080 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica 12081 func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) { 12082 op := &request.Operation{ 12083 Name: opPromoteReadReplica, 12084 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12085 HTTPPath: "/", 12086 } 12087 12088 if input == nil { 12089 input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{} 12090 } 12091 12092 output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{} 12093 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12094 return 12095 } 12096 12097 // PromoteReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12098 // 12099 // Promotes a read replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. 12100 // 12101 // * Backup duration is a function of the amount of changes to the database 12102 // since the previous backup. If you plan to promote a read replica to a 12103 // standalone instance, we recommend that you enable backups and complete 12104 // at least one backup prior to promotion. In addition, a read replica cannot 12105 // be promoted to a standalone instance when it is in the backing-up status. 12106 // If you have enabled backups on your read replica, configure the automated 12107 // backup window so that daily backups do not interfere with read replica 12108 // promotion. 12109 // 12110 // * This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 12111 // 12112 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12113 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12114 // the error. 12115 // 12116 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12117 // API operation PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information. 12118 // 12119 // Returned Error Codes: 12120 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 12121 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 12122 // 12123 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 12124 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 12125 // 12126 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica 12127 func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { 12128 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) 12129 return out, req.Send() 12130 } 12131 12132 // PromoteReadReplicaWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplica with the addition of 12133 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12134 // 12135 // See PromoteReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation. 12136 // 12137 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12138 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12139 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12140 // for more information on using Contexts. 12141 func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { 12142 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) 12143 req.SetContext(ctx) 12144 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12145 return out, req.Send() 12146 } 12147 12148 const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" 12149 12150 // PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12151 // client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return 12152 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12153 // successfully. 12154 // 12155 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12156 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12157 // 12158 // See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for more information on using the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 12159 // API call, and error handling. 12160 // 12161 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12162 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12163 // 12164 // 12165 // // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method. 12166 // req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params) 12167 // 12168 // err := req.Send() 12169 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12170 // fmt.Println(resp) 12171 // } 12172 // 12173 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 12174 func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) { 12175 op := &request.Operation{ 12176 Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, 12177 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12178 HTTPPath: "/", 12179 } 12180 12181 if input == nil { 12182 input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{} 12183 } 12184 12185 output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{} 12186 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12187 return 12188 } 12189 12190 // PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12191 // 12192 // Promotes a read replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster. 12193 // 12194 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 12195 // 12196 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12197 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12198 // the error. 12199 // 12200 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12201 // API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. 12202 // 12203 // Returned Error Codes: 12204 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 12205 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 12206 // 12207 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 12208 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 12209 // 12210 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 12211 func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 12212 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 12213 return out, req.Send() 12214 } 12215 12216 // PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster with the addition of 12217 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12218 // 12219 // See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 12220 // 12221 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12222 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12223 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12224 // for more information on using Contexts. 12225 func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 12226 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 12227 req.SetContext(ctx) 12228 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12229 return out, req.Send() 12230 } 12231 12232 const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" 12233 12234 // PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12235 // client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return 12236 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12237 // successfully. 12238 // 12239 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12240 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12241 // 12242 // See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 12243 // API call, and error handling. 12244 // 12245 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12246 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12247 // 12248 // 12249 // // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method. 12250 // req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params) 12251 // 12252 // err := req.Send() 12253 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12254 // fmt.Println(resp) 12255 // } 12256 // 12257 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 12258 func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) { 12259 op := &request.Operation{ 12260 Name: opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering, 12261 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12262 HTTPPath: "/", 12263 } 12264 12265 if input == nil { 12266 input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{} 12267 } 12268 12269 output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{} 12270 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12271 return 12272 } 12273 12274 // PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12275 // 12276 // Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. 12277 // 12278 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12279 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12280 // the error. 12281 // 12282 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12283 // API operation PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information. 12284 // 12285 // Returned Error Codes: 12286 // * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" 12287 // Specified offering does not exist. 12288 // 12289 // * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists" 12290 // User already has a reservation with the given identifier. 12291 // 12292 // * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded" 12293 // Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota. 12294 // 12295 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 12296 func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { 12297 req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) 12298 return out, req.Send() 12299 } 12300 12301 // PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering with the addition of 12302 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12303 // 12304 // See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 12305 // 12306 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12307 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12308 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12309 // for more information on using Contexts. 12310 func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { 12311 req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) 12312 req.SetContext(ctx) 12313 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12314 return out, req.Send() 12315 } 12316 12317 const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance" 12318 12319 // RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12320 // client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return 12321 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12322 // successfully. 12323 // 12324 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12325 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12326 // 12327 // See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance 12328 // API call, and error handling. 12329 // 12330 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12331 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12332 // 12333 // 12334 // // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method. 12335 // req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params) 12336 // 12337 // err := req.Send() 12338 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12339 // fmt.Println(resp) 12340 // } 12341 // 12342 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 12343 func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) { 12344 op := &request.Operation{ 12345 Name: opRebootDBInstance, 12346 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12347 HTTPPath: "/", 12348 } 12349 12350 if input == nil { 12351 input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{} 12352 } 12353 12354 output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{} 12355 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12356 return 12357 } 12358 12359 // RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12360 // 12361 // You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. 12362 // For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter 12363 // group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the 12364 // changes to take effect. 12365 // 12366 // Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a 12367 // DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status 12368 // is set to rebooting. 12369 // 12370 // For more information about rebooting, see Rebooting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_RebootInstance.html) 12371 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12372 // 12373 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12374 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12375 // the error. 12376 // 12377 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12378 // API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. 12379 // 12380 // Returned Error Codes: 12381 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 12382 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 12383 // 12384 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 12385 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 12386 // 12387 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 12388 func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 12389 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 12390 return out, req.Send() 12391 } 12392 12393 // RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of 12394 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12395 // 12396 // See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 12397 // 12398 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12399 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12400 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12401 // for more information on using Contexts. 12402 func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 12403 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 12404 req.SetContext(ctx) 12405 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12406 return out, req.Send() 12407 } 12408 12409 const opRegisterDBProxyTargets = "RegisterDBProxyTargets" 12410 12411 // RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12412 // client's request for the RegisterDBProxyTargets operation. The "output" return 12413 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12414 // successfully. 12415 // 12416 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12417 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12418 // 12419 // See RegisterDBProxyTargets for more information on using the RegisterDBProxyTargets 12420 // API call, and error handling. 12421 // 12422 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12423 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12424 // 12425 // 12426 // // Example sending a request using the RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest method. 12427 // req, resp := client.RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(params) 12428 // 12429 // err := req.Send() 12430 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12431 // fmt.Println(resp) 12432 // } 12433 // 12434 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RegisterDBProxyTargets 12435 func (c *RDS) RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) { 12436 op := &request.Operation{ 12437 Name: opRegisterDBProxyTargets, 12438 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12439 HTTPPath: "/", 12440 } 12441 12442 if input == nil { 12443 input = &RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput{} 12444 } 12445 12446 output = &RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput{} 12447 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12448 return 12449 } 12450 12451 // RegisterDBProxyTargets API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12452 // 12453 // Associate one or more DBProxyTarget data structures with a DBProxyTargetGroup. 12454 // 12455 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12456 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12457 // the error. 12458 // 12459 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12460 // API operation RegisterDBProxyTargets for usage and error information. 12461 // 12462 // Returned Error Codes: 12463 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 12464 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 12465 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 12466 // 12467 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 12468 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 12469 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 12470 // 12471 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 12472 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 12473 // 12474 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 12475 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 12476 // 12477 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault "DBProxyTargetAlreadyRegisteredFault" 12478 // The proxy is already associated with the specified RDS DB instance or Aurora 12479 // DB cluster. 12480 // 12481 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 12482 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 12483 // 12484 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 12485 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 12486 // 12487 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBProxyStateFault "InvalidDBProxyStateFault" 12488 // The requested operation can't be performed while the proxy is in this state. 12489 // 12490 // * ErrCodeInsufficientAvailableIPsInSubnetFault "InsufficientAvailableIPsInSubnetFault" 12491 // The requested operation can't be performed because there aren't enough available 12492 // IP addresses in the proxy's subnets. Add more CIDR blocks to the VPC or remove 12493 // IP address that aren't required from the subnets. 12494 // 12495 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RegisterDBProxyTargets 12496 func (c *RDS) RegisterDBProxyTargets(input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) { 12497 req, out := c.RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input) 12498 return out, req.Send() 12499 } 12500 12501 // RegisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext is the same as RegisterDBProxyTargets with the addition of 12502 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12503 // 12504 // See RegisterDBProxyTargets for details on how to use this API operation. 12505 // 12506 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12507 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12508 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12509 // for more information on using Contexts. 12510 func (c *RDS) RegisterDBProxyTargetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput, error) { 12511 req, out := c.RegisterDBProxyTargetsRequest(input) 12512 req.SetContext(ctx) 12513 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12514 return out, req.Send() 12515 } 12516 12517 const opRemoveFromGlobalCluster = "RemoveFromGlobalCluster" 12518 12519 // RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12520 // client's request for the RemoveFromGlobalCluster operation. The "output" return 12521 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12522 // successfully. 12523 // 12524 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12525 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12526 // 12527 // See RemoveFromGlobalCluster for more information on using the RemoveFromGlobalCluster 12528 // API call, and error handling. 12529 // 12530 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12531 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12532 // 12533 // 12534 // // Example sending a request using the RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest method. 12535 // req, resp := client.RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(params) 12536 // 12537 // err := req.Send() 12538 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12539 // fmt.Println(resp) 12540 // } 12541 // 12542 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveFromGlobalCluster 12543 func (c *RDS) RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) { 12544 op := &request.Operation{ 12545 Name: opRemoveFromGlobalCluster, 12546 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12547 HTTPPath: "/", 12548 } 12549 12550 if input == nil { 12551 input = &RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput{} 12552 } 12553 12554 output = &RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput{} 12555 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12556 return 12557 } 12558 12559 // RemoveFromGlobalCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12560 // 12561 // Detaches an Aurora secondary cluster from an Aurora global database cluster. 12562 // The cluster becomes a standalone cluster with read-write capability instead 12563 // of being read-only and receiving data from a primary cluster in a different 12564 // region. 12565 // 12566 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 12567 // 12568 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12569 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12570 // the error. 12571 // 12572 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12573 // API operation RemoveFromGlobalCluster for usage and error information. 12574 // 12575 // Returned Error Codes: 12576 // * ErrCodeGlobalClusterNotFoundFault "GlobalClusterNotFoundFault" 12577 // The GlobalClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing global database 12578 // cluster. 12579 // 12580 // * ErrCodeInvalidGlobalClusterStateFault "InvalidGlobalClusterStateFault" 12581 // The global cluster is in an invalid state and can't perform the requested 12582 // operation. 12583 // 12584 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 12585 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 12586 // 12587 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveFromGlobalCluster 12588 func (c *RDS) RemoveFromGlobalCluster(input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) (*RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 12589 req, out := c.RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(input) 12590 return out, req.Send() 12591 } 12592 12593 // RemoveFromGlobalClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveFromGlobalCluster with the addition of 12594 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12595 // 12596 // See RemoveFromGlobalCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 12597 // 12598 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12599 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12600 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12601 // for more information on using Contexts. 12602 func (c *RDS) RemoveFromGlobalClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput, error) { 12603 req, out := c.RemoveFromGlobalClusterRequest(input) 12604 req.SetContext(ctx) 12605 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12606 return out, req.Send() 12607 } 12608 12609 const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster" 12610 12611 // RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12612 // client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return 12613 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12614 // successfully. 12615 // 12616 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12617 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12618 // 12619 // See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 12620 // API call, and error handling. 12621 // 12622 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12623 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12624 // 12625 // 12626 // // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method. 12627 // req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params) 12628 // 12629 // err := req.Send() 12630 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12631 // fmt.Println(resp) 12632 // } 12633 // 12634 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 12635 func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) { 12636 op := &request.Operation{ 12637 Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster, 12638 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12639 HTTPPath: "/", 12640 } 12641 12642 if input == nil { 12643 input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{} 12644 } 12645 12646 output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{} 12647 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12648 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 12649 return 12650 } 12651 12652 // RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12653 // 12654 // Disassociates an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) 12655 // role from an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing 12656 // Amazon Aurora MySQL to Access Other Amazon Web Services Services on Your 12657 // Behalf (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Integrating.Authorizing.html) 12658 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 12659 // 12660 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 12661 // 12662 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12663 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12664 // the error. 12665 // 12666 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12667 // API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information. 12668 // 12669 // Returned Error Codes: 12670 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 12671 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 12672 // 12673 // * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault "DBClusterRoleNotFound" 12674 // The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) isn't associated with the 12675 // specified DB cluster. 12676 // 12677 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 12678 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 12679 // 12680 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 12681 func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 12682 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 12683 return out, req.Send() 12684 } 12685 12686 // RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBCluster with the addition of 12687 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12688 // 12689 // See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 12690 // 12691 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12692 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12693 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12694 // for more information on using Contexts. 12695 func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 12696 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 12697 req.SetContext(ctx) 12698 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12699 return out, req.Send() 12700 } 12701 12702 const opRemoveRoleFromDBInstance = "RemoveRoleFromDBInstance" 12703 12704 // RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12705 // client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance operation. The "output" return 12706 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12707 // successfully. 12708 // 12709 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12710 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12711 // 12712 // See RemoveRoleFromDBInstance for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBInstance 12713 // API call, and error handling. 12714 // 12715 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12716 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12717 // 12718 // 12719 // // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest method. 12720 // req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(params) 12721 // 12722 // err := req.Send() 12723 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12724 // fmt.Println(resp) 12725 // } 12726 // 12727 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBInstance 12728 func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) { 12729 op := &request.Operation{ 12730 Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBInstance, 12731 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12732 HTTPPath: "/", 12733 } 12734 12735 if input == nil { 12736 input = &RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput{} 12737 } 12738 12739 output = &RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput{} 12740 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12741 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 12742 return 12743 } 12744 12745 // RemoveRoleFromDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12746 // 12747 // Disassociates an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) 12748 // role from a DB instance. 12749 // 12750 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12751 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12752 // the error. 12753 // 12754 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12755 // API operation RemoveRoleFromDBInstance for usage and error information. 12756 // 12757 // Returned Error Codes: 12758 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 12759 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 12760 // 12761 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceRoleNotFoundFault "DBInstanceRoleNotFound" 12762 // The specified RoleArn value doesn't match the specified feature for the DB 12763 // instance. 12764 // 12765 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 12766 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 12767 // 12768 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBInstance 12769 func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBInstance(input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput, error) { 12770 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(input) 12771 return out, req.Send() 12772 } 12773 12774 // RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBInstance with the addition of 12775 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12776 // 12777 // See RemoveRoleFromDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 12778 // 12779 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12780 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12781 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12782 // for more information on using Contexts. 12783 func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput, error) { 12784 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceRequest(input) 12785 req.SetContext(ctx) 12786 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12787 return out, req.Send() 12788 } 12789 12790 const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" 12791 12792 // RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12793 // client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return 12794 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12795 // successfully. 12796 // 12797 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12798 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12799 // 12800 // See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for more information on using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 12801 // API call, and error handling. 12802 // 12803 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12804 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12805 // 12806 // 12807 // // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method. 12808 // req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params) 12809 // 12810 // err := req.Send() 12811 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12812 // fmt.Println(resp) 12813 // } 12814 // 12815 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 12816 func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) { 12817 op := &request.Operation{ 12818 Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription, 12819 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12820 HTTPPath: "/", 12821 } 12822 12823 if input == nil { 12824 input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{} 12825 } 12826 12827 output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{} 12828 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12829 return 12830 } 12831 12832 // RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12833 // 12834 // Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription. 12835 // 12836 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12837 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12838 // the error. 12839 // 12840 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12841 // API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. 12842 // 12843 // Returned Error Codes: 12844 // * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 12845 // The subscription name does not exist. 12846 // 12847 // * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 12848 // The requested source could not be found. 12849 // 12850 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 12851 func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 12852 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 12853 return out, req.Send() 12854 } 12855 12856 // RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext is the same as RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription with the addition of 12857 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12858 // 12859 // See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 12860 // 12861 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12862 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12863 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12864 // for more information on using Contexts. 12865 func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 12866 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 12867 req.SetContext(ctx) 12868 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12869 return out, req.Send() 12870 } 12871 12872 const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" 12873 12874 // RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12875 // client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return 12876 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12877 // successfully. 12878 // 12879 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12880 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12881 // 12882 // See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource 12883 // API call, and error handling. 12884 // 12885 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12886 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12887 // 12888 // 12889 // // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. 12890 // req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) 12891 // 12892 // err := req.Send() 12893 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12894 // fmt.Println(resp) 12895 // } 12896 // 12897 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 12898 func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { 12899 op := &request.Operation{ 12900 Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, 12901 HTTPMethod: "POST", 12902 HTTPPath: "/", 12903 } 12904 12905 if input == nil { 12906 input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} 12907 } 12908 12909 output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} 12910 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 12911 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 12912 return 12913 } 12914 12915 // RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 12916 // 12917 // Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. 12918 // 12919 // For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS 12920 // Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html) 12921 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12922 // 12923 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 12924 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 12925 // the error. 12926 // 12927 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 12928 // API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. 12929 // 12930 // Returned Error Codes: 12931 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 12932 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 12933 // 12934 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 12935 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 12936 // 12937 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 12938 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 12939 // 12940 // * ErrCodeDBProxyNotFoundFault "DBProxyNotFoundFault" 12941 // The specified proxy name doesn't correspond to a proxy owned by your Amazon 12942 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 12943 // 12944 // * ErrCodeDBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault "DBProxyTargetGroupNotFoundFault" 12945 // The specified target group isn't available for a proxy owned by your Amazon 12946 // Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. 12947 // 12948 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 12949 func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 12950 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 12951 return out, req.Send() 12952 } 12953 12954 // RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of 12955 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 12956 // 12957 // See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation. 12958 // 12959 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 12960 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 12961 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 12962 // for more information on using Contexts. 12963 func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 12964 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 12965 req.SetContext(ctx) 12966 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 12967 return out, req.Send() 12968 } 12969 12970 const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" 12971 12972 // ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 12973 // client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 12974 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 12975 // successfully. 12976 // 12977 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 12978 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 12979 // 12980 // See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 12981 // API call, and error handling. 12982 // 12983 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 12984 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 12985 // 12986 // 12987 // // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 12988 // req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 12989 // 12990 // err := req.Send() 12991 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 12992 // fmt.Println(resp) 12993 // } 12994 // 12995 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 12996 func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { 12997 op := &request.Operation{ 12998 Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup, 12999 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13000 HTTPPath: "/", 13001 } 13002 13003 if input == nil { 13004 input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 13005 } 13006 13007 output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} 13008 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13009 return 13010 } 13011 13012 // ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13013 // 13014 // Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. 13015 // To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName 13016 // and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify 13017 // the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters. 13018 // 13019 // When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately 13020 // and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next 13021 // DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance 13022 // for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static 13023 // parameter to apply to. 13024 // 13025 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 13026 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 13027 // 13028 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 13029 // 13030 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13031 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13032 // the error. 13033 // 13034 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13035 // API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 13036 // 13037 // Returned Error Codes: 13038 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 13039 // The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 13040 // to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 13041 // is in this state. 13042 // 13043 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 13044 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 13045 // 13046 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 13047 func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 13048 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 13049 return out, req.Send() 13050 } 13051 13052 // ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 13053 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 13054 // 13055 // See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 13056 // 13057 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 13058 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 13059 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 13060 // for more information on using Contexts. 13061 func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 13062 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 13063 req.SetContext(ctx) 13064 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 13065 return out, req.Send() 13066 } 13067 13068 const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup" 13069 13070 // ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 13071 // client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 13072 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 13073 // successfully. 13074 // 13075 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 13076 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 13077 // 13078 // See ResetDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBParameterGroup 13079 // API call, and error handling. 13080 // 13081 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 13082 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 13083 // 13084 // 13085 // // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method. 13086 // req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 13087 // 13088 // err := req.Send() 13089 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 13090 // fmt.Println(resp) 13091 // } 13092 // 13093 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 13094 func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { 13095 op := &request.Operation{ 13096 Name: opResetDBParameterGroup, 13097 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13098 HTTPPath: "/", 13099 } 13100 13101 if input == nil { 13102 input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{} 13103 } 13104 13105 output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} 13106 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13107 return 13108 } 13109 13110 // ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13111 // 13112 // Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default 13113 // value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName 13114 // and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup 13115 // name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, 13116 // dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set 13117 // to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance 13118 // request. 13119 // 13120 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13121 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13122 // the error. 13123 // 13124 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13125 // API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 13126 // 13127 // Returned Error Codes: 13128 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 13129 // The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 13130 // to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group 13131 // is in this state. 13132 // 13133 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 13134 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 13135 // 13136 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 13137 func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 13138 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 13139 return out, req.Send() 13140 } 13141 13142 // ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBParameterGroup with the addition of 13143 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 13144 // 13145 // See ResetDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 13146 // 13147 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 13148 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 13149 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 13150 // for more information on using Contexts. 13151 func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 13152 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 13153 req.SetContext(ctx) 13154 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 13155 return out, req.Send() 13156 } 13157 13158 const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3" 13159 13160 // RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 13161 // client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return 13162 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 13163 // successfully. 13164 // 13165 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 13166 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 13167 // 13168 // See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 13169 // API call, and error handling. 13170 // 13171 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 13172 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 13173 // 13174 // 13175 // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method. 13176 // req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params) 13177 // 13178 // err := req.Send() 13179 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 13180 // fmt.Println(resp) 13181 // } 13182 // 13183 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3 13184 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) { 13185 op := &request.Operation{ 13186 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromS3, 13187 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13188 HTTPPath: "/", 13189 } 13190 13191 if input == nil { 13192 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{} 13193 } 13194 13195 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output{} 13196 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13197 return 13198 } 13199 13200 // RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13201 // 13202 // Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from MySQL data stored in an Amazon S3 13203 // bucket. Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and 13204 // the data must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described 13205 // in Migrating Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Migrating.ExtMySQL.html#AuroraMySQL.Migrating.ExtMySQL.S3) 13206 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 13207 // 13208 // This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB 13209 // cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances 13210 // for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB 13211 // cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the 13212 // RestoreDBClusterFromS3 action has completed and the DB cluster is available. 13213 // 13214 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 13215 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 13216 // 13217 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. The source DB engine must 13218 // be MySQL. 13219 // 13220 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13221 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13222 // the error. 13223 // 13224 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13225 // API operation RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information. 13226 // 13227 // Returned Error Codes: 13228 // * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 13229 // The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 13230 // 13231 // * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 13232 // The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 13233 // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 13234 // 13235 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 13236 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 13237 // available across all DB instances. 13238 // 13239 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 13240 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 13241 // 13242 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 13243 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 13244 // because of users' change. 13245 // 13246 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 13247 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 13248 // 13249 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 13250 // The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. 13251 // 13252 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 13253 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 13254 // are not all in a common VPC. 13255 // 13256 // * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault" 13257 // The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized 13258 // to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and 13259 // S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. 13260 // 13261 // * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 13262 // DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 13263 // group. 13264 // 13265 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 13266 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 13267 // 13268 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 13269 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 13270 // 13271 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 13272 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 13273 // 13274 // * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 13275 // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 13276 // be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 13277 // Availability Zones that have more storage available. 13278 // 13279 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3 13280 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { 13281 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) 13282 return out, req.Send() 13283 } 13284 13285 // RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromS3 with the addition of 13286 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 13287 // 13288 // See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation. 13289 // 13290 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 13291 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 13292 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 13293 // for more information on using Contexts. 13294 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { 13295 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) 13296 req.SetContext(ctx) 13297 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 13298 return out, req.Send() 13299 } 13300 13301 const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" 13302 13303 // RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 13304 // client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return 13305 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 13306 // successfully. 13307 // 13308 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 13309 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 13310 // 13311 // See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 13312 // API call, and error handling. 13313 // 13314 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 13315 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 13316 // 13317 // 13318 // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method. 13319 // req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params) 13320 // 13321 // err := req.Send() 13322 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 13323 // fmt.Println(resp) 13324 // } 13325 // 13326 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 13327 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) { 13328 op := &request.Operation{ 13329 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, 13330 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13331 HTTPPath: "/", 13332 } 13333 13334 if input == nil { 13335 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{} 13336 } 13337 13338 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{} 13339 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13340 return 13341 } 13342 13343 // RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13344 // 13345 // Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. This 13346 // action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 13347 // 13348 // The target DB cluster is created from the source snapshot with a default 13349 // configuration. If you don't specify a security group, the new DB cluster 13350 // is associated with the default security group. 13351 // 13352 // This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB 13353 // cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances 13354 // for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB 13355 // cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the 13356 // RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot action has completed and the DB cluster is available. 13357 // 13358 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 13359 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 13360 // 13361 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 13362 // 13363 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13364 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13365 // the error. 13366 // 13367 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13368 // API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. 13369 // 13370 // Returned Error Codes: 13371 // * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 13372 // The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 13373 // 13374 // * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 13375 // The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 13376 // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 13377 // 13378 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 13379 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 13380 // available across all DB instances. 13381 // 13382 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 13383 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 13384 // 13385 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 13386 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 13387 // 13388 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 13389 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 13390 // 13391 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 13392 // The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation. 13393 // 13394 // * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 13395 // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 13396 // be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 13397 // Availability Zones that have more storage available. 13398 // 13399 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 13400 // The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 13401 // 13402 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 13403 // The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 13404 // 13405 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 13406 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 13407 // available across all DB instances. 13408 // 13409 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 13410 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 13411 // because of users' change. 13412 // 13413 // * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 13414 // Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 13415 // 13416 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 13417 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 13418 // 13419 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 13420 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 13421 // are not all in a common VPC. 13422 // 13423 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 13424 // The specified option group could not be found. 13425 // 13426 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 13427 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 13428 // 13429 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 13430 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 13431 // 13432 // * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 13433 // DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 13434 // group. 13435 // 13436 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 13437 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 13438 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 13439 return out, req.Send() 13440 } 13441 13442 // RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of 13443 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 13444 // 13445 // See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 13446 // 13447 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 13448 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 13449 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 13450 // for more information on using Contexts. 13451 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 13452 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 13453 req.SetContext(ctx) 13454 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 13455 return out, req.Send() 13456 } 13457 13458 const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" 13459 13460 // RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 13461 // client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 13462 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 13463 // successfully. 13464 // 13465 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 13466 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 13467 // 13468 // See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 13469 // API call, and error handling. 13470 // 13471 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 13472 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 13473 // 13474 // 13475 // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method. 13476 // req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params) 13477 // 13478 // err := req.Send() 13479 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 13480 // fmt.Println(resp) 13481 // } 13482 // 13483 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 13484 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) { 13485 op := &request.Operation{ 13486 Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, 13487 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13488 HTTPPath: "/", 13489 } 13490 13491 if input == nil { 13492 input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{} 13493 } 13494 13495 output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{} 13496 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13497 return 13498 } 13499 13500 // RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13501 // 13502 // Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to 13503 // any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod 13504 // days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the 13505 // same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster 13506 // is created with the default DB security group. 13507 // 13508 // This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB 13509 // cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances 13510 // for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB 13511 // cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the 13512 // RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is 13513 // available. 13514 // 13515 // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_AuroraOverview.html) 13516 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 13517 // 13518 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 13519 // 13520 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13521 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13522 // the error. 13523 // 13524 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13525 // API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. 13526 // 13527 // Returned Error Codes: 13528 // * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 13529 // The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 13530 // 13531 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 13532 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 13533 // 13534 // * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 13535 // The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 13536 // the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 13537 // 13538 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 13539 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 13540 // 13541 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 13542 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 13543 // 13544 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 13545 // The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation. 13546 // 13547 // * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 13548 // There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might 13549 // be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 13550 // Availability Zones that have more storage available. 13551 // 13552 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 13553 // The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 13554 // 13555 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 13556 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 13557 // 13558 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 13559 // The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 13560 // 13561 // * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 13562 // Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 13563 // 13564 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 13565 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 13566 // are not all in a common VPC. 13567 // 13568 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 13569 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 13570 // because of users' change. 13571 // 13572 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 13573 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 13574 // 13575 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 13576 // The specified option group could not be found. 13577 // 13578 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 13579 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 13580 // available across all DB instances. 13581 // 13582 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 13583 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 13584 // 13585 // * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 13586 // DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter 13587 // group. 13588 // 13589 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 13590 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 13591 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 13592 return out, req.Send() 13593 } 13594 13595 // RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of 13596 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 13597 // 13598 // See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 13599 // 13600 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 13601 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 13602 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 13603 // for more information on using Contexts. 13604 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 13605 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 13606 req.SetContext(ctx) 13607 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 13608 return out, req.Send() 13609 } 13610 13611 const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" 13612 13613 // RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 13614 // client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 13615 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 13616 // successfully. 13617 // 13618 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 13619 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 13620 // 13621 // See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 13622 // API call, and error handling. 13623 // 13624 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 13625 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 13626 // 13627 // 13628 // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method. 13629 // req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params) 13630 // 13631 // err := req.Send() 13632 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 13633 // fmt.Println(resp) 13634 // } 13635 // 13636 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 13637 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) { 13638 op := &request.Operation{ 13639 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, 13640 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13641 HTTPPath: "/", 13642 } 13643 13644 if input == nil { 13645 input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{} 13646 } 13647 13648 output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{} 13649 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13650 return 13651 } 13652 13653 // RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13654 // 13655 // Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created 13656 // from the source database restore point with most of the source's original 13657 // configuration, including the default security group and DB parameter group. 13658 // By default, the new DB instance is created as a Single-AZ deployment, except 13659 // when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group associated 13660 // with mirroring. In this case, the instance becomes a Multi-AZ deployment, 13661 // not a Single-AZ deployment. 13662 // 13663 // If you want to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB 13664 // instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 13665 // action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. After you 13666 // have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then 13667 // you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier 13668 // in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is 13669 // that you replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from 13670 // the snapshot. 13671 // 13672 // If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier 13673 // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. 13674 // 13675 // This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, 13676 // use RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot. 13677 // 13678 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13679 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13680 // the error. 13681 // 13682 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13683 // API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 13684 // 13685 // Returned Error Codes: 13686 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 13687 // The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 13688 // 13689 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 13690 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 13691 // 13692 // * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 13693 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 13694 // 13695 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 13696 // The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 13697 // Zone. 13698 // 13699 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 13700 // The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. 13701 // 13702 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 13703 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 13704 // available across all DB instances. 13705 // 13706 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 13707 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 13708 // because of users' change. 13709 // 13710 // * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 13711 // Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 13712 // 13713 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 13714 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 13715 // 13716 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 13717 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 13718 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 13719 // 13720 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 13721 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 13722 // are not all in a common VPC. 13723 // 13724 // * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 13725 // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 13726 // 13727 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 13728 // The specified option group could not be found. 13729 // 13730 // * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 13731 // Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 13732 // 13733 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 13734 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized 13735 // for the specified DB security group. 13736 // 13737 // Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on 13738 // your behalf. 13739 // 13740 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 13741 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 13742 // 13743 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 13744 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 13745 // 13746 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 13747 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 13748 // 13749 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 13750 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 13751 // 13752 // * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 13753 // 13754 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 13755 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 13756 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) 13757 return out, req.Send() 13758 } 13759 13760 // RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot with the addition of 13761 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 13762 // 13763 // See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 13764 // 13765 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 13766 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 13767 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 13768 // for more information on using Contexts. 13769 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 13770 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) 13771 req.SetContext(ctx) 13772 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 13773 return out, req.Send() 13774 } 13775 13776 const opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3" 13777 13778 // RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 13779 // client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 operation. The "output" return 13780 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 13781 // successfully. 13782 // 13783 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 13784 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 13785 // 13786 // See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 13787 // API call, and error handling. 13788 // 13789 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 13790 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 13791 // 13792 // 13793 // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request method. 13794 // req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(params) 13795 // 13796 // err := req.Send() 13797 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 13798 // fmt.Println(resp) 13799 // } 13800 // 13801 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 13802 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) { 13803 op := &request.Operation{ 13804 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3, 13805 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13806 HTTPPath: "/", 13807 } 13808 13809 if input == nil { 13810 input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input{} 13811 } 13812 13813 output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output{} 13814 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13815 return 13816 } 13817 13818 // RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13819 // 13820 // Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL 13821 // databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises 13822 // database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then 13823 // restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL. 13824 // For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance 13825 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html) 13826 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 13827 // 13828 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13829 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13830 // the error. 13831 // 13832 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13833 // API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for usage and error information. 13834 // 13835 // Returned Error Codes: 13836 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 13837 // The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 13838 // 13839 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 13840 // The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 13841 // Zone. 13842 // 13843 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 13844 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 13845 // 13846 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 13847 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 13848 // 13849 // * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 13850 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 13851 // 13852 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 13853 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 13854 // available across all DB instances. 13855 // 13856 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 13857 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 13858 // 13859 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 13860 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 13861 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 13862 // 13863 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 13864 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 13865 // are not all in a common VPC. 13866 // 13867 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 13868 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 13869 // because of users' change. 13870 // 13871 // * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault" 13872 // The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized 13873 // to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and 13874 // S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. 13875 // 13876 // * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 13877 // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 13878 // 13879 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 13880 // The specified option group could not be found. 13881 // 13882 // * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 13883 // Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 13884 // 13885 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 13886 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized 13887 // for the specified DB security group. 13888 // 13889 // Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on 13890 // your behalf. 13891 // 13892 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 13893 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 13894 // 13895 // * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 13896 // 13897 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 13898 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) { 13899 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input) 13900 return out, req.Send() 13901 } 13902 13903 // RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 with the addition of 13904 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 13905 // 13906 // See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation. 13907 // 13908 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 13909 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 13910 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 13911 // for more information on using Contexts. 13912 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) { 13913 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input) 13914 req.SetContext(ctx) 13915 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 13916 return out, req.Send() 13917 } 13918 13919 const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" 13920 13921 // RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 13922 // client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 13923 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 13924 // successfully. 13925 // 13926 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 13927 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 13928 // 13929 // See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 13930 // API call, and error handling. 13931 // 13932 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 13933 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 13934 // 13935 // 13936 // // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method. 13937 // req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params) 13938 // 13939 // err := req.Send() 13940 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 13941 // fmt.Println(resp) 13942 // } 13943 // 13944 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 13945 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) { 13946 op := &request.Operation{ 13947 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, 13948 HTTPMethod: "POST", 13949 HTTPPath: "/", 13950 } 13951 13952 if input == nil { 13953 input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{} 13954 } 13955 13956 output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{} 13957 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 13958 return 13959 } 13960 13961 // RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 13962 // 13963 // Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to 13964 // any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime 13965 // property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by 13966 // the BackupRetentionPeriod property. 13967 // 13968 // The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but 13969 // in a system-selected Availability Zone, with the default security group, 13970 // the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, 13971 // the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the 13972 // instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated 13973 // with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment 13974 // and not a single-AZ deployment. 13975 // 13976 // This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, 13977 // use RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime. 13978 // 13979 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 13980 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 13981 // the error. 13982 // 13983 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 13984 // API operation RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information. 13985 // 13986 // Returned Error Codes: 13987 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 13988 // The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 13989 // 13990 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 13991 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 13992 // 13993 // * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 13994 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 13995 // 13996 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 13997 // The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 13998 // Zone. 13999 // 14000 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14001 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14002 // 14003 // * ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled" 14004 // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod 14005 // equal to 0. 14006 // 14007 // * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 14008 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage 14009 // available across all DB instances. 14010 // 14011 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 14012 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 14013 // because of users' change. 14014 // 14015 // * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 14016 // Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. 14017 // 14018 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 14019 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 14020 // 14021 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 14022 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 14023 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 14024 // 14025 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 14026 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 14027 // are not all in a common VPC. 14028 // 14029 // * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 14030 // Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 14031 // 14032 // * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 14033 // The specified option group could not be found. 14034 // 14035 // * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 14036 // Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 14037 // 14038 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 14039 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized 14040 // for the specified DB security group. 14041 // 14042 // Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on 14043 // your behalf. 14044 // 14045 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 14046 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 14047 // 14048 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 14049 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 14050 // 14051 // * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 14052 // Domain doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. 14053 // 14054 // * ErrCodeBackupPolicyNotFoundFault "BackupPolicyNotFoundFault" 14055 // 14056 // * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 14057 // DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. 14058 // 14059 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFoundFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupNotFound" 14060 // No automated backup for this DB instance was found. 14061 // 14062 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 14063 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 14064 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) 14065 return out, req.Send() 14066 } 14067 14068 // RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime with the addition of 14069 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14070 // 14071 // See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 14072 // 14073 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14074 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14075 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14076 // for more information on using Contexts. 14077 func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 14078 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) 14079 req.SetContext(ctx) 14080 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14081 return out, req.Send() 14082 } 14083 14084 const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" 14085 14086 // RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14087 // client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return 14088 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14089 // successfully. 14090 // 14091 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14092 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14093 // 14094 // See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 14095 // API call, and error handling. 14096 // 14097 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14098 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14099 // 14100 // 14101 // // Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. 14102 // req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) 14103 // 14104 // err := req.Send() 14105 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14106 // fmt.Println(resp) 14107 // } 14108 // 14109 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 14110 func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { 14111 op := &request.Operation{ 14112 Name: opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress, 14113 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14114 HTTPPath: "/", 14115 } 14116 14117 if input == nil { 14118 input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} 14119 } 14120 14121 output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} 14122 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14123 return 14124 } 14125 14126 // RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14127 // 14128 // Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges 14129 // or EC2 or VPC security groups. Required parameters for this API are one of 14130 // CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 14131 // EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). 14132 // 14133 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14134 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14135 // the error. 14136 // 14137 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14138 // API operation RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. 14139 // 14140 // Returned Error Codes: 14141 // * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 14142 // DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. 14143 // 14144 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 14145 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized 14146 // for the specified DB security group. 14147 // 14148 // Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on 14149 // your behalf. 14150 // 14151 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 14152 // The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. 14153 // 14154 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 14155 func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 14156 req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 14157 return out, req.Send() 14158 } 14159 14160 // RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of 14161 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14162 // 14163 // See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation. 14164 // 14165 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14166 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14167 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14168 // for more information on using Contexts. 14169 func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 14170 req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 14171 req.SetContext(ctx) 14172 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14173 return out, req.Send() 14174 } 14175 14176 const opStartActivityStream = "StartActivityStream" 14177 14178 // StartActivityStreamRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14179 // client's request for the StartActivityStream operation. The "output" return 14180 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14181 // successfully. 14182 // 14183 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14184 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14185 // 14186 // See StartActivityStream for more information on using the StartActivityStream 14187 // API call, and error handling. 14188 // 14189 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14190 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14191 // 14192 // 14193 // // Example sending a request using the StartActivityStreamRequest method. 14194 // req, resp := client.StartActivityStreamRequest(params) 14195 // 14196 // err := req.Send() 14197 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14198 // fmt.Println(resp) 14199 // } 14200 // 14201 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartActivityStream 14202 func (c *RDS) StartActivityStreamRequest(input *StartActivityStreamInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartActivityStreamOutput) { 14203 op := &request.Operation{ 14204 Name: opStartActivityStream, 14205 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14206 HTTPPath: "/", 14207 } 14208 14209 if input == nil { 14210 input = &StartActivityStreamInput{} 14211 } 14212 14213 output = &StartActivityStreamOutput{} 14214 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14215 return 14216 } 14217 14218 // StartActivityStream API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14219 // 14220 // Starts a database activity stream to monitor activity on the database. For 14221 // more information, see Database Activity Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html) 14222 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 14223 // 14224 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14225 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14226 // the error. 14227 // 14228 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14229 // API operation StartActivityStream for usage and error information. 14230 // 14231 // Returned Error Codes: 14232 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14233 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14234 // 14235 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 14236 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 14237 // 14238 // * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 14239 // The specified resource ID was not found. 14240 // 14241 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 14242 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 14243 // 14244 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 14245 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 14246 // 14247 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 14248 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 14249 // 14250 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartActivityStream 14251 func (c *RDS) StartActivityStream(input *StartActivityStreamInput) (*StartActivityStreamOutput, error) { 14252 req, out := c.StartActivityStreamRequest(input) 14253 return out, req.Send() 14254 } 14255 14256 // StartActivityStreamWithContext is the same as StartActivityStream with the addition of 14257 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14258 // 14259 // See StartActivityStream for details on how to use this API operation. 14260 // 14261 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14262 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14263 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14264 // for more information on using Contexts. 14265 func (c *RDS) StartActivityStreamWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartActivityStreamInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartActivityStreamOutput, error) { 14266 req, out := c.StartActivityStreamRequest(input) 14267 req.SetContext(ctx) 14268 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14269 return out, req.Send() 14270 } 14271 14272 const opStartDBCluster = "StartDBCluster" 14273 14274 // StartDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14275 // client's request for the StartDBCluster operation. The "output" return 14276 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14277 // successfully. 14278 // 14279 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14280 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14281 // 14282 // See StartDBCluster for more information on using the StartDBCluster 14283 // API call, and error handling. 14284 // 14285 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14286 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14287 // 14288 // 14289 // // Example sending a request using the StartDBClusterRequest method. 14290 // req, resp := client.StartDBClusterRequest(params) 14291 // 14292 // err := req.Send() 14293 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14294 // fmt.Println(resp) 14295 // } 14296 // 14297 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster 14298 func (c *RDS) StartDBClusterRequest(input *StartDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBClusterOutput) { 14299 op := &request.Operation{ 14300 Name: opStartDBCluster, 14301 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14302 HTTPPath: "/", 14303 } 14304 14305 if input == nil { 14306 input = &StartDBClusterInput{} 14307 } 14308 14309 output = &StartDBClusterOutput{} 14310 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14311 return 14312 } 14313 14314 // StartDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14315 // 14316 // Starts an Amazon Aurora DB cluster that was stopped using the Amazon Web 14317 // Services console, the stop-db-cluster CLI command, or the StopDBCluster action. 14318 // 14319 // For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html) 14320 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 14321 // 14322 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 14323 // 14324 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14325 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14326 // the error. 14327 // 14328 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14329 // API operation StartDBCluster for usage and error information. 14330 // 14331 // Returned Error Codes: 14332 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 14333 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 14334 // 14335 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 14336 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 14337 // 14338 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14339 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14340 // 14341 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster 14342 func (c *RDS) StartDBCluster(input *StartDBClusterInput) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) { 14343 req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input) 14344 return out, req.Send() 14345 } 14346 14347 // StartDBClusterWithContext is the same as StartDBCluster with the addition of 14348 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14349 // 14350 // See StartDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 14351 // 14352 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14353 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14354 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14355 // for more information on using Contexts. 14356 func (c *RDS) StartDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) { 14357 req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input) 14358 req.SetContext(ctx) 14359 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14360 return out, req.Send() 14361 } 14362 14363 const opStartDBInstance = "StartDBInstance" 14364 14365 // StartDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14366 // client's request for the StartDBInstance operation. The "output" return 14367 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14368 // successfully. 14369 // 14370 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14371 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14372 // 14373 // See StartDBInstance for more information on using the StartDBInstance 14374 // API call, and error handling. 14375 // 14376 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14377 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14378 // 14379 // 14380 // // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceRequest method. 14381 // req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceRequest(params) 14382 // 14383 // err := req.Send() 14384 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14385 // fmt.Println(resp) 14386 // } 14387 // 14388 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance 14389 func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceRequest(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceOutput) { 14390 op := &request.Operation{ 14391 Name: opStartDBInstance, 14392 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14393 HTTPPath: "/", 14394 } 14395 14396 if input == nil { 14397 input = &StartDBInstanceInput{} 14398 } 14399 14400 output = &StartDBInstanceOutput{} 14401 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14402 return 14403 } 14404 14405 // StartDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14406 // 14407 // Starts an Amazon RDS DB instance that was stopped using the Amazon Web Services 14408 // console, the stop-db-instance CLI command, or the StopDBInstance action. 14409 // 14410 // For more information, see Starting an Amazon RDS DB instance That Was Previously 14411 // Stopped (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StartInstance.html) 14412 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 14413 // 14414 // This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora 14415 // DB clusters, use StartDBCluster instead. 14416 // 14417 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14418 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14419 // the error. 14420 // 14421 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14422 // API operation StartDBInstance for usage and error information. 14423 // 14424 // Returned Error Codes: 14425 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 14426 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 14427 // 14428 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14429 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14430 // 14431 // * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 14432 // The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability 14433 // Zone. 14434 // 14435 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 14436 // DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. 14437 // 14438 // * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 14439 // Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 14440 // unless there is only one Availability Zone. 14441 // 14442 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 14443 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 14444 // 14445 // * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 14446 // The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 14447 // are not all in a common VPC. 14448 // 14449 // * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 14450 // The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created 14451 // because of users' change. 14452 // 14453 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 14454 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 14455 // 14456 // * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 14457 // The specified CIDR IP range or Amazon EC2 security group might not be authorized 14458 // for the specified DB security group. 14459 // 14460 // Or, RDS might not be authorized to perform necessary actions using IAM on 14461 // your behalf. 14462 // 14463 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 14464 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 14465 // 14466 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance 14467 func (c *RDS) StartDBInstance(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) { 14468 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input) 14469 return out, req.Send() 14470 } 14471 14472 // StartDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StartDBInstance with the addition of 14473 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14474 // 14475 // See StartDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 14476 // 14477 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14478 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14479 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14480 // for more information on using Contexts. 14481 func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) { 14482 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input) 14483 req.SetContext(ctx) 14484 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14485 return out, req.Send() 14486 } 14487 14488 const opStartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" 14489 14490 // StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14491 // client's request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication operation. The "output" return 14492 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14493 // successfully. 14494 // 14495 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14496 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14497 // 14498 // See StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for more information on using the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 14499 // API call, and error handling. 14500 // 14501 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14502 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14503 // 14504 // 14505 // // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest method. 14506 // req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(params) 14507 // 14508 // err := req.Send() 14509 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14510 // fmt.Println(resp) 14511 // } 14512 // 14513 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 14514 func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) { 14515 op := &request.Operation{ 14516 Name: opStartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication, 14517 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14518 HTTPPath: "/", 14519 } 14520 14521 if input == nil { 14522 input = &StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput{} 14523 } 14524 14525 output = &StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput{} 14526 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14527 return 14528 } 14529 14530 // StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14531 // 14532 // Enables replication of automated backups to a different Amazon Web Services 14533 // Region. 14534 // 14535 // For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another Amazon 14536 // Web Services Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReplicateBackups.html) 14537 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 14538 // 14539 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14540 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14541 // the error. 14542 // 14543 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14544 // API operation StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for usage and error information. 14545 // 14546 // Returned Error Codes: 14547 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 14548 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 14549 // 14550 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14551 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14552 // 14553 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 14554 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 14555 // 14556 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceeded" 14557 // The quota for retained automated backups was exceeded. This prevents you 14558 // from retaining any additional automated backups. The retained automated backups 14559 // quota is the same as your DB Instance quota. 14560 // 14561 // * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 14562 // Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. 14563 // 14564 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 14565 func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { 14566 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) 14567 return out, req.Send() 14568 } 14569 14570 // StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext is the same as StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication with the addition of 14571 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14572 // 14573 // See StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for details on how to use this API operation. 14574 // 14575 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14576 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14577 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14578 // for more information on using Contexts. 14579 func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { 14580 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) 14581 req.SetContext(ctx) 14582 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14583 return out, req.Send() 14584 } 14585 14586 const opStartExportTask = "StartExportTask" 14587 14588 // StartExportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14589 // client's request for the StartExportTask operation. The "output" return 14590 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14591 // successfully. 14592 // 14593 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14594 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14595 // 14596 // See StartExportTask for more information on using the StartExportTask 14597 // API call, and error handling. 14598 // 14599 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14600 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14601 // 14602 // 14603 // // Example sending a request using the StartExportTaskRequest method. 14604 // req, resp := client.StartExportTaskRequest(params) 14605 // 14606 // err := req.Send() 14607 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14608 // fmt.Println(resp) 14609 // } 14610 // 14611 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartExportTask 14612 func (c *RDS) StartExportTaskRequest(input *StartExportTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartExportTaskOutput) { 14613 op := &request.Operation{ 14614 Name: opStartExportTask, 14615 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14616 HTTPPath: "/", 14617 } 14618 14619 if input == nil { 14620 input = &StartExportTaskInput{} 14621 } 14622 14623 output = &StartExportTaskOutput{} 14624 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14625 return 14626 } 14627 14628 // StartExportTask API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14629 // 14630 // Starts an export of a snapshot to Amazon S3. The provided IAM role must have 14631 // access to the S3 bucket. 14632 // 14633 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14634 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14635 // the error. 14636 // 14637 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14638 // API operation StartExportTask for usage and error information. 14639 // 14640 // Returned Error Codes: 14641 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 14642 // DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. 14643 // 14644 // * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 14645 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 14646 // 14647 // * ErrCodeExportTaskAlreadyExistsFault "ExportTaskAlreadyExists" 14648 // You can't start an export task that's already running. 14649 // 14650 // * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault" 14651 // The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized 14652 // to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName and 14653 // S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. 14654 // 14655 // * ErrCodeIamRoleNotFoundFault "IamRoleNotFound" 14656 // The IAM role is missing for exporting to an Amazon S3 bucket. 14657 // 14658 // * ErrCodeIamRoleMissingPermissionsFault "IamRoleMissingPermissions" 14659 // The IAM role requires additional permissions to export to an Amazon S3 bucket. 14660 // 14661 // * ErrCodeInvalidExportOnlyFault "InvalidExportOnly" 14662 // The export is invalid for exporting to an Amazon S3 bucket. 14663 // 14664 // * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 14665 // An error occurred accessing an Amazon Web Services KMS key. 14666 // 14667 // * ErrCodeInvalidExportSourceStateFault "InvalidExportSourceState" 14668 // The state of the export snapshot is invalid for exporting to an Amazon S3 14669 // bucket. 14670 // 14671 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartExportTask 14672 func (c *RDS) StartExportTask(input *StartExportTaskInput) (*StartExportTaskOutput, error) { 14673 req, out := c.StartExportTaskRequest(input) 14674 return out, req.Send() 14675 } 14676 14677 // StartExportTaskWithContext is the same as StartExportTask with the addition of 14678 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14679 // 14680 // See StartExportTask for details on how to use this API operation. 14681 // 14682 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14683 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14684 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14685 // for more information on using Contexts. 14686 func (c *RDS) StartExportTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartExportTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartExportTaskOutput, error) { 14687 req, out := c.StartExportTaskRequest(input) 14688 req.SetContext(ctx) 14689 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14690 return out, req.Send() 14691 } 14692 14693 const opStopActivityStream = "StopActivityStream" 14694 14695 // StopActivityStreamRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14696 // client's request for the StopActivityStream operation. The "output" return 14697 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14698 // successfully. 14699 // 14700 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14701 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14702 // 14703 // See StopActivityStream for more information on using the StopActivityStream 14704 // API call, and error handling. 14705 // 14706 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14707 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14708 // 14709 // 14710 // // Example sending a request using the StopActivityStreamRequest method. 14711 // req, resp := client.StopActivityStreamRequest(params) 14712 // 14713 // err := req.Send() 14714 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14715 // fmt.Println(resp) 14716 // } 14717 // 14718 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopActivityStream 14719 func (c *RDS) StopActivityStreamRequest(input *StopActivityStreamInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopActivityStreamOutput) { 14720 op := &request.Operation{ 14721 Name: opStopActivityStream, 14722 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14723 HTTPPath: "/", 14724 } 14725 14726 if input == nil { 14727 input = &StopActivityStreamInput{} 14728 } 14729 14730 output = &StopActivityStreamOutput{} 14731 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14732 return 14733 } 14734 14735 // StopActivityStream API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14736 // 14737 // Stops a database activity stream that was started using the Amazon Web Services 14738 // console, the start-activity-stream CLI command, or the StartActivityStream 14739 // action. 14740 // 14741 // For more information, see Database Activity Streams (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/DBActivityStreams.html) 14742 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 14743 // 14744 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14745 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14746 // the error. 14747 // 14748 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14749 // API operation StopActivityStream for usage and error information. 14750 // 14751 // Returned Error Codes: 14752 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14753 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14754 // 14755 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 14756 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 14757 // 14758 // * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 14759 // The specified resource ID was not found. 14760 // 14761 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 14762 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 14763 // 14764 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 14765 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 14766 // 14767 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopActivityStream 14768 func (c *RDS) StopActivityStream(input *StopActivityStreamInput) (*StopActivityStreamOutput, error) { 14769 req, out := c.StopActivityStreamRequest(input) 14770 return out, req.Send() 14771 } 14772 14773 // StopActivityStreamWithContext is the same as StopActivityStream with the addition of 14774 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14775 // 14776 // See StopActivityStream for details on how to use this API operation. 14777 // 14778 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14779 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14780 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14781 // for more information on using Contexts. 14782 func (c *RDS) StopActivityStreamWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopActivityStreamInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopActivityStreamOutput, error) { 14783 req, out := c.StopActivityStreamRequest(input) 14784 req.SetContext(ctx) 14785 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14786 return out, req.Send() 14787 } 14788 14789 const opStopDBCluster = "StopDBCluster" 14790 14791 // StopDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14792 // client's request for the StopDBCluster operation. The "output" return 14793 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14794 // successfully. 14795 // 14796 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14797 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14798 // 14799 // See StopDBCluster for more information on using the StopDBCluster 14800 // API call, and error handling. 14801 // 14802 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14803 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14804 // 14805 // 14806 // // Example sending a request using the StopDBClusterRequest method. 14807 // req, resp := client.StopDBClusterRequest(params) 14808 // 14809 // err := req.Send() 14810 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14811 // fmt.Println(resp) 14812 // } 14813 // 14814 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster 14815 func (c *RDS) StopDBClusterRequest(input *StopDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBClusterOutput) { 14816 op := &request.Operation{ 14817 Name: opStopDBCluster, 14818 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14819 HTTPPath: "/", 14820 } 14821 14822 if input == nil { 14823 input = &StopDBClusterInput{} 14824 } 14825 14826 output = &StopDBClusterOutput{} 14827 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14828 return 14829 } 14830 14831 // StopDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14832 // 14833 // Stops an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Aurora retains 14834 // the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups. 14835 // Aurora also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore 14836 // if necessary. 14837 // 14838 // For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-cluster-stop-start.html) 14839 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 14840 // 14841 // This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. 14842 // 14843 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14844 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14845 // the error. 14846 // 14847 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14848 // API operation StopDBCluster for usage and error information. 14849 // 14850 // Returned Error Codes: 14851 // * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 14852 // DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. 14853 // 14854 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 14855 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 14856 // 14857 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14858 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14859 // 14860 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster 14861 func (c *RDS) StopDBCluster(input *StopDBClusterInput) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) { 14862 req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input) 14863 return out, req.Send() 14864 } 14865 14866 // StopDBClusterWithContext is the same as StopDBCluster with the addition of 14867 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14868 // 14869 // See StopDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 14870 // 14871 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14872 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14873 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14874 // for more information on using Contexts. 14875 func (c *RDS) StopDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) { 14876 req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input) 14877 req.SetContext(ctx) 14878 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14879 return out, req.Send() 14880 } 14881 14882 const opStopDBInstance = "StopDBInstance" 14883 14884 // StopDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14885 // client's request for the StopDBInstance operation. The "output" return 14886 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14887 // successfully. 14888 // 14889 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14890 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14891 // 14892 // See StopDBInstance for more information on using the StopDBInstance 14893 // API call, and error handling. 14894 // 14895 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14896 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14897 // 14898 // 14899 // // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceRequest method. 14900 // req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceRequest(params) 14901 // 14902 // err := req.Send() 14903 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 14904 // fmt.Println(resp) 14905 // } 14906 // 14907 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance 14908 func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceRequest(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceOutput) { 14909 op := &request.Operation{ 14910 Name: opStopDBInstance, 14911 HTTPMethod: "POST", 14912 HTTPPath: "/", 14913 } 14914 14915 if input == nil { 14916 input = &StopDBInstanceInput{} 14917 } 14918 14919 output = &StopDBInstanceOutput{} 14920 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 14921 return 14922 } 14923 14924 // StopDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 14925 // 14926 // Stops an Amazon RDS DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS 14927 // retains the DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter 14928 // group, and option group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction 14929 // logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary. 14930 // 14931 // For more information, see Stopping an Amazon RDS DB Instance Temporarily 14932 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_StopInstance.html) 14933 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 14934 // 14935 // This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora 14936 // clusters, use StopDBCluster instead. 14937 // 14938 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 14939 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 14940 // the error. 14941 // 14942 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 14943 // API operation StopDBInstance for usage and error information. 14944 // 14945 // Returned Error Codes: 14946 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 14947 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 14948 // 14949 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 14950 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 14951 // 14952 // * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 14953 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 14954 // 14955 // * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 14956 // The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 14957 // 14958 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 14959 // The requested operation can't be performed while the cluster is in this state. 14960 // 14961 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance 14962 func (c *RDS) StopDBInstance(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) { 14963 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input) 14964 return out, req.Send() 14965 } 14966 14967 // StopDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StopDBInstance with the addition of 14968 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 14969 // 14970 // See StopDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 14971 // 14972 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 14973 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 14974 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 14975 // for more information on using Contexts. 14976 func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) { 14977 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input) 14978 req.SetContext(ctx) 14979 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 14980 return out, req.Send() 14981 } 14982 14983 const opStopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" 14984 14985 // StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 14986 // client's request for the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication operation. The "output" return 14987 // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 14988 // successfully. 14989 // 14990 // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 14991 // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 14992 // 14993 // See StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for more information on using the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 14994 // API call, and error handling. 14995 // 14996 // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 14997 // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 14998 // 14999 // 15000 // // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest method. 15001 // req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(params) 15002 // 15003 // err := req.Send() 15004 // if err == nil { // resp is now filled 15005 // fmt.Println(resp) 15006 // } 15007 // 15008 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 15009 func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) { 15010 op := &request.Operation{ 15011 Name: opStopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication, 15012 HTTPMethod: "POST", 15013 HTTPPath: "/", 15014 } 15015 15016 if input == nil { 15017 input = &StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput{} 15018 } 15019 15020 output = &StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput{} 15021 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 15022 return 15023 } 15024 15025 // StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 15026 // 15027 // Stops automated backup replication for a DB instance. 15028 // 15029 // For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another Amazon 15030 // Web Services Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReplicateBackups.html) 15031 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 15032 // 15033 // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 15034 // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 15035 // the error. 15036 // 15037 // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 15038 // API operation StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for usage and error information. 15039 // 15040 // Returned Error Codes: 15041 // * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 15042 // DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. 15043 // 15044 // * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 15045 // The DB instance isn't in a valid state. 15046 // 15047 // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 15048 func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { 15049 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) 15050 return out, req.Send() 15051 } 15052 15053 // StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext is the same as StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication with the addition of 15054 // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 15055 // 15056 // See StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for details on how to use this API operation. 15057 // 15058 // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 15059 // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 15060 // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 15061 // for more information on using Contexts. 15062 func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { 15063 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) 15064 req.SetContext(ctx) 15065 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 15066 return out, req.Send() 15067 } 15068 15069 // Describes a quota for an Amazon Web Services account. 15070 // 15071 // The following are account quotas: 15072 // 15073 // * AllocatedStorage - The total allocated storage per account, in GiB. 15074 // The used value is the total allocated storage in the account, in GiB. 15075 // 15076 // * AuthorizationsPerDBSecurityGroup - The number of ingress rules per DB 15077 // security group. The used value is the highest number of ingress rules 15078 // in a DB security group in the account. Other DB security groups in the 15079 // account might have a lower number of ingress rules. 15080 // 15081 // * CustomEndpointsPerDBCluster - The number of custom endpoints per DB 15082 // cluster. The used value is the highest number of custom endpoints in a 15083 // DB clusters in the account. Other DB clusters in the account might have 15084 // a lower number of custom endpoints. 15085 // 15086 // * DBClusterParameterGroups - The number of DB cluster parameter groups 15087 // per account, excluding default parameter groups. The used value is the 15088 // count of nondefault DB cluster parameter groups in the account. 15089 // 15090 // * DBClusterRoles - The number of associated Amazon Web Services Identity 15091 // and Access Management (IAM) roles per DB cluster. The used value is the 15092 // highest number of associated IAM roles for a DB cluster in the account. 15093 // Other DB clusters in the account might have a lower number of associated 15094 // IAM roles. 15095 // 15096 // * DBClusters - The number of DB clusters per account. The used value is 15097 // the count of DB clusters in the account. 15098 // 15099 // * DBInstanceRoles - The number of associated IAM roles per DB instance. 15100 // The used value is the highest number of associated IAM roles for a DB 15101 // instance in the account. Other DB instances in the account might have 15102 // a lower number of associated IAM roles. 15103 // 15104 // * DBInstances - The number of DB instances per account. The used value 15105 // is the count of the DB instances in the account. Amazon RDS DB instances, 15106 // Amazon Aurora DB instances, Amazon Neptune instances, and Amazon DocumentDB 15107 // instances apply to this quota. 15108 // 15109 // * DBParameterGroups - The number of DB parameter groups per account, excluding 15110 // default parameter groups. The used value is the count of nondefault DB 15111 // parameter groups in the account. 15112 // 15113 // * DBSecurityGroups - The number of DB security groups (not VPC security 15114 // groups) per account, excluding the default security group. The used value 15115 // is the count of nondefault DB security groups in the account. 15116 // 15117 // * DBSubnetGroups - The number of DB subnet groups per account. The used 15118 // value is the count of the DB subnet groups in the account. 15119 // 15120 // * EventSubscriptions - The number of event subscriptions per account. 15121 // The used value is the count of the event subscriptions in the account. 15122 // 15123 // * ManualClusterSnapshots - The number of manual DB cluster snapshots per 15124 // account. The used value is the count of the manual DB cluster snapshots 15125 // in the account. 15126 // 15127 // * ManualSnapshots - The number of manual DB instance snapshots per account. 15128 // The used value is the count of the manual DB instance snapshots in the 15129 // account. 15130 // 15131 // * OptionGroups - The number of DB option groups per account, excluding 15132 // default option groups. The used value is the count of nondefault DB option 15133 // groups in the account. 15134 // 15135 // * ReadReplicasPerMaster - The number of read replicas per DB instance. 15136 // The used value is the highest number of read replicas for a DB instance 15137 // in the account. Other DB instances in the account might have a lower number 15138 // of read replicas. 15139 // 15140 // * ReservedDBInstances - The number of reserved DB instances per account. 15141 // The used value is the count of the active reserved DB instances in the 15142 // account. 15143 // 15144 // * SubnetsPerDBSubnetGroup - The number of subnets per DB subnet group. 15145 // The used value is highest number of subnets for a DB subnet group in the 15146 // account. Other DB subnet groups in the account might have a lower number 15147 // of subnets. 15148 // 15149 // For more information, see Quotas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html) 15150 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Quotas for Amazon Aurora (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/CHAP_Limits.html) 15151 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 15152 type AccountQuota struct { 15153 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15154 15155 // The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this Amazon Web Services account. 15156 AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"` 15157 15158 // The maximum allowed value for the quota. 15159 Max *int64 `type:"long"` 15160 15161 // The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. 15162 Used *int64 `type:"long"` 15163 } 15164 15165 // String returns the string representation. 15166 // 15167 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15168 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15169 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15170 func (s AccountQuota) String() string { 15171 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15172 } 15173 15174 // GoString returns the string representation. 15175 // 15176 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15177 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15178 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15179 func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string { 15180 return s.String() 15181 } 15182 15183 // SetAccountQuotaName sets the AccountQuotaName field's value. 15184 func (s *AccountQuota) SetAccountQuotaName(v string) *AccountQuota { 15185 s.AccountQuotaName = &v 15186 return s 15187 } 15188 15189 // SetMax sets the Max field's value. 15190 func (s *AccountQuota) SetMax(v int64) *AccountQuota { 15191 s.Max = &v 15192 return s 15193 } 15194 15195 // SetUsed sets the Used field's value. 15196 func (s *AccountQuota) SetUsed(v int64) *AccountQuota { 15197 s.Used = &v 15198 return s 15199 } 15200 15201 type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct { 15202 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15203 15204 // The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with. 15205 // 15206 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 15207 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15208 15209 // The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be associated 15210 // with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. 15211 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 15212 15213 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora 15214 // DB cluster, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. 15215 // 15216 // RoleArn is a required field 15217 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15218 } 15219 15220 // String returns the string representation. 15221 // 15222 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15223 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15224 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15225 func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string { 15226 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15227 } 15228 15229 // GoString returns the string representation. 15230 // 15231 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15232 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15233 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15234 func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 15235 return s.String() 15236 } 15237 15238 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15239 func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 15240 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"} 15241 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 15242 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 15243 } 15244 if s.RoleArn == nil { 15245 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 15246 } 15247 15248 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15249 return invalidParams 15250 } 15251 return nil 15252 } 15253 15254 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 15255 func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 15256 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 15257 return s 15258 } 15259 15260 // SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 15261 func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 15262 s.FeatureName = &v 15263 return s 15264 } 15265 15266 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 15267 func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 15268 s.RoleArn = &v 15269 return s 15270 } 15271 15272 type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct { 15273 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15274 } 15275 15276 // String returns the string representation. 15277 // 15278 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15279 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15280 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15281 func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string { 15282 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15283 } 15284 15285 // GoString returns the string representation. 15286 // 15287 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15288 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15289 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15290 func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 15291 return s.String() 15292 } 15293 15294 type AddRoleToDBInstanceInput struct { 15295 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15296 15297 // The name of the DB instance to associate the IAM role with. 15298 // 15299 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 15300 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15301 15302 // The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be associated 15303 // with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. 15304 // 15305 // FeatureName is a required field 15306 FeatureName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15307 15308 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the DB instance, 15309 // for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole. 15310 // 15311 // RoleArn is a required field 15312 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15313 } 15314 15315 // String returns the string representation. 15316 // 15317 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15318 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15319 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15320 func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) String() string { 15321 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15322 } 15323 15324 // GoString returns the string representation. 15325 // 15326 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15327 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15328 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15329 func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 15330 return s.String() 15331 } 15332 15333 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15334 func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 15335 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBInstanceInput"} 15336 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 15337 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 15338 } 15339 if s.FeatureName == nil { 15340 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FeatureName")) 15341 } 15342 if s.RoleArn == nil { 15343 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 15344 } 15345 15346 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15347 return invalidParams 15348 } 15349 return nil 15350 } 15351 15352 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15353 func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput { 15354 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15355 return s 15356 } 15357 15358 // SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 15359 func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput { 15360 s.FeatureName = &v 15361 return s 15362 } 15363 15364 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 15365 func (s *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBInstanceInput { 15366 s.RoleArn = &v 15367 return s 15368 } 15369 15370 type AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput struct { 15371 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15372 } 15373 15374 // String returns the string representation. 15375 // 15376 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15377 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15378 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15379 func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 15380 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15381 } 15382 15383 // GoString returns the string representation. 15384 // 15385 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15386 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15387 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15388 func (s AddRoleToDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 15389 return s.String() 15390 } 15391 15392 type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct { 15393 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15394 15395 // The identifier of the event source to be added. 15396 // 15397 // Constraints: 15398 // 15399 // * If the source type is a DB instance, a DBInstanceIdentifier value must 15400 // be supplied. 15401 // 15402 // * If the source type is a DB cluster, a DBClusterIdentifier value must 15403 // be supplied. 15404 // 15405 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName value 15406 // must be supplied. 15407 // 15408 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName value 15409 // must be supplied. 15410 // 15411 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier value must 15412 // be supplied. 15413 // 15414 // * If the source type is a DB cluster snapshot, a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 15415 // value must be supplied. 15416 // 15417 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 15418 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15419 15420 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source 15421 // identifier to. 15422 // 15423 // SubscriptionName is a required field 15424 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15425 } 15426 15427 // String returns the string representation. 15428 // 15429 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15430 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15431 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15432 func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string { 15433 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15434 } 15435 15436 // GoString returns the string representation. 15437 // 15438 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15439 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15440 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15441 func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 15442 return s.String() 15443 } 15444 15445 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15446 func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 15447 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"} 15448 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 15449 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 15450 } 15451 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 15452 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 15453 } 15454 15455 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15456 return invalidParams 15457 } 15458 return nil 15459 } 15460 15461 // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 15462 func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 15463 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 15464 return s 15465 } 15466 15467 // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 15468 func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 15469 s.SubscriptionName = &v 15470 return s 15471 } 15472 15473 type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct { 15474 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15475 15476 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 15477 // action. 15478 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 15479 } 15480 15481 // String returns the string representation. 15482 // 15483 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15484 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15485 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15486 func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 15487 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15488 } 15489 15490 // GoString returns the string representation. 15491 // 15492 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15493 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15494 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15495 func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 15496 return s.String() 15497 } 15498 15499 // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 15500 func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput { 15501 s.EventSubscription = v 15502 return s 15503 } 15504 15505 type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { 15506 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15507 15508 // The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon 15509 // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 15510 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 15511 // 15512 // ResourceName is a required field 15513 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15514 15515 // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. 15516 // 15517 // Tags is a required field 15518 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` 15519 } 15520 15521 // String returns the string representation. 15522 // 15523 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15524 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15525 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15526 func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { 15527 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15528 } 15529 15530 // GoString returns the string representation. 15531 // 15532 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15533 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15534 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15535 func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { 15536 return s.String() 15537 } 15538 15539 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15540 func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { 15541 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} 15542 if s.ResourceName == nil { 15543 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 15544 } 15545 if s.Tags == nil { 15546 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) 15547 } 15548 15549 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15550 return invalidParams 15551 } 15552 return nil 15553 } 15554 15555 // SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 15556 func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 15557 s.ResourceName = &v 15558 return s 15559 } 15560 15561 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 15562 func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 15563 s.Tags = v 15564 return s 15565 } 15566 15567 type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { 15568 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15569 } 15570 15571 // String returns the string representation. 15572 // 15573 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15574 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15575 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15576 func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { 15577 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15578 } 15579 15580 // GoString returns the string representation. 15581 // 15582 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15583 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15584 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15585 func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { 15586 return s.String() 15587 } 15588 15589 type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { 15590 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15591 15592 // The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. 15593 // 15594 // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, ca-certificate-rotation 15595 // 15596 // ApplyAction is a required field 15597 ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15598 15599 // A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. 15600 // An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone. 15601 // 15602 // Valid values: 15603 // 15604 // * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately. 15605 // 15606 // * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance 15607 // window for the resource. 15608 // 15609 // * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests. 15610 // 15611 // OptInType is a required field 15612 OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15613 15614 // The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance 15615 // action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 15616 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 15617 // 15618 // ResourceIdentifier is a required field 15619 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15620 } 15621 15622 // String returns the string representation. 15623 // 15624 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15625 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15626 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15627 func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string { 15628 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15629 } 15630 15631 // GoString returns the string representation. 15632 // 15633 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15634 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15635 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15636 func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string { 15637 return s.String() 15638 } 15639 15640 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15641 func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error { 15642 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"} 15643 if s.ApplyAction == nil { 15644 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction")) 15645 } 15646 if s.OptInType == nil { 15647 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType")) 15648 } 15649 if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil { 15650 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier")) 15651 } 15652 15653 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15654 return invalidParams 15655 } 15656 return nil 15657 } 15658 15659 // SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value. 15660 func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 15661 s.ApplyAction = &v 15662 return s 15663 } 15664 15665 // SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value. 15666 func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 15667 s.OptInType = &v 15668 return s 15669 } 15670 15671 // SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 15672 func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 15673 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 15674 return s 15675 } 15676 15677 type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct { 15678 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15679 15680 // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 15681 ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"` 15682 } 15683 15684 // String returns the string representation. 15685 // 15686 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15687 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15688 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15689 func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string { 15690 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15691 } 15692 15693 // GoString returns the string representation. 15694 // 15695 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15696 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15697 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15698 func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string { 15699 return s.String() 15700 } 15701 15702 // SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 15703 func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput { 15704 s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v 15705 return s 15706 } 15707 15708 type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { 15709 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15710 15711 // The IP range to authorize. 15712 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 15713 15714 // The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. 15715 // 15716 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 15717 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15718 15719 // Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId 15720 // must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 15721 // or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 15722 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 15723 15724 // Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, 15725 // EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and 15726 // either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 15727 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15728 15729 // Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the EC2 security group 15730 // specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web Services 15731 // access key ID isn't an acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId 15732 // must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 15733 // or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 15734 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 15735 } 15736 15737 // String returns the string representation. 15738 // 15739 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15740 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15741 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15742 func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { 15743 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15744 } 15745 15746 // GoString returns the string representation. 15747 // 15748 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15749 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15750 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15751 func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { 15752 return s.String() 15753 } 15754 15755 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15756 func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { 15757 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} 15758 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 15759 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 15760 } 15761 15762 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15763 return invalidParams 15764 } 15765 return nil 15766 } 15767 15768 // SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 15769 func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 15770 s.CIDRIP = &v 15771 return s 15772 } 15773 15774 // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 15775 func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 15776 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 15777 return s 15778 } 15779 15780 // SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 15781 func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 15782 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 15783 return s 15784 } 15785 15786 // SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 15787 func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 15788 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 15789 return s 15790 } 15791 15792 // SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 15793 func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 15794 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 15795 return s 15796 } 15797 15798 type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { 15799 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15800 15801 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 15802 // 15803 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 15804 // action. 15805 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 15806 } 15807 15808 // String returns the string representation. 15809 // 15810 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15811 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15812 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15813 func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { 15814 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15815 } 15816 15817 // GoString returns the string representation. 15818 // 15819 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15820 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15821 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15822 func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { 15823 return s.String() 15824 } 15825 15826 // SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 15827 func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { 15828 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 15829 return s 15830 } 15831 15832 // Contains Availability Zone information. 15833 // 15834 // This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption data 15835 // type. 15836 type AvailabilityZone struct { 15837 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15838 15839 // The name of the Availability Zone. 15840 Name *string `type:"string"` 15841 } 15842 15843 // String returns the string representation. 15844 // 15845 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15846 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15847 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15848 func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string { 15849 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15850 } 15851 15852 // GoString returns the string representation. 15853 // 15854 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15855 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15856 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15857 func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string { 15858 return s.String() 15859 } 15860 15861 // SetName sets the Name field's value. 15862 func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone { 15863 s.Name = &v 15864 return s 15865 } 15866 15867 // Contains the available processor feature information for the DB instance 15868 // class of a DB instance. 15869 // 15870 // For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class 15871 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) 15872 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 15873 type AvailableProcessorFeature struct { 15874 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15875 15876 // The allowed values for the processor feature of the DB instance class. 15877 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 15878 15879 // The default value for the processor feature of the DB instance class. 15880 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 15881 15882 // The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore. 15883 Name *string `type:"string"` 15884 } 15885 15886 // String returns the string representation. 15887 // 15888 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15889 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15890 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15891 func (s AvailableProcessorFeature) String() string { 15892 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15893 } 15894 15895 // GoString returns the string representation. 15896 // 15897 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15898 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15899 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15900 func (s AvailableProcessorFeature) GoString() string { 15901 return s.String() 15902 } 15903 15904 // SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 15905 func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetAllowedValues(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature { 15906 s.AllowedValues = &v 15907 return s 15908 } 15909 15910 // SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 15911 func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetDefaultValue(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature { 15912 s.DefaultValue = &v 15913 return s 15914 } 15915 15916 // SetName sets the Name field's value. 15917 func (s *AvailableProcessorFeature) SetName(v string) *AvailableProcessorFeature { 15918 s.Name = &v 15919 return s 15920 } 15921 15922 type BacktrackDBClusterInput struct { 15923 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15924 15925 // The timestamp of the time to backtrack the DB cluster to, specified in ISO 15926 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, see the ISO8601 Wikipedia 15927 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 15928 // 15929 // If the specified time isn't a consistent time for the DB cluster, Aurora 15930 // automatically chooses the nearest possible consistent time for the DB cluster. 15931 // 15932 // Constraints: 15933 // 15934 // * Must contain a valid ISO 8601 timestamp. 15935 // 15936 // * Can't contain a timestamp set in the future. 15937 // 15938 // Example: 2017-07-08T18:00Z 15939 // 15940 // BacktrackTo is a required field 15941 BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` 15942 15943 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be backtracked. This parameter 15944 // is stored as a lowercase string. 15945 // 15946 // Constraints: 15947 // 15948 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. 15949 // 15950 // * First character must be a letter. 15951 // 15952 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 15953 // 15954 // Example: my-cluster1 15955 // 15956 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 15957 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15958 15959 // A value that indicates whether to force the DB cluster to backtrack when 15960 // binary logging is enabled. Otherwise, an error occurs when binary logging 15961 // is enabled. 15962 Force *bool `type:"boolean"` 15963 15964 // A value that indicates whether to backtrack the DB cluster to the earliest 15965 // possible backtrack time when BacktrackTo is set to a timestamp earlier than 15966 // the earliest backtrack time. When this parameter is disabled and BacktrackTo 15967 // is set to a timestamp earlier than the earliest backtrack time, an error 15968 // occurs. 15969 UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable *bool `type:"boolean"` 15970 } 15971 15972 // String returns the string representation. 15973 // 15974 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15975 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15976 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15977 func (s BacktrackDBClusterInput) String() string { 15978 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15979 } 15980 15981 // GoString returns the string representation. 15982 // 15983 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 15984 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 15985 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 15986 func (s BacktrackDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 15987 return s.String() 15988 } 15989 15990 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15991 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 15992 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BacktrackDBClusterInput"} 15993 if s.BacktrackTo == nil { 15994 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BacktrackTo")) 15995 } 15996 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 15997 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 15998 } 15999 16000 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16001 return invalidParams 16002 } 16003 return nil 16004 } 16005 16006 // SetBacktrackTo sets the BacktrackTo field's value. 16007 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackTo(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 16008 s.BacktrackTo = &v 16009 return s 16010 } 16011 16012 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16013 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 16014 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16015 return s 16016 } 16017 16018 // SetForce sets the Force field's value. 16019 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetForce(v bool) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 16020 s.Force = &v 16021 return s 16022 } 16023 16024 // SetUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable sets the UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable field's value. 16025 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterInput) SetUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable(v bool) *BacktrackDBClusterInput { 16026 s.UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable = &v 16027 return s 16028 } 16029 16030 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 16031 // action. 16032 type BacktrackDBClusterOutput struct { 16033 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16034 16035 // Contains the backtrack identifier. 16036 BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16037 16038 // The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested. 16039 BacktrackRequestCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16040 16041 // The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked. 16042 BacktrackTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16043 16044 // The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked. 16045 BacktrackedFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16046 16047 // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique 16048 // key that identifies a DB cluster. 16049 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16050 16051 // The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following values: 16052 // 16053 // * applying - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled back 16054 // from the DB cluster. 16055 // 16056 // * completed - The backtrack has successfully been applied to or rolled 16057 // back from the DB cluster. 16058 // 16059 // * failed - An error occurred while the backtrack was applied to or rolled 16060 // back from the DB cluster. 16061 // 16062 // * pending - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback 16063 // from the DB cluster. 16064 Status *string `type:"string"` 16065 } 16066 16067 // String returns the string representation. 16068 // 16069 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16070 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16071 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16072 func (s BacktrackDBClusterOutput) String() string { 16073 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16074 } 16075 16076 // GoString returns the string representation. 16077 // 16078 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16079 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16080 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16081 func (s BacktrackDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 16082 return s.String() 16083 } 16084 16085 // SetBacktrackIdentifier sets the BacktrackIdentifier field's value. 16086 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 16087 s.BacktrackIdentifier = &v 16088 return s 16089 } 16090 16091 // SetBacktrackRequestCreationTime sets the BacktrackRequestCreationTime field's value. 16092 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackRequestCreationTime(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 16093 s.BacktrackRequestCreationTime = &v 16094 return s 16095 } 16096 16097 // SetBacktrackTo sets the BacktrackTo field's value. 16098 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackTo(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 16099 s.BacktrackTo = &v 16100 return s 16101 } 16102 16103 // SetBacktrackedFrom sets the BacktrackedFrom field's value. 16104 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetBacktrackedFrom(v time.Time) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 16105 s.BacktrackedFrom = &v 16106 return s 16107 } 16108 16109 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16110 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 16111 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16112 return s 16113 } 16114 16115 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16116 func (s *BacktrackDBClusterOutput) SetStatus(v string) *BacktrackDBClusterOutput { 16117 s.Status = &v 16118 return s 16119 } 16120 16121 type CancelExportTaskInput struct { 16122 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16123 16124 // The identifier of the snapshot export task to cancel. 16125 // 16126 // ExportTaskIdentifier is a required field 16127 ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16128 } 16129 16130 // String returns the string representation. 16131 // 16132 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16133 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16134 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16135 func (s CancelExportTaskInput) String() string { 16136 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16137 } 16138 16139 // GoString returns the string representation. 16140 // 16141 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16142 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16143 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16144 func (s CancelExportTaskInput) GoString() string { 16145 return s.String() 16146 } 16147 16148 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16149 func (s *CancelExportTaskInput) Validate() error { 16150 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelExportTaskInput"} 16151 if s.ExportTaskIdentifier == nil { 16152 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExportTaskIdentifier")) 16153 } 16154 16155 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16156 return invalidParams 16157 } 16158 return nil 16159 } 16160 16161 // SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value. 16162 func (s *CancelExportTaskInput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *CancelExportTaskInput { 16163 s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v 16164 return s 16165 } 16166 16167 // Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3. 16168 // 16169 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action. 16170 type CancelExportTaskOutput struct { 16171 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16172 16173 // The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following: 16174 // 16175 // * database - Export all the data from a specified database. 16176 // 16177 // * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot. This format 16178 // is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora MySQL. 16179 // 16180 // * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot. 16181 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 16182 // 16183 // * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema. 16184 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 16185 ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"` 16186 16187 // A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier 16188 // for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to. 16189 ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16190 16191 // The reason the export failed, if it failed. 16192 FailureCause *string `type:"string"` 16193 16194 // The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting 16195 // a snapshot. 16196 IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 16197 16198 // The key identifier of the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK) 16199 // that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The 16200 // Amazon Web Services KMS CMK identifier is its key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, 16201 // or alias name. The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption 16202 // and decryption permissions to use this Amazon Web Services KMS CMK. 16203 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 16204 16205 // The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage. 16206 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 16207 16208 // The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to. 16209 S3Bucket *string `type:"string"` 16210 16211 // The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported 16212 // snapshot. 16213 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 16214 16215 // The time that the snapshot was created. 16216 SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16217 16218 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3. 16219 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 16220 16221 // The progress status of the export task. 16222 Status *string `type:"string"` 16223 16224 // The time that the snapshot export task completed. 16225 TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16226 16227 // The time that the snapshot export task started. 16228 TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16229 16230 // The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes. 16231 TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"` 16232 16233 // A warning about the snapshot export task. 16234 WarningMessage *string `type:"string"` 16235 } 16236 16237 // String returns the string representation. 16238 // 16239 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16240 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16241 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16242 func (s CancelExportTaskOutput) String() string { 16243 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16244 } 16245 16246 // GoString returns the string representation. 16247 // 16248 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16249 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16250 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16251 func (s CancelExportTaskOutput) GoString() string { 16252 return s.String() 16253 } 16254 16255 // SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value. 16256 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16257 s.ExportOnly = v 16258 return s 16259 } 16260 16261 // SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value. 16262 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16263 s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v 16264 return s 16265 } 16266 16267 // SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value. 16268 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetFailureCause(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16269 s.FailureCause = &v 16270 return s 16271 } 16272 16273 // SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value. 16274 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16275 s.IamRoleArn = &v 16276 return s 16277 } 16278 16279 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 16280 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16281 s.KmsKeyId = &v 16282 return s 16283 } 16284 16285 // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 16286 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16287 s.PercentProgress = &v 16288 return s 16289 } 16290 16291 // SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value. 16292 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetS3Bucket(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16293 s.S3Bucket = &v 16294 return s 16295 } 16296 16297 // SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 16298 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetS3Prefix(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16299 s.S3Prefix = &v 16300 return s 16301 } 16302 16303 // SetSnapshotTime sets the SnapshotTime field's value. 16304 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetSnapshotTime(v time.Time) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16305 s.SnapshotTime = &v 16306 return s 16307 } 16308 16309 // SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 16310 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetSourceArn(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16311 s.SourceArn = &v 16312 return s 16313 } 16314 16315 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16316 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16317 s.Status = &v 16318 return s 16319 } 16320 16321 // SetTaskEndTime sets the TaskEndTime field's value. 16322 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetTaskEndTime(v time.Time) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16323 s.TaskEndTime = &v 16324 return s 16325 } 16326 16327 // SetTaskStartTime sets the TaskStartTime field's value. 16328 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetTaskStartTime(v time.Time) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16329 s.TaskStartTime = &v 16330 return s 16331 } 16332 16333 // SetTotalExtractedDataInGB sets the TotalExtractedDataInGB field's value. 16334 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetTotalExtractedDataInGB(v int64) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16335 s.TotalExtractedDataInGB = &v 16336 return s 16337 } 16338 16339 // SetWarningMessage sets the WarningMessage field's value. 16340 func (s *CancelExportTaskOutput) SetWarningMessage(v string) *CancelExportTaskOutput { 16341 s.WarningMessage = &v 16342 return s 16343 } 16344 16345 // A CA certificate for an Amazon Web Services account. 16346 type Certificate struct { 16347 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16348 16349 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. 16350 CertificateArn *string `type:"string"` 16351 16352 // The unique key that identifies a certificate. 16353 CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16354 16355 // The type of the certificate. 16356 CertificateType *string `type:"string"` 16357 16358 // Whether there is an override for the default certificate identifier. 16359 CustomerOverride *bool `type:"boolean"` 16360 16361 // If there is an override for the default certificate identifier, when the 16362 // override expires. 16363 CustomerOverrideValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16364 16365 // The thumbprint of the certificate. 16366 Thumbprint *string `type:"string"` 16367 16368 // The starting date from which the certificate is valid. 16369 ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16370 16371 // The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. 16372 ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16373 } 16374 16375 // String returns the string representation. 16376 // 16377 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16378 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16379 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16380 func (s Certificate) String() string { 16381 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16382 } 16383 16384 // GoString returns the string representation. 16385 // 16386 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16387 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16388 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16389 func (s Certificate) GoString() string { 16390 return s.String() 16391 } 16392 16393 // SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value. 16394 func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate { 16395 s.CertificateArn = &v 16396 return s 16397 } 16398 16399 // SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. 16400 func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *Certificate { 16401 s.CertificateIdentifier = &v 16402 return s 16403 } 16404 16405 // SetCertificateType sets the CertificateType field's value. 16406 func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateType(v string) *Certificate { 16407 s.CertificateType = &v 16408 return s 16409 } 16410 16411 // SetCustomerOverride sets the CustomerOverride field's value. 16412 func (s *Certificate) SetCustomerOverride(v bool) *Certificate { 16413 s.CustomerOverride = &v 16414 return s 16415 } 16416 16417 // SetCustomerOverrideValidTill sets the CustomerOverrideValidTill field's value. 16418 func (s *Certificate) SetCustomerOverrideValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate { 16419 s.CustomerOverrideValidTill = &v 16420 return s 16421 } 16422 16423 // SetThumbprint sets the Thumbprint field's value. 16424 func (s *Certificate) SetThumbprint(v string) *Certificate { 16425 s.Thumbprint = &v 16426 return s 16427 } 16428 16429 // SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value. 16430 func (s *Certificate) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *Certificate { 16431 s.ValidFrom = &v 16432 return s 16433 } 16434 16435 // SetValidTill sets the ValidTill field's value. 16436 func (s *Certificate) SetValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate { 16437 s.ValidTill = &v 16438 return s 16439 } 16440 16441 // This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 16442 type CharacterSet struct { 16443 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16444 16445 // The description of the character set. 16446 CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"` 16447 16448 // The name of the character set. 16449 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 16450 } 16451 16452 // String returns the string representation. 16453 // 16454 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16455 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16456 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16457 func (s CharacterSet) String() string { 16458 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16459 } 16460 16461 // GoString returns the string representation. 16462 // 16463 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16464 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16465 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16466 func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string { 16467 return s.String() 16468 } 16469 16470 // SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value. 16471 func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet { 16472 s.CharacterSetDescription = &v 16473 return s 16474 } 16475 16476 // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 16477 func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet { 16478 s.CharacterSetName = &v 16479 return s 16480 } 16481 16482 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 16483 // Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. 16484 // 16485 // The EnableLogTypes and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs will be 16486 // exported (or not exported) to CloudWatch Logs. The values within these arrays 16487 // depend on the DB engine being used. 16488 // 16489 // For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS DB instances, 16490 // see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 16491 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 16492 // 16493 // For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora DB 16494 // clusters, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 16495 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 16496 type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration struct { 16497 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16498 16499 // The list of log types to disable. 16500 DisableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 16501 16502 // The list of log types to enable. 16503 EnableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 16504 } 16505 16506 // String returns the string representation. 16507 // 16508 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16509 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16510 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16511 func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String() string { 16512 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16513 } 16514 16515 // GoString returns the string representation. 16516 // 16517 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16518 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16519 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16520 func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) GoString() string { 16521 return s.String() 16522 } 16523 16524 // SetDisableLogTypes sets the DisableLogTypes field's value. 16525 func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetDisableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 16526 s.DisableLogTypes = v 16527 return s 16528 } 16529 16530 // SetEnableLogTypes sets the EnableLogTypes field's value. 16531 func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetEnableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 16532 s.EnableLogTypes = v 16533 return s 16534 } 16535 16536 // This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBCluster operation 16537 // and contains changes that will be applied during the next maintenance window. 16538 type ClusterPendingModifiedValues struct { 16539 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16540 16541 // The DBClusterIdentifier value for the DB cluster. 16542 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16543 16544 // The database engine version. 16545 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 16546 16547 // A value that indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and 16548 // Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled. 16549 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 16550 16551 // The master credentials for the DB cluster. 16552 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 16553 16554 // A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, 16555 // these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. 16556 PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"` 16557 } 16558 16559 // String returns the string representation. 16560 // 16561 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16562 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16563 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16564 func (s ClusterPendingModifiedValues) String() string { 16565 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16566 } 16567 16568 // GoString returns the string representation. 16569 // 16570 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16571 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16572 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16573 func (s ClusterPendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { 16574 return s.String() 16575 } 16576 16577 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16578 func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues { 16579 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16580 return s 16581 } 16582 16583 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 16584 func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues { 16585 s.EngineVersion = &v 16586 return s 16587 } 16588 16589 // SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 16590 func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues { 16591 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 16592 return s 16593 } 16594 16595 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 16596 func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues { 16597 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 16598 return s 16599 } 16600 16601 // SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 16602 func (s *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *ClusterPendingModifiedValues { 16603 s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v 16604 return s 16605 } 16606 16607 // Specifies the settings that control the size and behavior of the connection 16608 // pool associated with a DBProxyTargetGroup. 16609 type ConnectionPoolConfiguration struct { 16610 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16611 16612 // The number of seconds for a proxy to wait for a connection to become available 16613 // in the connection pool. Only applies when the proxy has opened its maximum 16614 // number of connections and all connections are busy with client sessions. 16615 // 16616 // Default: 120 16617 // 16618 // Constraints: between 1 and 3600, or 0 representing unlimited 16619 ConnectionBorrowTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 16620 16621 // One or more SQL statements for the proxy to run when opening each new database 16622 // connection. Typically used with SET statements to make sure that each connection 16623 // has identical settings such as time zone and character set. For multiple 16624 // statements, use semicolons as the separator. You can also include multiple 16625 // variables in a single SET statement, such as SET x=1, y=2. 16626 // 16627 // Default: no initialization query 16628 InitQuery *string `type:"string"` 16629 16630 // The maximum size of the connection pool for each target in a target group. 16631 // For Aurora MySQL, it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections 16632 // setting for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group. 16633 // 16634 // Default: 100 16635 // 16636 // Constraints: between 1 and 100 16637 MaxConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"` 16638 16639 // Controls how actively the proxy closes idle database connections in the connection 16640 // pool. A high value enables the proxy to leave a high percentage of idle connections 16641 // open. A low value causes the proxy to close idle client connections and return 16642 // the underlying database connections to the connection pool. For Aurora MySQL, 16643 // it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections setting for the RDS 16644 // DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group. 16645 // 16646 // Default: 50 16647 // 16648 // Constraints: between 0 and MaxConnectionsPercent 16649 MaxIdleConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"` 16650 16651 // Each item in the list represents a class of SQL operations that normally 16652 // cause all later statements in a session using a proxy to be pinned to the 16653 // same underlying database connection. Including an item in the list exempts 16654 // that class of SQL operations from the pinning behavior. 16655 // 16656 // Default: no session pinning filters 16657 SessionPinningFilters []*string `type:"list"` 16658 } 16659 16660 // String returns the string representation. 16661 // 16662 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16663 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16664 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16665 func (s ConnectionPoolConfiguration) String() string { 16666 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16667 } 16668 16669 // GoString returns the string representation. 16670 // 16671 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16672 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16673 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16674 func (s ConnectionPoolConfiguration) GoString() string { 16675 return s.String() 16676 } 16677 16678 // SetConnectionBorrowTimeout sets the ConnectionBorrowTimeout field's value. 16679 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetConnectionBorrowTimeout(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration { 16680 s.ConnectionBorrowTimeout = &v 16681 return s 16682 } 16683 16684 // SetInitQuery sets the InitQuery field's value. 16685 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetInitQuery(v string) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration { 16686 s.InitQuery = &v 16687 return s 16688 } 16689 16690 // SetMaxConnectionsPercent sets the MaxConnectionsPercent field's value. 16691 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetMaxConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration { 16692 s.MaxConnectionsPercent = &v 16693 return s 16694 } 16695 16696 // SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent sets the MaxIdleConnectionsPercent field's value. 16697 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration { 16698 s.MaxIdleConnectionsPercent = &v 16699 return s 16700 } 16701 16702 // SetSessionPinningFilters sets the SessionPinningFilters field's value. 16703 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) SetSessionPinningFilters(v []*string) *ConnectionPoolConfiguration { 16704 s.SessionPinningFilters = v 16705 return s 16706 } 16707 16708 // Displays the settings that control the size and behavior of the connection 16709 // pool associated with a DBProxyTarget. 16710 type ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo struct { 16711 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16712 16713 // The number of seconds for a proxy to wait for a connection to become available 16714 // in the connection pool. Only applies when the proxy has opened its maximum 16715 // number of connections and all connections are busy with client sessions. 16716 ConnectionBorrowTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 16717 16718 // One or more SQL statements for the proxy to run when opening each new database 16719 // connection. Typically used with SET statements to make sure that each connection 16720 // has identical settings such as time zone and character set. This setting 16721 // is empty by default. For multiple statements, use semicolons as the separator. 16722 // You can also include multiple variables in a single SET statement, such as 16723 // SET x=1, y=2. 16724 InitQuery *string `type:"string"` 16725 16726 // The maximum size of the connection pool for each target in a target group. 16727 // For Aurora MySQL, it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections 16728 // setting for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group. 16729 MaxConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"` 16730 16731 // Controls how actively the proxy closes idle database connections in the connection 16732 // pool. A high value enables the proxy to leave a high percentage of idle connections 16733 // open. A low value causes the proxy to close idle client connections and return 16734 // the underlying database connections to the connection pool. For Aurora MySQL, 16735 // it is expressed as a percentage of the max_connections setting for the RDS 16736 // DB instance or Aurora DB cluster used by the target group. 16737 MaxIdleConnectionsPercent *int64 `type:"integer"` 16738 16739 // Each item in the list represents a class of SQL operations that normally 16740 // cause all later statements in a session using a proxy to be pinned to the 16741 // same underlying database connection. Including an item in the list exempts 16742 // that class of SQL operations from the pinning behavior. Currently, the only 16743 // allowed value is EXCLUDE_VARIABLE_SETS. 16744 SessionPinningFilters []*string `type:"list"` 16745 } 16746 16747 // String returns the string representation. 16748 // 16749 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16750 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16751 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16752 func (s ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) String() string { 16753 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16754 } 16755 16756 // GoString returns the string representation. 16757 // 16758 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16759 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16760 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16761 func (s ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) GoString() string { 16762 return s.String() 16763 } 16764 16765 // SetConnectionBorrowTimeout sets the ConnectionBorrowTimeout field's value. 16766 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetConnectionBorrowTimeout(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo { 16767 s.ConnectionBorrowTimeout = &v 16768 return s 16769 } 16770 16771 // SetInitQuery sets the InitQuery field's value. 16772 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetInitQuery(v string) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo { 16773 s.InitQuery = &v 16774 return s 16775 } 16776 16777 // SetMaxConnectionsPercent sets the MaxConnectionsPercent field's value. 16778 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetMaxConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo { 16779 s.MaxConnectionsPercent = &v 16780 return s 16781 } 16782 16783 // SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent sets the MaxIdleConnectionsPercent field's value. 16784 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetMaxIdleConnectionsPercent(v int64) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo { 16785 s.MaxIdleConnectionsPercent = &v 16786 return s 16787 } 16788 16789 // SetSessionPinningFilters sets the SessionPinningFilters field's value. 16790 func (s *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) SetSessionPinningFilters(v []*string) *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo { 16791 s.SessionPinningFilters = v 16792 return s 16793 } 16794 16795 type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 16796 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16797 16798 // The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter 16799 // group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for 16800 // Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing) 16801 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 16802 // 16803 // Constraints: 16804 // 16805 // * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. 16806 // 16807 // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 16808 SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16809 16810 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 16811 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 16812 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 16813 16814 // A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 16815 // 16816 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field 16817 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16818 16819 // The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 16820 // 16821 // Constraints: 16822 // 16823 // * Can't be null, empty, or blank 16824 // 16825 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 16826 // 16827 // * First character must be a letter 16828 // 16829 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 16830 // 16831 // Example: my-cluster-param-group1 16832 // 16833 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 16834 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16835 } 16836 16837 // String returns the string representation. 16838 // 16839 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16840 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16841 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16842 func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 16843 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16844 } 16845 16846 // GoString returns the string representation. 16847 // 16848 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16849 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16850 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16851 func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 16852 return s.String() 16853 } 16854 16855 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16856 func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 16857 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 16858 if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 16859 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 16860 } 16861 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil { 16862 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription")) 16863 } 16864 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 16865 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 16866 } 16867 16868 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16869 return invalidParams 16870 } 16871 return nil 16872 } 16873 16874 // SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 16875 func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 16876 s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 16877 return s 16878 } 16879 16880 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 16881 func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 16882 s.Tags = v 16883 return s 16884 } 16885 16886 // SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value. 16887 func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 16888 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v 16889 return s 16890 } 16891 16892 // SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 16893 func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 16894 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 16895 return s 16896 } 16897 16898 type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 16899 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16900 16901 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 16902 // 16903 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 16904 // action. 16905 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 16906 } 16907 16908 // String returns the string representation. 16909 // 16910 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16911 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16912 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16913 func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 16914 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16915 } 16916 16917 // GoString returns the string representation. 16918 // 16919 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 16920 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 16921 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 16922 func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 16923 return s.String() 16924 } 16925 16926 // SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 16927 func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 16928 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 16929 return s 16930 } 16931 16932 type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 16933 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16934 16935 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the source DB cluster 16936 // snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot. By default, tags are not copied. 16937 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 16938 16939 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 16940 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 16941 16942 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. 16943 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 16944 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 16945 // 16946 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your Amazon Web Services 16947 // account, you can specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a 16948 // new Amazon Web Services KMS CMK. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, 16949 // then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same Amazon 16950 // Web Services KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. 16951 // 16952 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another 16953 // Amazon Web Services account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. 16954 // 16955 // To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another Amazon Web Services Region, 16956 // you must set KmsKeyId to the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier you want 16957 // to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination 16958 // Amazon Web Services Region. Amazon Web Services KMS CMKs are specific to 16959 // the Amazon Web Services Region that they are created in, and you can't use 16960 // CMKs from one Amazon Web Services Region in another Amazon Web Services Region. 16961 // 16962 // If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the 16963 // KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned. 16964 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 16965 16966 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 16967 // API action in the Amazon Web Services Region that contains the source DB 16968 // cluster snapshot to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying 16969 // an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another Amazon Web Services Region. 16970 // Don't specify PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot 16971 // in the same Amazon Web Services Region. 16972 // 16973 // The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 16974 // API action that can be executed in the source Amazon Web Services Region 16975 // that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed 16976 // URL request must contain the following parameter values: 16977 // 16978 // * KmsKeyId - The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the customer 16979 // master key (CMK) to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot 16980 // in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. This is the same identifier 16981 // for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that is called in the destination 16982 // Amazon Web Services Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed 16983 // URL. 16984 // 16985 // * DestinationRegion - The name of the Amazon Web Services Region that 16986 // the DB cluster snapshot is to be created in. 16987 // 16988 // * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier 16989 // for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must 16990 // be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web 16991 // Services Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster 16992 // snapshot from the us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 16993 // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. 16994 // 16995 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 16996 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) 16997 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 16998 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 16999 // 17000 // If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify 17001 // SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl 17002 // manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is 17003 // a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source Amazon 17004 // Web Services Region. 17005 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 17006 17007 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 17008 // 17009 // You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one Amazon Web 17010 // Services Region to another. 17011 // 17012 // Constraints: 17013 // 17014 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 17015 // 17016 // * If the source snapshot is in the same Amazon Web Services Region as 17017 // the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. 17018 // 17019 // * If the source snapshot is in a different Amazon Web Services Region 17020 // than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, 17021 // go to Copying Snapshots Across Amazon Web Services Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.AcrossRegions) 17022 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 17023 // 17024 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot1 17025 // 17026 // SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17027 SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17028 17029 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 17030 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 17031 // have the same region as the source ARN. 17032 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 17033 17034 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 17035 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 17036 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 17037 17038 // The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB 17039 // cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 17040 // 17041 // Constraints: 17042 // 17043 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 17044 // 17045 // * First character must be a letter. 17046 // 17047 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 17048 // 17049 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot2 17050 // 17051 // TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17052 TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17053 } 17054 17055 // String returns the string representation. 17056 // 17057 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17058 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17059 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17060 func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 17061 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17062 } 17063 17064 // GoString returns the string representation. 17065 // 17066 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17067 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17068 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17069 func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 17070 return s.String() 17071 } 17072 17073 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17074 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 17075 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 17076 if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17077 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 17078 } 17079 if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17080 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 17081 } 17082 17083 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17084 return invalidParams 17085 } 17086 return nil 17087 } 17088 17089 // SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 17090 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17091 s.CopyTags = &v 17092 return s 17093 } 17094 17095 // SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 17096 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17097 s.DestinationRegion = &v 17098 return s 17099 } 17100 17101 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 17102 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17103 s.KmsKeyId = &v 17104 return s 17105 } 17106 17107 // SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 17108 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17109 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 17110 return s 17111 } 17112 17113 // SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17114 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17115 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17116 return s 17117 } 17118 17119 // SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 17120 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17121 s.SourceRegion = &v 17122 return s 17123 } 17124 17125 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17126 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17127 s.Tags = v 17128 return s 17129 } 17130 17131 // SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17132 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 17133 s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17134 return s 17135 } 17136 17137 type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 17138 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17139 17140 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 17141 // 17142 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 17143 // action. 17144 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 17145 } 17146 17147 // String returns the string representation. 17148 // 17149 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17150 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17151 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17152 func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 17153 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17154 } 17155 17156 // GoString returns the string representation. 17157 // 17158 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17159 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17160 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17161 func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 17162 return s.String() 17163 } 17164 17165 // SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 17166 func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 17167 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 17168 return s 17169 } 17170 17171 type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 17172 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17173 17174 // The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information 17175 // about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing) 17176 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 17177 // 17178 // Constraints: 17179 // 17180 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group. 17181 // 17182 // SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 17183 SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17184 17185 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 17186 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 17187 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 17188 17189 // A description for the copied DB parameter group. 17190 // 17191 // TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field 17192 TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17193 17194 // The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. 17195 // 17196 // Constraints: 17197 // 17198 // * Can't be null, empty, or blank 17199 // 17200 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 17201 // 17202 // * First character must be a letter 17203 // 17204 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17205 // 17206 // Example: my-db-parameter-group 17207 // 17208 // TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 17209 TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17210 } 17211 17212 // String returns the string representation. 17213 // 17214 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17215 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17216 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17217 func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 17218 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17219 } 17220 17221 // GoString returns the string representation. 17222 // 17223 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17224 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17225 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17226 func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 17227 return s.String() 17228 } 17229 17230 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17231 func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 17232 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"} 17233 if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 17234 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 17235 } 17236 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil { 17237 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription")) 17238 } 17239 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 17240 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 17241 } 17242 17243 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17244 return invalidParams 17245 } 17246 return nil 17247 } 17248 17249 // SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 17250 func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 17251 s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 17252 return s 17253 } 17254 17255 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17256 func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 17257 s.Tags = v 17258 return s 17259 } 17260 17261 // SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value. 17262 func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 17263 s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v 17264 return s 17265 } 17266 17267 // SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 17268 func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 17269 s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 17270 return s 17271 } 17272 17273 type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 17274 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17275 17276 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 17277 // 17278 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 17279 // action. 17280 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 17281 } 17282 17283 // String returns the string representation. 17284 // 17285 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17286 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17287 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17288 func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 17289 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17290 } 17291 17292 // GoString returns the string representation. 17293 // 17294 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17295 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17296 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17297 func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17298 return s.String() 17299 } 17300 17301 // SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 17302 func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput { 17303 s.DBParameterGroup = v 17304 return s 17305 } 17306 17307 type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { 17308 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17309 17310 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot 17311 // to the target DB snapshot. By default, tags are not copied. 17312 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 17313 17314 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 17315 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 17316 17317 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB snapshot. 17318 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 17319 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 17320 // 17321 // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your Amazon Web Services account, 17322 // you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new 17323 // Amazon Web Services KMS CMK. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, 17324 // then the copy of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same Amazon Web Services 17325 // KMS key as the source DB snapshot. 17326 // 17327 // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another Amazon Web 17328 // Services account, then you must specify a value for this parameter. 17329 // 17330 // If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the 17331 // copy is encrypted. 17332 // 17333 // If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different Amazon Web Services Region, 17334 // then you must specify a Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the destination 17335 // Amazon Web Services Region. Amazon Web Services KMS CMKs are specific to 17336 // the Amazon Web Services Region that they are created in, and you can't use 17337 // CMKs from one Amazon Web Services Region in another Amazon Web Services Region. 17338 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 17339 17340 // The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. 17341 // 17342 // Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one Amazon Web Services 17343 // Region to another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If 17344 // your source DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft 17345 // SQL Server, you must specify this option when copying across Amazon Web Services 17346 // Regions. For more information, see Option group considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.Options) 17347 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 17348 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17349 17350 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBSnapshot 17351 // API action in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains the source 17352 // DB snapshot to copy. 17353 // 17354 // You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from 17355 // another Amazon Web Services Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify 17356 // PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot in the same Amazon 17357 // Web Services Region. 17358 // 17359 // The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action 17360 // that can be executed in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains 17361 // the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain 17362 // the following parameter values: 17363 // 17364 // * DestinationRegion - The Amazon Web Services Region that the encrypted 17365 // DB snapshot is copied to. This Amazon Web Services Region is the same 17366 // one where the CopyDBSnapshot action is called that contains this presigned 17367 // URL. For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 17368 // Amazon Web Services Region to the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services Region, 17369 // then you call the CopyDBSnapshot action in the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services 17370 // Region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the CopyDBSnapshot 17371 // action in the us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region. For this example, 17372 // the DestinationRegion in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 17373 // Amazon Web Services Region. 17374 // 17375 // * KmsKeyId - The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the customer 17376 // master key (CMK) to use to encrypt the copy of the DB snapshot in the 17377 // destination Amazon Web Services Region. This is the same identifier for 17378 // both the CopyDBSnapshot action that is called in the destination Amazon 17379 // Web Services Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. 17380 // 17381 // * SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted 17382 // snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 17383 // Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For example, 17384 // if you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 Amazon 17385 // Web Services Region, then your SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier looks like the 17386 // following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115. 17387 // 17388 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 17389 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) 17390 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 17391 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 17392 // 17393 // If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify 17394 // SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl 17395 // manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is 17396 // a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source Amazon 17397 // Web Services Region. 17398 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 17399 17400 // The identifier for the source DB snapshot. 17401 // 17402 // If the source snapshot is in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the copy, 17403 // specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805. 17404 // 17405 // If the source snapshot is in a different Amazon Web Services Region than 17406 // the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify 17407 // arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805. 17408 // 17409 // If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must 17410 // be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot. 17411 // 17412 // If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN 17413 // format for the source Amazon Web Services Region, and must match the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier 17414 // in the PreSignedUrl parameter. 17415 // 17416 // Constraints: 17417 // 17418 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 17419 // 17420 // Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01 17421 // 17422 // Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805 17423 // 17424 // SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17425 SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17426 17427 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 17428 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 17429 // have the same region as the source ARN. 17430 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 17431 17432 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 17433 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 17434 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 17435 17436 // The external custom Availability Zone (CAZ) identifier for the target CAZ. 17437 // 17438 // Example: rds-caz-aiqhTgQv. 17439 TargetCustomAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 17440 17441 // The identifier for the copy of the snapshot. 17442 // 17443 // Constraints: 17444 // 17445 // * Can't be null, empty, or blank 17446 // 17447 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 17448 // 17449 // * First character must be a letter 17450 // 17451 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17452 // 17453 // Example: my-db-snapshot 17454 // 17455 // TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17456 TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17457 } 17458 17459 // String returns the string representation. 17460 // 17461 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17462 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17463 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17464 func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 17465 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17466 } 17467 17468 // GoString returns the string representation. 17469 // 17470 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17471 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17472 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17473 func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 17474 return s.String() 17475 } 17476 17477 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17478 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 17479 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBSnapshotInput"} 17480 if s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17481 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier")) 17482 } 17483 if s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17484 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier")) 17485 } 17486 17487 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17488 return invalidParams 17489 } 17490 return nil 17491 } 17492 17493 // SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 17494 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17495 s.CopyTags = &v 17496 return s 17497 } 17498 17499 // SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 17500 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17501 s.DestinationRegion = &v 17502 return s 17503 } 17504 17505 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 17506 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17507 s.KmsKeyId = &v 17508 return s 17509 } 17510 17511 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 17512 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17513 s.OptionGroupName = &v 17514 return s 17515 } 17516 17517 // SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 17518 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17519 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 17520 return s 17521 } 17522 17523 // SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17524 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17525 s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17526 return s 17527 } 17528 17529 // SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 17530 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17531 s.SourceRegion = &v 17532 return s 17533 } 17534 17535 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17536 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17537 s.Tags = v 17538 return s 17539 } 17540 17541 // SetTargetCustomAvailabilityZone sets the TargetCustomAvailabilityZone field's value. 17542 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetCustomAvailabilityZone(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17543 s.TargetCustomAvailabilityZone = &v 17544 return s 17545 } 17546 17547 // SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17548 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 17549 s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17550 return s 17551 } 17552 17553 type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct { 17554 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17555 17556 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 17557 // 17558 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 17559 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 17560 } 17561 17562 // String returns the string representation. 17563 // 17564 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17565 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17566 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17567 func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 17568 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17569 } 17570 17571 // GoString returns the string representation. 17572 // 17573 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17574 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17575 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17576 func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 17577 return s.String() 17578 } 17579 17580 // SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 17581 func (s *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CopyDBSnapshotOutput { 17582 s.DBSnapshot = v 17583 return s 17584 } 17585 17586 type CopyOptionGroupInput struct { 17587 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17588 17589 // The identifier for the source option group. 17590 // 17591 // Constraints: 17592 // 17593 // * Must specify a valid option group. 17594 // 17595 // SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field 17596 SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17597 17598 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 17599 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 17600 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 17601 17602 // The description for the copied option group. 17603 // 17604 // TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field 17605 TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17606 17607 // The identifier for the copied option group. 17608 // 17609 // Constraints: 17610 // 17611 // * Can't be null, empty, or blank 17612 // 17613 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 17614 // 17615 // * First character must be a letter 17616 // 17617 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17618 // 17619 // Example: my-option-group 17620 // 17621 // TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field 17622 TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17623 } 17624 17625 // String returns the string representation. 17626 // 17627 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17628 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17629 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17630 func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string { 17631 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17632 } 17633 17634 // GoString returns the string representation. 17635 // 17636 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17637 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17638 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17639 func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 17640 return s.String() 17641 } 17642 17643 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17644 func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 17645 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyOptionGroupInput"} 17646 if s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { 17647 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceOptionGroupIdentifier")) 17648 } 17649 if s.TargetOptionGroupDescription == nil { 17650 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupDescription")) 17651 } 17652 if s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { 17653 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupIdentifier")) 17654 } 17655 17656 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17657 return invalidParams 17658 } 17659 return nil 17660 } 17661 17662 // SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier sets the SourceOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. 17663 func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 17664 s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = &v 17665 return s 17666 } 17667 17668 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17669 func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 17670 s.Tags = v 17671 return s 17672 } 17673 17674 // SetTargetOptionGroupDescription sets the TargetOptionGroupDescription field's value. 17675 func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 17676 s.TargetOptionGroupDescription = &v 17677 return s 17678 } 17679 17680 // SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier sets the TargetOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. 17681 func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 17682 s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = &v 17683 return s 17684 } 17685 17686 type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct { 17687 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17688 17689 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 17690 } 17691 17692 // String returns the string representation. 17693 // 17694 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17695 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17696 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17697 func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 17698 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17699 } 17700 17701 // GoString returns the string representation. 17702 // 17703 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17704 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17705 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17706 func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17707 return s.String() 17708 } 17709 17710 // SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 17711 func (s *CopyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CopyOptionGroupOutput { 17712 s.OptionGroup = v 17713 return s 17714 } 17715 17716 type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput struct { 17717 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17718 17719 // The name of the custom Availability Zone (AZ). 17720 // 17721 // CustomAvailabilityZoneName is a required field 17722 CustomAvailabilityZoneName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17723 17724 // The ID of an existing virtual private network (VPN) between the Amazon RDS 17725 // website and the VMware vSphere cluster. 17726 ExistingVpnId *string `type:"string"` 17727 17728 // The name of a new VPN tunnel between the Amazon RDS website and the VMware 17729 // vSphere cluster. 17730 // 17731 // Specify this parameter only if ExistingVpnId isn't specified. 17732 NewVpnTunnelName *string `type:"string"` 17733 17734 // The IP address of network traffic from your on-premises data center. A custom 17735 // AZ receives the network traffic. 17736 // 17737 // Specify this parameter only if ExistingVpnId isn't specified. 17738 VpnTunnelOriginatorIP *string `type:"string"` 17739 } 17740 17741 // String returns the string representation. 17742 // 17743 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17744 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17745 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17746 func (s CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) String() string { 17747 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17748 } 17749 17750 // GoString returns the string representation. 17751 // 17752 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17753 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17754 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17755 func (s CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) GoString() string { 17756 return s.String() 17757 } 17758 17759 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17760 func (s *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) Validate() error { 17761 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput"} 17762 if s.CustomAvailabilityZoneName == nil { 17763 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomAvailabilityZoneName")) 17764 } 17765 17766 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17767 return invalidParams 17768 } 17769 return nil 17770 } 17771 17772 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneName sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneName field's value. 17773 func (s *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneName(v string) *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput { 17774 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneName = &v 17775 return s 17776 } 17777 17778 // SetExistingVpnId sets the ExistingVpnId field's value. 17779 func (s *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) SetExistingVpnId(v string) *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput { 17780 s.ExistingVpnId = &v 17781 return s 17782 } 17783 17784 // SetNewVpnTunnelName sets the NewVpnTunnelName field's value. 17785 func (s *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) SetNewVpnTunnelName(v string) *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput { 17786 s.NewVpnTunnelName = &v 17787 return s 17788 } 17789 17790 // SetVpnTunnelOriginatorIP sets the VpnTunnelOriginatorIP field's value. 17791 func (s *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) SetVpnTunnelOriginatorIP(v string) *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneInput { 17792 s.VpnTunnelOriginatorIP = &v 17793 return s 17794 } 17795 17796 type CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput struct { 17797 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17798 17799 // A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with 17800 // a VMware vSphere cluster. 17801 // 17802 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 17803 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 17804 CustomAvailabilityZone *CustomAvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` 17805 } 17806 17807 // String returns the string representation. 17808 // 17809 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17810 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17811 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17812 func (s CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) String() string { 17813 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17814 } 17815 17816 // GoString returns the string representation. 17817 // 17818 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17819 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17820 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17821 func (s CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) GoString() string { 17822 return s.String() 17823 } 17824 17825 // SetCustomAvailabilityZone sets the CustomAvailabilityZone field's value. 17826 func (s *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) SetCustomAvailabilityZone(v *CustomAvailabilityZone) *CreateCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput { 17827 s.CustomAvailabilityZone = v 17828 return s 17829 } 17830 17831 type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput struct { 17832 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17833 17834 // The identifier to use for the new endpoint. This parameter is stored as a 17835 // lowercase string. 17836 // 17837 // DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field 17838 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17839 17840 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 17841 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 17842 // 17843 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 17844 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17845 17846 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 17847 // 17848 // EndpointType is a required field 17849 EndpointType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17850 17851 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 17852 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 17853 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 17854 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 17855 17856 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 17857 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 17858 17859 // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. 17860 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 17861 } 17862 17863 // String returns the string representation. 17864 // 17865 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17866 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17867 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17868 func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string { 17869 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17870 } 17871 17872 // GoString returns the string representation. 17873 // 17874 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17875 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17876 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17877 func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string { 17878 return s.String() 17879 } 17880 17881 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17882 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error { 17883 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterEndpointInput"} 17884 if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil { 17885 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier")) 17886 } 17887 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 17888 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 17889 } 17890 if s.EndpointType == nil { 17891 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointType")) 17892 } 17893 17894 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17895 return invalidParams 17896 } 17897 return nil 17898 } 17899 17900 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 17901 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 17902 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 17903 return s 17904 } 17905 17906 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17907 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 17908 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17909 return s 17910 } 17911 17912 // SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 17913 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 17914 s.EndpointType = &v 17915 return s 17916 } 17917 17918 // SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 17919 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 17920 s.ExcludedMembers = v 17921 return s 17922 } 17923 17924 // SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 17925 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 17926 s.StaticMembers = v 17927 return s 17928 } 17929 17930 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17931 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 17932 s.Tags = v 17933 return s 17934 } 17935 17936 // This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 17937 // Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 17938 // actions: 17939 // 17940 // * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 17941 // 17942 // * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 17943 // 17944 // * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 17945 // 17946 // * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 17947 // 17948 // For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, 17949 // see Endpoint. 17950 type CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput struct { 17951 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17952 17953 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 17954 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 17955 17956 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 17957 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 17958 17959 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 17960 // a lowercase string. 17961 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17962 17963 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 17964 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 17965 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17966 17967 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 17968 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 17969 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17970 17971 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 17972 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 17973 17974 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 17975 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 17976 17977 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 17978 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 17979 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 17980 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 17981 17982 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 17983 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 17984 17985 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 17986 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't 17987 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 17988 // secondary cluster in a global database. 17989 Status *string `type:"string"` 17990 } 17991 17992 // String returns the string representation. 17993 // 17994 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 17995 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 17996 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 17997 func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string { 17998 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17999 } 18000 18001 // GoString returns the string representation. 18002 // 18003 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18004 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18005 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18006 func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 18007 return s.String() 18008 } 18009 18010 // SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 18011 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18012 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 18013 return s 18014 } 18015 18016 // SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 18017 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18018 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 18019 return s 18020 } 18021 18022 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 18023 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18024 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 18025 return s 18026 } 18027 18028 // SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 18029 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18030 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 18031 return s 18032 } 18033 18034 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 18035 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18036 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 18037 return s 18038 } 18039 18040 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 18041 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18042 s.Endpoint = &v 18043 return s 18044 } 18045 18046 // SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 18047 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18048 s.EndpointType = &v 18049 return s 18050 } 18051 18052 // SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 18053 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18054 s.ExcludedMembers = v 18055 return s 18056 } 18057 18058 // SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 18059 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18060 s.StaticMembers = v 18061 return s 18062 } 18063 18064 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 18065 func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 18066 s.Status = &v 18067 return s 18068 } 18069 18070 type CreateDBClusterInput struct { 18071 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18072 18073 // A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster can 18074 // be created. For information on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability 18075 // Zones, see Choosing the Regions and Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) 18076 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 18077 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 18078 18079 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 18080 // value to 0. 18081 // 18082 // Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters. 18083 // 18084 // Default: 0 18085 // 18086 // Constraints: 18087 // 18088 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 18089 // hours). 18090 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 18091 18092 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. 18093 // 18094 // Default: 1 18095 // 18096 // Constraints: 18097 // 18098 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 18099 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 18100 18101 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 18102 // specified CharacterSet. 18103 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 18104 18105 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots 18106 // of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. 18107 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 18108 18109 // The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 18110 // 18111 // Constraints: 18112 // 18113 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 18114 // 18115 // * First character must be a letter. 18116 // 18117 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 18118 // 18119 // Example: my-cluster1 18120 // 18121 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 18122 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18123 18124 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. 18125 // If you do not specify a value, then the default DB cluster parameter group 18126 // for the specified DB engine and version is used. 18127 // 18128 // Constraints: 18129 // 18130 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter 18131 // group. 18132 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 18133 18134 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. 18135 // 18136 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 18137 // default. 18138 // 18139 // Example: mySubnetgroup 18140 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 18141 18142 // The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. If you do 18143 // not provide a name, Amazon RDS doesn't create a database in the DB cluster 18144 // you are creating. 18145 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 18146 18147 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 18148 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 18149 // deletion protection is disabled. 18150 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 18151 18152 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 18153 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 18154 18155 // The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB cluster in. 18156 // 18157 // For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication 18158 // to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information, 18159 // see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 18160 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 18161 Domain *string `type:"string"` 18162 18163 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 18164 // Directory Service. 18165 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 18166 18167 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 18168 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 18169 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 18170 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 18171 // 18172 // Aurora MySQL 18173 // 18174 // Possible values are audit, error, general, and slowquery. 18175 // 18176 // Aurora PostgreSQL 18177 // 18178 // Possible value is postgresql. 18179 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 18180 18181 // A value that indicates whether to enable this DB cluster to forward write 18182 // operations to the primary cluster of an Aurora global database (GlobalCluster). 18183 // By default, write operations are not allowed on Aurora DB clusters that are 18184 // secondary clusters in an Aurora global database. 18185 // 18186 // You can set this value only on Aurora DB clusters that are members of an 18187 // Aurora global database. With this parameter enabled, a secondary cluster 18188 // can forward writes to the current primary cluster and the resulting changes 18189 // are replicated back to this cluster. For the primary DB cluster of an Aurora 18190 // global database, this value is used immediately if the primary is demoted 18191 // by the FailoverGlobalCluster API operation, but it does nothing until then. 18192 EnableGlobalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"` 18193 18194 // A value that indicates whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora 18195 // Serverless DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint is disabled. 18196 // 18197 // When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API 18198 // for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also 18199 // query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor. 18200 // 18201 // For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) 18202 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 18203 EnableHttpEndpoint *bool `type:"boolean"` 18204 18205 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 18206 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 18207 // is disabled. 18208 // 18209 // For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 18210 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 18211 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 18212 18213 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 18214 // 18215 // Valid Values: aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), aurora-mysql (for 18216 // MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), and aurora-postgresql 18217 // 18218 // Engine is a required field 18219 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18220 18221 // The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery, 18222 // global, or multimaster. 18223 // 18224 // The parallelquery engine mode isn't required for Aurora MySQL version 1.23 18225 // and higher 1.x versions, and version 2.09 and higher 2.x versions. 18226 // 18227 // The global engine mode isn't required for Aurora MySQL version 1.22 and higher 18228 // 1.x versions, and global engine mode isn't required for any 2.x versions. 18229 // 18230 // The multimaster engine mode only applies for DB clusters created with Aurora 18231 // MySQL version 5.6.10a. 18232 // 18233 // For Aurora PostgreSQL, the global engine mode isn't required, and both the 18234 // parallelquery and the multimaster engine modes currently aren't supported. 18235 // 18236 // Limitations and requirements apply to some DB engine modes. For more information, 18237 // see the following sections in the Amazon Aurora User Guide: 18238 // 18239 // * Limitations of Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html#aurora-serverless.limitations) 18240 // 18241 // * Limitations of Parallel Query (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-mysql-parallel-query.html#aurora-mysql-parallel-query-limitations) 18242 // 18243 // * Limitations of Aurora Global Databases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-global-database.html#aurora-global-database.limitations) 18244 // 18245 // * Limitations of Multi-Master Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-multi-master.html#aurora-multi-master-limitations) 18246 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 18247 18248 // The version number of the database engine to use. 18249 // 18250 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible 18251 // Aurora), use the following command: 18252 // 18253 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 18254 // 18255 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 18256 // 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command: 18257 // 18258 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 18259 // 18260 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the 18261 // following command: 18262 // 18263 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 18264 // 18265 // Aurora MySQL 18266 // 18267 // Example: 5.6.10a, 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5 18268 // 18269 // Aurora PostgreSQL 18270 // 18271 // Example: 9.6.3, 10.7 18272 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 18273 18274 // The global cluster ID of an Aurora cluster that becomes the primary cluster 18275 // in the new global database cluster. 18276 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18277 18278 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 18279 // 18280 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 18281 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 18282 // To use a CMK in a different Amazon Web Services account, specify the key 18283 // ARN or alias ARN. 18284 // 18285 // When a CMK isn't specified in KmsKeyId: 18286 // 18287 // * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then 18288 // Amazon RDS will use the CMK used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon 18289 // RDS will use your default CMK. 18290 // 18291 // * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled and ReplicationSourceIdentifier 18292 // isn't specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. 18293 // 18294 // There is a default CMK for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon 18295 // Web Services account has a different default CMK for each Amazon Web Services 18296 // Region. 18297 // 18298 // If you create a read replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another Amazon 18299 // Web Services Region, you must set KmsKeyId to a Amazon Web Services KMS key 18300 // identifier that is valid in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. This 18301 // CMK is used to encrypt the read replica in that Amazon Web Services Region. 18302 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 18303 18304 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 18305 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 18306 // 18307 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 18308 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 18309 18310 // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. 18311 // 18312 // Constraints: 18313 // 18314 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 18315 // 18316 // * First character must be a letter. 18317 // 18318 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 18319 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 18320 18321 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 18322 // specified option group. 18323 // 18324 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group 18325 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 18326 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 18327 18328 // The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. 18329 // 18330 // Default: 3306 if engine is set as aurora or 5432 if set to aurora-postgresql. 18331 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 18332 18333 // A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster 18334 // action to be called in the source Amazon Web Services Region where the DB 18335 // cluster is replicated from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you 18336 // are performing cross-region replication from an encrypted DB cluster. 18337 // 18338 // The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API action 18339 // that can be executed in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains 18340 // the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. 18341 // 18342 // The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: 18343 // 18344 // * KmsKeyId - The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the key to 18345 // use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster in the destination Amazon Web 18346 // Services Region. This should refer to the same Amazon Web Services KMS 18347 // CMK for both the CreateDBCluster action that is called in the destination 18348 // Amazon Web Services Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed 18349 // URL. 18350 // 18351 // * DestinationRegion - The name of the Amazon Web Services Region that 18352 // Aurora read replica will be created in. 18353 // 18354 // * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted 18355 // DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 18356 // Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For example, 18357 // if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 Amazon Web 18358 // Services Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier would look like 18359 // Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1. 18360 // 18361 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 18362 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) 18363 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 18364 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 18365 // 18366 // If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify 18367 // SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl 18368 // manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is 18369 // a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source Amazon 18370 // Web Services Region. 18371 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 18372 18373 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 18374 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 18375 // 18376 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 18377 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To view the time blocks available, 18378 // see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow) 18379 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 18380 // 18381 // Constraints: 18382 // 18383 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 18384 // 18385 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 18386 // 18387 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 18388 // 18389 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 18390 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 18391 18392 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 18393 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 18394 // 18395 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 18396 // 18397 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 18398 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of 18399 // the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB 18400 // Cluster Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora) 18401 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 18402 // 18403 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 18404 // 18405 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 18406 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 18407 18408 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if 18409 // this DB cluster is created as a read replica. 18410 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18411 18412 // For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the 18413 // DB cluster. 18414 ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"` 18415 18416 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 18417 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 18418 // have the same region as the source ARN. 18419 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 18420 18421 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 18422 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 18423 18424 // Tags to assign to the DB cluster. 18425 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 18426 18427 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. 18428 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 18429 } 18430 18431 // String returns the string representation. 18432 // 18433 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18434 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18435 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18436 func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string { 18437 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18438 } 18439 18440 // GoString returns the string representation. 18441 // 18442 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18443 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18444 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18445 func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 18446 return s.String() 18447 } 18448 18449 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18450 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 18451 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"} 18452 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 18453 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 18454 } 18455 if s.Engine == nil { 18456 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 18457 } 18458 18459 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18460 return invalidParams 18461 } 18462 return nil 18463 } 18464 18465 // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 18466 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18467 s.AvailabilityZones = v 18468 return s 18469 } 18470 18471 // SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 18472 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18473 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 18474 return s 18475 } 18476 18477 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 18478 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18479 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 18480 return s 18481 } 18482 18483 // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 18484 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18485 s.CharacterSetName = &v 18486 return s 18487 } 18488 18489 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 18490 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18491 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 18492 return s 18493 } 18494 18495 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 18496 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18497 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 18498 return s 18499 } 18500 18501 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 18502 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18503 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 18504 return s 18505 } 18506 18507 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 18508 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18509 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 18510 return s 18511 } 18512 18513 // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 18514 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18515 s.DatabaseName = &v 18516 return s 18517 } 18518 18519 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 18520 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18521 s.DeletionProtection = &v 18522 return s 18523 } 18524 18525 // SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 18526 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18527 s.DestinationRegion = &v 18528 return s 18529 } 18530 18531 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 18532 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18533 s.Domain = &v 18534 return s 18535 } 18536 18537 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 18538 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18539 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 18540 return s 18541 } 18542 18543 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 18544 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18545 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 18546 return s 18547 } 18548 18549 // SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding sets the EnableGlobalWriteForwarding field's value. 18550 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18551 s.EnableGlobalWriteForwarding = &v 18552 return s 18553 } 18554 18555 // SetEnableHttpEndpoint sets the EnableHttpEndpoint field's value. 18556 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableHttpEndpoint(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18557 s.EnableHttpEndpoint = &v 18558 return s 18559 } 18560 18561 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 18562 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18563 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 18564 return s 18565 } 18566 18567 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 18568 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18569 s.Engine = &v 18570 return s 18571 } 18572 18573 // SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 18574 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18575 s.EngineMode = &v 18576 return s 18577 } 18578 18579 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 18580 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18581 s.EngineVersion = &v 18582 return s 18583 } 18584 18585 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 18586 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18587 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 18588 return s 18589 } 18590 18591 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 18592 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18593 s.KmsKeyId = &v 18594 return s 18595 } 18596 18597 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 18598 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18599 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 18600 return s 18601 } 18602 18603 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 18604 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18605 s.MasterUsername = &v 18606 return s 18607 } 18608 18609 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 18610 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18611 s.OptionGroupName = &v 18612 return s 18613 } 18614 18615 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 18616 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18617 s.Port = &v 18618 return s 18619 } 18620 18621 // SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 18622 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18623 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 18624 return s 18625 } 18626 18627 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 18628 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18629 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 18630 return s 18631 } 18632 18633 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 18634 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18635 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 18636 return s 18637 } 18638 18639 // SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 18640 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18641 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 18642 return s 18643 } 18644 18645 // SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value. 18646 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18647 s.ScalingConfiguration = v 18648 return s 18649 } 18650 18651 // SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 18652 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18653 s.SourceRegion = &v 18654 return s 18655 } 18656 18657 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 18658 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18659 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 18660 return s 18661 } 18662 18663 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 18664 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18665 s.Tags = v 18666 return s 18667 } 18668 18669 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 18670 func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 18671 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 18672 return s 18673 } 18674 18675 type CreateDBClusterOutput struct { 18676 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18677 18678 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 18679 // 18680 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 18681 // and StartDBCluster actions. 18682 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 18683 } 18684 18685 // String returns the string representation. 18686 // 18687 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18688 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18689 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18690 func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string { 18691 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18692 } 18693 18694 // GoString returns the string representation. 18695 // 18696 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18697 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18698 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18699 func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 18700 return s.String() 18701 } 18702 18703 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 18704 func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput { 18705 s.DBCluster = v 18706 return s 18707 } 18708 18709 type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 18710 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18711 18712 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 18713 // 18714 // Constraints: 18715 // 18716 // * Must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. 18717 // 18718 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 18719 // 18720 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 18721 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18722 18723 // The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group 18724 // can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, 18725 // and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine 18726 // version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. 18727 // 18728 // Aurora MySQL 18729 // 18730 // Example: aurora5.6, aurora-mysql5.7 18731 // 18732 // Aurora PostgreSQL 18733 // 18734 // Example: aurora-postgresql9.6 18735 // 18736 // To list all of the available parameter group families for a DB engine, use 18737 // the following command: 18738 // 18739 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" 18740 // --engine <engine> 18741 // 18742 // For example, to list all of the available parameter group families for the 18743 // Aurora PostgreSQL DB engine, use the following command: 18744 // 18745 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" 18746 // --engine aurora-postgresql 18747 // 18748 // The output contains duplicates. 18749 // 18750 // The following are the valid DB engine values: 18751 // 18752 // * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) 18753 // 18754 // * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) 18755 // 18756 // * aurora-postgresql 18757 // 18758 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 18759 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18760 18761 // The description for the DB cluster parameter group. 18762 // 18763 // Description is a required field 18764 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18765 18766 // Tags to assign to the DB cluster parameter group. 18767 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 18768 } 18769 18770 // String returns the string representation. 18771 // 18772 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18773 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18774 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18775 func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 18776 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18777 } 18778 18779 // GoString returns the string representation. 18780 // 18781 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18782 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18783 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18784 func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 18785 return s.String() 18786 } 18787 18788 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18789 func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 18790 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 18791 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 18792 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 18793 } 18794 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 18795 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 18796 } 18797 if s.Description == nil { 18798 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 18799 } 18800 18801 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18802 return invalidParams 18803 } 18804 return nil 18805 } 18806 18807 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 18808 func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 18809 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 18810 return s 18811 } 18812 18813 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 18814 func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 18815 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 18816 return s 18817 } 18818 18819 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 18820 func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 18821 s.Description = &v 18822 return s 18823 } 18824 18825 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 18826 func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 18827 s.Tags = v 18828 return s 18829 } 18830 18831 type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 18832 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18833 18834 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 18835 // 18836 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 18837 // action. 18838 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 18839 } 18840 18841 // String returns the string representation. 18842 // 18843 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18844 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18845 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18846 func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 18847 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18848 } 18849 18850 // GoString returns the string representation. 18851 // 18852 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18853 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18854 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18855 func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 18856 return s.String() 18857 } 18858 18859 // SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 18860 func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 18861 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 18862 return s 18863 } 18864 18865 type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 18866 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18867 18868 // The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter 18869 // isn't case-sensitive. 18870 // 18871 // Constraints: 18872 // 18873 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 18874 // 18875 // Example: my-cluster1 18876 // 18877 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 18878 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18879 18880 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a 18881 // lowercase string. 18882 // 18883 // Constraints: 18884 // 18885 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 18886 // 18887 // * First character must be a letter. 18888 // 18889 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 18890 // 18891 // Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1 18892 // 18893 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 18894 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18895 18896 // The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. 18897 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 18898 } 18899 18900 // String returns the string representation. 18901 // 18902 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18903 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18904 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18905 func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 18906 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18907 } 18908 18909 // GoString returns the string representation. 18910 // 18911 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18912 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18913 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18914 func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 18915 return s.String() 18916 } 18917 18918 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18919 func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 18920 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 18921 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 18922 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 18923 } 18924 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 18925 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 18926 } 18927 18928 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18929 return invalidParams 18930 } 18931 return nil 18932 } 18933 18934 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 18935 func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 18936 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 18937 return s 18938 } 18939 18940 // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 18941 func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 18942 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 18943 return s 18944 } 18945 18946 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 18947 func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 18948 s.Tags = v 18949 return s 18950 } 18951 18952 type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 18953 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18954 18955 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 18956 // 18957 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 18958 // action. 18959 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 18960 } 18961 18962 // String returns the string representation. 18963 // 18964 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18965 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18966 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18967 func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 18968 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18969 } 18970 18971 // GoString returns the string representation. 18972 // 18973 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 18974 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 18975 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 18976 func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 18977 return s.String() 18978 } 18979 18980 // SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 18981 func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 18982 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 18983 return s 18984 } 18985 18986 type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { 18987 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18988 18989 // The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate for the DB instance. 18990 // 18991 // Type: Integer 18992 // 18993 // Amazon Aurora 18994 // 18995 // Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of 18996 // data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space 18997 // that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. 18998 // 18999 // MySQL 19000 // 19001 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 19002 // 19003 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536. 19004 // 19005 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. 19006 // 19007 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 19008 // 19009 // MariaDB 19010 // 19011 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 19012 // 19013 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536. 19014 // 19015 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. 19016 // 19017 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 19018 // 19019 // PostgreSQL 19020 // 19021 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 19022 // 19023 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536. 19024 // 19025 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. 19026 // 19027 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 19028 // 19029 // Oracle 19030 // 19031 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 19032 // 19033 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 65536. 19034 // 19035 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. 19036 // 19037 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. 19038 // 19039 // SQL Server 19040 // 19041 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 19042 // 19043 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Enterprise and Standard editions: 19044 // Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be 19045 // an integer from 20 to 16384. 19046 // 19047 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must 19048 // be an integer from 200 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be an 19049 // integer from 100 to 16384. 19050 // 19051 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must 19052 // be an integer from 200 to 1024. Web and Express editions: Must be an integer 19053 // from 20 to 1024. 19054 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 19055 19056 // A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically 19057 // to the DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine 19058 // upgrades are applied automatically. 19059 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 19060 19061 // The Availability Zone (AZ) where the database will be created. For information 19062 // on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability 19063 // Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 19064 // 19065 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon 19066 // Web Services Region. 19067 // 19068 // Example: us-east-1d 19069 // 19070 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance 19071 // is a Multi-AZ deployment. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 19072 // same Amazon Web Services Region as the current endpoint. 19073 // 19074 // If you're creating a DB instance in an RDS on VMware environment, specify 19075 // the identifier of the custom Availability Zone to create the DB instance 19076 // in. 19077 // 19078 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 19079 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 19080 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 19081 19082 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this 19083 // parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 19084 // 0 disables automated backups. 19085 // 19086 // Amazon Aurora 19087 // 19088 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 19089 // the DB cluster. 19090 // 19091 // Default: 1 19092 // 19093 // Constraints: 19094 // 19095 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 19096 // 19097 // * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas 19098 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 19099 19100 // For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated 19101 // with the specified CharacterSet. 19102 // 19103 // Amazon Aurora 19104 // 19105 // Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more 19106 // information, see CreateDBCluster. 19107 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 19108 19109 // A value that indicates whether to copy tags from the DB instance to snapshots 19110 // of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. 19111 // 19112 // Amazon Aurora 19113 // 19114 // Not applicable. Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting 19115 // this value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting. 19116 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 19117 19118 // The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. 19119 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 19120 19121 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 19122 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions, 19123 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 19124 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 19125 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19126 // 19127 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 19128 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19129 19130 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 19131 // 19132 // Constraints: 19133 // 19134 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 19135 // 19136 // * First character must be a letter. 19137 // 19138 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 19139 // 19140 // Example: mydbinstance 19141 // 19142 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 19143 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19144 19145 // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you 19146 // use. 19147 // 19148 // MySQL 19149 // 19150 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 19151 // parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance. 19152 // 19153 // Constraints: 19154 // 19155 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 19156 // 19157 // * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, 19158 // or digits (0-9). 19159 // 19160 // * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine 19161 // 19162 // MariaDB 19163 // 19164 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 19165 // parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance. 19166 // 19167 // Constraints: 19168 // 19169 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 19170 // 19171 // * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, 19172 // or digits (0-9). 19173 // 19174 // * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine 19175 // 19176 // PostgreSQL 19177 // 19178 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 19179 // parameter isn't specified, a database named postgres is created in the DB 19180 // instance. 19181 // 19182 // Constraints: 19183 // 19184 // * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. 19185 // 19186 // * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, 19187 // or digits (0-9). 19188 // 19189 // * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine 19190 // 19191 // Oracle 19192 // 19193 // The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify null, 19194 // the default value ORCL is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any 19195 // other reserved word, for DBName. 19196 // 19197 // Default: ORCL 19198 // 19199 // Constraints: 19200 // 19201 // * Can't be longer than 8 characters 19202 // 19203 // SQL Server 19204 // 19205 // Not applicable. Must be null. 19206 // 19207 // Amazon Aurora MySQL 19208 // 19209 // The name of the database to create when the primary DB instance of the Aurora 19210 // MySQL DB cluster is created. If this parameter isn't specified for an Aurora 19211 // MySQL DB cluster, no database is created in the DB cluster. 19212 // 19213 // Constraints: 19214 // 19215 // * It must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters. 19216 // 19217 // * It can't be a word reserved by the database engine. 19218 // 19219 // Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL 19220 // 19221 // The name of the database to create when the primary DB instance of the Aurora 19222 // PostgreSQL DB cluster is created. If this parameter isn't specified for an 19223 // Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster, a database named postgres is created in the 19224 // DB cluster. 19225 // 19226 // Constraints: 19227 // 19228 // * It must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters. 19229 // 19230 // * It must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters 19231 // can be letters, underscores, or digits (0 to 9). 19232 // 19233 // * It can't be a word reserved by the database engine. 19234 DBName *string `type:"string"` 19235 19236 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If 19237 // you do not specify a value, then the default DB parameter group for the specified 19238 // DB engine and version is used. 19239 // 19240 // Constraints: 19241 // 19242 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 19243 // 19244 // * First character must be a letter 19245 // 19246 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 19247 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 19248 19249 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 19250 // 19251 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 19252 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 19253 19254 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 19255 // 19256 // If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. 19257 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 19258 19259 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 19260 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 19261 // deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB 19262 // Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). 19263 // 19264 // Amazon Aurora 19265 // 19266 // Not applicable. You can enable or disable deletion protection for the DB 19267 // cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. DB instances in a DB 19268 // cluster can be deleted even when deletion protection is enabled for the DB 19269 // cluster. 19270 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 19271 19272 // The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently, 19273 // only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can 19274 // be created in an Active Directory Domain. 19275 // 19276 // For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 19277 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19278 Domain *string `type:"string"` 19279 19280 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 19281 // Directory Service. 19282 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 19283 19284 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 19285 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 19286 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 19287 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 19288 // 19289 // Amazon Aurora 19290 // 19291 // Not applicable. CloudWatch Logs exports are managed by the DB cluster. 19292 // 19293 // MariaDB 19294 // 19295 // Possible values are audit, error, general, and slowquery. 19296 // 19297 // Microsoft SQL Server 19298 // 19299 // Possible values are agent and error. 19300 // 19301 // MySQL 19302 // 19303 // Possible values are audit, error, general, and slowquery. 19304 // 19305 // Oracle 19306 // 19307 // Possible values are alert, audit, listener, trace, and oemagent. 19308 // 19309 // PostgreSQL 19310 // 19311 // Possible values are postgresql and upgrade. 19312 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 19313 19314 // A value that indicates whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) 19315 // for an RDS on Outposts DB instance. 19316 // 19317 // A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost 19318 // subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can 19319 // provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of 19320 // its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network. 19321 // 19322 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on 19323 // Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 19324 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19325 // 19326 // For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/outposts-networking-components.html#ip-addressing) 19327 // in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide. 19328 EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"` 19329 19330 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 19331 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 19332 // is disabled. 19333 // 19334 // This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora. Mapping Amazon Web Services 19335 // IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. 19336 // 19337 // For more information, see IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL 19338 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 19339 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19340 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 19341 19342 // A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB 19343 // instance. 19344 // 19345 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 19346 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 19347 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 19348 19349 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 19350 // 19351 // Not every database engine is available for every Amazon Web Services Region. 19352 // 19353 // Valid Values: 19354 // 19355 // * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) 19356 // 19357 // * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) 19358 // 19359 // * aurora-postgresql 19360 // 19361 // * mariadb 19362 // 19363 // * mysql 19364 // 19365 // * oracle-ee 19366 // 19367 // * oracle-ee-cdb 19368 // 19369 // * oracle-se2 19370 // 19371 // * oracle-se2-cdb 19372 // 19373 // * postgres 19374 // 19375 // * sqlserver-ee 19376 // 19377 // * sqlserver-se 19378 // 19379 // * sqlserver-ex 19380 // 19381 // * sqlserver-web 19382 // 19383 // Engine is a required field 19384 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19385 19386 // The version number of the database engine to use. 19387 // 19388 // For a list of valid engine versions, use the DescribeDBEngineVersions action. 19389 // 19390 // The following are the database engines and links to information about the 19391 // major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database 19392 // engine is available for every Amazon Web Services Region. 19393 // 19394 // Amazon Aurora 19395 // 19396 // Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the 19397 // DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. 19398 // 19399 // MariaDB 19400 // 19401 // See MariaDB on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt) 19402 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19403 // 19404 // Microsoft SQL Server 19405 // 19406 // See Microsoft SQL Server Versions on Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.VersionSupport) 19407 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19408 // 19409 // MySQL 19410 // 19411 // See MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) 19412 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19413 // 19414 // Oracle 19415 // 19416 // See Oracle Database Engine Release Notes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html) 19417 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19418 // 19419 // PostgreSQL 19420 // 19421 // See Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL versions and extensions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts) 19422 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19423 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 19424 19425 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 19426 // initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops 19427 // values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS) 19428 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19429 // 19430 // Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances, must 19431 // be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance. 19432 // For SQL Server DB instances, must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage 19433 // amount for the DB instance. 19434 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 19435 19436 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 19437 // 19438 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 19439 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 19440 // To use a CMK in a different Amazon Web Services account, specify the key 19441 // ARN or alias ARN. 19442 // 19443 // Amazon Aurora 19444 // 19445 // Not applicable. The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is managed by 19446 // the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 19447 // 19448 // If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId 19449 // parameter, then Amazon RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK 19450 // for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has 19451 // a different default CMK for each Amazon Web Services Region. 19452 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 19453 19454 // License model information for this DB instance. 19455 // 19456 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 19457 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 19458 19459 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 19460 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 19461 // 19462 // Amazon Aurora 19463 // 19464 // Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 19465 // 19466 // MariaDB 19467 // 19468 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 19469 // 19470 // Microsoft SQL Server 19471 // 19472 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 19473 // 19474 // MySQL 19475 // 19476 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 19477 // 19478 // Oracle 19479 // 19480 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. 19481 // 19482 // PostgreSQL 19483 // 19484 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 19485 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 19486 19487 // The name for the master user. 19488 // 19489 // Amazon Aurora 19490 // 19491 // Not applicable. The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 19492 // 19493 // MariaDB 19494 // 19495 // Constraints: 19496 // 19497 // * Required for MariaDB. 19498 // 19499 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 19500 // 19501 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 19502 // 19503 // Microsoft SQL Server 19504 // 19505 // Constraints: 19506 // 19507 // * Required for SQL Server. 19508 // 19509 // * Must be 1 to 128 letters or numbers. 19510 // 19511 // * The first character must be a letter. 19512 // 19513 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 19514 // 19515 // MySQL 19516 // 19517 // Constraints: 19518 // 19519 // * Required for MySQL. 19520 // 19521 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 19522 // 19523 // * First character must be a letter. 19524 // 19525 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 19526 // 19527 // Oracle 19528 // 19529 // Constraints: 19530 // 19531 // * Required for Oracle. 19532 // 19533 // * Must be 1 to 30 letters or numbers. 19534 // 19535 // * First character must be a letter. 19536 // 19537 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 19538 // 19539 // PostgreSQL 19540 // 19541 // Constraints: 19542 // 19543 // * Required for PostgreSQL. 19544 // 19545 // * Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers. 19546 // 19547 // * First character must be a letter. 19548 // 19549 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 19550 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 19551 19552 // The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically 19553 // scale the storage of the DB instance. 19554 // 19555 // For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply 19556 // to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling 19557 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) 19558 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19559 MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 19560 19561 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 19562 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 19563 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 19564 // 19565 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 19566 // to a value other than 0. 19567 // 19568 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 19569 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 19570 19571 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 19572 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 19573 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling 19574 // Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) 19575 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19576 // 19577 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 19578 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 19579 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 19580 19581 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 19582 // You can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ 19583 // deployment. 19584 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 19585 19586 // The name of the NCHAR character set for the Oracle DB instance. 19587 NcharCharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 19588 19589 // A value that indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the 19590 // specified option group. 19591 // 19592 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 19593 // can't be removed from an option group. Also, that option group can't be removed 19594 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 19595 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 19596 19597 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance 19598 // Insights data. 19599 // 19600 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 19601 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 19602 // 19603 // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon 19604 // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your Amazon Web Services 19605 // account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default CMK for 19606 // each Amazon Web Services Region. 19607 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 19608 19609 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 19610 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 19611 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 19612 19613 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 19614 // 19615 // MySQL 19616 // 19617 // Default: 3306 19618 // 19619 // Valid values: 1150-65535 19620 // 19621 // Type: Integer 19622 // 19623 // MariaDB 19624 // 19625 // Default: 3306 19626 // 19627 // Valid values: 1150-65535 19628 // 19629 // Type: Integer 19630 // 19631 // PostgreSQL 19632 // 19633 // Default: 5432 19634 // 19635 // Valid values: 1150-65535 19636 // 19637 // Type: Integer 19638 // 19639 // Oracle 19640 // 19641 // Default: 1521 19642 // 19643 // Valid values: 1150-65535 19644 // 19645 // SQL Server 19646 // 19647 // Default: 1433 19648 // 19649 // Valid values: 1150-65535 except 1234, 1434, 3260, 3343, 3389, 47001, and 19650 // 49152-49156. 19651 // 19652 // Amazon Aurora 19653 // 19654 // Default: 3306 19655 // 19656 // Valid values: 1150-65535 19657 // 19658 // Type: Integer 19659 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 19660 19661 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 19662 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. The default 19663 // is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for 19664 // each Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Backup window 19665 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow) 19666 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 19667 // 19668 // Amazon Aurora 19669 // 19670 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 19671 // by the DB cluster. 19672 // 19673 // Constraints: 19674 // 19675 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 19676 // 19677 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 19678 // 19679 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 19680 // 19681 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 19682 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 19683 19684 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 19685 // Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance 19686 // Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance). 19687 // 19688 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 19689 // 19690 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 19691 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of 19692 // the week. 19693 // 19694 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 19695 // 19696 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 19697 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 19698 19699 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 19700 // class of the DB instance. 19701 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 19702 19703 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 19704 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 19705 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) 19706 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 19707 // 19708 // Default: 1 19709 // 19710 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 19711 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 19712 19713 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. 19714 // 19715 // When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to 19716 // the private IP address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public 19717 // IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance 19718 // is ultimately controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access 19719 // is not permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't 19720 // permit it. 19721 // 19722 // When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance 19723 // with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 19724 // 19725 // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName 19726 // is specified. 19727 // 19728 // If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, 19729 // the following applies: 19730 // 19731 // * If the default VPC in the target region doesn’t have an Internet gateway 19732 // attached to it, the DB instance is private. 19733 // 19734 // * If the default VPC in the target region has an Internet gateway attached 19735 // to it, the DB instance is public. 19736 // 19737 // If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, 19738 // the following applies: 19739 // 19740 // * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an Internet gateway 19741 // attached to it, the DB instance is private. 19742 // 19743 // * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an Internet gateway attached 19744 // to it, the DB instance is public. 19745 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 19746 19747 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is encrypted. By default, 19748 // it isn't encrypted. 19749 // 19750 // Amazon Aurora 19751 // 19752 // Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 19753 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 19754 19755 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 19756 // 19757 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 19758 // 19759 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 19760 // 19761 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2 19762 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 19763 19764 // Tags to assign to the DB instance. 19765 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 19766 19767 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 19768 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 19769 19770 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 19771 // device. 19772 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 19773 19774 // The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported 19775 // only by Microsoft SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). 19776 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 19777 19778 // A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 19779 // 19780 // Amazon Aurora 19781 // 19782 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 19783 // by the DB cluster. 19784 // 19785 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 19786 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 19787 } 19788 19789 // String returns the string representation. 19790 // 19791 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 19792 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 19793 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 19794 func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string { 19795 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19796 } 19797 19798 // GoString returns the string representation. 19799 // 19800 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 19801 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 19802 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 19803 func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 19804 return s.String() 19805 } 19806 19807 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19808 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 19809 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"} 19810 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 19811 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 19812 } 19813 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 19814 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 19815 } 19816 if s.Engine == nil { 19817 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 19818 } 19819 19820 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19821 return invalidParams 19822 } 19823 return nil 19824 } 19825 19826 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 19827 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19828 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 19829 return s 19830 } 19831 19832 // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 19833 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19834 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 19835 return s 19836 } 19837 19838 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 19839 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19840 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 19841 return s 19842 } 19843 19844 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 19845 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19846 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 19847 return s 19848 } 19849 19850 // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 19851 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19852 s.CharacterSetName = &v 19853 return s 19854 } 19855 19856 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 19857 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19858 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 19859 return s 19860 } 19861 19862 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 19863 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19864 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 19865 return s 19866 } 19867 19868 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 19869 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19870 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 19871 return s 19872 } 19873 19874 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 19875 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19876 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 19877 return s 19878 } 19879 19880 // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 19881 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19882 s.DBName = &v 19883 return s 19884 } 19885 19886 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 19887 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19888 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 19889 return s 19890 } 19891 19892 // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 19893 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19894 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 19895 return s 19896 } 19897 19898 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 19899 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19900 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 19901 return s 19902 } 19903 19904 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 19905 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19906 s.DeletionProtection = &v 19907 return s 19908 } 19909 19910 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 19911 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19912 s.Domain = &v 19913 return s 19914 } 19915 19916 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 19917 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19918 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 19919 return s 19920 } 19921 19922 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 19923 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19924 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 19925 return s 19926 } 19927 19928 // SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value. 19929 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19930 s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v 19931 return s 19932 } 19933 19934 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 19935 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19936 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 19937 return s 19938 } 19939 19940 // SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 19941 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19942 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 19943 return s 19944 } 19945 19946 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 19947 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19948 s.Engine = &v 19949 return s 19950 } 19951 19952 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 19953 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19954 s.EngineVersion = &v 19955 return s 19956 } 19957 19958 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 19959 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19960 s.Iops = &v 19961 return s 19962 } 19963 19964 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 19965 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19966 s.KmsKeyId = &v 19967 return s 19968 } 19969 19970 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 19971 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19972 s.LicenseModel = &v 19973 return s 19974 } 19975 19976 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 19977 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19978 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 19979 return s 19980 } 19981 19982 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 19983 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19984 s.MasterUsername = &v 19985 return s 19986 } 19987 19988 // SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value. 19989 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19990 s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v 19991 return s 19992 } 19993 19994 // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 19995 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 19996 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 19997 return s 19998 } 19999 20000 // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 20001 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20002 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 20003 return s 20004 } 20005 20006 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 20007 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20008 s.MultiAZ = &v 20009 return s 20010 } 20011 20012 // SetNcharCharacterSetName sets the NcharCharacterSetName field's value. 20013 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetNcharCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20014 s.NcharCharacterSetName = &v 20015 return s 20016 } 20017 20018 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 20019 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20020 s.OptionGroupName = &v 20021 return s 20022 } 20023 20024 // SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 20025 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20026 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 20027 return s 20028 } 20029 20030 // SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 20031 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20032 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 20033 return s 20034 } 20035 20036 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 20037 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20038 s.Port = &v 20039 return s 20040 } 20041 20042 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 20043 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20044 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 20045 return s 20046 } 20047 20048 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 20049 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20050 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 20051 return s 20052 } 20053 20054 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 20055 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20056 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 20057 return s 20058 } 20059 20060 // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 20061 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20062 s.PromotionTier = &v 20063 return s 20064 } 20065 20066 // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 20067 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20068 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 20069 return s 20070 } 20071 20072 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 20073 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20074 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 20075 return s 20076 } 20077 20078 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 20079 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20080 s.StorageType = &v 20081 return s 20082 } 20083 20084 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 20085 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20086 s.Tags = v 20087 return s 20088 } 20089 20090 // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 20091 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20092 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 20093 return s 20094 } 20095 20096 // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 20097 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20098 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 20099 return s 20100 } 20101 20102 // SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 20103 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20104 s.Timezone = &v 20105 return s 20106 } 20107 20108 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 20109 func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 20110 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 20111 return s 20112 } 20113 20114 type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct { 20115 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20116 20117 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 20118 // 20119 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 20120 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 20121 } 20122 20123 // String returns the string representation. 20124 // 20125 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20126 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20127 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20128 func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 20129 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20130 } 20131 20132 // GoString returns the string representation. 20133 // 20134 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20135 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20136 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20137 func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 20138 return s.String() 20139 } 20140 20141 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 20142 func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput { 20143 s.DBInstance = v 20144 return s 20145 } 20146 20147 type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { 20148 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20149 20150 // A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically 20151 // to the read replica during the maintenance window. 20152 // 20153 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance 20154 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 20155 20156 // The Availability Zone (AZ) where the read replica will be created. 20157 // 20158 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon 20159 // Web Services Region. 20160 // 20161 // Example: us-east-1d 20162 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 20163 20164 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the read replica to 20165 // snapshots of the read replica. By default, tags are not copied. 20166 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 20167 20168 // The compute and memory capacity of the read replica, for example, db.m4.large. 20169 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions, 20170 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 20171 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 20172 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20173 // 20174 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. 20175 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 20176 20177 // The DB instance identifier of the read replica. This identifier is the unique 20178 // key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase 20179 // string. 20180 // 20181 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 20182 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20183 20184 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. 20185 // 20186 // If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then Amazon RDS uses 20187 // the DBParameterGroup of source DB instance for a same region read replica, 20188 // or the default DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine for a cross region 20189 // read replica. 20190 // 20191 // Currently, specifying a parameter group for this operation is only supported 20192 // for Oracle DB instances. 20193 // 20194 // Constraints: 20195 // 20196 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 20197 // 20198 // * First character must be a letter 20199 // 20200 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 20201 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 20202 20203 // Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created 20204 // in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is 20205 // specified, then the new DB instance isn't created in a VPC. 20206 // 20207 // Constraints: 20208 // 20209 // * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies 20210 // a DB instance in another Amazon Web Services Region. 20211 // 20212 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 20213 // 20214 // * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same Amazon Web Services 20215 // Region in which the operation is running. 20216 // 20217 // * All read replicas in one Amazon Web Services Region that are created 20218 // from the same source DB instance must either:> Specify DB subnet groups 20219 // from the same VPC. All these read replicas are created in the same VPC. 20220 // Not specify a DB subnet group. All these read replicas are created outside 20221 // of any VPC. 20222 // 20223 // Example: mySubnetgroup 20224 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 20225 20226 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 20227 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 20228 // deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB 20229 // Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). 20230 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 20231 20232 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 20233 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 20234 20235 // The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently, 20236 // only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can 20237 // be created in an Active Directory Domain. 20238 // 20239 // For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 20240 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20241 Domain *string `type:"string"` 20242 20243 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 20244 // Directory Service. 20245 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 20246 20247 // The list of logs that the new DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. 20248 // The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more information, 20249 // see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 20250 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20251 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 20252 20253 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 20254 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 20255 // is disabled. 20256 // 20257 // For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database 20258 // Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 20259 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20260 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 20261 20262 // A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the read 20263 // replica. 20264 // 20265 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 20266 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20267 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 20268 20269 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 20270 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 20271 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 20272 20273 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted read replica. 20274 // 20275 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 20276 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS CMK. 20277 // 20278 // If you create an encrypted read replica in the same Amazon Web Services Region 20279 // as the source DB instance, then do not specify a value for this parameter. 20280 // A read replica in the same Region is always encrypted with the same Amazon 20281 // Web Services KMS CMK as the source DB instance. 20282 // 20283 // If you create an encrypted read replica in a different Amazon Web Services 20284 // Region, then you must specify a Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for 20285 // the destination Amazon Web Services Region. Amazon Web Services KMS CMKs 20286 // are specific to the Amazon Web Services Region that they are created in, 20287 // and you can't use CMKs from one Amazon Web Services Region in another Amazon 20288 // Web Services Region. 20289 // 20290 // You can't create an encrypted read replica from an unencrypted DB instance. 20291 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 20292 20293 // The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically 20294 // scale the storage of the DB instance. 20295 // 20296 // For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply 20297 // to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling 20298 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) 20299 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20300 MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 20301 20302 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 20303 // are collected for the read replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 20304 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 20305 // 20306 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 20307 // to a value other than 0. 20308 // 20309 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 20310 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 20311 20312 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 20313 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 20314 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role 20315 // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole) 20316 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20317 // 20318 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 20319 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 20320 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 20321 20322 // A value that indicates whether the read replica is in a Multi-AZ deployment. 20323 // 20324 // You can create a read replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance. RDS creates a standby 20325 // of your replica in another Availability Zone for failover support for the 20326 // replica. Creating your read replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance is independent 20327 // of whether the source database is a Multi-AZ DB instance. 20328 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 20329 20330 // The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the option 20331 // group associated with the source instance is used. 20332 // 20333 // For SQL Server, you must use the option group associated with the source 20334 // instance. 20335 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 20336 20337 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance 20338 // Insights data. 20339 // 20340 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 20341 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 20342 // 20343 // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon 20344 // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your Amazon Web Services 20345 // account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default CMK for 20346 // each Amazon Web Services Region. 20347 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 20348 20349 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 20350 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 20351 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 20352 20353 // The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. 20354 // 20355 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance 20356 // 20357 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 20358 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 20359 20360 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 20361 // API action in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains the source 20362 // DB instance. 20363 // 20364 // You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted read replica 20365 // from another Amazon Web Services Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't 20366 // specify PreSignedUrl when you are creating an encrypted read replica in the 20367 // same Amazon Web Services Region. 20368 // 20369 // The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 20370 // API action that can be executed in the source Amazon Web Services Region 20371 // that contains the encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request 20372 // must contain the following parameter values: 20373 // 20374 // * DestinationRegion - The Amazon Web Services Region that the encrypted 20375 // read replica is created in. This Amazon Web Services Region is the same 20376 // one where the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action is called that contains 20377 // this presigned URL. For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance 20378 // in the us-west-1 Amazon Web Services Region, from a source DB instance 20379 // in the us-east-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then you call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 20380 // action in the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services Region and provide a presigned 20381 // URL that contains a call to the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action in 20382 // the us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion 20383 // in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services 20384 // Region. 20385 // 20386 // * KmsKeyId - The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the key to 20387 // use to encrypt the read replica in the destination Amazon Web Services 20388 // Region. This is the same identifier for both the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 20389 // action that is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, and 20390 // the action contained in the presigned URL. 20391 // 20392 // * SourceDBInstanceIdentifier - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted 20393 // DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 20394 // Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For example, 20395 // if you are creating an encrypted read replica from a DB instance in the 20396 // us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then your SourceDBInstanceIdentifier 20397 // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115. 20398 // 20399 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 20400 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) 20401 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 20402 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 20403 // 20404 // If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify 20405 // SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl 20406 // manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a 20407 // valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source Amazon 20408 // Web Services Region. 20409 // 20410 // SourceRegion isn't supported for SQL Server, because SQL Server on Amazon 20411 // RDS doesn't support cross-region read replicas. 20412 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 20413 20414 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 20415 // class of the DB instance. 20416 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 20417 20418 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. 20419 // 20420 // When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to 20421 // the private IP address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public 20422 // IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance 20423 // is ultimately controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access 20424 // is not permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't 20425 // permit it. 20426 // 20427 // When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance 20428 // with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 20429 // 20430 // For more information, see CreateDBInstance. 20431 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 20432 20433 // The open mode of the replica database: mounted or read-only. 20434 // 20435 // This parameter is only supported for Oracle DB instances. 20436 // 20437 // Mounted DB replicas are included in Oracle Enterprise Edition. The main use 20438 // case for mounted replicas is cross-Region disaster recovery. The primary 20439 // database doesn't use Active Data Guard to transmit information to the mounted 20440 // replica. Because it doesn't accept user connections, a mounted replica can't 20441 // serve a read-only workload. 20442 // 20443 // You can create a combination of mounted and read-only DB replicas for the 20444 // same primary DB instance. For more information, see Working with Oracle Read 20445 // Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html) 20446 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20447 ReplicaMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaMode"` 20448 20449 // The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the read 20450 // replica. Each DB instance can have up to five read replicas. 20451 // 20452 // Constraints: 20453 // 20454 // * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, Oracle, PostgreSQL, 20455 // or SQL Server DB instance. 20456 // 20457 // * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL read replica only if the source 20458 // is running MySQL 5.6 or later. 20459 // 20460 // * For the limitations of Oracle read replicas, see Read Replica Limitations 20461 // with Oracle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html) 20462 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20463 // 20464 // * For the limitations of SQL Server read replicas, see Read Replica Limitations 20465 // with Microsoft SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/SQLServer.ReadReplicas.Limitations.html) 20466 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20467 // 20468 // * Can specify a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the source is running PostgreSQL 20469 // 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross-region replication). 20470 // 20471 // * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, that 20472 // is, its backup retention period must be greater than 0. 20473 // 20474 // * If the source DB instance is in the same Amazon Web Services Region 20475 // as the read replica, specify a valid DB instance identifier. 20476 // 20477 // * If the source DB instance is in a different Amazon Web Services Region 20478 // from the read replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, 20479 // see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing) 20480 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. This doesn't apply to SQL Server, which 20481 // doesn't support cross-region replicas. 20482 // 20483 // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 20484 SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20485 20486 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 20487 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 20488 // have the same region as the source ARN. 20489 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 20490 20491 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the read replica. 20492 // 20493 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 20494 // 20495 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 20496 // 20497 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2 20498 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 20499 20500 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 20501 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20502 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 20503 20504 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 20505 // its default processor features. 20506 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 20507 20508 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the read replica. 20509 // 20510 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 20511 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 20512 } 20513 20514 // String returns the string representation. 20515 // 20516 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20517 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20518 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20519 func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string { 20520 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20521 } 20522 20523 // GoString returns the string representation. 20524 // 20525 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20526 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20527 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20528 func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { 20529 return s.String() 20530 } 20531 20532 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20533 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { 20534 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput"} 20535 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 20536 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 20537 } 20538 if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 20539 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier")) 20540 } 20541 20542 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20543 return invalidParams 20544 } 20545 return nil 20546 } 20547 20548 // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 20549 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20550 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 20551 return s 20552 } 20553 20554 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 20555 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20556 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 20557 return s 20558 } 20559 20560 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 20561 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20562 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 20563 return s 20564 } 20565 20566 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 20567 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20568 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 20569 return s 20570 } 20571 20572 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 20573 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20574 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 20575 return s 20576 } 20577 20578 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 20579 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20580 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 20581 return s 20582 } 20583 20584 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 20585 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20586 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 20587 return s 20588 } 20589 20590 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 20591 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20592 s.DeletionProtection = &v 20593 return s 20594 } 20595 20596 // SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 20597 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20598 s.DestinationRegion = &v 20599 return s 20600 } 20601 20602 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 20603 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20604 s.Domain = &v 20605 return s 20606 } 20607 20608 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 20609 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20610 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 20611 return s 20612 } 20613 20614 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 20615 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20616 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 20617 return s 20618 } 20619 20620 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 20621 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20622 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 20623 return s 20624 } 20625 20626 // SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 20627 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20628 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 20629 return s 20630 } 20631 20632 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 20633 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20634 s.Iops = &v 20635 return s 20636 } 20637 20638 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 20639 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20640 s.KmsKeyId = &v 20641 return s 20642 } 20643 20644 // SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value. 20645 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20646 s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v 20647 return s 20648 } 20649 20650 // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 20651 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20652 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 20653 return s 20654 } 20655 20656 // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 20657 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20658 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 20659 return s 20660 } 20661 20662 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 20663 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20664 s.MultiAZ = &v 20665 return s 20666 } 20667 20668 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 20669 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20670 s.OptionGroupName = &v 20671 return s 20672 } 20673 20674 // SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 20675 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20676 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 20677 return s 20678 } 20679 20680 // SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 20681 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20682 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 20683 return s 20684 } 20685 20686 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 20687 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20688 s.Port = &v 20689 return s 20690 } 20691 20692 // SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 20693 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20694 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 20695 return s 20696 } 20697 20698 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 20699 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20700 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 20701 return s 20702 } 20703 20704 // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 20705 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20706 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 20707 return s 20708 } 20709 20710 // SetReplicaMode sets the ReplicaMode field's value. 20711 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetReplicaMode(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20712 s.ReplicaMode = &v 20713 return s 20714 } 20715 20716 // SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 20717 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20718 s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 20719 return s 20720 } 20721 20722 // SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 20723 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20724 s.SourceRegion = &v 20725 return s 20726 } 20727 20728 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 20729 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20730 s.StorageType = &v 20731 return s 20732 } 20733 20734 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 20735 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20736 s.Tags = v 20737 return s 20738 } 20739 20740 // SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 20741 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20742 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 20743 return s 20744 } 20745 20746 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 20747 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 20748 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 20749 return s 20750 } 20751 20752 type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct { 20753 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20754 20755 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 20756 // 20757 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 20758 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 20759 } 20760 20761 // String returns the string representation. 20762 // 20763 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20764 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20765 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20766 func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string { 20767 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20768 } 20769 20770 // GoString returns the string representation. 20771 // 20772 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20773 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20774 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20775 func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { 20776 return s.String() 20777 } 20778 20779 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 20780 func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput { 20781 s.DBInstance = v 20782 return s 20783 } 20784 20785 type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { 20786 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20787 20788 // The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated 20789 // with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only 20790 // to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible 20791 // with that DB parameter group family. 20792 // 20793 // To list all of the available parameter group families for a DB engine, use 20794 // the following command: 20795 // 20796 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" 20797 // --engine <engine> 20798 // 20799 // For example, to list all of the available parameter group families for the 20800 // MySQL DB engine, use the following command: 20801 // 20802 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" 20803 // --engine mysql 20804 // 20805 // The output contains duplicates. 20806 // 20807 // The following are the valid DB engine values: 20808 // 20809 // * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) 20810 // 20811 // * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) 20812 // 20813 // * aurora-postgresql 20814 // 20815 // * mariadb 20816 // 20817 // * mysql 20818 // 20819 // * oracle-ee 20820 // 20821 // * oracle-ee-cdb 20822 // 20823 // * oracle-se2 20824 // 20825 // * oracle-se2-cdb 20826 // 20827 // * postgres 20828 // 20829 // * sqlserver-ee 20830 // 20831 // * sqlserver-se 20832 // 20833 // * sqlserver-ex 20834 // 20835 // * sqlserver-web 20836 // 20837 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 20838 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20839 20840 // The name of the DB parameter group. 20841 // 20842 // Constraints: 20843 // 20844 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 20845 // 20846 // * First character must be a letter 20847 // 20848 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 20849 // 20850 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 20851 // 20852 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 20853 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20854 20855 // The description for the DB parameter group. 20856 // 20857 // Description is a required field 20858 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20859 20860 // Tags to assign to the DB parameter group. 20861 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 20862 } 20863 20864 // String returns the string representation. 20865 // 20866 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20867 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20868 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20869 func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 20870 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20871 } 20872 20873 // GoString returns the string representation. 20874 // 20875 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20876 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20877 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20878 func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 20879 return s.String() 20880 } 20881 20882 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20883 func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 20884 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"} 20885 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 20886 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 20887 } 20888 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 20889 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 20890 } 20891 if s.Description == nil { 20892 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 20893 } 20894 20895 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20896 return invalidParams 20897 } 20898 return nil 20899 } 20900 20901 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 20902 func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 20903 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 20904 return s 20905 } 20906 20907 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 20908 func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 20909 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 20910 return s 20911 } 20912 20913 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 20914 func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 20915 s.Description = &v 20916 return s 20917 } 20918 20919 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 20920 func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 20921 s.Tags = v 20922 return s 20923 } 20924 20925 type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 20926 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20927 20928 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 20929 // 20930 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 20931 // action. 20932 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 20933 } 20934 20935 // String returns the string representation. 20936 // 20937 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20938 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20939 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20940 func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 20941 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20942 } 20943 20944 // GoString returns the string representation. 20945 // 20946 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20947 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20948 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20949 func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 20950 return s.String() 20951 } 20952 20953 // SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 20954 func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput { 20955 s.DBParameterGroup = v 20956 return s 20957 } 20958 20959 type CreateDBProxyEndpointInput struct { 20960 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20961 20962 // The name of the DB proxy endpoint to create. 20963 // 20964 // DBProxyEndpointName is a required field 20965 DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 20966 20967 // The name of the DB proxy associated with the DB proxy endpoint that you create. 20968 // 20969 // DBProxyName is a required field 20970 DBProxyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 20971 20972 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 20973 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 20974 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 20975 20976 // A value that indicates whether the DB proxy endpoint can be used for read/write 20977 // or read-only operations. The default is READ_WRITE. 20978 TargetRole *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyEndpointTargetRole"` 20979 20980 // The VPC security group IDs for the DB proxy endpoint that you create. You 20981 // can specify a different set of security group IDs than for the original DB 20982 // proxy. The default is the default security group for the VPC. 20983 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` 20984 20985 // The VPC subnet IDs for the DB proxy endpoint that you create. You can specify 20986 // a different set of subnet IDs than for the original DB proxy. 20987 // 20988 // VpcSubnetIds is a required field 20989 VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 20990 } 20991 20992 // String returns the string representation. 20993 // 20994 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 20995 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 20996 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 20997 func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) String() string { 20998 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20999 } 21000 21001 // GoString returns the string representation. 21002 // 21003 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21004 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21005 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21006 func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) GoString() string { 21007 return s.String() 21008 } 21009 21010 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21011 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) Validate() error { 21012 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBProxyEndpointInput"} 21013 if s.DBProxyEndpointName == nil { 21014 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyEndpointName")) 21015 } 21016 if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 { 21017 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1)) 21018 } 21019 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 21020 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 21021 } 21022 if s.DBProxyName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyName) < 1 { 21023 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyName", 1)) 21024 } 21025 if s.VpcSubnetIds == nil { 21026 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcSubnetIds")) 21027 } 21028 21029 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21030 return invalidParams 21031 } 21032 return nil 21033 } 21034 21035 // SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value. 21036 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput { 21037 s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v 21038 return s 21039 } 21040 21041 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 21042 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput { 21043 s.DBProxyName = &v 21044 return s 21045 } 21046 21047 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21048 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput { 21049 s.Tags = v 21050 return s 21051 } 21052 21053 // SetTargetRole sets the TargetRole field's value. 21054 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetTargetRole(v string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput { 21055 s.TargetRole = &v 21056 return s 21057 } 21058 21059 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 21060 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput { 21061 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 21062 return s 21063 } 21064 21065 // SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value. 21066 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyEndpointInput { 21067 s.VpcSubnetIds = v 21068 return s 21069 } 21070 21071 type CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput struct { 21072 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21073 21074 // The DBProxyEndpoint object that is created by the API operation. The DB proxy 21075 // endpoint that you create might provide capabilities such as read/write or 21076 // read-only operations, or using a different VPC than the proxy's default VPC. 21077 DBProxyEndpoint *DBProxyEndpoint `type:"structure"` 21078 } 21079 21080 // String returns the string representation. 21081 // 21082 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21083 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21084 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21085 func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) String() string { 21086 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21087 } 21088 21089 // GoString returns the string representation. 21090 // 21091 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21092 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21093 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21094 func (s CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 21095 return s.String() 21096 } 21097 21098 // SetDBProxyEndpoint sets the DBProxyEndpoint field's value. 21099 func (s *CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoint(v *DBProxyEndpoint) *CreateDBProxyEndpointOutput { 21100 s.DBProxyEndpoint = v 21101 return s 21102 } 21103 21104 type CreateDBProxyInput struct { 21105 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21106 21107 // The authorization mechanism that the proxy uses. 21108 // 21109 // Auth is a required field 21110 Auth []*UserAuthConfig `type:"list" required:"true"` 21111 21112 // The identifier for the proxy. This name must be unique for all proxies owned 21113 // by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services 21114 // Region. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII 21115 // letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive 21116 // hyphens. 21117 // 21118 // DBProxyName is a required field 21119 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21120 21121 // Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its 21122 // logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or 21123 // the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information 21124 // includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus, 21125 // only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have 21126 // security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears 21127 // in the logs. 21128 DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"` 21129 21130 // The kinds of databases that the proxy can connect to. This value determines 21131 // which database network protocol the proxy recognizes when it interprets network 21132 // traffic to and from the database. The engine family applies to MySQL and 21133 // PostgreSQL for both RDS and Aurora. 21134 // 21135 // EngineFamily is a required field 21136 EngineFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EngineFamily"` 21137 21138 // The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before 21139 // the proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the 21140 // connection timeout limit for the associated database. 21141 IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 21142 21143 // A Boolean parameter that specifies whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) 21144 // encryption is required for connections to the proxy. By enabling this setting, 21145 // you can enforce encrypted TLS connections to the proxy. 21146 RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"` 21147 21148 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access 21149 // secrets in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. 21150 // 21151 // RoleArn is a required field 21152 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21153 21154 // An optional set of key-value pairs to associate arbitrary data of your choosing 21155 // with the proxy. 21156 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 21157 21158 // One or more VPC security group IDs to associate with the new proxy. 21159 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` 21160 21161 // One or more VPC subnet IDs to associate with the new proxy. 21162 // 21163 // VpcSubnetIds is a required field 21164 VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 21165 } 21166 21167 // String returns the string representation. 21168 // 21169 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21170 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21171 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21172 func (s CreateDBProxyInput) String() string { 21173 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21174 } 21175 21176 // GoString returns the string representation. 21177 // 21178 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21179 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21180 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21181 func (s CreateDBProxyInput) GoString() string { 21182 return s.String() 21183 } 21184 21185 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21186 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) Validate() error { 21187 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBProxyInput"} 21188 if s.Auth == nil { 21189 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Auth")) 21190 } 21191 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 21192 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 21193 } 21194 if s.EngineFamily == nil { 21195 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineFamily")) 21196 } 21197 if s.RoleArn == nil { 21198 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 21199 } 21200 if s.VpcSubnetIds == nil { 21201 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcSubnetIds")) 21202 } 21203 21204 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21205 return invalidParams 21206 } 21207 return nil 21208 } 21209 21210 // SetAuth sets the Auth field's value. 21211 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetAuth(v []*UserAuthConfig) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21212 s.Auth = v 21213 return s 21214 } 21215 21216 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 21217 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21218 s.DBProxyName = &v 21219 return s 21220 } 21221 21222 // SetDebugLogging sets the DebugLogging field's value. 21223 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetDebugLogging(v bool) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21224 s.DebugLogging = &v 21225 return s 21226 } 21227 21228 // SetEngineFamily sets the EngineFamily field's value. 21229 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetEngineFamily(v string) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21230 s.EngineFamily = &v 21231 return s 21232 } 21233 21234 // SetIdleClientTimeout sets the IdleClientTimeout field's value. 21235 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetIdleClientTimeout(v int64) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21236 s.IdleClientTimeout = &v 21237 return s 21238 } 21239 21240 // SetRequireTLS sets the RequireTLS field's value. 21241 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetRequireTLS(v bool) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21242 s.RequireTLS = &v 21243 return s 21244 } 21245 21246 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 21247 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21248 s.RoleArn = &v 21249 return s 21250 } 21251 21252 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21253 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21254 s.Tags = v 21255 return s 21256 } 21257 21258 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 21259 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21260 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 21261 return s 21262 } 21263 21264 // SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value. 21265 func (s *CreateDBProxyInput) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBProxyInput { 21266 s.VpcSubnetIds = v 21267 return s 21268 } 21269 21270 type CreateDBProxyOutput struct { 21271 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21272 21273 // The DBProxy structure corresponding to the new proxy. 21274 DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"` 21275 } 21276 21277 // String returns the string representation. 21278 // 21279 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21280 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21281 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21282 func (s CreateDBProxyOutput) String() string { 21283 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21284 } 21285 21286 // GoString returns the string representation. 21287 // 21288 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21289 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21290 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21291 func (s CreateDBProxyOutput) GoString() string { 21292 return s.String() 21293 } 21294 21295 // SetDBProxy sets the DBProxy field's value. 21296 func (s *CreateDBProxyOutput) SetDBProxy(v *DBProxy) *CreateDBProxyOutput { 21297 s.DBProxy = v 21298 return s 21299 } 21300 21301 type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct { 21302 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21303 21304 // The description for the DB security group. 21305 // 21306 // DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field 21307 DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21308 21309 // The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 21310 // 21311 // Constraints: 21312 // 21313 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 21314 // 21315 // * First character must be a letter 21316 // 21317 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 21318 // 21319 // * Must not be "Default" 21320 // 21321 // Example: mysecuritygroup 21322 // 21323 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 21324 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21325 21326 // Tags to assign to the DB security group. 21327 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 21328 } 21329 21330 // String returns the string representation. 21331 // 21332 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21333 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21334 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21335 func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 21336 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21337 } 21338 21339 // GoString returns the string representation. 21340 // 21341 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21342 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21343 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21344 func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 21345 return s.String() 21346 } 21347 21348 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21349 func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 21350 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSecurityGroupInput"} 21351 if s.DBSecurityGroupDescription == nil { 21352 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupDescription")) 21353 } 21354 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 21355 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 21356 } 21357 21358 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21359 return invalidParams 21360 } 21361 return nil 21362 } 21363 21364 // SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. 21365 func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 21366 s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v 21367 return s 21368 } 21369 21370 // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 21371 func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 21372 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 21373 return s 21374 } 21375 21376 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21377 func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 21378 s.Tags = v 21379 return s 21380 } 21381 21382 type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { 21383 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21384 21385 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 21386 // 21387 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 21388 // action. 21389 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 21390 } 21391 21392 // String returns the string representation. 21393 // 21394 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21395 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21396 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21397 func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 21398 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21399 } 21400 21401 // GoString returns the string representation. 21402 // 21403 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21404 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21405 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21406 func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 21407 return s.String() 21408 } 21409 21410 // SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 21411 func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput { 21412 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 21413 return s 21414 } 21415 21416 type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct { 21417 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21418 21419 // The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of. 21420 // 21421 // Constraints: 21422 // 21423 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 21424 // 21425 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 21426 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21427 21428 // The identifier for the DB snapshot. 21429 // 21430 // Constraints: 21431 // 21432 // * Can't be null, empty, or blank 21433 // 21434 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 21435 // 21436 // * First character must be a letter 21437 // 21438 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 21439 // 21440 // Example: my-snapshot-id 21441 // 21442 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 21443 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21444 21445 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 21446 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 21447 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 21448 } 21449 21450 // String returns the string representation. 21451 // 21452 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21453 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21454 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21455 func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 21456 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21457 } 21458 21459 // GoString returns the string representation. 21460 // 21461 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21462 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21463 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21464 func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 21465 return s.String() 21466 } 21467 21468 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21469 func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 21470 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSnapshotInput"} 21471 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 21472 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 21473 } 21474 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 21475 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 21476 } 21477 21478 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21479 return invalidParams 21480 } 21481 return nil 21482 } 21483 21484 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 21485 func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 21486 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 21487 return s 21488 } 21489 21490 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 21491 func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 21492 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 21493 return s 21494 } 21495 21496 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21497 func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 21498 s.Tags = v 21499 return s 21500 } 21501 21502 type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct { 21503 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21504 21505 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 21506 // 21507 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 21508 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 21509 } 21510 21511 // String returns the string representation. 21512 // 21513 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21514 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21515 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21516 func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 21517 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21518 } 21519 21520 // GoString returns the string representation. 21521 // 21522 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21523 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21524 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21525 func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 21526 return s.String() 21527 } 21528 21529 // SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 21530 func (s *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CreateDBSnapshotOutput { 21531 s.DBSnapshot = v 21532 return s 21533 } 21534 21535 type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 21536 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21537 21538 // The description for the DB subnet group. 21539 // 21540 // DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field 21541 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21542 21543 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 21544 // 21545 // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores, 21546 // spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. 21547 // 21548 // Example: mySubnetgroup 21549 // 21550 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 21551 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21552 21553 // The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 21554 // 21555 // SubnetIds is a required field 21556 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 21557 21558 // Tags to assign to the DB subnet group. 21559 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 21560 } 21561 21562 // String returns the string representation. 21563 // 21564 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21565 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21566 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21567 func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 21568 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21569 } 21570 21571 // GoString returns the string representation. 21572 // 21573 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21574 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21575 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21576 func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 21577 return s.String() 21578 } 21579 21580 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21581 func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 21582 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"} 21583 if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil { 21584 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription")) 21585 } 21586 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 21587 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 21588 } 21589 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 21590 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 21591 } 21592 21593 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21594 return invalidParams 21595 } 21596 return nil 21597 } 21598 21599 // SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 21600 func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 21601 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 21602 return s 21603 } 21604 21605 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 21606 func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 21607 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 21608 return s 21609 } 21610 21611 // SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 21612 func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 21613 s.SubnetIds = v 21614 return s 21615 } 21616 21617 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21618 func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 21619 s.Tags = v 21620 return s 21621 } 21622 21623 type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 21624 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21625 21626 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 21627 // 21628 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 21629 // action. 21630 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 21631 } 21632 21633 // String returns the string representation. 21634 // 21635 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21636 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21637 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21638 func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 21639 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21640 } 21641 21642 // GoString returns the string representation. 21643 // 21644 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21645 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21646 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21647 func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 21648 return s.String() 21649 } 21650 21651 // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 21652 func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput { 21653 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 21654 return s 21655 } 21656 21657 type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { 21658 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21659 21660 // A value that indicates whether to activate the subscription. If the event 21661 // notification subscription isn't activated, the subscription is created but 21662 // not active. 21663 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 21664 21665 // A list of event categories for a particular source type (SourceType) that 21666 // you want to subscribe to. You can see a list of the categories for a given 21667 // source type in Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 21668 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories operation. 21669 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 21670 21671 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 21672 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 21673 // it. 21674 // 21675 // SnsTopicArn is a required field 21676 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21677 21678 // The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. 21679 // If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier 21680 // must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and 21681 // hyphens. It can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 21682 // 21683 // Constraints: 21684 // 21685 // * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 21686 // 21687 // * If the source type is a DB instance, a DBInstanceIdentifier value must 21688 // be supplied. 21689 // 21690 // * If the source type is a DB cluster, a DBClusterIdentifier value must 21691 // be supplied. 21692 // 21693 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName value 21694 // must be supplied. 21695 // 21696 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName value 21697 // must be supplied. 21698 // 21699 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier value must 21700 // be supplied. 21701 // 21702 // * If the source type is a DB cluster snapshot, a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 21703 // value must be supplied. 21704 SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 21705 21706 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 21707 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you set this parameter 21708 // to db-instance. If this value isn't specified, all events are returned. 21709 // 21710 // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group 21711 // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot 21712 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 21713 21714 // The name of the subscription. 21715 // 21716 // Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. 21717 // 21718 // SubscriptionName is a required field 21719 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21720 21721 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 21722 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 21723 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 21724 } 21725 21726 // String returns the string representation. 21727 // 21728 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21729 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21730 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21731 func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 21732 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21733 } 21734 21735 // GoString returns the string representation. 21736 // 21737 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21738 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21739 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21740 func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 21741 return s.String() 21742 } 21743 21744 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21745 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 21746 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"} 21747 if s.SnsTopicArn == nil { 21748 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn")) 21749 } 21750 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 21751 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 21752 } 21753 21754 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21755 return invalidParams 21756 } 21757 return nil 21758 } 21759 21760 // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 21761 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 21762 s.Enabled = &v 21763 return s 21764 } 21765 21766 // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 21767 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 21768 s.EventCategories = v 21769 return s 21770 } 21771 21772 // SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 21773 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 21774 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 21775 return s 21776 } 21777 21778 // SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value. 21779 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 21780 s.SourceIds = v 21781 return s 21782 } 21783 21784 // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 21785 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 21786 s.SourceType = &v 21787 return s 21788 } 21789 21790 // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 21791 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 21792 s.SubscriptionName = &v 21793 return s 21794 } 21795 21796 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21797 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 21798 s.Tags = v 21799 return s 21800 } 21801 21802 type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 21803 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21804 21805 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 21806 // action. 21807 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 21808 } 21809 21810 // String returns the string representation. 21811 // 21812 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21813 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21814 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21815 func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 21816 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21817 } 21818 21819 // GoString returns the string representation. 21820 // 21821 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21822 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21823 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21824 func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 21825 return s.String() 21826 } 21827 21828 // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 21829 func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput { 21830 s.EventSubscription = v 21831 return s 21832 } 21833 21834 type CreateGlobalClusterInput struct { 21835 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21836 21837 // The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do 21838 // not provide a name, Amazon Aurora will not create a database in the global 21839 // database cluster you are creating. 21840 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 21841 21842 // The deletion protection setting for the new global database. The global database 21843 // can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. 21844 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 21845 21846 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 21847 Engine *string `type:"string"` 21848 21849 // The engine version of the Aurora global database. 21850 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 21851 21852 // The cluster identifier of the new global database cluster. 21853 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 21854 21855 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to use as the primary cluster of the global 21856 // database. This parameter is optional. 21857 SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 21858 21859 // The storage encryption setting for the new global database cluster. 21860 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 21861 } 21862 21863 // String returns the string representation. 21864 // 21865 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21866 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21867 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21868 func (s CreateGlobalClusterInput) String() string { 21869 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21870 } 21871 21872 // GoString returns the string representation. 21873 // 21874 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21875 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21876 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21877 func (s CreateGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string { 21878 return s.String() 21879 } 21880 21881 // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 21882 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput { 21883 s.DatabaseName = &v 21884 return s 21885 } 21886 21887 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 21888 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateGlobalClusterInput { 21889 s.DeletionProtection = &v 21890 return s 21891 } 21892 21893 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 21894 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput { 21895 s.Engine = &v 21896 return s 21897 } 21898 21899 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 21900 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput { 21901 s.EngineVersion = &v 21902 return s 21903 } 21904 21905 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 21906 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput { 21907 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 21908 return s 21909 } 21910 21911 // SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 21912 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateGlobalClusterInput { 21913 s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v 21914 return s 21915 } 21916 21917 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 21918 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateGlobalClusterInput { 21919 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 21920 return s 21921 } 21922 21923 type CreateGlobalClusterOutput struct { 21924 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21925 21926 // A data type representing an Aurora global database. 21927 GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"` 21928 } 21929 21930 // String returns the string representation. 21931 // 21932 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21933 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21934 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21935 func (s CreateGlobalClusterOutput) String() string { 21936 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21937 } 21938 21939 // GoString returns the string representation. 21940 // 21941 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 21942 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 21943 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 21944 func (s CreateGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string { 21945 return s.String() 21946 } 21947 21948 // SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value. 21949 func (s *CreateGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *CreateGlobalClusterOutput { 21950 s.GlobalCluster = v 21951 return s 21952 } 21953 21954 type CreateOptionGroupInput struct { 21955 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21956 21957 // Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated 21958 // with. 21959 // 21960 // Valid Values: 21961 // 21962 // * mariadb 21963 // 21964 // * mysql 21965 // 21966 // * oracle-ee 21967 // 21968 // * oracle-ee-cdb 21969 // 21970 // * oracle-se2 21971 // 21972 // * oracle-se2-cdb 21973 // 21974 // * postgres 21975 // 21976 // * sqlserver-ee 21977 // 21978 // * sqlserver-se 21979 // 21980 // * sqlserver-ex 21981 // 21982 // * sqlserver-web 21983 // 21984 // EngineName is a required field 21985 EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21986 21987 // Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be 21988 // associated with. 21989 // 21990 // MajorEngineVersion is a required field 21991 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21992 21993 // The description of the option group. 21994 // 21995 // OptionGroupDescription is a required field 21996 OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21997 21998 // Specifies the name of the option group to be created. 21999 // 22000 // Constraints: 22001 // 22002 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 22003 // 22004 // * First character must be a letter 22005 // 22006 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 22007 // 22008 // Example: myoptiongroup 22009 // 22010 // OptionGroupName is a required field 22011 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22012 22013 // Tags to assign to the option group. 22014 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 22015 } 22016 22017 // String returns the string representation. 22018 // 22019 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22020 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22021 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22022 func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string { 22023 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22024 } 22025 22026 // GoString returns the string representation. 22027 // 22028 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22029 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22030 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22031 func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 22032 return s.String() 22033 } 22034 22035 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22036 func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 22037 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOptionGroupInput"} 22038 if s.EngineName == nil { 22039 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) 22040 } 22041 if s.MajorEngineVersion == nil { 22042 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MajorEngineVersion")) 22043 } 22044 if s.OptionGroupDescription == nil { 22045 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupDescription")) 22046 } 22047 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 22048 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 22049 } 22050 22051 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22052 return invalidParams 22053 } 22054 return nil 22055 } 22056 22057 // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 22058 func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetEngineName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 22059 s.EngineName = &v 22060 return s 22061 } 22062 22063 // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 22064 func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 22065 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 22066 return s 22067 } 22068 22069 // SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. 22070 func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 22071 s.OptionGroupDescription = &v 22072 return s 22073 } 22074 22075 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 22076 func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 22077 s.OptionGroupName = &v 22078 return s 22079 } 22080 22081 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 22082 func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 22083 s.Tags = v 22084 return s 22085 } 22086 22087 type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct { 22088 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22089 22090 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 22091 } 22092 22093 // String returns the string representation. 22094 // 22095 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22096 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22097 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22098 func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 22099 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22100 } 22101 22102 // GoString returns the string representation. 22103 // 22104 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22105 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22106 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22107 func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 22108 return s.String() 22109 } 22110 22111 // SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 22112 func (s *CreateOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CreateOptionGroupOutput { 22113 s.OptionGroup = v 22114 return s 22115 } 22116 22117 // A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with 22118 // a VMware vSphere cluster. 22119 // 22120 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 22121 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 22122 type CustomAvailabilityZone struct { 22123 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22124 22125 // The identifier of the custom AZ. 22126 // 22127 // Amazon RDS generates a unique identifier when a custom AZ is created. 22128 CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"` 22129 22130 // The name of the custom AZ. 22131 CustomAvailabilityZoneName *string `type:"string"` 22132 22133 // The status of the custom AZ. 22134 CustomAvailabilityZoneStatus *string `type:"string"` 22135 22136 // Information about the virtual private network (VPN) between the VMware vSphere 22137 // cluster and the Amazon Web Services website. 22138 VpnDetails *VpnDetails `type:"structure"` 22139 } 22140 22141 // String returns the string representation. 22142 // 22143 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22144 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22145 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22146 func (s CustomAvailabilityZone) String() string { 22147 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22148 } 22149 22150 // GoString returns the string representation. 22151 // 22152 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22153 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22154 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22155 func (s CustomAvailabilityZone) GoString() string { 22156 return s.String() 22157 } 22158 22159 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneId field's value. 22160 func (s *CustomAvailabilityZone) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *CustomAvailabilityZone { 22161 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId = &v 22162 return s 22163 } 22164 22165 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneName sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneName field's value. 22166 func (s *CustomAvailabilityZone) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneName(v string) *CustomAvailabilityZone { 22167 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneName = &v 22168 return s 22169 } 22170 22171 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneStatus sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneStatus field's value. 22172 func (s *CustomAvailabilityZone) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneStatus(v string) *CustomAvailabilityZone { 22173 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneStatus = &v 22174 return s 22175 } 22176 22177 // SetVpnDetails sets the VpnDetails field's value. 22178 func (s *CustomAvailabilityZone) SetVpnDetails(v *VpnDetails) *CustomAvailabilityZone { 22179 s.VpnDetails = v 22180 return s 22181 } 22182 22183 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 22184 // 22185 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 22186 // and StartDBCluster actions. 22187 type DBCluster struct { 22188 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22189 22190 // The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity 22191 // stream. 22192 ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"` 22193 22194 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in 22195 // the database activity stream. 22196 // 22197 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 22198 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 22199 ActivityStreamKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 22200 22201 // The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change 22202 // or access generate an activity stream event. The database session can handle 22203 // these events either synchronously or asynchronously. 22204 ActivityStreamMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"` 22205 22206 // The status of the database activity stream. 22207 ActivityStreamStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"` 22208 22209 // For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, AllocatedStorage specifies 22210 // the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, AllocatedStorage 22211 // always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size isn't fixed, but 22212 // instead automatically adjusts as needed. 22213 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 22214 22215 // Provides a list of the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management 22216 // (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated 22217 // with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon 22218 // Web Services on your behalf. 22219 AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"` 22220 22221 // The time when a stopped DB cluster is restarted automatically. 22222 AutomaticRestartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 22223 22224 // Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster 22225 // can be created. 22226 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 22227 22228 // The number of change records stored for Backtrack. 22229 BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords *int64 `type:"long"` 22230 22231 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. If this value is set to 0, backtracking 22232 // is disabled for the DB cluster. Otherwise, backtracking is enabled. 22233 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 22234 22235 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 22236 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 22237 22238 // The current capacity of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster. The capacity is 22239 // 0 (zero) when the cluster is paused. 22240 // 22241 // For more information about Aurora Serverless, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless 22242 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 22243 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 22244 Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 22245 22246 // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is 22247 // associated with. 22248 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 22249 22250 // Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. 22251 CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"` 22252 22253 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 22254 // Time (UTC). 22255 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 22256 22257 // Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB cluster to snapshots of the 22258 // DB cluster. 22259 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 22260 22261 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is a clone of a DB cluster owned by a different 22262 // Amazon Web Services account. 22263 CrossAccountClone *bool `type:"boolean"` 22264 22265 // Identifies all custom endpoints associated with the cluster. 22266 CustomEndpoints []*string `type:"list"` 22267 22268 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. 22269 DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 22270 22271 // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique 22272 // key that identifies a DB cluster. 22273 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22274 22275 // Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. 22276 DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"` 22277 22278 // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. 22279 DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"` 22280 22281 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. 22282 DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"` 22283 22284 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, 22285 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 22286 DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"` 22287 22288 // Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided 22289 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This 22290 // same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. 22291 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 22292 22293 // The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. 22294 // This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever 22295 // the Amazon Web Services KMS CMK for the DB cluster is accessed. 22296 DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` 22297 22298 // Indicates if the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database 22299 // can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. 22300 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 22301 22302 // The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB cluster. 22303 DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"` 22304 22305 // The earliest time to which a DB cluster can be backtracked. 22306 EarliestBacktrackTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 22307 22308 // The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 22309 // restore. 22310 EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 22311 22312 // A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch 22313 // Logs. 22314 // 22315 // Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each 22316 // DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) 22317 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 22318 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 22319 22320 // Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. 22321 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 22322 22323 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 22324 Engine *string `type:"string"` 22325 22326 // The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery, 22327 // global, or multimaster. 22328 // 22329 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateDBCluster.html). 22330 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 22331 22332 // Indicates the database engine version. 22333 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 22334 22335 // Specifies whether you have requested to enable write forwarding for a secondary 22336 // cluster in an Aurora global database. Because write forwarding takes time 22337 // to enable, check the value of GlobalWriteForwardingStatus to confirm that 22338 // the request has completed before using the write forwarding feature for this 22339 // cluster. 22340 GlobalWriteForwardingRequested *bool `type:"boolean"` 22341 22342 // Specifies whether a secondary cluster in an Aurora global database has write 22343 // forwarding enabled, not enabled, or is in the process of enabling it. 22344 GlobalWriteForwardingStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"WriteForwardingStatus"` 22345 22346 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 22347 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 22348 22349 // A value that indicates whether the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora Serverless 22350 // DB cluster is enabled. 22351 // 22352 // When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API 22353 // for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also 22354 // query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor. 22355 // 22356 // For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) 22357 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 22358 HttpEndpointEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 22359 22360 // A value that indicates whether the mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 22361 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled. 22362 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 22363 22364 // If StorageEncrypted is enabled, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier 22365 // for the encrypted DB cluster. 22366 // 22367 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 22368 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 22369 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 22370 22371 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 22372 // restore. 22373 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 22374 22375 // Contains the master username for the DB cluster. 22376 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 22377 22378 // Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. 22379 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 22380 22381 // A value that specifies that changes to the DB cluster are pending. This element 22382 // is only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified 22383 // by subelements. 22384 PendingModifiedValues *ClusterPendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` 22385 22386 // Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. 22387 PercentProgress *string `type:"string"` 22388 22389 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 22390 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 22391 22392 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 22393 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 22394 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 22395 22396 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 22397 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 22398 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 22399 22400 // Contains one or more identifiers of the read replicas associated with this 22401 // DB cluster. 22402 ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"` 22403 22404 // The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster 22405 // load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in 22406 // a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, 22407 // Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the 22408 // DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across 22409 // multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. 22410 // 22411 // If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is 22412 // promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue 22413 // sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can 22414 // then reconnect to the reader endpoint. 22415 ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"` 22416 22417 // Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a 22418 // read replica. 22419 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22420 22421 // Shows the scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB 22422 // engine mode. 22423 // 22424 // For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 22425 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 22426 ScalingConfigurationInfo *ScalingConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"` 22427 22428 // Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. 22429 Status *string `type:"string"` 22430 22431 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 22432 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 22433 22434 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 22435 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 22436 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 22437 22438 // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. 22439 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 22440 } 22441 22442 // String returns the string representation. 22443 // 22444 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22445 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22446 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22447 func (s DBCluster) String() string { 22448 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22449 } 22450 22451 // GoString returns the string representation. 22452 // 22453 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22454 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22455 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22456 func (s DBCluster) GoString() string { 22457 return s.String() 22458 } 22459 22460 // SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName sets the ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName field's value. 22461 func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName(v string) *DBCluster { 22462 s.ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName = &v 22463 return s 22464 } 22465 22466 // SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId sets the ActivityStreamKmsKeyId field's value. 22467 func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster { 22468 s.ActivityStreamKmsKeyId = &v 22469 return s 22470 } 22471 22472 // SetActivityStreamMode sets the ActivityStreamMode field's value. 22473 func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamMode(v string) *DBCluster { 22474 s.ActivityStreamMode = &v 22475 return s 22476 } 22477 22478 // SetActivityStreamStatus sets the ActivityStreamStatus field's value. 22479 func (s *DBCluster) SetActivityStreamStatus(v string) *DBCluster { 22480 s.ActivityStreamStatus = &v 22481 return s 22482 } 22483 22484 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 22485 func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster { 22486 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 22487 return s 22488 } 22489 22490 // SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value. 22491 func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster { 22492 s.AssociatedRoles = v 22493 return s 22494 } 22495 22496 // SetAutomaticRestartTime sets the AutomaticRestartTime field's value. 22497 func (s *DBCluster) SetAutomaticRestartTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 22498 s.AutomaticRestartTime = &v 22499 return s 22500 } 22501 22502 // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 22503 func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster { 22504 s.AvailabilityZones = v 22505 return s 22506 } 22507 22508 // SetBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords sets the BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords field's value. 22509 func (s *DBCluster) SetBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords(v int64) *DBCluster { 22510 s.BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords = &v 22511 return s 22512 } 22513 22514 // SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 22515 func (s *DBCluster) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *DBCluster { 22516 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 22517 return s 22518 } 22519 22520 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 22521 func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster { 22522 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 22523 return s 22524 } 22525 22526 // SetCapacity sets the Capacity field's value. 22527 func (s *DBCluster) SetCapacity(v int64) *DBCluster { 22528 s.Capacity = &v 22529 return s 22530 } 22531 22532 // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 22533 func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster { 22534 s.CharacterSetName = &v 22535 return s 22536 } 22537 22538 // SetCloneGroupId sets the CloneGroupId field's value. 22539 func (s *DBCluster) SetCloneGroupId(v string) *DBCluster { 22540 s.CloneGroupId = &v 22541 return s 22542 } 22543 22544 // SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 22545 func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 22546 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 22547 return s 22548 } 22549 22550 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 22551 func (s *DBCluster) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBCluster { 22552 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 22553 return s 22554 } 22555 22556 // SetCrossAccountClone sets the CrossAccountClone field's value. 22557 func (s *DBCluster) SetCrossAccountClone(v bool) *DBCluster { 22558 s.CrossAccountClone = &v 22559 return s 22560 } 22561 22562 // SetCustomEndpoints sets the CustomEndpoints field's value. 22563 func (s *DBCluster) SetCustomEndpoints(v []*string) *DBCluster { 22564 s.CustomEndpoints = v 22565 return s 22566 } 22567 22568 // SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. 22569 func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster { 22570 s.DBClusterArn = &v 22571 return s 22572 } 22573 22574 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 22575 func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 22576 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 22577 return s 22578 } 22579 22580 // SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value. 22581 func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster { 22582 s.DBClusterMembers = v 22583 return s 22584 } 22585 22586 // SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value. 22587 func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster { 22588 s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v 22589 return s 22590 } 22591 22592 // SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 22593 func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 22594 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v 22595 return s 22596 } 22597 22598 // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 22599 func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 22600 s.DBSubnetGroup = &v 22601 return s 22602 } 22603 22604 // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 22605 func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster { 22606 s.DatabaseName = &v 22607 return s 22608 } 22609 22610 // SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value. 22611 func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster { 22612 s.DbClusterResourceId = &v 22613 return s 22614 } 22615 22616 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 22617 func (s *DBCluster) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBCluster { 22618 s.DeletionProtection = &v 22619 return s 22620 } 22621 22622 // SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value. 22623 func (s *DBCluster) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBCluster { 22624 s.DomainMemberships = v 22625 return s 22626 } 22627 22628 // SetEarliestBacktrackTime sets the EarliestBacktrackTime field's value. 22629 func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestBacktrackTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 22630 s.EarliestBacktrackTime = &v 22631 return s 22632 } 22633 22634 // SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value. 22635 func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 22636 s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v 22637 return s 22638 } 22639 22640 // SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 22641 func (s *DBCluster) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBCluster { 22642 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 22643 return s 22644 } 22645 22646 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 22647 func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 22648 s.Endpoint = &v 22649 return s 22650 } 22651 22652 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 22653 func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster { 22654 s.Engine = &v 22655 return s 22656 } 22657 22658 // SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 22659 func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineMode(v string) *DBCluster { 22660 s.EngineMode = &v 22661 return s 22662 } 22663 22664 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 22665 func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster { 22666 s.EngineVersion = &v 22667 return s 22668 } 22669 22670 // SetGlobalWriteForwardingRequested sets the GlobalWriteForwardingRequested field's value. 22671 func (s *DBCluster) SetGlobalWriteForwardingRequested(v bool) *DBCluster { 22672 s.GlobalWriteForwardingRequested = &v 22673 return s 22674 } 22675 22676 // SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus sets the GlobalWriteForwardingStatus field's value. 22677 func (s *DBCluster) SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus(v string) *DBCluster { 22678 s.GlobalWriteForwardingStatus = &v 22679 return s 22680 } 22681 22682 // SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 22683 func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster { 22684 s.HostedZoneId = &v 22685 return s 22686 } 22687 22688 // SetHttpEndpointEnabled sets the HttpEndpointEnabled field's value. 22689 func (s *DBCluster) SetHttpEndpointEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster { 22690 s.HttpEndpointEnabled = &v 22691 return s 22692 } 22693 22694 // SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 22695 func (s *DBCluster) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster { 22696 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 22697 return s 22698 } 22699 22700 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 22701 func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster { 22702 s.KmsKeyId = &v 22703 return s 22704 } 22705 22706 // SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 22707 func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 22708 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 22709 return s 22710 } 22711 22712 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 22713 func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster { 22714 s.MasterUsername = &v 22715 return s 22716 } 22717 22718 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 22719 func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster { 22720 s.MultiAZ = &v 22721 return s 22722 } 22723 22724 // SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value. 22725 func (s *DBCluster) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *ClusterPendingModifiedValues) *DBCluster { 22726 s.PendingModifiedValues = v 22727 return s 22728 } 22729 22730 // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 22731 func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster { 22732 s.PercentProgress = &v 22733 return s 22734 } 22735 22736 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 22737 func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster { 22738 s.Port = &v 22739 return s 22740 } 22741 22742 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 22743 func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 22744 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 22745 return s 22746 } 22747 22748 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 22749 func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 22750 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 22751 return s 22752 } 22753 22754 // SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value. 22755 func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster { 22756 s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v 22757 return s 22758 } 22759 22760 // SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value. 22761 func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 22762 s.ReaderEndpoint = &v 22763 return s 22764 } 22765 22766 // SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 22767 func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 22768 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 22769 return s 22770 } 22771 22772 // SetScalingConfigurationInfo sets the ScalingConfigurationInfo field's value. 22773 func (s *DBCluster) SetScalingConfigurationInfo(v *ScalingConfigurationInfo) *DBCluster { 22774 s.ScalingConfigurationInfo = v 22775 return s 22776 } 22777 22778 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 22779 func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster { 22780 s.Status = &v 22781 return s 22782 } 22783 22784 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 22785 func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster { 22786 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 22787 return s 22788 } 22789 22790 // SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 22791 func (s *DBCluster) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBCluster { 22792 s.TagList = v 22793 return s 22794 } 22795 22796 // SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 22797 func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster { 22798 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 22799 return s 22800 } 22801 22802 // This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 22803 // Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 22804 // actions: 22805 // 22806 // * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 22807 // 22808 // * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 22809 // 22810 // * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 22811 // 22812 // * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 22813 // 22814 // For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, 22815 // see Endpoint. 22816 type DBClusterEndpoint struct { 22817 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22818 22819 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 22820 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 22821 22822 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 22823 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 22824 22825 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 22826 // a lowercase string. 22827 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22828 22829 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 22830 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 22831 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22832 22833 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 22834 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 22835 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22836 22837 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 22838 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 22839 22840 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 22841 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 22842 22843 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 22844 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 22845 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 22846 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 22847 22848 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 22849 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 22850 22851 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 22852 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't 22853 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 22854 // secondary cluster in a global database. 22855 Status *string `type:"string"` 22856 } 22857 22858 // String returns the string representation. 22859 // 22860 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22861 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22862 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22863 func (s DBClusterEndpoint) String() string { 22864 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22865 } 22866 22867 // GoString returns the string representation. 22868 // 22869 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22870 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22871 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22872 func (s DBClusterEndpoint) GoString() string { 22873 return s.String() 22874 } 22875 22876 // SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 22877 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22878 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 22879 return s 22880 } 22881 22882 // SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 22883 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22884 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 22885 return s 22886 } 22887 22888 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 22889 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22890 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 22891 return s 22892 } 22893 22894 // SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 22895 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22896 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 22897 return s 22898 } 22899 22900 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 22901 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22902 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 22903 return s 22904 } 22905 22906 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 22907 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22908 s.Endpoint = &v 22909 return s 22910 } 22911 22912 // SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 22913 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetEndpointType(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22914 s.EndpointType = &v 22915 return s 22916 } 22917 22918 // SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 22919 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22920 s.ExcludedMembers = v 22921 return s 22922 } 22923 22924 // SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 22925 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22926 s.StaticMembers = v 22927 return s 22928 } 22929 22930 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 22931 func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 22932 s.Status = &v 22933 return s 22934 } 22935 22936 // Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. 22937 type DBClusterMember struct { 22938 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22939 22940 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of 22941 // the DB cluster. 22942 DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 22943 22944 // Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. 22945 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22946 22947 // Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the 22948 // DB cluster and false otherwise. 22949 IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"` 22950 22951 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 22952 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 22953 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) 22954 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 22955 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 22956 } 22957 22958 // String returns the string representation. 22959 // 22960 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22961 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22962 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22963 func (s DBClusterMember) String() string { 22964 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22965 } 22966 22967 // GoString returns the string representation. 22968 // 22969 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 22970 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 22971 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 22972 func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string { 22973 return s.String() 22974 } 22975 22976 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value. 22977 func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember { 22978 s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v 22979 return s 22980 } 22981 22982 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 22983 func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember { 22984 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 22985 return s 22986 } 22987 22988 // SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value. 22989 func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember { 22990 s.IsClusterWriter = &v 22991 return s 22992 } 22993 22994 // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 22995 func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember { 22996 s.PromotionTier = &v 22997 return s 22998 } 22999 23000 // Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. 23001 type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct { 23002 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23003 23004 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. 23005 DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23006 23007 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. 23008 Status *string `type:"string"` 23009 } 23010 23011 // String returns the string representation. 23012 // 23013 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23014 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23015 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23016 func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string { 23017 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23018 } 23019 23020 // GoString returns the string representation. 23021 // 23022 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23023 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23024 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23025 func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string { 23026 return s.String() 23027 } 23028 23029 // SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value. 23030 func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 23031 s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v 23032 return s 23033 } 23034 23035 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 23036 func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 23037 s.Status = &v 23038 return s 23039 } 23040 23041 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 23042 // 23043 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 23044 // action. 23045 type DBClusterParameterGroup struct { 23046 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23047 23048 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. 23049 DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 23050 23051 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 23052 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23053 23054 // The name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter 23055 // group is compatible with. 23056 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 23057 23058 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter 23059 // group. 23060 Description *string `type:"string"` 23061 } 23062 23063 // String returns the string representation. 23064 // 23065 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23066 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23067 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23068 func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string { 23069 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23070 } 23071 23072 // GoString returns the string representation. 23073 // 23074 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23075 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23076 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23077 func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string { 23078 return s.String() 23079 } 23080 23081 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value. 23082 func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 23083 s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v 23084 return s 23085 } 23086 23087 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 23088 func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 23089 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 23090 return s 23091 } 23092 23093 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 23094 func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 23095 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 23096 return s 23097 } 23098 23099 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 23100 func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 23101 s.Description = &v 23102 return s 23103 } 23104 23105 type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct { 23106 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23107 23108 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 23109 // 23110 // Constraints: 23111 // 23112 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 23113 // 23114 // * First character must be a letter 23115 // 23116 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 23117 // 23118 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 23119 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23120 } 23121 23122 // String returns the string representation. 23123 // 23124 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23125 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23126 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23127 func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { 23128 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23129 } 23130 23131 // GoString returns the string representation. 23132 // 23133 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23134 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23135 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23136 func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { 23137 return s.String() 23138 } 23139 23140 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 23141 func (s *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage { 23142 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 23143 return s 23144 } 23145 23146 // Describes an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role 23147 // that is associated with a DB cluster. 23148 type DBClusterRole struct { 23149 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23150 23151 // The name of the feature associated with the Amazon Web Services Identity 23152 // and Access Management (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, 23153 // see DBEngineVersion. 23154 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 23155 23156 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the 23157 // DB cluster. 23158 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 23159 23160 // Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. 23161 // The Status property returns one of the following values: 23162 // 23163 // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can 23164 // be used to access other Amazon Web Services on your behalf. 23165 // 23166 // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. 23167 // 23168 // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the 23169 // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other Amazon 23170 // Web Services on your behalf. 23171 Status *string `type:"string"` 23172 } 23173 23174 // String returns the string representation. 23175 // 23176 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23177 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23178 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23179 func (s DBClusterRole) String() string { 23180 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23181 } 23182 23183 // GoString returns the string representation. 23184 // 23185 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23186 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23187 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23188 func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string { 23189 return s.String() 23190 } 23191 23192 // SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 23193 func (s *DBClusterRole) SetFeatureName(v string) *DBClusterRole { 23194 s.FeatureName = &v 23195 return s 23196 } 23197 23198 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 23199 func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole { 23200 s.RoleArn = &v 23201 return s 23202 } 23203 23204 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 23205 func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole { 23206 s.Status = &v 23207 return s 23208 } 23209 23210 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 23211 // 23212 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 23213 // action. 23214 type DBClusterSnapshot struct { 23215 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23216 23217 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 23218 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 23219 23220 // Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the DB cluster 23221 // snapshot can be restored. 23222 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 23223 23224 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 23225 // Time (UTC). 23226 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 23227 23228 // Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster 23229 // snapshot was created from. 23230 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23231 23232 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. 23233 DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 23234 23235 // Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. 23236 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23237 23238 // Specifies the name of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. 23239 Engine *string `type:"string"` 23240 23241 // Provides the engine mode of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. 23242 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 23243 23244 // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. 23245 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23246 23247 // True if mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) 23248 // accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 23249 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 23250 23251 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for 23252 // the encrypted DB cluster snapshot. 23253 // 23254 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 23255 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 23256 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 23257 23258 // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. 23259 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 23260 23261 // Provides the master username for this DB cluster snapshot. 23262 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 23263 23264 // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 23265 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 23266 23267 // Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the 23268 // snapshot. 23269 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 23270 23271 // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time 23272 // (UTC). 23273 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 23274 23275 // Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. 23276 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 23277 23278 // If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, 23279 // the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, 23280 // a null value. 23281 SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 23282 23283 // Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. 23284 Status *string `type:"string"` 23285 23286 // Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. 23287 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 23288 23289 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 23290 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 23291 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 23292 23293 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. 23294 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 23295 } 23296 23297 // String returns the string representation. 23298 // 23299 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23300 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23301 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23302 func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string { 23303 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23304 } 23305 23306 // GoString returns the string representation. 23307 // 23308 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23309 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23310 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23311 func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string { 23312 return s.String() 23313 } 23314 23315 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 23316 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23317 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 23318 return s 23319 } 23320 23321 // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 23322 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23323 s.AvailabilityZones = v 23324 return s 23325 } 23326 23327 // SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 23328 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23329 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 23330 return s 23331 } 23332 23333 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 23334 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23335 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 23336 return s 23337 } 23338 23339 // SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 23340 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23341 s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 23342 return s 23343 } 23344 23345 // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 23346 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23347 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 23348 return s 23349 } 23350 23351 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 23352 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23353 s.Engine = &v 23354 return s 23355 } 23356 23357 // SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 23358 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineMode(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23359 s.EngineMode = &v 23360 return s 23361 } 23362 23363 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 23364 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23365 s.EngineVersion = &v 23366 return s 23367 } 23368 23369 // SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 23370 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23371 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 23372 return s 23373 } 23374 23375 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 23376 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23377 s.KmsKeyId = &v 23378 return s 23379 } 23380 23381 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 23382 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23383 s.LicenseModel = &v 23384 return s 23385 } 23386 23387 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 23388 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23389 s.MasterUsername = &v 23390 return s 23391 } 23392 23393 // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 23394 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23395 s.PercentProgress = &v 23396 return s 23397 } 23398 23399 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 23400 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23401 s.Port = &v 23402 return s 23403 } 23404 23405 // SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 23406 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23407 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 23408 return s 23409 } 23410 23411 // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 23412 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23413 s.SnapshotType = &v 23414 return s 23415 } 23416 23417 // SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 23418 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23419 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 23420 return s 23421 } 23422 23423 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 23424 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23425 s.Status = &v 23426 return s 23427 } 23428 23429 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 23430 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23431 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 23432 return s 23433 } 23434 23435 // SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 23436 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23437 s.TagList = v 23438 return s 23439 } 23440 23441 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 23442 func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 23443 s.VpcId = &v 23444 return s 23445 } 23446 23447 // Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 23448 // 23449 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon 23450 // Web Services accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, 23451 // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 23452 type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { 23453 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23454 23455 // The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 23456 // 23457 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of Amazon Web Services accounts 23458 // that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For 23459 // more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 23460 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 23461 23462 // The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 23463 // 23464 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 23465 // list of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized to copy 23466 // or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, 23467 // then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any Amazon 23468 // Web Services account to copy or restore. 23469 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 23470 } 23471 23472 // String returns the string representation. 23473 // 23474 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23475 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23476 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23477 func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 23478 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23479 } 23480 23481 // GoString returns the string representation. 23482 // 23483 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23484 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23485 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23486 func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 23487 return s.String() 23488 } 23489 23490 // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 23491 func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 23492 s.AttributeName = &v 23493 return s 23494 } 23495 23496 // SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 23497 func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 23498 s.AttributeValues = v 23499 return s 23500 } 23501 23502 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 23503 // API action. 23504 // 23505 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon 23506 // Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For 23507 // more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 23508 type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 23509 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23510 23511 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. 23512 DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 23513 23514 // The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply 23515 // to. 23516 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23517 } 23518 23519 // String returns the string representation. 23520 // 23521 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23522 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23523 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23524 func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 23525 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23526 } 23527 23528 // GoString returns the string representation. 23529 // 23530 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23531 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23532 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23533 func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 23534 return s.String() 23535 } 23536 23537 // SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value. 23538 func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 23539 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v 23540 return s 23541 } 23542 23543 // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 23544 func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 23545 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 23546 return s 23547 } 23548 23549 // This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 23550 type DBEngineVersion struct { 23551 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23552 23553 // The description of the database engine. 23554 DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"` 23555 23556 // The description of the database engine version. 23557 DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"` 23558 23559 // The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. 23560 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 23561 23562 // The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the 23563 // CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API isn't specified. 23564 DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"` 23565 23566 // The name of the database engine. 23567 Engine *string `type:"string"` 23568 23569 // The version number of the database engine. 23570 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23571 23572 // The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch 23573 // Logs. 23574 ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 23575 23576 // The status of the DB engine version, either available or deprecated. 23577 Status *string `type:"string"` 23578 23579 // A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName 23580 // parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation. 23581 SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"` 23582 23583 // A list of the supported DB engine modes. 23584 SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` 23585 23586 // A list of features supported by the DB engine. Supported feature names include 23587 // the following. 23588 // 23589 // * s3Import 23590 SupportedFeatureNames []*string `type:"list"` 23591 23592 // A list of the character sets supported by the Oracle DB engine for the NcharCharacterSetName 23593 // parameter of the CreateDBInstance operation. 23594 SupportedNcharCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"` 23595 23596 // A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter 23597 // of the CreateDBInstance action. 23598 SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"` 23599 23600 // A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with a 23601 // specific DB engine version. 23602 SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"` 23603 23604 // A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the 23605 // log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs. 23606 SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"` 23607 23608 // A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with a specific 23609 // DB engine version. 23610 SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"` 23611 23612 // Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas. 23613 SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"` 23614 23615 // A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded 23616 // to. 23617 ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"` 23618 } 23619 23620 // String returns the string representation. 23621 // 23622 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23623 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23624 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23625 func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string { 23626 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23627 } 23628 23629 // GoString returns the string representation. 23630 // 23631 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 23632 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 23633 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 23634 func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string { 23635 return s.String() 23636 } 23637 23638 // SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value. 23639 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 23640 s.DBEngineDescription = &v 23641 return s 23642 } 23643 23644 // SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value. 23645 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 23646 s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v 23647 return s 23648 } 23649 23650 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 23651 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 23652 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 23653 return s 23654 } 23655 23656 // SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value. 23657 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 23658 s.DefaultCharacterSet = v 23659 return s 23660 } 23661 23662 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 23663 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 23664 s.Engine = &v 23665 return s 23666 } 23667 23668 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 23669 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 23670 s.EngineVersion = &v 23671 return s 23672 } 23673 23674 // SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value. 23675 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion { 23676 s.ExportableLogTypes = v 23677 return s 23678 } 23679 23680 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 23681 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetStatus(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 23682 s.Status = &v 23683 return s 23684 } 23685 23686 // SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value. 23687 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 23688 s.SupportedCharacterSets = v 23689 return s 23690 } 23691 23692 // SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. 23693 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion { 23694 s.SupportedEngineModes = v 23695 return s 23696 } 23697 23698 // SetSupportedFeatureNames sets the SupportedFeatureNames field's value. 23699 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedFeatureNames(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion { 23700 s.SupportedFeatureNames = v 23701 return s 23702 } 23703 23704 // SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets sets the SupportedNcharCharacterSets field's value. 23705 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedNcharCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 23706 s.SupportedNcharCharacterSets = v 23707 return s 23708 } 23709 23710 // SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value. 23711 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion { 23712 s.SupportedTimezones = v 23713 return s 23714 } 23715 23716 // SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value. 23717 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 23718 s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v 23719 return s 23720 } 23721 23722 // SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value. 23723 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 23724 s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v 23725 return s 23726 } 23727 23728 // SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value. 23729 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 23730 s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v 23731 return s 23732 } 23733 23734 // SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value. 23735 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 23736 s.SupportsReadReplica = &v 23737 return s 23738 } 23739 23740 // SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value. 23741 func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion { 23742 s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v 23743 return s 23744 } 23745 23746 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 23747 // 23748 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 23749 type DBInstance struct { 23750 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23751 23752 // Indicates whether engine-native audit fields are included in the database 23753 // activity stream. 23754 ActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"` 23755 23756 // The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity 23757 // stream. 23758 ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"` 23759 23760 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in 23761 // the database activity stream. The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier 23762 // is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services 23763 // KMS customer master key (CMK). 23764 ActivityStreamKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 23765 23766 // The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change 23767 // or access generate an activity stream event. RDS for Oracle always handles 23768 // these events asynchronously. 23769 ActivityStreamMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"` 23770 23771 // The status of the database activity stream. 23772 ActivityStreamStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"` 23773 23774 // Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes (GiB). 23775 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 23776 23777 // The Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles associated 23778 // with the DB instance. 23779 AssociatedRoles []*DBInstanceRole `locationNameList:"DBInstanceRole" type:"list"` 23780 23781 // A value that indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. 23782 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 23783 23784 // The time when a stopped DB instance is restarted automatically. 23785 AutomaticRestartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 23786 23787 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. 23788 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 23789 23790 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services 23791 // Backup. 23792 AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"` 23793 23794 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 23795 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 23796 23797 // The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. 23798 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23799 23800 // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is 23801 // associated with. 23802 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 23803 23804 // Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the 23805 // DB instance. 23806 // 23807 // Amazon Aurora 23808 // 23809 // Not applicable. Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting 23810 // this value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting. 23811 // For more information, see DBCluster. 23812 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 23813 23814 // Specifies whether a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) is enabled for an RDS 23815 // on Outposts DB instance. 23816 // 23817 // A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost 23818 // subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can 23819 // provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of 23820 // its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network. 23821 // 23822 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on 23823 // Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 23824 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 23825 // 23826 // For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/outposts-networking-components.html#ip-addressing) 23827 // in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide. 23828 CustomerOwnedIpEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 23829 23830 // If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the 23831 // DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. 23832 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23833 23834 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. 23835 DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 23836 23837 // The list of replicated automated backups associated with the DB instance. 23838 DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" type:"list"` 23839 23840 // Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. 23841 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 23842 23843 // Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique 23844 // key that identifies a DB instance. 23845 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 23846 23847 // Specifies the current state of this database. 23848 // 23849 // For information about DB instance statuses, see Viewing DB instance status 23850 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/accessing-monitoring.html#Overview.DBInstance.Status) 23851 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 23852 DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"` 23853 23854 // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you 23855 // use. 23856 // 23857 // MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL 23858 // 23859 // Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided 23860 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This 23861 // same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. 23862 // 23863 // Type: String 23864 // 23865 // Oracle 23866 // 23867 // Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown 23868 // when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. 23869 DBName *string `type:"string"` 23870 23871 // Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. 23872 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 23873 23874 // A list of DB security group elements containing DBSecurityGroup.Name and 23875 // DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. 23876 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 23877 23878 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, 23879 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 23880 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 23881 23882 // Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is 23883 // part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. 23884 DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` 23885 23886 // The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. 23887 // This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever 23888 // the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK) for the DB instance 23889 // is accessed. 23890 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 23891 23892 // Indicates if the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database 23893 // can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. For more information, 23894 // see Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). 23895 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 23896 23897 // The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. 23898 DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"` 23899 23900 // A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch 23901 // Logs. 23902 // 23903 // Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each 23904 // DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) 23905 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 23906 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 23907 23908 // Specifies the connection endpoint. 23909 // 23910 // The endpoint might not be shown for instances whose status is creating. 23911 Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` 23912 23913 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. 23914 Engine *string `type:"string"` 23915 23916 // Indicates the database engine version. 23917 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23918 23919 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that 23920 // receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. 23921 EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"` 23922 23923 // True if mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) 23924 // accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 23925 // 23926 // IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines 23927 // 23928 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 23929 // 23930 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 23931 // 23932 // * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora, 23933 // see DBCluster Type. 23934 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 23935 23936 // Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. 23937 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 23938 23939 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. 23940 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 23941 23942 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for 23943 // the encrypted DB instance. 23944 // 23945 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 23946 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 23947 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 23948 23949 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 23950 // restore. 23951 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 23952 23953 // License model information for this DB instance. 23954 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 23955 23956 // Specifies the listener connection endpoint for SQL Server Always On. 23957 ListenerEndpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` 23958 23959 // Contains the master username for the DB instance. 23960 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 23961 23962 // The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically 23963 // scale the storage of the DB instance. 23964 MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 23965 23966 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 23967 // are collected for the DB instance. 23968 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 23969 23970 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics 23971 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. 23972 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 23973 23974 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 23975 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 23976 23977 // The name of the NCHAR character set for the Oracle DB instance. This character 23978 // set specifies the Unicode encoding for data stored in table columns of type 23979 // NCHAR, NCLOB, or NVARCHAR2. 23980 NcharCharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 23981 23982 // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. 23983 OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"` 23984 23985 // A value that specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This 23986 // element is only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified 23987 // by subelements. 23988 PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` 23989 23990 // True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise 23991 // false. 23992 PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 23993 23994 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance 23995 // Insights data. 23996 // 23997 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 23998 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 23999 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 24000 24001 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 24002 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 24003 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 24004 24005 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 24006 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 24007 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 24008 24009 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 24010 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 24011 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 24012 24013 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 24014 // class of the DB instance. 24015 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 24016 24017 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 24018 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 24019 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) 24020 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 24021 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 24022 24023 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. 24024 // 24025 // When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to 24026 // the private IP address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public 24027 // IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance 24028 // is ultimately controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access 24029 // is not permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't 24030 // permit it. 24031 // 24032 // When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance 24033 // with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 24034 // 24035 // For more information, see CreateDBInstance. 24036 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 24037 24038 // Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters to which the RDS DB 24039 // instance is replicated as a read replica. For example, when you create an 24040 // Aurora read replica of an RDS MySQL DB instance, the Aurora MySQL DB cluster 24041 // for the Aurora read replica is shown. This output does not contain information 24042 // about cross region Aurora read replicas. 24043 // 24044 // Currently, each RDS DB instance can have only one Aurora read replica. 24045 ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"` 24046 24047 // Contains one or more identifiers of the read replicas associated with this 24048 // DB instance. 24049 ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"` 24050 24051 // Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is 24052 // a read replica. 24053 ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 24054 24055 // The open mode of an Oracle read replica. The default is open-read-only. For 24056 // more information, see Working with Oracle Read Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html) 24057 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 24058 // 24059 // This attribute is only supported in RDS for Oracle. 24060 ReplicaMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaMode"` 24061 24062 // If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB 24063 // instance with multi-AZ support. 24064 SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 24065 24066 // The status of a read replica. If the instance isn't a read replica, this 24067 // is blank. 24068 StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"` 24069 24070 // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. 24071 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 24072 24073 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. 24074 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 24075 24076 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 24077 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 24078 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 24079 24080 // The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE 24081 // encryption. 24082 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 24083 24084 // The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is 24085 // empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances 24086 // that were created with a time zone specified. 24087 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 24088 24089 // Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs 24090 // to. 24091 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 24092 } 24093 24094 // String returns the string representation. 24095 // 24096 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24097 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24098 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24099 func (s DBInstance) String() string { 24100 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24101 } 24102 24103 // GoString returns the string representation. 24104 // 24105 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24106 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24107 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24108 func (s DBInstance) GoString() string { 24109 return s.String() 24110 } 24111 24112 // SetActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded sets the ActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded field's value. 24113 func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded(v bool) *DBInstance { 24114 s.ActivityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded = &v 24115 return s 24116 } 24117 24118 // SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName sets the ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName field's value. 24119 func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamKinesisStreamName(v string) *DBInstance { 24120 s.ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName = &v 24121 return s 24122 } 24123 24124 // SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId sets the ActivityStreamKmsKeyId field's value. 24125 func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 24126 s.ActivityStreamKmsKeyId = &v 24127 return s 24128 } 24129 24130 // SetActivityStreamMode sets the ActivityStreamMode field's value. 24131 func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamMode(v string) *DBInstance { 24132 s.ActivityStreamMode = &v 24133 return s 24134 } 24135 24136 // SetActivityStreamStatus sets the ActivityStreamStatus field's value. 24137 func (s *DBInstance) SetActivityStreamStatus(v string) *DBInstance { 24138 s.ActivityStreamStatus = &v 24139 return s 24140 } 24141 24142 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 24143 func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance { 24144 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 24145 return s 24146 } 24147 24148 // SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value. 24149 func (s *DBInstance) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBInstanceRole) *DBInstance { 24150 s.AssociatedRoles = v 24151 return s 24152 } 24153 24154 // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 24155 func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance { 24156 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 24157 return s 24158 } 24159 24160 // SetAutomaticRestartTime sets the AutomaticRestartTime field's value. 24161 func (s *DBInstance) SetAutomaticRestartTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 24162 s.AutomaticRestartTime = &v 24163 return s 24164 } 24165 24166 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 24167 func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 24168 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 24169 return s 24170 } 24171 24172 // SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value. 24173 func (s *DBInstance) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DBInstance { 24174 s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v 24175 return s 24176 } 24177 24178 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 24179 func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { 24180 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 24181 return s 24182 } 24183 24184 // SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 24185 func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 24186 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 24187 return s 24188 } 24189 24190 // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 24191 func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance { 24192 s.CharacterSetName = &v 24193 return s 24194 } 24195 24196 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 24197 func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance { 24198 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 24199 return s 24200 } 24201 24202 // SetCustomerOwnedIpEnabled sets the CustomerOwnedIpEnabled field's value. 24203 func (s *DBInstance) SetCustomerOwnedIpEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 24204 s.CustomerOwnedIpEnabled = &v 24205 return s 24206 } 24207 24208 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 24209 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 24210 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 24211 return s 24212 } 24213 24214 // SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. 24215 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 24216 s.DBInstanceArn = &v 24217 return s 24218 } 24219 24220 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications field's value. 24221 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) *DBInstance { 24222 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications = v 24223 return s 24224 } 24225 24226 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 24227 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance { 24228 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 24229 return s 24230 } 24231 24232 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 24233 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 24234 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 24235 return s 24236 } 24237 24238 // SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value. 24239 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance { 24240 s.DBInstanceStatus = &v 24241 return s 24242 } 24243 24244 // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 24245 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance { 24246 s.DBName = &v 24247 return s 24248 } 24249 24250 // SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 24251 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance { 24252 s.DBParameterGroups = v 24253 return s 24254 } 24255 24256 // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 24257 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 24258 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 24259 return s 24260 } 24261 24262 // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 24263 func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance { 24264 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 24265 return s 24266 } 24267 24268 // SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value. 24269 func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance { 24270 s.DbInstancePort = &v 24271 return s 24272 } 24273 24274 // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 24275 func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance { 24276 s.DbiResourceId = &v 24277 return s 24278 } 24279 24280 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 24281 func (s *DBInstance) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBInstance { 24282 s.DeletionProtection = &v 24283 return s 24284 } 24285 24286 // SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value. 24287 func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance { 24288 s.DomainMemberships = v 24289 return s 24290 } 24291 24292 // SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 24293 func (s *DBInstance) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBInstance { 24294 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 24295 return s 24296 } 24297 24298 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 24299 func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance { 24300 s.Endpoint = v 24301 return s 24302 } 24303 24304 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 24305 func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance { 24306 s.Engine = &v 24307 return s 24308 } 24309 24310 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 24311 func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance { 24312 s.EngineVersion = &v 24313 return s 24314 } 24315 24316 // SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value. 24317 func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 24318 s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v 24319 return s 24320 } 24321 24322 // SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 24323 func (s *DBInstance) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 24324 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 24325 return s 24326 } 24327 24328 // SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 24329 func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 24330 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 24331 return s 24332 } 24333 24334 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 24335 func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance { 24336 s.Iops = &v 24337 return s 24338 } 24339 24340 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 24341 func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 24342 s.KmsKeyId = &v 24343 return s 24344 } 24345 24346 // SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 24347 func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 24348 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 24349 return s 24350 } 24351 24352 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 24353 func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance { 24354 s.LicenseModel = &v 24355 return s 24356 } 24357 24358 // SetListenerEndpoint sets the ListenerEndpoint field's value. 24359 func (s *DBInstance) SetListenerEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance { 24360 s.ListenerEndpoint = v 24361 return s 24362 } 24363 24364 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 24365 func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance { 24366 s.MasterUsername = &v 24367 return s 24368 } 24369 24370 // SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value. 24371 func (s *DBInstance) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance { 24372 s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v 24373 return s 24374 } 24375 24376 // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 24377 func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance { 24378 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 24379 return s 24380 } 24381 24382 // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 24383 func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance { 24384 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 24385 return s 24386 } 24387 24388 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 24389 func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance { 24390 s.MultiAZ = &v 24391 return s 24392 } 24393 24394 // SetNcharCharacterSetName sets the NcharCharacterSetName field's value. 24395 func (s *DBInstance) SetNcharCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance { 24396 s.NcharCharacterSetName = &v 24397 return s 24398 } 24399 24400 // SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value. 24401 func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 24402 s.OptionGroupMemberships = v 24403 return s 24404 } 24405 24406 // SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value. 24407 func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance { 24408 s.PendingModifiedValues = v 24409 return s 24410 } 24411 24412 // SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value. 24413 func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 24414 s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v 24415 return s 24416 } 24417 24418 // SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 24419 func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 24420 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 24421 return s 24422 } 24423 24424 // SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 24425 func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { 24426 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 24427 return s 24428 } 24429 24430 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 24431 func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 24432 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 24433 return s 24434 } 24435 24436 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 24437 func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 24438 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 24439 return s 24440 } 24441 24442 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 24443 func (s *DBInstance) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *DBInstance { 24444 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 24445 return s 24446 } 24447 24448 // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 24449 func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance { 24450 s.PromotionTier = &v 24451 return s 24452 } 24453 24454 // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 24455 func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance { 24456 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 24457 return s 24458 } 24459 24460 // SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers field's value. 24461 func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 24462 s.ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = v 24463 return s 24464 } 24465 24466 // SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. 24467 func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 24468 s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v 24469 return s 24470 } 24471 24472 // SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 24473 func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 24474 s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 24475 return s 24476 } 24477 24478 // SetReplicaMode sets the ReplicaMode field's value. 24479 func (s *DBInstance) SetReplicaMode(v string) *DBInstance { 24480 s.ReplicaMode = &v 24481 return s 24482 } 24483 24484 // SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value. 24485 func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 24486 s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v 24487 return s 24488 } 24489 24490 // SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value. 24491 func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance { 24492 s.StatusInfos = v 24493 return s 24494 } 24495 24496 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 24497 func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance { 24498 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 24499 return s 24500 } 24501 24502 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 24503 func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance { 24504 s.StorageType = &v 24505 return s 24506 } 24507 24508 // SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 24509 func (s *DBInstance) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBInstance { 24510 s.TagList = v 24511 return s 24512 } 24513 24514 // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 24515 func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance { 24516 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 24517 return s 24518 } 24519 24520 // SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 24521 func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance { 24522 s.Timezone = &v 24523 return s 24524 } 24525 24526 // SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 24527 func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 24528 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 24529 return s 24530 } 24531 24532 // An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction 24533 // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted 24534 // the source instance. 24535 type DBInstanceAutomatedBackup struct { 24536 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24537 24538 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 24539 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 24540 24541 // The Availability Zone that the automated backup was created in. For information 24542 // on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability 24543 // Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 24544 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 24545 24546 // The retention period for the automated backups. 24547 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 24548 24549 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backups. 24550 DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 24551 24552 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the replicated automated backups. 24553 DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` 24554 24555 // The list of replications to different Amazon Web Services Regions associated 24556 // with the automated backup. 24557 DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" type:"list"` 24558 24559 // The customer id of the instance that is/was associated with the automated 24560 // backup. 24561 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 24562 24563 // The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which 24564 // is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region. 24565 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 24566 24567 // Specifies whether the automated backup is encrypted. 24568 Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 24569 24570 // The name of the database engine for this automated backup. 24571 Engine *string `type:"string"` 24572 24573 // The version of the database engine for the automated backup. 24574 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 24575 24576 // True if mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) 24577 // accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 24578 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 24579 24580 // Provides the date and time that the DB instance was created. 24581 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 24582 24583 // The IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the automated backup. 24584 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 24585 24586 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key ID for an automated backup. 24587 // 24588 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 24589 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 24590 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 24591 24592 // License model information for the automated backup. 24593 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 24594 24595 // The license model of an automated backup. 24596 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 24597 24598 // The option group the automated backup is associated with. If omitted, the 24599 // default option group for the engine specified is used. 24600 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 24601 24602 // The port number that the automated backup used for connections. 24603 // 24604 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance 24605 // 24606 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 24607 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 24608 24609 // The Amazon Web Services Region associated with the automated backup. 24610 Region *string `type:"string"` 24611 24612 // Earliest and latest time an instance can be restored to. 24613 RestoreWindow *RestoreWindow `type:"structure"` 24614 24615 // Provides a list of status information for an automated backup: 24616 // 24617 // * active - automated backups for current instances 24618 // 24619 // * retained - automated backups for deleted instances 24620 // 24621 // * creating - automated backups that are waiting for the first automated 24622 // snapshot to be available. 24623 Status *string `type:"string"` 24624 24625 // Specifies the storage type associated with the automated backup. 24626 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 24627 24628 // The ARN from the key store with which the automated backup is associated 24629 // for TDE encryption. 24630 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 24631 24632 // The time zone of the automated backup. In most cases, the Timezone element 24633 // is empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances 24634 // that were created with a time zone specified. 24635 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 24636 24637 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB instance 24638 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 24639 } 24640 24641 // String returns the string representation. 24642 // 24643 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24644 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24645 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24646 func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) String() string { 24647 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24648 } 24649 24650 // GoString returns the string representation. 24651 // 24652 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24653 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24654 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24655 func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) GoString() string { 24656 return s.String() 24657 } 24658 24659 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 24660 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24661 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 24662 return s 24663 } 24664 24665 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 24666 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24667 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 24668 return s 24669 } 24670 24671 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 24672 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24673 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 24674 return s 24675 } 24676 24677 // SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. 24678 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24679 s.DBInstanceArn = &v 24680 return s 24681 } 24682 24683 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. 24684 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24685 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v 24686 return s 24687 } 24688 24689 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications field's value. 24690 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24691 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications = v 24692 return s 24693 } 24694 24695 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 24696 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24697 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 24698 return s 24699 } 24700 24701 // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 24702 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24703 s.DbiResourceId = &v 24704 return s 24705 } 24706 24707 // SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value. 24708 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24709 s.Encrypted = &v 24710 return s 24711 } 24712 24713 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 24714 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24715 s.Engine = &v 24716 return s 24717 } 24718 24719 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 24720 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24721 s.EngineVersion = &v 24722 return s 24723 } 24724 24725 // SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 24726 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24727 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 24728 return s 24729 } 24730 24731 // SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 24732 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24733 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 24734 return s 24735 } 24736 24737 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 24738 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24739 s.Iops = &v 24740 return s 24741 } 24742 24743 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 24744 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24745 s.KmsKeyId = &v 24746 return s 24747 } 24748 24749 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 24750 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24751 s.LicenseModel = &v 24752 return s 24753 } 24754 24755 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 24756 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24757 s.MasterUsername = &v 24758 return s 24759 } 24760 24761 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 24762 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24763 s.OptionGroupName = &v 24764 return s 24765 } 24766 24767 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 24768 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetPort(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24769 s.Port = &v 24770 return s 24771 } 24772 24773 // SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 24774 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetRegion(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24775 s.Region = &v 24776 return s 24777 } 24778 24779 // SetRestoreWindow sets the RestoreWindow field's value. 24780 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetRestoreWindow(v *RestoreWindow) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24781 s.RestoreWindow = v 24782 return s 24783 } 24784 24785 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 24786 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24787 s.Status = &v 24788 return s 24789 } 24790 24791 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 24792 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24793 s.StorageType = &v 24794 return s 24795 } 24796 24797 // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 24798 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24799 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 24800 return s 24801 } 24802 24803 // SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 24804 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24805 s.Timezone = &v 24806 return s 24807 } 24808 24809 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 24810 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { 24811 s.VpcId = &v 24812 return s 24813 } 24814 24815 // Automated backups of a DB instance replicated to another Amazon Web Services 24816 // Region. They consist of system backups, transaction logs, and database instance 24817 // properties. 24818 type DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication struct { 24819 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24820 24821 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups. 24822 DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` 24823 } 24824 24825 // String returns the string representation. 24826 // 24827 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24828 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24829 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24830 func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) String() string { 24831 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24832 } 24833 24834 // GoString returns the string representation. 24835 // 24836 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24837 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24838 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24839 func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) GoString() string { 24840 return s.String() 24841 } 24842 24843 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. 24844 func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication { 24845 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v 24846 return s 24847 } 24848 24849 // Describes an Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role 24850 // that is associated with a DB instance. 24851 type DBInstanceRole struct { 24852 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24853 24854 // The name of the feature associated with the Amazon Web Services Identity 24855 // and Access Management (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, 24856 // see DBEngineVersion. 24857 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 24858 24859 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the 24860 // DB instance. 24861 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 24862 24863 // Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB instance. 24864 // The Status property returns one of the following values: 24865 // 24866 // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB instance and can 24867 // be used to access other Amazon Web Services services on your behalf. 24868 // 24869 // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB instance. 24870 // 24871 // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB instance, but the 24872 // DB instance is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other 24873 // Amazon Web Services services on your behalf. 24874 Status *string `type:"string"` 24875 } 24876 24877 // String returns the string representation. 24878 // 24879 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24880 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24881 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24882 func (s DBInstanceRole) String() string { 24883 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24884 } 24885 24886 // GoString returns the string representation. 24887 // 24888 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24889 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24890 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24891 func (s DBInstanceRole) GoString() string { 24892 return s.String() 24893 } 24894 24895 // SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 24896 func (s *DBInstanceRole) SetFeatureName(v string) *DBInstanceRole { 24897 s.FeatureName = &v 24898 return s 24899 } 24900 24901 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 24902 func (s *DBInstanceRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBInstanceRole { 24903 s.RoleArn = &v 24904 return s 24905 } 24906 24907 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 24908 func (s *DBInstanceRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceRole { 24909 s.Status = &v 24910 return s 24911 } 24912 24913 // Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. 24914 type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct { 24915 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24916 24917 // Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance 24918 // isn't in an error state, this value is blank. 24919 Message *string `type:"string"` 24920 24921 // Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false 24922 // if the instance is in an error state. 24923 Normal *bool `type:"boolean"` 24924 24925 // Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can 24926 // be replicating, replication stop point set, replication stop point reached, 24927 // error, stopped, or terminated. 24928 Status *string `type:"string"` 24929 24930 // This value is currently "read replication." 24931 StatusType *string `type:"string"` 24932 } 24933 24934 // String returns the string representation. 24935 // 24936 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24937 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24938 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24939 func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string { 24940 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24941 } 24942 24943 // GoString returns the string representation. 24944 // 24945 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 24946 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 24947 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 24948 func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string { 24949 return s.String() 24950 } 24951 24952 // SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 24953 func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 24954 s.Message = &v 24955 return s 24956 } 24957 24958 // SetNormal sets the Normal field's value. 24959 func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 24960 s.Normal = &v 24961 return s 24962 } 24963 24964 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 24965 func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 24966 s.Status = &v 24967 return s 24968 } 24969 24970 // SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value. 24971 func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 24972 s.StatusType = &v 24973 return s 24974 } 24975 24976 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 24977 // 24978 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 24979 // action. 24980 type DBParameterGroup struct { 24981 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24982 24983 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. 24984 DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 24985 24986 // The name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter group is 24987 // compatible with. 24988 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 24989 24990 // The name of the DB parameter group. 24991 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 24992 24993 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. 24994 Description *string `type:"string"` 24995 } 24996 24997 // String returns the string representation. 24998 // 24999 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25000 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25001 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25002 func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string { 25003 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25004 } 25005 25006 // GoString returns the string representation. 25007 // 25008 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25009 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25010 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25011 func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string { 25012 return s.String() 25013 } 25014 25015 // SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value. 25016 func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 25017 s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v 25018 return s 25019 } 25020 25021 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 25022 func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 25023 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 25024 return s 25025 } 25026 25027 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 25028 func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 25029 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 25030 return s 25031 } 25032 25033 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 25034 func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 25035 s.Description = &v 25036 return s 25037 } 25038 25039 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup 25040 // or ResetDBParameterGroup action. 25041 type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct { 25042 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25043 25044 // The name of the DB parameter group. 25045 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25046 } 25047 25048 // String returns the string representation. 25049 // 25050 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25051 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25052 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25053 func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { 25054 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25055 } 25056 25057 // GoString returns the string representation. 25058 // 25059 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25060 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25061 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25062 func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { 25063 return s.String() 25064 } 25065 25066 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 25067 func (s *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupNameMessage { 25068 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 25069 return s 25070 } 25071 25072 // The status of the DB parameter group. 25073 // 25074 // This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 25075 // 25076 // * CreateDBInstance 25077 // 25078 // * CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 25079 // 25080 // * DeleteDBInstance 25081 // 25082 // * ModifyDBInstance 25083 // 25084 // * RebootDBInstance 25085 // 25086 // * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 25087 type DBParameterGroupStatus struct { 25088 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25089 25090 // The name of the DB parameter group. 25091 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25092 25093 // The status of parameter updates. 25094 ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"` 25095 } 25096 25097 // String returns the string representation. 25098 // 25099 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25100 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25101 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25102 func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string { 25103 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25104 } 25105 25106 // GoString returns the string representation. 25107 // 25108 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25109 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25110 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25111 func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string { 25112 return s.String() 25113 } 25114 25115 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 25116 func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 25117 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 25118 return s 25119 } 25120 25121 // SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value. 25122 func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 25123 s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v 25124 return s 25125 } 25126 25127 // The data structure representing a proxy managed by the RDS Proxy. 25128 // 25129 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxies action. 25130 type DBProxy struct { 25131 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25132 25133 // One or more data structures specifying the authorization mechanism to connect 25134 // to the associated RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. 25135 Auth []*UserAuthConfigInfo `type:"list"` 25136 25137 // The date and time when the proxy was first created. 25138 CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25139 25140 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the proxy. 25141 DBProxyArn *string `type:"string"` 25142 25143 // The identifier for the proxy. This name must be unique for all proxies owned 25144 // by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services 25145 // Region. 25146 DBProxyName *string `type:"string"` 25147 25148 // Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its 25149 // logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or 25150 // the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information 25151 // includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus, 25152 // only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have 25153 // security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears 25154 // in the logs. 25155 DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"` 25156 25157 // The endpoint that you can use to connect to the DB proxy. You include the 25158 // endpoint value in the connection string for a database client application. 25159 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 25160 25161 // The engine family applies to MySQL and PostgreSQL for both RDS and Aurora. 25162 EngineFamily *string `type:"string"` 25163 25164 // The number of seconds a connection to the proxy can have no activity before 25165 // the proxy drops the client connection. The proxy keeps the underlying database 25166 // connection open and puts it back into the connection pool for reuse by later 25167 // connection requests. 25168 // 25169 // Default: 1800 (30 minutes) 25170 // 25171 // Constraints: 1 to 28,800 25172 IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 25173 25174 // Indicates whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for 25175 // connections to the proxy. 25176 RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"` 25177 25178 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that the proxy uses to access 25179 // Amazon Secrets Manager. 25180 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 25181 25182 // The current status of this proxy. A status of available means the proxy is 25183 // ready to handle requests. Other values indicate that you must wait for the 25184 // proxy to be ready, or take some action to resolve an issue. 25185 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyStatus"` 25186 25187 // The date and time when the proxy was last updated. 25188 UpdatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25189 25190 // Provides the VPC ID of the DB proxy. 25191 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 25192 25193 // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the proxy belongs to. 25194 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` 25195 25196 // The EC2 subnet IDs for the proxy. 25197 VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list"` 25198 } 25199 25200 // String returns the string representation. 25201 // 25202 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25203 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25204 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25205 func (s DBProxy) String() string { 25206 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25207 } 25208 25209 // GoString returns the string representation. 25210 // 25211 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25212 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25213 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25214 func (s DBProxy) GoString() string { 25215 return s.String() 25216 } 25217 25218 // SetAuth sets the Auth field's value. 25219 func (s *DBProxy) SetAuth(v []*UserAuthConfigInfo) *DBProxy { 25220 s.Auth = v 25221 return s 25222 } 25223 25224 // SetCreatedDate sets the CreatedDate field's value. 25225 func (s *DBProxy) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxy { 25226 s.CreatedDate = &v 25227 return s 25228 } 25229 25230 // SetDBProxyArn sets the DBProxyArn field's value. 25231 func (s *DBProxy) SetDBProxyArn(v string) *DBProxy { 25232 s.DBProxyArn = &v 25233 return s 25234 } 25235 25236 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 25237 func (s *DBProxy) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DBProxy { 25238 s.DBProxyName = &v 25239 return s 25240 } 25241 25242 // SetDebugLogging sets the DebugLogging field's value. 25243 func (s *DBProxy) SetDebugLogging(v bool) *DBProxy { 25244 s.DebugLogging = &v 25245 return s 25246 } 25247 25248 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 25249 func (s *DBProxy) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBProxy { 25250 s.Endpoint = &v 25251 return s 25252 } 25253 25254 // SetEngineFamily sets the EngineFamily field's value. 25255 func (s *DBProxy) SetEngineFamily(v string) *DBProxy { 25256 s.EngineFamily = &v 25257 return s 25258 } 25259 25260 // SetIdleClientTimeout sets the IdleClientTimeout field's value. 25261 func (s *DBProxy) SetIdleClientTimeout(v int64) *DBProxy { 25262 s.IdleClientTimeout = &v 25263 return s 25264 } 25265 25266 // SetRequireTLS sets the RequireTLS field's value. 25267 func (s *DBProxy) SetRequireTLS(v bool) *DBProxy { 25268 s.RequireTLS = &v 25269 return s 25270 } 25271 25272 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 25273 func (s *DBProxy) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBProxy { 25274 s.RoleArn = &v 25275 return s 25276 } 25277 25278 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 25279 func (s *DBProxy) SetStatus(v string) *DBProxy { 25280 s.Status = &v 25281 return s 25282 } 25283 25284 // SetUpdatedDate sets the UpdatedDate field's value. 25285 func (s *DBProxy) SetUpdatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxy { 25286 s.UpdatedDate = &v 25287 return s 25288 } 25289 25290 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 25291 func (s *DBProxy) SetVpcId(v string) *DBProxy { 25292 s.VpcId = &v 25293 return s 25294 } 25295 25296 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 25297 func (s *DBProxy) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DBProxy { 25298 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 25299 return s 25300 } 25301 25302 // SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value. 25303 func (s *DBProxy) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *DBProxy { 25304 s.VpcSubnetIds = v 25305 return s 25306 } 25307 25308 // The data structure representing an endpoint associated with a DB proxy. RDS 25309 // automatically creates one endpoint for each DB proxy. For Aurora DB clusters, 25310 // you can associate additional endpoints with the same DB proxy. These endpoints 25311 // can be read/write or read-only. They can also reside in different VPCs than 25312 // the associated DB proxy. 25313 // 25314 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyEndpoints 25315 // operation. 25316 type DBProxyEndpoint struct { 25317 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25318 25319 // The date and time when the DB proxy endpoint was first created. 25320 CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25321 25322 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB proxy endpoint. 25323 DBProxyEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 25324 25325 // The name for the DB proxy endpoint. An identifier must begin with a letter 25326 // and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with 25327 // a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 25328 DBProxyEndpointName *string `type:"string"` 25329 25330 // The identifier for the DB proxy that is associated with this DB proxy endpoint. 25331 DBProxyName *string `type:"string"` 25332 25333 // The endpoint that you can use to connect to the DB proxy. You include the 25334 // endpoint value in the connection string for a database client application. 25335 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 25336 25337 // A value that indicates whether this endpoint is the default endpoint for 25338 // the associated DB proxy. Default DB proxy endpoints always have read/write 25339 // capability. Other endpoints that you associate with the DB proxy can be either 25340 // read/write or read-only. 25341 IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` 25342 25343 // The current status of this DB proxy endpoint. A status of available means 25344 // the endpoint is ready to handle requests. Other values indicate that you 25345 // must wait for the endpoint to be ready, or take some action to resolve an 25346 // issue. 25347 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyEndpointStatus"` 25348 25349 // A value that indicates whether the DB proxy endpoint can be used for read/write 25350 // or read-only operations. 25351 TargetRole *string `type:"string" enum:"DBProxyEndpointTargetRole"` 25352 25353 // Provides the VPC ID of the DB proxy endpoint. 25354 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 25355 25356 // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB proxy endpoint belongs 25357 // to. 25358 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` 25359 25360 // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB proxy endpoint. 25361 VpcSubnetIds []*string `type:"list"` 25362 } 25363 25364 // String returns the string representation. 25365 // 25366 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25367 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25368 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25369 func (s DBProxyEndpoint) String() string { 25370 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25371 } 25372 25373 // GoString returns the string representation. 25374 // 25375 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25376 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25377 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25378 func (s DBProxyEndpoint) GoString() string { 25379 return s.String() 25380 } 25381 25382 // SetCreatedDate sets the CreatedDate field's value. 25383 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25384 s.CreatedDate = &v 25385 return s 25386 } 25387 25388 // SetDBProxyEndpointArn sets the DBProxyEndpointArn field's value. 25389 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetDBProxyEndpointArn(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25390 s.DBProxyEndpointArn = &v 25391 return s 25392 } 25393 25394 // SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value. 25395 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25396 s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v 25397 return s 25398 } 25399 25400 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 25401 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25402 s.DBProxyName = &v 25403 return s 25404 } 25405 25406 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 25407 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25408 s.Endpoint = &v 25409 return s 25410 } 25411 25412 // SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. 25413 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetIsDefault(v bool) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25414 s.IsDefault = &v 25415 return s 25416 } 25417 25418 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 25419 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25420 s.Status = &v 25421 return s 25422 } 25423 25424 // SetTargetRole sets the TargetRole field's value. 25425 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetTargetRole(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25426 s.TargetRole = &v 25427 return s 25428 } 25429 25430 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 25431 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetVpcId(v string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25432 s.VpcId = &v 25433 return s 25434 } 25435 25436 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 25437 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25438 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 25439 return s 25440 } 25441 25442 // SetVpcSubnetIds sets the VpcSubnetIds field's value. 25443 func (s *DBProxyEndpoint) SetVpcSubnetIds(v []*string) *DBProxyEndpoint { 25444 s.VpcSubnetIds = v 25445 return s 25446 } 25447 25448 // Contains the details for an RDS Proxy target. It represents an RDS DB instance 25449 // or Aurora DB cluster that the proxy can connect to. One or more targets are 25450 // associated with an RDS Proxy target group. 25451 // 25452 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyTargets 25453 // action. 25454 type DBProxyTarget struct { 25455 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25456 25457 // The writer endpoint for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. 25458 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 25459 25460 // The port that the RDS Proxy uses to connect to the target RDS DB instance 25461 // or Aurora DB cluster. 25462 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 25463 25464 // The identifier representing the target. It can be the instance identifier 25465 // for an RDS DB instance, or the cluster identifier for an Aurora DB cluster. 25466 RdsResourceId *string `type:"string"` 25467 25468 // A value that indicates whether the target of the proxy can be used for read/write 25469 // or read-only operations. 25470 Role *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetRole"` 25471 25472 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. 25473 TargetArn *string `type:"string"` 25474 25475 // Information about the connection health of the RDS Proxy target. 25476 TargetHealth *TargetHealth `type:"structure"` 25477 25478 // The DB cluster identifier when the target represents an Aurora DB cluster. 25479 // This field is blank when the target represents an RDS DB instance. 25480 TrackedClusterId *string `type:"string"` 25481 25482 // Specifies the kind of database, such as an RDS DB instance or an Aurora DB 25483 // cluster, that the target represents. 25484 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetType"` 25485 } 25486 25487 // String returns the string representation. 25488 // 25489 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25490 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25491 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25492 func (s DBProxyTarget) String() string { 25493 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25494 } 25495 25496 // GoString returns the string representation. 25497 // 25498 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25499 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25500 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25501 func (s DBProxyTarget) GoString() string { 25502 return s.String() 25503 } 25504 25505 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 25506 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBProxyTarget { 25507 s.Endpoint = &v 25508 return s 25509 } 25510 25511 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 25512 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetPort(v int64) *DBProxyTarget { 25513 s.Port = &v 25514 return s 25515 } 25516 25517 // SetRdsResourceId sets the RdsResourceId field's value. 25518 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetRdsResourceId(v string) *DBProxyTarget { 25519 s.RdsResourceId = &v 25520 return s 25521 } 25522 25523 // SetRole sets the Role field's value. 25524 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetRole(v string) *DBProxyTarget { 25525 s.Role = &v 25526 return s 25527 } 25528 25529 // SetTargetArn sets the TargetArn field's value. 25530 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetTargetArn(v string) *DBProxyTarget { 25531 s.TargetArn = &v 25532 return s 25533 } 25534 25535 // SetTargetHealth sets the TargetHealth field's value. 25536 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetTargetHealth(v *TargetHealth) *DBProxyTarget { 25537 s.TargetHealth = v 25538 return s 25539 } 25540 25541 // SetTrackedClusterId sets the TrackedClusterId field's value. 25542 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetTrackedClusterId(v string) *DBProxyTarget { 25543 s.TrackedClusterId = &v 25544 return s 25545 } 25546 25547 // SetType sets the Type field's value. 25548 func (s *DBProxyTarget) SetType(v string) *DBProxyTarget { 25549 s.Type = &v 25550 return s 25551 } 25552 25553 // Represents a set of RDS DB instances, Aurora DB clusters, or both that a 25554 // proxy can connect to. Currently, each target group is associated with exactly 25555 // one RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. 25556 // 25557 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBProxyTargetGroups 25558 // action. 25559 type DBProxyTargetGroup struct { 25560 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25561 25562 // The settings that determine the size and behavior of the connection pool 25563 // for the target group. 25564 ConnectionPoolConfig *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo `type:"structure"` 25565 25566 // The date and time when the target group was first created. 25567 CreatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25568 25569 // The identifier for the RDS proxy associated with this target group. 25570 DBProxyName *string `type:"string"` 25571 25572 // Whether this target group is the first one used for connection requests by 25573 // the associated proxy. Because each proxy is currently associated with a single 25574 // target group, currently this setting is always true. 25575 IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` 25576 25577 // The current status of this target group. A status of available means the 25578 // target group is correctly associated with a database. Other values indicate 25579 // that you must wait for the target group to be ready, or take some action 25580 // to resolve an issue. 25581 Status *string `type:"string"` 25582 25583 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the target group. 25584 TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 25585 25586 // The identifier for the target group. This name must be unique for all target 25587 // groups owned by your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon 25588 // Web Services Region. 25589 TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25590 25591 // The date and time when the target group was last updated. 25592 UpdatedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25593 } 25594 25595 // String returns the string representation. 25596 // 25597 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25598 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25599 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25600 func (s DBProxyTargetGroup) String() string { 25601 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25602 } 25603 25604 // GoString returns the string representation. 25605 // 25606 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25607 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25608 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25609 func (s DBProxyTargetGroup) GoString() string { 25610 return s.String() 25611 } 25612 25613 // SetConnectionPoolConfig sets the ConnectionPoolConfig field's value. 25614 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetConnectionPoolConfig(v *ConnectionPoolConfigurationInfo) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25615 s.ConnectionPoolConfig = v 25616 return s 25617 } 25618 25619 // SetCreatedDate sets the CreatedDate field's value. 25620 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetCreatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25621 s.CreatedDate = &v 25622 return s 25623 } 25624 25625 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 25626 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25627 s.DBProxyName = &v 25628 return s 25629 } 25630 25631 // SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. 25632 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetIsDefault(v bool) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25633 s.IsDefault = &v 25634 return s 25635 } 25636 25637 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 25638 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetStatus(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25639 s.Status = &v 25640 return s 25641 } 25642 25643 // SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value. 25644 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetTargetGroupArn(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25645 s.TargetGroupArn = &v 25646 return s 25647 } 25648 25649 // SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value. 25650 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25651 s.TargetGroupName = &v 25652 return s 25653 } 25654 25655 // SetUpdatedDate sets the UpdatedDate field's value. 25656 func (s *DBProxyTargetGroup) SetUpdatedDate(v time.Time) *DBProxyTargetGroup { 25657 s.UpdatedDate = &v 25658 return s 25659 } 25660 25661 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 25662 // 25663 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 25664 // action. 25665 type DBSecurityGroup struct { 25666 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25667 25668 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. 25669 DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 25670 25671 // Provides the description of the DB security group. 25672 DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 25673 25674 // Specifies the name of the DB security group. 25675 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25676 25677 // Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements. 25678 EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"` 25679 25680 // Contains a list of IPRange elements. 25681 IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"` 25682 25683 // Provides the Amazon Web Services ID of the owner of a specific DB security 25684 // group. 25685 OwnerId *string `type:"string"` 25686 25687 // Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. 25688 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 25689 } 25690 25691 // String returns the string representation. 25692 // 25693 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25694 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25695 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25696 func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string { 25697 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25698 } 25699 25700 // GoString returns the string representation. 25701 // 25702 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25703 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25704 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25705 func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string { 25706 return s.String() 25707 } 25708 25709 // SetDBSecurityGroupArn sets the DBSecurityGroupArn field's value. 25710 func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupArn(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 25711 s.DBSecurityGroupArn = &v 25712 return s 25713 } 25714 25715 // SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. 25716 func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 25717 s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v 25718 return s 25719 } 25720 25721 // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 25722 func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 25723 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 25724 return s 25725 } 25726 25727 // SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value. 25728 func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *DBSecurityGroup { 25729 s.EC2SecurityGroups = v 25730 return s 25731 } 25732 25733 // SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value. 25734 func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *DBSecurityGroup { 25735 s.IPRanges = v 25736 return s 25737 } 25738 25739 // SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value. 25740 func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetOwnerId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 25741 s.OwnerId = &v 25742 return s 25743 } 25744 25745 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 25746 func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 25747 s.VpcId = &v 25748 return s 25749 } 25750 25751 // This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 25752 // 25753 // * ModifyDBInstance 25754 // 25755 // * RebootDBInstance 25756 // 25757 // * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 25758 // 25759 // * RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 25760 type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct { 25761 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25762 25763 // The name of the DB security group. 25764 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25765 25766 // The status of the DB security group. 25767 Status *string `type:"string"` 25768 } 25769 25770 // String returns the string representation. 25771 // 25772 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25773 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25774 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25775 func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 25776 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25777 } 25778 25779 // GoString returns the string representation. 25780 // 25781 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25782 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25783 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25784 func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 25785 return s.String() 25786 } 25787 25788 // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 25789 func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 25790 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 25791 return s 25792 } 25793 25794 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 25795 func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 25796 s.Status = &v 25797 return s 25798 } 25799 25800 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 25801 // 25802 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 25803 type DBSnapshot struct { 25804 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25805 25806 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 25807 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 25808 25809 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in 25810 // at the time of the DB snapshot. 25811 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 25812 25813 // Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot 25814 // was created from. 25815 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 25816 25817 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. 25818 DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 25819 25820 // Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. 25821 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 25822 25823 // The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which 25824 // is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region. 25825 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 25826 25827 // Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. 25828 Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 25829 25830 // Specifies the name of the database engine. 25831 Engine *string `type:"string"` 25832 25833 // Specifies the version of the database engine. 25834 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 25835 25836 // True if mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) 25837 // accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 25838 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 25839 25840 // Specifies the time in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) when the DB instance, 25841 // from which the snapshot was taken, was created. 25842 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25843 25844 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB 25845 // instance at the time of the snapshot. 25846 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 25847 25848 // If Encrypted is true, the Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for the 25849 // encrypted DB snapshot. 25850 // 25851 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 25852 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 25853 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 25854 25855 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 25856 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 25857 25858 // Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. 25859 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 25860 25861 // Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. 25862 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25863 25864 // Specifies the time of the CreateDBSnapshot operation in Coordinated Universal 25865 // Time (UTC). Doesn't change when the snapshot is copied. 25866 OriginalSnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25867 25868 // The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 25869 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 25870 25871 // Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time 25872 // of the snapshot. 25873 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 25874 25875 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 25876 // class of the DB instance when the DB snapshot was created. 25877 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 25878 25879 // Specifies when the snapshot was taken in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 25880 // Changes for the copy when the snapshot is copied. 25881 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 25882 25883 // Provides the type of the DB snapshot. 25884 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 25885 25886 // The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied 25887 // from. It only has a value in the case of a cross-account or cross-Region 25888 // copy. 25889 SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 25890 25891 // The Amazon Web Services Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied 25892 // from. 25893 SourceRegion *string `type:"string"` 25894 25895 // Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. 25896 Status *string `type:"string"` 25897 25898 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. 25899 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 25900 25901 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 25902 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 25903 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 25904 25905 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 25906 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 25907 25908 // The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is 25909 // empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL 25910 // Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. 25911 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 25912 25913 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. 25914 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 25915 } 25916 25917 // String returns the string representation. 25918 // 25919 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25920 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25921 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25922 func (s DBSnapshot) String() string { 25923 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25924 } 25925 25926 // GoString returns the string representation. 25927 // 25928 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 25929 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 25930 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 25931 func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string { 25932 return s.String() 25933 } 25934 25935 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 25936 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 25937 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 25938 return s 25939 } 25940 25941 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 25942 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBSnapshot { 25943 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 25944 return s 25945 } 25946 25947 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 25948 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 25949 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 25950 return s 25951 } 25952 25953 // SetDBSnapshotArn sets the DBSnapshotArn field's value. 25954 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { 25955 s.DBSnapshotArn = &v 25956 return s 25957 } 25958 25959 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 25960 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 25961 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 25962 return s 25963 } 25964 25965 // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 25966 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBSnapshot { 25967 s.DbiResourceId = &v 25968 return s 25969 } 25970 25971 // SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value. 25972 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBSnapshot { 25973 s.Encrypted = &v 25974 return s 25975 } 25976 25977 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 25978 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBSnapshot { 25979 s.Engine = &v 25980 return s 25981 } 25982 25983 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 25984 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBSnapshot { 25985 s.EngineVersion = &v 25986 return s 25987 } 25988 25989 // SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 25990 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBSnapshot { 25991 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 25992 return s 25993 } 25994 25995 // SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 25996 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { 25997 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 25998 return s 25999 } 26000 26001 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 26002 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIops(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 26003 s.Iops = &v 26004 return s 26005 } 26006 26007 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 26008 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26009 s.KmsKeyId = &v 26010 return s 26011 } 26012 26013 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 26014 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26015 s.LicenseModel = &v 26016 return s 26017 } 26018 26019 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 26020 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26021 s.MasterUsername = &v 26022 return s 26023 } 26024 26025 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 26026 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26027 s.OptionGroupName = &v 26028 return s 26029 } 26030 26031 // SetOriginalSnapshotCreateTime sets the OriginalSnapshotCreateTime field's value. 26032 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOriginalSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { 26033 s.OriginalSnapshotCreateTime = &v 26034 return s 26035 } 26036 26037 // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 26038 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 26039 s.PercentProgress = &v 26040 return s 26041 } 26042 26043 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 26044 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 26045 s.Port = &v 26046 return s 26047 } 26048 26049 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 26050 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *DBSnapshot { 26051 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 26052 return s 26053 } 26054 26055 // SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 26056 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { 26057 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 26058 return s 26059 } 26060 26061 // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 26062 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26063 s.SnapshotType = &v 26064 return s 26065 } 26066 26067 // SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 26068 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26069 s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 26070 return s 26071 } 26072 26073 // SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 26074 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26075 s.SourceRegion = &v 26076 return s 26077 } 26078 26079 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 26080 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26081 s.Status = &v 26082 return s 26083 } 26084 26085 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 26086 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStorageType(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26087 s.StorageType = &v 26088 return s 26089 } 26090 26091 // SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 26092 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *DBSnapshot { 26093 s.TagList = v 26094 return s 26095 } 26096 26097 // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 26098 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26099 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 26100 return s 26101 } 26102 26103 // SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 26104 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTimezone(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26105 s.Timezone = &v 26106 return s 26107 } 26108 26109 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 26110 func (s *DBSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSnapshot { 26111 s.VpcId = &v 26112 return s 26113 } 26114 26115 // Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute 26116 // 26117 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services 26118 // accounts to restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 26119 // API. 26120 type DBSnapshotAttribute struct { 26121 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26122 26123 // The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. 26124 // 26125 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of Amazon Web Services accounts 26126 // that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For 26127 // more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 26128 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 26129 26130 // The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. 26131 // 26132 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 26133 // list of IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that are authorized to copy 26134 // or restore the manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then 26135 // the manual DB snapshot is public and available for any Amazon Web Services 26136 // account to copy or restore. 26137 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 26138 } 26139 26140 // String returns the string representation. 26141 // 26142 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26143 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26144 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26145 func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 26146 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26147 } 26148 26149 // GoString returns the string representation. 26150 // 26151 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26152 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26153 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26154 func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 26155 return s.String() 26156 } 26157 26158 // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 26159 func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { 26160 s.AttributeName = &v 26161 return s 26162 } 26163 26164 // SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 26165 func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { 26166 s.AttributeValues = v 26167 return s 26168 } 26169 26170 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 26171 // API action. 26172 // 26173 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services 26174 // accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see 26175 // the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 26176 type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 26177 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26178 26179 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. 26180 DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 26181 26182 // The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. 26183 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 26184 } 26185 26186 // String returns the string representation. 26187 // 26188 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26189 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26190 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26191 func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 26192 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26193 } 26194 26195 // GoString returns the string representation. 26196 // 26197 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26198 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26199 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26200 func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 26201 return s.String() 26202 } 26203 26204 // SetDBSnapshotAttributes sets the DBSnapshotAttributes field's value. 26205 func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBSnapshotAttribute) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { 26206 s.DBSnapshotAttributes = v 26207 return s 26208 } 26209 26210 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 26211 func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { 26212 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 26213 return s 26214 } 26215 26216 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 26217 // 26218 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 26219 // action. 26220 type DBSubnetGroup struct { 26221 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26222 26223 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. 26224 DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 26225 26226 // Provides the description of the DB subnet group. 26227 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 26228 26229 // The name of the DB subnet group. 26230 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26231 26232 // Provides the status of the DB subnet group. 26233 SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 26234 26235 // Contains a list of Subnet elements. 26236 Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"` 26237 26238 // Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. 26239 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 26240 } 26241 26242 // String returns the string representation. 26243 // 26244 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26245 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26246 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26247 func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string { 26248 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26249 } 26250 26251 // GoString returns the string representation. 26252 // 26253 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26254 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26255 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26256 func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string { 26257 return s.String() 26258 } 26259 26260 // SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value. 26261 func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 26262 s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v 26263 return s 26264 } 26265 26266 // SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 26267 func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 26268 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 26269 return s 26270 } 26271 26272 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 26273 func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 26274 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 26275 return s 26276 } 26277 26278 // SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value. 26279 func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 26280 s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v 26281 return s 26282 } 26283 26284 // SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. 26285 func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup { 26286 s.Subnets = v 26287 return s 26288 } 26289 26290 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 26291 func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 26292 s.VpcId = &v 26293 return s 26294 } 26295 26296 type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput struct { 26297 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26298 26299 // The custom AZ identifier. 26300 // 26301 // CustomAvailabilityZoneId is a required field 26302 CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26303 } 26304 26305 // String returns the string representation. 26306 // 26307 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26308 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26309 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26310 func (s DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) String() string { 26311 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26312 } 26313 26314 // GoString returns the string representation. 26315 // 26316 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26317 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26318 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26319 func (s DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) GoString() string { 26320 return s.String() 26321 } 26322 26323 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26324 func (s *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) Validate() error { 26325 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput"} 26326 if s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId == nil { 26327 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomAvailabilityZoneId")) 26328 } 26329 26330 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26331 return invalidParams 26332 } 26333 return nil 26334 } 26335 26336 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneId field's value. 26337 func (s *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneInput { 26338 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId = &v 26339 return s 26340 } 26341 26342 type DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput struct { 26343 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26344 26345 // A custom Availability Zone (AZ) is an on-premises AZ that is integrated with 26346 // a VMware vSphere cluster. 26347 // 26348 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 26349 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 26350 CustomAvailabilityZone *CustomAvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` 26351 } 26352 26353 // String returns the string representation. 26354 // 26355 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26356 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26357 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26358 func (s DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) String() string { 26359 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26360 } 26361 26362 // GoString returns the string representation. 26363 // 26364 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26365 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26366 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26367 func (s DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) GoString() string { 26368 return s.String() 26369 } 26370 26371 // SetCustomAvailabilityZone sets the CustomAvailabilityZone field's value. 26372 func (s *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput) SetCustomAvailabilityZone(v *CustomAvailabilityZone) *DeleteCustomAvailabilityZoneOutput { 26373 s.CustomAvailabilityZone = v 26374 return s 26375 } 26376 26377 type DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput struct { 26378 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26379 26380 // The identifier associated with the custom endpoint. This parameter is stored 26381 // as a lowercase string. 26382 // 26383 // DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field 26384 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26385 } 26386 26387 // String returns the string representation. 26388 // 26389 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26390 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26391 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26392 func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string { 26393 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26394 } 26395 26396 // GoString returns the string representation. 26397 // 26398 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26399 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26400 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26401 func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string { 26402 return s.String() 26403 } 26404 26405 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26406 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error { 26407 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput"} 26408 if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil { 26409 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier")) 26410 } 26411 26412 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26413 return invalidParams 26414 } 26415 return nil 26416 } 26417 26418 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 26419 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput { 26420 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 26421 return s 26422 } 26423 26424 // This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 26425 // Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 26426 // actions: 26427 // 26428 // * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 26429 // 26430 // * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 26431 // 26432 // * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 26433 // 26434 // * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 26435 // 26436 // For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, 26437 // see Endpoint. 26438 type DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput struct { 26439 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26440 26441 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 26442 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 26443 26444 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 26445 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 26446 26447 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 26448 // a lowercase string. 26449 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 26450 26451 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 26452 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 26453 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 26454 26455 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 26456 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 26457 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 26458 26459 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 26460 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 26461 26462 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 26463 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 26464 26465 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 26466 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 26467 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 26468 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 26469 26470 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 26471 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 26472 26473 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 26474 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't 26475 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 26476 // secondary cluster in a global database. 26477 Status *string `type:"string"` 26478 } 26479 26480 // String returns the string representation. 26481 // 26482 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26483 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26484 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26485 func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string { 26486 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26487 } 26488 26489 // GoString returns the string representation. 26490 // 26491 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26492 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26493 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26494 func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 26495 return s.String() 26496 } 26497 26498 // SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 26499 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26500 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 26501 return s 26502 } 26503 26504 // SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 26505 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26506 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 26507 return s 26508 } 26509 26510 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 26511 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26512 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 26513 return s 26514 } 26515 26516 // SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 26517 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26518 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 26519 return s 26520 } 26521 26522 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 26523 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26524 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 26525 return s 26526 } 26527 26528 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 26529 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26530 s.Endpoint = &v 26531 return s 26532 } 26533 26534 // SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 26535 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26536 s.EndpointType = &v 26537 return s 26538 } 26539 26540 // SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 26541 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26542 s.ExcludedMembers = v 26543 return s 26544 } 26545 26546 // SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 26547 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26548 s.StaticMembers = v 26549 return s 26550 } 26551 26552 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 26553 func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 26554 s.Status = &v 26555 return s 26556 } 26557 26558 type DeleteDBClusterInput struct { 26559 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26560 26561 // The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter 26562 // isn't case-sensitive. 26563 // 26564 // Constraints: 26565 // 26566 // * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 26567 // 26568 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 26569 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26570 26571 // The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created 26572 // when SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled. 26573 // 26574 // Specifying this parameter and also skipping the creation of a final DB cluster 26575 // snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter results in an error. 26576 // 26577 // Constraints: 26578 // 26579 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 26580 // 26581 // * First character must be a letter 26582 // 26583 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 26584 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 26585 26586 // A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB cluster 26587 // snapshot before the DB cluster is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB cluster 26588 // snapshot is created. If skip isn't specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created 26589 // before the DB cluster is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the 26590 // DB cluster snapshot is created. By default, this parameter is disabled. 26591 // 26592 // You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot 26593 // is disabled. 26594 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 26595 } 26596 26597 // String returns the string representation. 26598 // 26599 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26600 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26601 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26602 func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string { 26603 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26604 } 26605 26606 // GoString returns the string representation. 26607 // 26608 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26609 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26610 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26611 func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 26612 return s.String() 26613 } 26614 26615 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26616 func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 26617 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"} 26618 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 26619 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 26620 } 26621 26622 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26623 return invalidParams 26624 } 26625 return nil 26626 } 26627 26628 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 26629 func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 26630 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 26631 return s 26632 } 26633 26634 // SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 26635 func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 26636 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 26637 return s 26638 } 26639 26640 // SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 26641 func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 26642 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 26643 return s 26644 } 26645 26646 type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct { 26647 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26648 26649 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 26650 // 26651 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 26652 // and StartDBCluster actions. 26653 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 26654 } 26655 26656 // String returns the string representation. 26657 // 26658 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26659 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26660 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26661 func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string { 26662 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26663 } 26664 26665 // GoString returns the string representation. 26666 // 26667 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26668 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26669 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26670 func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 26671 return s.String() 26672 } 26673 26674 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 26675 func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput { 26676 s.DBCluster = v 26677 return s 26678 } 26679 26680 type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 26681 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26682 26683 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 26684 // 26685 // Constraints: 26686 // 26687 // * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. 26688 // 26689 // * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group. 26690 // 26691 // * Can't be associated with any DB clusters. 26692 // 26693 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 26694 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26695 } 26696 26697 // String returns the string representation. 26698 // 26699 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26700 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26701 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26702 func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 26703 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26704 } 26705 26706 // GoString returns the string representation. 26707 // 26708 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26709 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26710 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26711 func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 26712 return s.String() 26713 } 26714 26715 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26716 func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 26717 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 26718 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 26719 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 26720 } 26721 26722 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26723 return invalidParams 26724 } 26725 return nil 26726 } 26727 26728 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 26729 func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 26730 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 26731 return s 26732 } 26733 26734 type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 26735 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26736 } 26737 26738 // String returns the string representation. 26739 // 26740 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26741 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26742 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26743 func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 26744 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26745 } 26746 26747 // GoString returns the string representation. 26748 // 26749 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26750 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26751 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26752 func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 26753 return s.String() 26754 } 26755 26756 type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 26757 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26758 26759 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. 26760 // 26761 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available 26762 // state. 26763 // 26764 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 26765 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26766 } 26767 26768 // String returns the string representation. 26769 // 26770 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26771 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26772 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26773 func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 26774 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26775 } 26776 26777 // GoString returns the string representation. 26778 // 26779 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26780 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26781 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26782 func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 26783 return s.String() 26784 } 26785 26786 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26787 func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 26788 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 26789 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 26790 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 26791 } 26792 26793 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26794 return invalidParams 26795 } 26796 return nil 26797 } 26798 26799 // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 26800 func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput { 26801 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 26802 return s 26803 } 26804 26805 type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 26806 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26807 26808 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 26809 // 26810 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 26811 // action. 26812 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 26813 } 26814 26815 // String returns the string representation. 26816 // 26817 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26818 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26819 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26820 func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 26821 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26822 } 26823 26824 // GoString returns the string representation. 26825 // 26826 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26827 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26828 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26829 func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 26830 return s.String() 26831 } 26832 26833 // SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 26834 func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 26835 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 26836 return s 26837 } 26838 26839 // Parameter input for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation. 26840 type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput struct { 26841 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26842 26843 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups to delete, for example, 26844 // arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE. 26845 DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` 26846 26847 // The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which 26848 // is unique to an Amazon Web Services Region. 26849 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 26850 } 26851 26852 // String returns the string representation. 26853 // 26854 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26855 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26856 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26857 func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) String() string { 26858 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26859 } 26860 26861 // GoString returns the string representation. 26862 // 26863 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26864 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26865 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26866 func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) GoString() string { 26867 return s.String() 26868 } 26869 26870 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. 26871 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput { 26872 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v 26873 return s 26874 } 26875 26876 // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 26877 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput { 26878 s.DbiResourceId = &v 26879 return s 26880 } 26881 26882 type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput struct { 26883 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26884 26885 // An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction 26886 // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted 26887 // the source instance. 26888 DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"` 26889 } 26890 26891 // String returns the string representation. 26892 // 26893 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26894 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26895 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26896 func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) String() string { 26897 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26898 } 26899 26900 // GoString returns the string representation. 26901 // 26902 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26903 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26904 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26905 func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) GoString() string { 26906 return s.String() 26907 } 26908 26909 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value. 26910 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput { 26911 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v 26912 return s 26913 } 26914 26915 type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct { 26916 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26917 26918 // The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter 26919 // isn't case-sensitive. 26920 // 26921 // Constraints: 26922 // 26923 // * Must match the name of an existing DB instance. 26924 // 26925 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 26926 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26927 26928 // A value that indicates whether to remove automated backups immediately after 26929 // the DB instance is deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. The default 26930 // is to remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. 26931 DeleteAutomatedBackups *bool `type:"boolean"` 26932 26933 // The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when the SkipFinalSnapshot 26934 // parameter is disabled. 26935 // 26936 // Specifying this parameter and also specifying to skip final DB snapshot creation 26937 // in SkipFinalShapshot results in an error. 26938 // 26939 // Constraints: 26940 // 26941 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 26942 // 26943 // * First character must be a letter. 26944 // 26945 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 26946 // 26947 // * Can't be specified when deleting a read replica. 26948 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 26949 26950 // A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB snapshot 26951 // before the DB instance is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB snapshot is 26952 // created. If skip isn't specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB 26953 // instance is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the DB snapshot 26954 // is created. 26955 // 26956 // When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 'incompatible-restore', 26957 // or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted when skip is specified. 26958 // 26959 // Specify skip when deleting a read replica. 26960 // 26961 // The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if skip isn't specified. 26962 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 26963 } 26964 26965 // String returns the string representation. 26966 // 26967 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26968 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26969 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26970 func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string { 26971 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26972 } 26973 26974 // GoString returns the string representation. 26975 // 26976 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 26977 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 26978 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 26979 func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 26980 return s.String() 26981 } 26982 26983 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26984 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 26985 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"} 26986 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 26987 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 26988 } 26989 26990 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26991 return invalidParams 26992 } 26993 return nil 26994 } 26995 26996 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 26997 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 26998 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 26999 return s 27000 } 27001 27002 // SetDeleteAutomatedBackups sets the DeleteAutomatedBackups field's value. 27003 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDeleteAutomatedBackups(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 27004 s.DeleteAutomatedBackups = &v 27005 return s 27006 } 27007 27008 // SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 27009 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 27010 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 27011 return s 27012 } 27013 27014 // SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 27015 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 27016 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 27017 return s 27018 } 27019 27020 type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct { 27021 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27022 27023 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 27024 // 27025 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 27026 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 27027 } 27028 27029 // String returns the string representation. 27030 // 27031 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27032 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27033 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27034 func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 27035 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27036 } 27037 27038 // GoString returns the string representation. 27039 // 27040 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27041 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27042 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27043 func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 27044 return s.String() 27045 } 27046 27047 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 27048 func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput { 27049 s.DBInstance = v 27050 return s 27051 } 27052 27053 type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct { 27054 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27055 27056 // The name of the DB parameter group. 27057 // 27058 // Constraints: 27059 // 27060 // * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group 27061 // 27062 // * You can't delete a default DB parameter group 27063 // 27064 // * Can't be associated with any DB instances 27065 // 27066 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 27067 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27068 } 27069 27070 // String returns the string representation. 27071 // 27072 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27073 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27074 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27075 func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 27076 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27077 } 27078 27079 // GoString returns the string representation. 27080 // 27081 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27082 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27083 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27084 func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 27085 return s.String() 27086 } 27087 27088 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27089 func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 27090 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"} 27091 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 27092 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 27093 } 27094 27095 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27096 return invalidParams 27097 } 27098 return nil 27099 } 27100 27101 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 27102 func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput { 27103 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 27104 return s 27105 } 27106 27107 type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 27108 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27109 } 27110 27111 // String returns the string representation. 27112 // 27113 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27114 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27115 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27116 func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 27117 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27118 } 27119 27120 // GoString returns the string representation. 27121 // 27122 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27123 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27124 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27125 func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 27126 return s.String() 27127 } 27128 27129 type DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput struct { 27130 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27131 27132 // The name of the DB proxy endpoint to delete. 27133 // 27134 // DBProxyEndpointName is a required field 27135 DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 27136 } 27137 27138 // String returns the string representation. 27139 // 27140 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27141 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27142 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27143 func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) String() string { 27144 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27145 } 27146 27147 // GoString returns the string representation. 27148 // 27149 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27150 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27151 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27152 func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) GoString() string { 27153 return s.String() 27154 } 27155 27156 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27157 func (s *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) Validate() error { 27158 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput"} 27159 if s.DBProxyEndpointName == nil { 27160 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyEndpointName")) 27161 } 27162 if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 { 27163 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1)) 27164 } 27165 27166 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27167 return invalidParams 27168 } 27169 return nil 27170 } 27171 27172 // SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value. 27173 func (s *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *DeleteDBProxyEndpointInput { 27174 s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v 27175 return s 27176 } 27177 27178 type DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput struct { 27179 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27180 27181 // The data structure representing the details of the DB proxy endpoint that 27182 // you delete. 27183 DBProxyEndpoint *DBProxyEndpoint `type:"structure"` 27184 } 27185 27186 // String returns the string representation. 27187 // 27188 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27189 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27190 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27191 func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) String() string { 27192 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27193 } 27194 27195 // GoString returns the string representation. 27196 // 27197 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27198 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27199 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27200 func (s DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 27201 return s.String() 27202 } 27203 27204 // SetDBProxyEndpoint sets the DBProxyEndpoint field's value. 27205 func (s *DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoint(v *DBProxyEndpoint) *DeleteDBProxyEndpointOutput { 27206 s.DBProxyEndpoint = v 27207 return s 27208 } 27209 27210 type DeleteDBProxyInput struct { 27211 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27212 27213 // The name of the DB proxy to delete. 27214 // 27215 // DBProxyName is a required field 27216 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27217 } 27218 27219 // String returns the string representation. 27220 // 27221 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27222 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27223 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27224 func (s DeleteDBProxyInput) String() string { 27225 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27226 } 27227 27228 // GoString returns the string representation. 27229 // 27230 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27231 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27232 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27233 func (s DeleteDBProxyInput) GoString() string { 27234 return s.String() 27235 } 27236 27237 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27238 func (s *DeleteDBProxyInput) Validate() error { 27239 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBProxyInput"} 27240 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 27241 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 27242 } 27243 27244 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27245 return invalidParams 27246 } 27247 return nil 27248 } 27249 27250 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 27251 func (s *DeleteDBProxyInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DeleteDBProxyInput { 27252 s.DBProxyName = &v 27253 return s 27254 } 27255 27256 type DeleteDBProxyOutput struct { 27257 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27258 27259 // The data structure representing the details of the DB proxy that you delete. 27260 DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"` 27261 } 27262 27263 // String returns the string representation. 27264 // 27265 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27266 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27267 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27268 func (s DeleteDBProxyOutput) String() string { 27269 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27270 } 27271 27272 // GoString returns the string representation. 27273 // 27274 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27275 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27276 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27277 func (s DeleteDBProxyOutput) GoString() string { 27278 return s.String() 27279 } 27280 27281 // SetDBProxy sets the DBProxy field's value. 27282 func (s *DeleteDBProxyOutput) SetDBProxy(v *DBProxy) *DeleteDBProxyOutput { 27283 s.DBProxy = v 27284 return s 27285 } 27286 27287 type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct { 27288 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27289 27290 // The name of the DB security group to delete. 27291 // 27292 // You can't delete the default DB security group. 27293 // 27294 // Constraints: 27295 // 27296 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 27297 // 27298 // * First character must be a letter 27299 // 27300 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 27301 // 27302 // * Must not be "Default" 27303 // 27304 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 27305 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27306 } 27307 27308 // String returns the string representation. 27309 // 27310 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27311 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27312 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27313 func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 27314 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27315 } 27316 27317 // GoString returns the string representation. 27318 // 27319 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27320 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27321 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27322 func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 27323 return s.String() 27324 } 27325 27326 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27327 func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 27328 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput"} 27329 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 27330 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 27331 } 27332 27333 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27334 return invalidParams 27335 } 27336 return nil 27337 } 27338 27339 // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 27340 func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput { 27341 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 27342 return s 27343 } 27344 27345 type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { 27346 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27347 } 27348 27349 // String returns the string representation. 27350 // 27351 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27352 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27353 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27354 func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 27355 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27356 } 27357 27358 // GoString returns the string representation. 27359 // 27360 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27361 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27362 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27363 func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 27364 return s.String() 27365 } 27366 27367 type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct { 27368 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27369 27370 // The DB snapshot identifier. 27371 // 27372 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available 27373 // state. 27374 // 27375 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 27376 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27377 } 27378 27379 // String returns the string representation. 27380 // 27381 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27382 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27383 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27384 func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 27385 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27386 } 27387 27388 // GoString returns the string representation. 27389 // 27390 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27391 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27392 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27393 func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 27394 return s.String() 27395 } 27396 27397 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27398 func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 27399 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSnapshotInput"} 27400 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 27401 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 27402 } 27403 27404 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27405 return invalidParams 27406 } 27407 return nil 27408 } 27409 27410 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 27411 func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBSnapshotInput { 27412 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 27413 return s 27414 } 27415 27416 type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct { 27417 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27418 27419 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 27420 // 27421 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 27422 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 27423 } 27424 27425 // String returns the string representation. 27426 // 27427 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27428 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27429 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27430 func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 27431 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27432 } 27433 27434 // GoString returns the string representation. 27435 // 27436 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27437 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27438 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27439 func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 27440 return s.String() 27441 } 27442 27443 // SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 27444 func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput { 27445 s.DBSnapshot = v 27446 return s 27447 } 27448 27449 type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 27450 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27451 27452 // The name of the database subnet group to delete. 27453 // 27454 // You can't delete the default subnet group. 27455 // 27456 // Constraints: 27457 // 27458 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 27459 // default. 27460 // 27461 // Example: mySubnetgroup 27462 // 27463 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 27464 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27465 } 27466 27467 // String returns the string representation. 27468 // 27469 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27470 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27471 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27472 func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 27473 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27474 } 27475 27476 // GoString returns the string representation. 27477 // 27478 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27479 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27480 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27481 func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 27482 return s.String() 27483 } 27484 27485 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27486 func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 27487 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"} 27488 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 27489 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 27490 } 27491 27492 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27493 return invalidParams 27494 } 27495 return nil 27496 } 27497 27498 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 27499 func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput { 27500 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 27501 return s 27502 } 27503 27504 type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 27505 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27506 } 27507 27508 // String returns the string representation. 27509 // 27510 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27511 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27512 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27513 func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 27514 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27515 } 27516 27517 // GoString returns the string representation. 27518 // 27519 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27520 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27521 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27522 func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 27523 return s.String() 27524 } 27525 27526 type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { 27527 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27528 27529 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. 27530 // 27531 // SubscriptionName is a required field 27532 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27533 } 27534 27535 // String returns the string representation. 27536 // 27537 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27538 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27539 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27540 func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 27541 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27542 } 27543 27544 // GoString returns the string representation. 27545 // 27546 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27547 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27548 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27549 func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 27550 return s.String() 27551 } 27552 27553 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27554 func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 27555 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"} 27556 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 27557 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 27558 } 27559 27560 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27561 return invalidParams 27562 } 27563 return nil 27564 } 27565 27566 // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 27567 func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput { 27568 s.SubscriptionName = &v 27569 return s 27570 } 27571 27572 type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 27573 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27574 27575 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 27576 // action. 27577 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 27578 } 27579 27580 // String returns the string representation. 27581 // 27582 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27583 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27584 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27585 func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 27586 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27587 } 27588 27589 // GoString returns the string representation. 27590 // 27591 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27592 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27593 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27594 func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 27595 return s.String() 27596 } 27597 27598 // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 27599 func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput { 27600 s.EventSubscription = v 27601 return s 27602 } 27603 27604 type DeleteGlobalClusterInput struct { 27605 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27606 27607 // The cluster identifier of the global database cluster being deleted. 27608 // 27609 // GlobalClusterIdentifier is a required field 27610 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27611 } 27612 27613 // String returns the string representation. 27614 // 27615 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27616 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27617 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27618 func (s DeleteGlobalClusterInput) String() string { 27619 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27620 } 27621 27622 // GoString returns the string representation. 27623 // 27624 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27625 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27626 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27627 func (s DeleteGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string { 27628 return s.String() 27629 } 27630 27631 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27632 func (s *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) Validate() error { 27633 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteGlobalClusterInput"} 27634 if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier == nil { 27635 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GlobalClusterIdentifier")) 27636 } 27637 27638 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27639 return invalidParams 27640 } 27641 return nil 27642 } 27643 27644 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 27645 func (s *DeleteGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteGlobalClusterInput { 27646 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 27647 return s 27648 } 27649 27650 type DeleteGlobalClusterOutput struct { 27651 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27652 27653 // A data type representing an Aurora global database. 27654 GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"` 27655 } 27656 27657 // String returns the string representation. 27658 // 27659 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27660 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27661 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27662 func (s DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) String() string { 27663 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27664 } 27665 27666 // GoString returns the string representation. 27667 // 27668 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27669 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27670 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27671 func (s DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string { 27672 return s.String() 27673 } 27674 27675 // SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value. 27676 func (s *DeleteGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *DeleteGlobalClusterOutput { 27677 s.GlobalCluster = v 27678 return s 27679 } 27680 27681 type DeleteInstallationMediaInput struct { 27682 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27683 27684 // The installation medium ID. 27685 // 27686 // InstallationMediaId is a required field 27687 InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27688 } 27689 27690 // String returns the string representation. 27691 // 27692 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27693 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27694 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27695 func (s DeleteInstallationMediaInput) String() string { 27696 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27697 } 27698 27699 // GoString returns the string representation. 27700 // 27701 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27702 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27703 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27704 func (s DeleteInstallationMediaInput) GoString() string { 27705 return s.String() 27706 } 27707 27708 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27709 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaInput) Validate() error { 27710 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInstallationMediaInput"} 27711 if s.InstallationMediaId == nil { 27712 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstallationMediaId")) 27713 } 27714 27715 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27716 return invalidParams 27717 } 27718 return nil 27719 } 27720 27721 // SetInstallationMediaId sets the InstallationMediaId field's value. 27722 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaInput) SetInstallationMediaId(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaInput { 27723 s.InstallationMediaId = &v 27724 return s 27725 } 27726 27727 // Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises 27728 // customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server. 27729 type DeleteInstallationMediaOutput struct { 27730 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27731 27732 // The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media. 27733 CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"` 27734 27735 // The DB engine. 27736 Engine *string `type:"string"` 27737 27738 // The path to the installation medium for the DB engine. 27739 EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"` 27740 27741 // The engine version of the DB engine. 27742 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 27743 27744 // If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure. 27745 FailureCause *InstallationMediaFailureCause `type:"structure"` 27746 27747 // The installation medium ID. 27748 InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"` 27749 27750 // The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with 27751 // the DB engine. 27752 OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"` 27753 27754 // The status of the installation medium. 27755 Status *string `type:"string"` 27756 } 27757 27758 // String returns the string representation. 27759 // 27760 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27761 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27762 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27763 func (s DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) String() string { 27764 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27765 } 27766 27767 // GoString returns the string representation. 27768 // 27769 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27770 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27771 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27772 func (s DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) GoString() string { 27773 return s.String() 27774 } 27775 27776 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneId field's value. 27777 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27778 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId = &v 27779 return s 27780 } 27781 27782 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 27783 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetEngine(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27784 s.Engine = &v 27785 return s 27786 } 27787 27788 // SetEngineInstallationMediaPath sets the EngineInstallationMediaPath field's value. 27789 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetEngineInstallationMediaPath(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27790 s.EngineInstallationMediaPath = &v 27791 return s 27792 } 27793 27794 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 27795 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27796 s.EngineVersion = &v 27797 return s 27798 } 27799 27800 // SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value. 27801 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetFailureCause(v *InstallationMediaFailureCause) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27802 s.FailureCause = v 27803 return s 27804 } 27805 27806 // SetInstallationMediaId sets the InstallationMediaId field's value. 27807 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetInstallationMediaId(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27808 s.InstallationMediaId = &v 27809 return s 27810 } 27811 27812 // SetOSInstallationMediaPath sets the OSInstallationMediaPath field's value. 27813 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetOSInstallationMediaPath(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27814 s.OSInstallationMediaPath = &v 27815 return s 27816 } 27817 27818 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 27819 func (s *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteInstallationMediaOutput { 27820 s.Status = &v 27821 return s 27822 } 27823 27824 type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct { 27825 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27826 27827 // The name of the option group to be deleted. 27828 // 27829 // You can't delete default option groups. 27830 // 27831 // OptionGroupName is a required field 27832 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27833 } 27834 27835 // String returns the string representation. 27836 // 27837 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27838 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27839 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27840 func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string { 27841 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27842 } 27843 27844 // GoString returns the string representation. 27845 // 27846 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27847 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27848 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27849 func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 27850 return s.String() 27851 } 27852 27853 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27854 func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 27855 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOptionGroupInput"} 27856 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 27857 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 27858 } 27859 27860 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27861 return invalidParams 27862 } 27863 return nil 27864 } 27865 27866 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 27867 func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DeleteOptionGroupInput { 27868 s.OptionGroupName = &v 27869 return s 27870 } 27871 27872 type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct { 27873 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27874 } 27875 27876 // String returns the string representation. 27877 // 27878 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27879 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27880 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27881 func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 27882 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27883 } 27884 27885 // GoString returns the string representation. 27886 // 27887 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27888 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27889 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27890 func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 27891 return s.String() 27892 } 27893 27894 type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct { 27895 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27896 27897 // One or more DB cluster identifiers. 27898 DBClusterIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"` 27899 27900 // One or more DB instance identifiers. 27901 DBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"` 27902 27903 // The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup. 27904 // 27905 // DBProxyName is a required field 27906 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27907 27908 // The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup. 27909 TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27910 } 27911 27912 // String returns the string representation. 27913 // 27914 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27915 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27916 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27917 func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string { 27918 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27919 } 27920 27921 // GoString returns the string representation. 27922 // 27923 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27924 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27925 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27926 func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) GoString() string { 27927 return s.String() 27928 } 27929 27930 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27931 func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error { 27932 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput"} 27933 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 27934 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 27935 } 27936 27937 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27938 return invalidParams 27939 } 27940 return nil 27941 } 27942 27943 // SetDBClusterIdentifiers sets the DBClusterIdentifiers field's value. 27944 func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 27945 s.DBClusterIdentifiers = v 27946 return s 27947 } 27948 27949 // SetDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the DBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. 27950 func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 27951 s.DBInstanceIdentifiers = v 27952 return s 27953 } 27954 27955 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 27956 func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 27957 s.DBProxyName = &v 27958 return s 27959 } 27960 27961 // SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value. 27962 func (s *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DeregisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 27963 s.TargetGroupName = &v 27964 return s 27965 } 27966 27967 type DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct { 27968 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27969 } 27970 27971 // String returns the string representation. 27972 // 27973 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27974 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27975 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27976 func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string { 27977 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27978 } 27979 27980 // GoString returns the string representation. 27981 // 27982 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27983 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27984 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27985 func (s DeregisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) GoString() string { 27986 return s.String() 27987 } 27988 27989 type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct { 27990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27991 } 27992 27993 // String returns the string representation. 27994 // 27995 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 27996 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 27997 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 27998 func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string { 27999 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28000 } 28001 28002 // GoString returns the string representation. 28003 // 28004 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28005 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28006 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28007 func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string { 28008 return s.String() 28009 } 28010 28011 // Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action. 28012 type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct { 28013 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28014 28015 // A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, 28016 // a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota. 28017 AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"` 28018 } 28019 28020 // String returns the string representation. 28021 // 28022 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28023 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28024 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28025 func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string { 28026 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28027 } 28028 28029 // GoString returns the string representation. 28030 // 28031 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28032 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28033 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28034 func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 28035 return s.String() 28036 } 28037 28038 // SetAccountQuotas sets the AccountQuotas field's value. 28039 func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountQuotas(v []*AccountQuota) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput { 28040 s.AccountQuotas = v 28041 return s 28042 } 28043 28044 type DescribeCertificatesInput struct { 28045 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28046 28047 // The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified, 28048 // information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter 28049 // isn't case-sensitive. 28050 // 28051 // Constraints: 28052 // 28053 // * Must match an existing CertificateIdentifier. 28054 CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 28055 28056 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 28057 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 28058 28059 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates 28060 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28061 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28062 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28063 28064 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 28065 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 28066 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 28067 // 28068 // Default: 100 28069 // 28070 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 28071 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 28072 } 28073 28074 // String returns the string representation. 28075 // 28076 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28077 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28078 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28079 func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string { 28080 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28081 } 28082 28083 // GoString returns the string representation. 28084 // 28085 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28086 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28087 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28088 func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string { 28089 return s.String() 28090 } 28091 28092 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28093 func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error { 28094 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"} 28095 if s.Filters != nil { 28096 for i, v := range s.Filters { 28097 if v == nil { 28098 continue 28099 } 28100 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 28101 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 28102 } 28103 } 28104 } 28105 28106 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28107 return invalidParams 28108 } 28109 return nil 28110 } 28111 28112 // SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. 28113 func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 28114 s.CertificateIdentifier = &v 28115 return s 28116 } 28117 28118 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 28119 func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 28120 s.Filters = v 28121 return s 28122 } 28123 28124 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28125 func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 28126 s.Marker = &v 28127 return s 28128 } 28129 28130 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 28131 func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 28132 s.MaxRecords = &v 28133 return s 28134 } 28135 28136 // Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action. 28137 type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct { 28138 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28139 28140 // The list of Certificate objects for the Amazon Web Services account. 28141 Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"` 28142 28143 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates 28144 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28145 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 28146 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28147 } 28148 28149 // String returns the string representation. 28150 // 28151 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28152 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28153 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28154 func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string { 28155 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28156 } 28157 28158 // GoString returns the string representation. 28159 // 28160 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28161 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28162 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28163 func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { 28164 return s.String() 28165 } 28166 28167 // SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. 28168 func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { 28169 s.Certificates = v 28170 return s 28171 } 28172 28173 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28174 func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { 28175 s.Marker = &v 28176 return s 28177 } 28178 28179 type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput struct { 28180 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28181 28182 // The custom AZ identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from 28183 // only the specific custom AZ is returned. 28184 CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"` 28185 28186 // A filter that specifies one or more custom AZs to describe. 28187 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 28188 28189 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones 28190 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28191 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28192 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28193 28194 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 28195 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 28196 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 28197 // 28198 // Default: 100 28199 // 28200 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 28201 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 28202 } 28203 28204 // String returns the string representation. 28205 // 28206 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28207 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28208 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28209 func (s DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) String() string { 28210 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28211 } 28212 28213 // GoString returns the string representation. 28214 // 28215 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28216 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28217 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28218 func (s DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) GoString() string { 28219 return s.String() 28220 } 28221 28222 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28223 func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) Validate() error { 28224 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput"} 28225 if s.Filters != nil { 28226 for i, v := range s.Filters { 28227 if v == nil { 28228 continue 28229 } 28230 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 28231 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 28232 } 28233 } 28234 } 28235 28236 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28237 return invalidParams 28238 } 28239 return nil 28240 } 28241 28242 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneId field's value. 28243 func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput { 28244 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId = &v 28245 return s 28246 } 28247 28248 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 28249 func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput { 28250 s.Filters = v 28251 return s 28252 } 28253 28254 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28255 func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput { 28256 s.Marker = &v 28257 return s 28258 } 28259 28260 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 28261 func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesInput { 28262 s.MaxRecords = &v 28263 return s 28264 } 28265 28266 type DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput struct { 28267 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28268 28269 // The list of CustomAvailabilityZone objects for the Amazon Web Services account. 28270 CustomAvailabilityZones []*CustomAvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"CustomAvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 28271 28272 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCustomAvailabilityZones 28273 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28274 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28275 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28276 } 28277 28278 // String returns the string representation. 28279 // 28280 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28281 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28282 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28283 func (s DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput) String() string { 28284 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28285 } 28286 28287 // GoString returns the string representation. 28288 // 28289 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28290 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28291 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28292 func (s DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput) GoString() string { 28293 return s.String() 28294 } 28295 28296 // SetCustomAvailabilityZones sets the CustomAvailabilityZones field's value. 28297 func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput) SetCustomAvailabilityZones(v []*CustomAvailabilityZone) *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput { 28298 s.CustomAvailabilityZones = v 28299 return s 28300 } 28301 28302 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28303 func (s *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesOutput { 28304 s.Marker = &v 28305 return s 28306 } 28307 28308 type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput struct { 28309 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28310 28311 // If specified, this value is the backtrack identifier of the backtrack to 28312 // be described. 28313 // 28314 // Constraints: 28315 // 28316 // * Must contain a valid universally unique identifier (UUID). For more 28317 // information about UUIDs, see A Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) URN 28318 // Namespace (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4122.txt). 28319 // 28320 // Example: 123e4567-e89b-12d3-a456-426655440000 28321 BacktrackIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 28322 28323 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be described. This parameter 28324 // is stored as a lowercase string. 28325 // 28326 // Constraints: 28327 // 28328 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. 28329 // 28330 // * First character must be a letter. 28331 // 28332 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 28333 // 28334 // Example: my-cluster1 28335 // 28336 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 28337 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28338 28339 // A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters 28340 // include the following: 28341 // 28342 // * db-cluster-backtrack-id - Accepts backtrack identifiers. The results 28343 // list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these 28344 // identifiers. 28345 // 28346 // * db-cluster-backtrack-status - Accepts any of the following backtrack 28347 // status values: applying completed failed pending The results list includes 28348 // information about only the backtracks identified by these values. 28349 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 28350 28351 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 28352 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28353 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28354 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28355 28356 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 28357 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 28358 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 28359 // 28360 // Default: 100 28361 // 28362 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 28363 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 28364 } 28365 28366 // String returns the string representation. 28367 // 28368 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28369 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28370 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28371 func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) String() string { 28372 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28373 } 28374 28375 // GoString returns the string representation. 28376 // 28377 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28378 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28379 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28380 func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) GoString() string { 28381 return s.String() 28382 } 28383 28384 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28385 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) Validate() error { 28386 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput"} 28387 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 28388 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 28389 } 28390 if s.Filters != nil { 28391 for i, v := range s.Filters { 28392 if v == nil { 28393 continue 28394 } 28395 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 28396 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 28397 } 28398 } 28399 } 28400 28401 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28402 return invalidParams 28403 } 28404 return nil 28405 } 28406 28407 // SetBacktrackIdentifier sets the BacktrackIdentifier field's value. 28408 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetBacktrackIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 28409 s.BacktrackIdentifier = &v 28410 return s 28411 } 28412 28413 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 28414 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 28415 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 28416 return s 28417 } 28418 28419 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 28420 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 28421 s.Filters = v 28422 return s 28423 } 28424 28425 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28426 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 28427 s.Marker = &v 28428 return s 28429 } 28430 28431 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 28432 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksInput { 28433 s.MaxRecords = &v 28434 return s 28435 } 28436 28437 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 28438 // action. 28439 type DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput struct { 28440 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28441 28442 // Contains a list of backtracks for the user. 28443 DBClusterBacktracks []*BacktrackDBClusterOutput `locationNameList:"DBClusterBacktrack" type:"list"` 28444 28445 // A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 28446 // request. 28447 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28448 } 28449 28450 // String returns the string representation. 28451 // 28452 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28453 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28454 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28455 func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) String() string { 28456 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28457 } 28458 28459 // GoString returns the string representation. 28460 // 28461 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28462 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28463 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28464 func (s DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) GoString() string { 28465 return s.String() 28466 } 28467 28468 // SetDBClusterBacktracks sets the DBClusterBacktracks field's value. 28469 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) SetDBClusterBacktracks(v []*BacktrackDBClusterOutput) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput { 28470 s.DBClusterBacktracks = v 28471 return s 28472 } 28473 28474 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28475 func (s *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterBacktracksOutput { 28476 s.Marker = &v 28477 return s 28478 } 28479 28480 type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput struct { 28481 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28482 28483 // The identifier of the endpoint to describe. This parameter is stored as a 28484 // lowercase string. 28485 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 28486 28487 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 28488 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 28489 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 28490 28491 // A set of name-value pairs that define which endpoints to include in the output. 28492 // The filters are specified as name-value pairs, in the format Name=endpoint_type,Values=endpoint_type1,endpoint_type2,.... 28493 // Name can be one of: db-cluster-endpoint-type, db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type, 28494 // db-cluster-endpoint-id, db-cluster-endpoint-status. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-type 28495 // filter can be one or more of: reader, writer, custom. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type 28496 // filter can be one or more of: reader, any. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-status 28497 // filter can be one or more of: available, creating, deleting, inactive, modifying. 28498 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 28499 28500 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 28501 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28502 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28503 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28504 28505 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 28506 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 28507 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 28508 // 28509 // Default: 100 28510 // 28511 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 28512 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 28513 } 28514 28515 // String returns the string representation. 28516 // 28517 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28518 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28519 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28520 func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) String() string { 28521 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28522 } 28523 28524 // GoString returns the string representation. 28525 // 28526 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28527 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28528 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28529 func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) GoString() string { 28530 return s.String() 28531 } 28532 28533 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28534 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) Validate() error { 28535 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput"} 28536 if s.Filters != nil { 28537 for i, v := range s.Filters { 28538 if v == nil { 28539 continue 28540 } 28541 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 28542 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 28543 } 28544 } 28545 } 28546 28547 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28548 return invalidParams 28549 } 28550 return nil 28551 } 28552 28553 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 28554 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 28555 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 28556 return s 28557 } 28558 28559 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 28560 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 28561 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 28562 return s 28563 } 28564 28565 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 28566 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 28567 s.Filters = v 28568 return s 28569 } 28570 28571 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28572 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 28573 s.Marker = &v 28574 return s 28575 } 28576 28577 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 28578 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 28579 s.MaxRecords = &v 28580 return s 28581 } 28582 28583 type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput struct { 28584 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28585 28586 // Contains the details of the endpoints associated with the cluster and matching 28587 // any filter conditions. 28588 DBClusterEndpoints []*DBClusterEndpoint `locationNameList:"DBClusterEndpointList" type:"list"` 28589 28590 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 28591 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28592 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28593 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28594 } 28595 28596 // String returns the string representation. 28597 // 28598 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28599 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28600 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28601 func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) String() string { 28602 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28603 } 28604 28605 // GoString returns the string representation. 28606 // 28607 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28608 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28609 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28610 func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) GoString() string { 28611 return s.String() 28612 } 28613 28614 // SetDBClusterEndpoints sets the DBClusterEndpoints field's value. 28615 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) SetDBClusterEndpoints(v []*DBClusterEndpoint) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput { 28616 s.DBClusterEndpoints = v 28617 return s 28618 } 28619 28620 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28621 func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput { 28622 s.Marker = &v 28623 return s 28624 } 28625 28626 type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct { 28627 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28628 28629 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. 28630 // 28631 // Constraints: 28632 // 28633 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 28634 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 28635 28636 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 28637 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 28638 28639 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 28640 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28641 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28642 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28643 28644 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 28645 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 28646 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 28647 // 28648 // Default: 100 28649 // 28650 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 28651 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 28652 } 28653 28654 // String returns the string representation. 28655 // 28656 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28657 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28658 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28659 func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 28660 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28661 } 28662 28663 // GoString returns the string representation. 28664 // 28665 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28666 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28667 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28668 func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 28669 return s.String() 28670 } 28671 28672 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28673 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 28674 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"} 28675 if s.Filters != nil { 28676 for i, v := range s.Filters { 28677 if v == nil { 28678 continue 28679 } 28680 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 28681 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 28682 } 28683 } 28684 } 28685 28686 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28687 return invalidParams 28688 } 28689 return nil 28690 } 28691 28692 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 28693 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 28694 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 28695 return s 28696 } 28697 28698 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 28699 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 28700 s.Filters = v 28701 return s 28702 } 28703 28704 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28705 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 28706 s.Marker = &v 28707 return s 28708 } 28709 28710 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 28711 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 28712 s.MaxRecords = &v 28713 return s 28714 } 28715 28716 type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct { 28717 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28718 28719 // A list of DB cluster parameter groups. 28720 DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"` 28721 28722 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 28723 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28724 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28725 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28726 } 28727 28728 // String returns the string representation. 28729 // 28730 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28731 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28732 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28733 func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 28734 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28735 } 28736 28737 // GoString returns the string representation. 28738 // 28739 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28740 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28741 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28742 func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 28743 return s.String() 28744 } 28745 28746 // SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value. 28747 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 28748 s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v 28749 return s 28750 } 28751 28752 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28753 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 28754 s.Marker = &v 28755 return s 28756 } 28757 28758 type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct { 28759 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28760 28761 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details 28762 // for. 28763 // 28764 // Constraints: 28765 // 28766 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 28767 // 28768 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 28769 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28770 28771 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 28772 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 28773 28774 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 28775 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28776 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 28777 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28778 28779 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 28780 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 28781 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 28782 // 28783 // Default: 100 28784 // 28785 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 28786 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 28787 28788 // A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter 28789 // sources can be engine, service, or customer. 28790 Source *string `type:"string"` 28791 } 28792 28793 // String returns the string representation. 28794 // 28795 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28796 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28797 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28798 func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string { 28799 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28800 } 28801 28802 // GoString returns the string representation. 28803 // 28804 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28805 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28806 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28807 func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 28808 return s.String() 28809 } 28810 28811 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28812 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 28813 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"} 28814 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 28815 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 28816 } 28817 if s.Filters != nil { 28818 for i, v := range s.Filters { 28819 if v == nil { 28820 continue 28821 } 28822 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 28823 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 28824 } 28825 } 28826 } 28827 28828 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28829 return invalidParams 28830 } 28831 return nil 28832 } 28833 28834 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 28835 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 28836 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 28837 return s 28838 } 28839 28840 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 28841 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 28842 s.Filters = v 28843 return s 28844 } 28845 28846 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28847 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 28848 s.Marker = &v 28849 return s 28850 } 28851 28852 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 28853 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 28854 s.MaxRecords = &v 28855 return s 28856 } 28857 28858 // SetSource sets the Source field's value. 28859 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 28860 s.Source = &v 28861 return s 28862 } 28863 28864 // Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters 28865 // in the DB cluster parameter group. 28866 type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct { 28867 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28868 28869 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 28870 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 28871 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 28872 Marker *string `type:"string"` 28873 28874 // Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. 28875 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 28876 } 28877 28878 // String returns the string representation. 28879 // 28880 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28881 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28882 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28883 func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 28884 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28885 } 28886 28887 // GoString returns the string representation. 28888 // 28889 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28890 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28891 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28892 func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 28893 return s.String() 28894 } 28895 28896 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 28897 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 28898 s.Marker = &v 28899 return s 28900 } 28901 28902 // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 28903 func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 28904 s.Parameters = v 28905 return s 28906 } 28907 28908 type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 28909 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28910 28911 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. 28912 // 28913 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 28914 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28915 } 28916 28917 // String returns the string representation. 28918 // 28919 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28920 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28921 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28922 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 28923 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28924 } 28925 28926 // GoString returns the string representation. 28927 // 28928 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28929 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28930 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28931 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 28932 return s.String() 28933 } 28934 28935 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28936 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 28937 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"} 28938 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 28939 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 28940 } 28941 28942 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28943 return invalidParams 28944 } 28945 return nil 28946 } 28947 28948 // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 28949 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput { 28950 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 28951 return s 28952 } 28953 28954 type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 28955 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28956 28957 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 28958 // API action. 28959 // 28960 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon 28961 // Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For 28962 // more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 28963 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 28964 } 28965 28966 // String returns the string representation. 28967 // 28968 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28969 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28970 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28971 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 28972 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28973 } 28974 28975 // GoString returns the string representation. 28976 // 28977 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 28978 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 28979 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 28980 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 28981 return s.String() 28982 } 28983 28984 // SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 28985 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput { 28986 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 28987 return s 28988 } 28989 28990 type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { 28991 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28992 28993 // The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. 28994 // This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 28995 // parameter. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 28996 // 28997 // Constraints: 28998 // 28999 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 29000 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 29001 29002 // A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't 29003 // be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value 29004 // is stored as a lowercase string. 29005 // 29006 // Constraints: 29007 // 29008 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. 29009 // 29010 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 29011 // must also be specified. 29012 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 29013 29014 // A filter that specifies one or more DB cluster snapshots to describe. 29015 // 29016 // Supported filters: 29017 // 29018 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 29019 // Resource Names (ARNs). 29020 // 29021 // * db-cluster-snapshot-id - Accepts DB cluster snapshot identifiers. 29022 // 29023 // * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB cluster snapshots. 29024 // 29025 // * engine - Accepts names of database engines. 29026 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 29027 29028 // A value that indicates whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that 29029 // are public and can be copied or restored by any Amazon Web Services account. 29030 // By default, the public snapshots are not included. 29031 // 29032 // You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 29033 // API action. 29034 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 29035 29036 // A value that indicates whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots 29037 // from other Amazon Web Services accounts that this Amazon Web Services account 29038 // has been given permission to copy or restore. By default, these snapshots 29039 // are not included. 29040 // 29041 // You can give an Amazon Web Services account permission to restore a manual 29042 // DB cluster snapshot from another Amazon Web Services account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 29043 // API action. 29044 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 29045 29046 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 29047 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 29048 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 29049 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29050 29051 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 29052 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 29053 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 29054 // 29055 // Default: 100 29056 // 29057 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 29058 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 29059 29060 // The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the 29061 // following values: 29062 // 29063 // * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically 29064 // taken by Amazon RDS for my Amazon Web Services account. 29065 // 29066 // * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my 29067 // Amazon Web Services account. 29068 // 29069 // * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared 29070 // to my Amazon Web Services account. 29071 // 29072 // * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. 29073 // 29074 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 29075 // DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots 29076 // with these results by enabling the IncludeShared parameter. You can include 29077 // public DB cluster snapshots with these results by enabling the IncludePublic 29078 // parameter. 29079 // 29080 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 29081 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 29082 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 29083 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 29084 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 29085 } 29086 29087 // String returns the string representation. 29088 // 29089 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29090 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29091 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29092 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string { 29093 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29094 } 29095 29096 // GoString returns the string representation. 29097 // 29098 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29099 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29100 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29101 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 29102 return s.String() 29103 } 29104 29105 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29106 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 29107 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"} 29108 if s.Filters != nil { 29109 for i, v := range s.Filters { 29110 if v == nil { 29111 continue 29112 } 29113 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 29114 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 29115 } 29116 } 29117 } 29118 29119 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29120 return invalidParams 29121 } 29122 return nil 29123 } 29124 29125 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 29126 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29127 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 29128 return s 29129 } 29130 29131 // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 29132 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29133 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 29134 return s 29135 } 29136 29137 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 29138 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29139 s.Filters = v 29140 return s 29141 } 29142 29143 // SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 29144 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29145 s.IncludePublic = &v 29146 return s 29147 } 29148 29149 // SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 29150 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29151 s.IncludeShared = &v 29152 return s 29153 } 29154 29155 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29156 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29157 s.Marker = &v 29158 return s 29159 } 29160 29161 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 29162 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29163 s.MaxRecords = &v 29164 return s 29165 } 29166 29167 // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 29168 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 29169 s.SnapshotType = &v 29170 return s 29171 } 29172 29173 // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call 29174 // to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action. 29175 type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct { 29176 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29177 29178 // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. 29179 DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"` 29180 29181 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 29182 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 29183 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 29184 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29185 } 29186 29187 // String returns the string representation. 29188 // 29189 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29190 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29191 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29192 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 29193 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29194 } 29195 29196 // GoString returns the string representation. 29197 // 29198 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29199 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29200 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29201 func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 29202 return s.String() 29203 } 29204 29205 // SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value. 29206 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 29207 s.DBClusterSnapshots = v 29208 return s 29209 } 29210 29211 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29212 func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 29213 s.Marker = &v 29214 return s 29215 } 29216 29217 type DescribeDBClustersInput struct { 29218 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29219 29220 // The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, 29221 // information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter 29222 // isn't case-sensitive. 29223 // 29224 // Constraints: 29225 // 29226 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 29227 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 29228 29229 // A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. 29230 // 29231 // Supported filters: 29232 // 29233 // * clone-group-id - Accepts clone group identifiers. The results list will 29234 // only include information about the DB clusters associated with these clone 29235 // groups. 29236 // 29237 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 29238 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 29239 // about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 29240 // 29241 // * domain - Accepts Active Directory directory IDs. The results list will 29242 // only include information about the DB clusters associated with these domains. 29243 // 29244 // * engine - Accepts engine names. The results list will only include information 29245 // about the DB clusters for these engines. 29246 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 29247 29248 // Optional Boolean parameter that specifies whether the output includes information 29249 // about clusters shared from other Amazon Web Services accounts. 29250 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 29251 29252 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request. 29253 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 29254 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 29255 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29256 29257 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 29258 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 29259 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 29260 // 29261 // Default: 100 29262 // 29263 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 29264 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 29265 } 29266 29267 // String returns the string representation. 29268 // 29269 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29270 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29271 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29272 func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string { 29273 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29274 } 29275 29276 // GoString returns the string representation. 29277 // 29278 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29279 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29280 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29281 func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string { 29282 return s.String() 29283 } 29284 29285 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29286 func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error { 29287 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"} 29288 if s.Filters != nil { 29289 for i, v := range s.Filters { 29290 if v == nil { 29291 continue 29292 } 29293 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 29294 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 29295 } 29296 } 29297 } 29298 29299 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29300 return invalidParams 29301 } 29302 return nil 29303 } 29304 29305 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 29306 func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 29307 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 29308 return s 29309 } 29310 29311 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 29312 func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 29313 s.Filters = v 29314 return s 29315 } 29316 29317 // SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 29318 func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 29319 s.IncludeShared = &v 29320 return s 29321 } 29322 29323 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29324 func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 29325 s.Marker = &v 29326 return s 29327 } 29328 29329 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 29330 func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 29331 s.MaxRecords = &v 29332 return s 29333 } 29334 29335 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters 29336 // action. 29337 type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct { 29338 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29339 29340 // Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. 29341 DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"` 29342 29343 // A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBClusters request. 29344 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29345 } 29346 29347 // String returns the string representation. 29348 // 29349 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29350 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29351 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29352 func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string { 29353 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29354 } 29355 29356 // GoString returns the string representation. 29357 // 29358 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29359 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29360 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29361 func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string { 29362 return s.String() 29363 } 29364 29365 // SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value. 29366 func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 29367 s.DBClusters = v 29368 return s 29369 } 29370 29371 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29372 func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 29373 s.Marker = &v 29374 return s 29375 } 29376 29377 type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct { 29378 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29379 29380 // The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. 29381 // 29382 // Constraints: 29383 // 29384 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily. 29385 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 29386 29387 // A value that indicates whether only the default version of the specified 29388 // engine or engine and major version combination is returned. 29389 DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 29390 29391 // The database engine to return. 29392 // 29393 // Valid Values: 29394 // 29395 // * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) 29396 // 29397 // * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) 29398 // 29399 // * aurora-postgresql 29400 // 29401 // * mariadb 29402 // 29403 // * mysql 29404 // 29405 // * oracle-ee 29406 // 29407 // * oracle-ee-cdb 29408 // 29409 // * oracle-se2 29410 // 29411 // * oracle-se2-cdb 29412 // 29413 // * postgres 29414 // 29415 // * sqlserver-ee 29416 // 29417 // * sqlserver-se 29418 // 29419 // * sqlserver-ex 29420 // 29421 // * sqlserver-web 29422 Engine *string `type:"string"` 29423 29424 // The database engine version to return. 29425 // 29426 // Example: 5.1.49 29427 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 29428 29429 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 29430 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 29431 29432 // A value that indicates whether to include engine versions that aren't available 29433 // in the list. The default is to list only available engine versions. 29434 IncludeAll *bool `type:"boolean"` 29435 29436 // A value that indicates whether to list the supported character sets for each 29437 // engine version. 29438 // 29439 // If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName 29440 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 29441 // character sets for each engine version. 29442 ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"` 29443 29444 // A value that indicates whether to list the supported time zones for each 29445 // engine version. 29446 // 29447 // If this parameter is enabled and the requested engine supports the TimeZone 29448 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 29449 // time zones for each engine version. 29450 ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"` 29451 29452 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 29453 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 29454 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 29455 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29456 29457 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 29458 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 29459 // in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 29460 // 29461 // Default: 100 29462 // 29463 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 29464 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 29465 } 29466 29467 // String returns the string representation. 29468 // 29469 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29470 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29471 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29472 func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string { 29473 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29474 } 29475 29476 // GoString returns the string representation. 29477 // 29478 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29479 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29480 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29481 func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string { 29482 return s.String() 29483 } 29484 29485 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29486 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error { 29487 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"} 29488 if s.Filters != nil { 29489 for i, v := range s.Filters { 29490 if v == nil { 29491 continue 29492 } 29493 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 29494 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 29495 } 29496 } 29497 } 29498 29499 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29500 return invalidParams 29501 } 29502 return nil 29503 } 29504 29505 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 29506 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29507 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 29508 return s 29509 } 29510 29511 // SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value. 29512 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29513 s.DefaultOnly = &v 29514 return s 29515 } 29516 29517 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 29518 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29519 s.Engine = &v 29520 return s 29521 } 29522 29523 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 29524 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29525 s.EngineVersion = &v 29526 return s 29527 } 29528 29529 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 29530 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29531 s.Filters = v 29532 return s 29533 } 29534 29535 // SetIncludeAll sets the IncludeAll field's value. 29536 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetIncludeAll(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29537 s.IncludeAll = &v 29538 return s 29539 } 29540 29541 // SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value. 29542 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29543 s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v 29544 return s 29545 } 29546 29547 // SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value. 29548 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29549 s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v 29550 return s 29551 } 29552 29553 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29554 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29555 s.Marker = &v 29556 return s 29557 } 29558 29559 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 29560 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 29561 s.MaxRecords = &v 29562 return s 29563 } 29564 29565 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions 29566 // action. 29567 type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct { 29568 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29569 29570 // A list of DBEngineVersion elements. 29571 DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"` 29572 29573 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 29574 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 29575 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 29576 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29577 } 29578 29579 // String returns the string representation. 29580 // 29581 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29582 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29583 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29584 func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string { 29585 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29586 } 29587 29588 // GoString returns the string representation. 29589 // 29590 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29591 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29592 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29593 func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string { 29594 return s.String() 29595 } 29596 29597 // SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value. 29598 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 29599 s.DBEngineVersions = v 29600 return s 29601 } 29602 29603 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29604 func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 29605 s.Marker = &v 29606 return s 29607 } 29608 29609 // Parameter input for DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups. 29610 type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput struct { 29611 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29612 29613 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups, for example, 29614 // arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE. 29615 DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` 29616 29617 // (Optional) The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, 29618 // it must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. It returns information 29619 // from the specific DB instance' automated backup. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 29620 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 29621 29622 // The resource ID of the DB instance that is the source of the automated backup. 29623 // This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 29624 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 29625 29626 // A filter that specifies which resources to return based on status. 29627 // 29628 // Supported filters are the following: 29629 // 29630 // * status active - automated backups for current instances retained - automated 29631 // backups for deleted instances and after backup replication is stopped 29632 // creating - automated backups that are waiting for the first automated 29633 // snapshot to be available 29634 // 29635 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and Amazon Resource 29636 // Names (ARNs). The results list includes only information about the DB 29637 // instance automated backups identified by these ARNs. 29638 // 29639 // * dbi-resource-id - Accepts DB resource identifiers and Amazon Resource 29640 // Names (ARNs). The results list includes only information about the DB 29641 // instance resources identified by these ARNs. 29642 // 29643 // Returns all resources by default. The status for each resource is specified 29644 // in the response. 29645 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 29646 29647 // The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter 29648 // is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 29649 // MaxRecords. 29650 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29651 29652 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 29653 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 29654 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 29655 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 29656 } 29657 29658 // String returns the string representation. 29659 // 29660 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29661 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29662 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29663 func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) String() string { 29664 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29665 } 29666 29667 // GoString returns the string representation. 29668 // 29669 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29670 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29671 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29672 func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) GoString() string { 29673 return s.String() 29674 } 29675 29676 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29677 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) Validate() error { 29678 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput"} 29679 if s.Filters != nil { 29680 for i, v := range s.Filters { 29681 if v == nil { 29682 continue 29683 } 29684 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 29685 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 29686 } 29687 } 29688 } 29689 29690 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29691 return invalidParams 29692 } 29693 return nil 29694 } 29695 29696 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. 29697 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { 29698 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v 29699 return s 29700 } 29701 29702 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 29703 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { 29704 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 29705 return s 29706 } 29707 29708 // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 29709 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { 29710 s.DbiResourceId = &v 29711 return s 29712 } 29713 29714 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 29715 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { 29716 s.Filters = v 29717 return s 29718 } 29719 29720 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29721 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { 29722 s.Marker = &v 29723 return s 29724 } 29725 29726 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 29727 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { 29728 s.MaxRecords = &v 29729 return s 29730 } 29731 29732 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackups 29733 // action. 29734 type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput struct { 29735 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29736 29737 // A list of DBInstanceAutomatedBackup instances. 29738 DBInstanceAutomatedBackups []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackup" type:"list"` 29739 29740 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 29741 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 29742 // the value specified by MaxRecords . 29743 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29744 } 29745 29746 // String returns the string representation. 29747 // 29748 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29749 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29750 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29751 func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) String() string { 29752 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29753 } 29754 29755 // GoString returns the string representation. 29756 // 29757 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29758 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29759 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29760 func (s DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) GoString() string { 29761 return s.String() 29762 } 29763 29764 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackups sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackups field's value. 29765 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackups(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput { 29766 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackups = v 29767 return s 29768 } 29769 29770 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29771 func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsOutput { 29772 s.Marker = &v 29773 return s 29774 } 29775 29776 type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct { 29777 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29778 29779 // The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information 29780 // from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 29781 // 29782 // Constraints: 29783 // 29784 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 29785 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 29786 29787 // A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. 29788 // 29789 // Supported filters: 29790 // 29791 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 29792 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 29793 // about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these 29794 // ARNs. 29795 // 29796 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon 29797 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 29798 // about the DB instances identified by these ARNs. 29799 // 29800 // * dbi-resource-id - Accepts DB instance resource identifiers. The results 29801 // list will only include information about the DB instances identified by 29802 // these DB instance resource identifiers. 29803 // 29804 // * domain - Accepts Active Directory directory IDs. The results list will 29805 // only include information about the DB instances associated with these 29806 // domains. 29807 // 29808 // * engine - Accepts engine names. The results list will only include information 29809 // about the DB instances for these engines. 29810 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 29811 29812 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request. 29813 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 29814 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 29815 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29816 29817 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 29818 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 29819 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 29820 // 29821 // Default: 100 29822 // 29823 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 29824 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 29825 } 29826 29827 // String returns the string representation. 29828 // 29829 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29830 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29831 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29832 func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string { 29833 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29834 } 29835 29836 // GoString returns the string representation. 29837 // 29838 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29839 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29840 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29841 func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 29842 return s.String() 29843 } 29844 29845 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 29846 func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 29847 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"} 29848 if s.Filters != nil { 29849 for i, v := range s.Filters { 29850 if v == nil { 29851 continue 29852 } 29853 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 29854 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 29855 } 29856 } 29857 } 29858 29859 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 29860 return invalidParams 29861 } 29862 return nil 29863 } 29864 29865 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 29866 func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 29867 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 29868 return s 29869 } 29870 29871 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 29872 func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 29873 s.Filters = v 29874 return s 29875 } 29876 29877 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29878 func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 29879 s.Marker = &v 29880 return s 29881 } 29882 29883 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 29884 func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 29885 s.MaxRecords = &v 29886 return s 29887 } 29888 29889 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances 29890 // action. 29891 type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct { 29892 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29893 29894 // A list of DBInstance instances. 29895 DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"` 29896 29897 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 29898 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 29899 // the value specified by MaxRecords . 29900 Marker *string `type:"string"` 29901 } 29902 29903 // String returns the string representation. 29904 // 29905 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29906 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29907 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29908 func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 29909 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29910 } 29911 29912 // GoString returns the string representation. 29913 // 29914 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29915 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29916 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29917 func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 29918 return s.String() 29919 } 29920 29921 // SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value. 29922 func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 29923 s.DBInstances = v 29924 return s 29925 } 29926 29927 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 29928 func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 29929 s.Marker = &v 29930 return s 29931 } 29932 29933 // This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles. 29934 type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct { 29935 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29936 29937 // A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. 29938 LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` 29939 29940 // The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. 29941 LogFileName *string `type:"string"` 29942 29943 // The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. 29944 Size *int64 `type:"long"` 29945 } 29946 29947 // String returns the string representation. 29948 // 29949 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29950 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29951 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29952 func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string { 29953 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 29954 } 29955 29956 // GoString returns the string representation. 29957 // 29958 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 29959 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 29960 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 29961 func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string { 29962 return s.String() 29963 } 29964 29965 // SetLastWritten sets the LastWritten field's value. 29966 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 29967 s.LastWritten = &v 29968 return s 29969 } 29970 29971 // SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. 29972 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLogFileName(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 29973 s.LogFileName = &v 29974 return s 29975 } 29976 29977 // SetSize sets the Size field's value. 29978 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 29979 s.Size = &v 29980 return s 29981 } 29982 29983 type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct { 29984 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 29985 29986 // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files 29987 // you want to list. 29988 // 29989 // Constraints: 29990 // 29991 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 29992 // 29993 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 29994 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 29995 29996 // Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, 29997 // in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds. 29998 FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` 29999 30000 // Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size. 30001 FileSize *int64 `type:"long"` 30002 30003 // Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified 30004 // string. 30005 FilenameContains *string `type:"string"` 30006 30007 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 30008 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 30009 30010 // The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter 30011 // is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30012 // MaxRecords. 30013 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30014 30015 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 30016 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 30017 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 30018 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 30019 } 30020 30021 // String returns the string representation. 30022 // 30023 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30024 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30025 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30026 func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string { 30027 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30028 } 30029 30030 // GoString returns the string representation. 30031 // 30032 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30033 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30034 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30035 func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string { 30036 return s.String() 30037 } 30038 30039 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 30040 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error { 30041 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBLogFilesInput"} 30042 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 30043 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 30044 } 30045 if s.Filters != nil { 30046 for i, v := range s.Filters { 30047 if v == nil { 30048 continue 30049 } 30050 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 30051 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 30052 } 30053 } 30054 } 30055 30056 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 30057 return invalidParams 30058 } 30059 return nil 30060 } 30061 30062 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 30063 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 30064 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 30065 return s 30066 } 30067 30068 // SetFileLastWritten sets the FileLastWritten field's value. 30069 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 30070 s.FileLastWritten = &v 30071 return s 30072 } 30073 30074 // SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value. 30075 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 30076 s.FileSize = &v 30077 return s 30078 } 30079 30080 // SetFilenameContains sets the FilenameContains field's value. 30081 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilenameContains(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 30082 s.FilenameContains = &v 30083 return s 30084 } 30085 30086 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 30087 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 30088 s.Filters = v 30089 return s 30090 } 30091 30092 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30093 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 30094 s.Marker = &v 30095 return s 30096 } 30097 30098 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 30099 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 30100 s.MaxRecords = &v 30101 return s 30102 } 30103 30104 // The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles. 30105 type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct { 30106 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30107 30108 // The DB log files returned. 30109 DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"` 30110 30111 // A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeDBLogFiles request. 30112 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30113 } 30114 30115 // String returns the string representation. 30116 // 30117 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30118 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30119 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30120 func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string { 30121 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30122 } 30123 30124 // GoString returns the string representation. 30125 // 30126 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30127 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30128 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30129 func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string { 30130 return s.String() 30131 } 30132 30133 // SetDescribeDBLogFiles sets the DescribeDBLogFiles field's value. 30134 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetDescribeDBLogFiles(v []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { 30135 s.DescribeDBLogFiles = v 30136 return s 30137 } 30138 30139 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30140 func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { 30141 s.Marker = &v 30142 return s 30143 } 30144 30145 type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct { 30146 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30147 30148 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 30149 // 30150 // Constraints: 30151 // 30152 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 30153 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 30154 30155 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 30156 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 30157 30158 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups 30159 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 30160 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 30161 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30162 30163 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 30164 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 30165 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 30166 // 30167 // Default: 100 30168 // 30169 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 30170 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 30171 } 30172 30173 // String returns the string representation. 30174 // 30175 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30176 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30177 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30178 func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 30179 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30180 } 30181 30182 // GoString returns the string representation. 30183 // 30184 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30185 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30186 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30187 func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 30188 return s.String() 30189 } 30190 30191 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 30192 func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 30193 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"} 30194 if s.Filters != nil { 30195 for i, v := range s.Filters { 30196 if v == nil { 30197 continue 30198 } 30199 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 30200 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 30201 } 30202 } 30203 } 30204 30205 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 30206 return invalidParams 30207 } 30208 return nil 30209 } 30210 30211 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 30212 func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 30213 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 30214 return s 30215 } 30216 30217 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 30218 func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 30219 s.Filters = v 30220 return s 30221 } 30222 30223 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30224 func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 30225 s.Marker = &v 30226 return s 30227 } 30228 30229 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 30230 func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 30231 s.MaxRecords = &v 30232 return s 30233 } 30234 30235 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups 30236 // action. 30237 type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct { 30238 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30239 30240 // A list of DBParameterGroup instances. 30241 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 30242 30243 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30244 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30245 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30246 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30247 } 30248 30249 // String returns the string representation. 30250 // 30251 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30252 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30253 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30254 func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 30255 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30256 } 30257 30258 // GoString returns the string representation. 30259 // 30260 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30261 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30262 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30263 func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 30264 return s.String() 30265 } 30266 30267 // SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 30268 func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 30269 s.DBParameterGroups = v 30270 return s 30271 } 30272 30273 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30274 func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 30275 s.Marker = &v 30276 return s 30277 } 30278 30279 type DescribeDBParametersInput struct { 30280 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30281 30282 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 30283 // 30284 // Constraints: 30285 // 30286 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 30287 // 30288 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 30289 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 30290 30291 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 30292 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 30293 30294 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters 30295 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 30296 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 30297 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30298 30299 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 30300 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 30301 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 30302 // 30303 // Default: 100 30304 // 30305 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 30306 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 30307 30308 // The parameter types to return. 30309 // 30310 // Default: All parameter types returned 30311 // 30312 // Valid Values: user | system | engine-default 30313 Source *string `type:"string"` 30314 } 30315 30316 // String returns the string representation. 30317 // 30318 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30319 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30320 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30321 func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string { 30322 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30323 } 30324 30325 // GoString returns the string representation. 30326 // 30327 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30328 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30329 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30330 func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string { 30331 return s.String() 30332 } 30333 30334 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 30335 func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error { 30336 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"} 30337 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 30338 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 30339 } 30340 if s.Filters != nil { 30341 for i, v := range s.Filters { 30342 if v == nil { 30343 continue 30344 } 30345 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 30346 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 30347 } 30348 } 30349 } 30350 30351 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 30352 return invalidParams 30353 } 30354 return nil 30355 } 30356 30357 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 30358 func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 30359 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 30360 return s 30361 } 30362 30363 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 30364 func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 30365 s.Filters = v 30366 return s 30367 } 30368 30369 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30370 func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 30371 s.Marker = &v 30372 return s 30373 } 30374 30375 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 30376 func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 30377 s.MaxRecords = &v 30378 return s 30379 } 30380 30381 // SetSource sets the Source field's value. 30382 func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 30383 s.Source = &v 30384 return s 30385 } 30386 30387 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters 30388 // action. 30389 type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct { 30390 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30391 30392 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30393 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30394 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30395 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30396 30397 // A list of Parameter values. 30398 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 30399 } 30400 30401 // String returns the string representation. 30402 // 30403 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30404 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30405 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30406 func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string { 30407 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30408 } 30409 30410 // GoString returns the string representation. 30411 // 30412 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30413 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30414 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30415 func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string { 30416 return s.String() 30417 } 30418 30419 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30420 func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 30421 s.Marker = &v 30422 return s 30423 } 30424 30425 // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 30426 func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 30427 s.Parameters = v 30428 return s 30429 } 30430 30431 type DescribeDBProxiesInput struct { 30432 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30433 30434 // The name of the DB proxy. If you omit this parameter, the output includes 30435 // information about all DB proxies owned by your Amazon Web Services account 30436 // ID. 30437 DBProxyName *string `type:"string"` 30438 30439 // This parameter is not currently supported. 30440 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 30441 30442 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30443 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30444 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30445 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30446 30447 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 30448 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 30449 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 30450 // 30451 // Default: 100 30452 // 30453 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 30454 MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"` 30455 } 30456 30457 // String returns the string representation. 30458 // 30459 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30460 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30461 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30462 func (s DescribeDBProxiesInput) String() string { 30463 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30464 } 30465 30466 // GoString returns the string representation. 30467 // 30468 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30469 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30470 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30471 func (s DescribeDBProxiesInput) GoString() string { 30472 return s.String() 30473 } 30474 30475 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 30476 func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) Validate() error { 30477 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxiesInput"} 30478 if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 { 30479 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20)) 30480 } 30481 if s.Filters != nil { 30482 for i, v := range s.Filters { 30483 if v == nil { 30484 continue 30485 } 30486 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 30487 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 30488 } 30489 } 30490 } 30491 30492 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 30493 return invalidParams 30494 } 30495 return nil 30496 } 30497 30498 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 30499 func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxiesInput { 30500 s.DBProxyName = &v 30501 return s 30502 } 30503 30504 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 30505 func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxiesInput { 30506 s.Filters = v 30507 return s 30508 } 30509 30510 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30511 func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxiesInput { 30512 s.Marker = &v 30513 return s 30514 } 30515 30516 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 30517 func (s *DescribeDBProxiesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxiesInput { 30518 s.MaxRecords = &v 30519 return s 30520 } 30521 30522 type DescribeDBProxiesOutput struct { 30523 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30524 30525 // A return value representing an arbitrary number of DBProxy data structures. 30526 DBProxies []*DBProxy `type:"list"` 30527 30528 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30529 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30530 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30531 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30532 } 30533 30534 // String returns the string representation. 30535 // 30536 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30537 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30538 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30539 func (s DescribeDBProxiesOutput) String() string { 30540 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30541 } 30542 30543 // GoString returns the string representation. 30544 // 30545 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30546 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30547 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30548 func (s DescribeDBProxiesOutput) GoString() string { 30549 return s.String() 30550 } 30551 30552 // SetDBProxies sets the DBProxies field's value. 30553 func (s *DescribeDBProxiesOutput) SetDBProxies(v []*DBProxy) *DescribeDBProxiesOutput { 30554 s.DBProxies = v 30555 return s 30556 } 30557 30558 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30559 func (s *DescribeDBProxiesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxiesOutput { 30560 s.Marker = &v 30561 return s 30562 } 30563 30564 type DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput struct { 30565 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30566 30567 // The name of a DB proxy endpoint to describe. If you omit this parameter, 30568 // the output includes information about all DB proxy endpoints associated with 30569 // the specified proxy. 30570 DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 30571 30572 // The name of the DB proxy whose endpoints you want to describe. If you omit 30573 // this parameter, the output includes information about all DB proxy endpoints 30574 // associated with all your DB proxies. 30575 DBProxyName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 30576 30577 // This parameter is not currently supported. 30578 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 30579 30580 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30581 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30582 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30583 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30584 30585 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 30586 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 30587 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 30588 // 30589 // Default: 100 30590 // 30591 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 30592 MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"` 30593 } 30594 30595 // String returns the string representation. 30596 // 30597 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30598 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30599 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30600 func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) String() string { 30601 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30602 } 30603 30604 // GoString returns the string representation. 30605 // 30606 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30607 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30608 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30609 func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) GoString() string { 30610 return s.String() 30611 } 30612 30613 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 30614 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) Validate() error { 30615 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput"} 30616 if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 { 30617 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1)) 30618 } 30619 if s.DBProxyName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyName) < 1 { 30620 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyName", 1)) 30621 } 30622 if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 { 30623 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20)) 30624 } 30625 if s.Filters != nil { 30626 for i, v := range s.Filters { 30627 if v == nil { 30628 continue 30629 } 30630 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 30631 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 30632 } 30633 } 30634 } 30635 30636 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 30637 return invalidParams 30638 } 30639 return nil 30640 } 30641 30642 // SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value. 30643 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput { 30644 s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v 30645 return s 30646 } 30647 30648 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 30649 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput { 30650 s.DBProxyName = &v 30651 return s 30652 } 30653 30654 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 30655 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput { 30656 s.Filters = v 30657 return s 30658 } 30659 30660 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30661 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput { 30662 s.Marker = &v 30663 return s 30664 } 30665 30666 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 30667 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsInput { 30668 s.MaxRecords = &v 30669 return s 30670 } 30671 30672 type DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput struct { 30673 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30674 30675 // The list of ProxyEndpoint objects returned by the API operation. 30676 DBProxyEndpoints []*DBProxyEndpoint `type:"list"` 30677 30678 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30679 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30680 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30681 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30682 } 30683 30684 // String returns the string representation. 30685 // 30686 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30687 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30688 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30689 func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) String() string { 30690 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30691 } 30692 30693 // GoString returns the string representation. 30694 // 30695 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30696 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30697 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30698 func (s DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) GoString() string { 30699 return s.String() 30700 } 30701 30702 // SetDBProxyEndpoints sets the DBProxyEndpoints field's value. 30703 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoints(v []*DBProxyEndpoint) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput { 30704 s.DBProxyEndpoints = v 30705 return s 30706 } 30707 30708 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30709 func (s *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyEndpointsOutput { 30710 s.Marker = &v 30711 return s 30712 } 30713 30714 type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput struct { 30715 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30716 30717 // The identifier of the DBProxy associated with the target group. 30718 // 30719 // DBProxyName is a required field 30720 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 30721 30722 // This parameter is not currently supported. 30723 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 30724 30725 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30726 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30727 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30728 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30729 30730 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 30731 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 30732 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 30733 // 30734 // Default: 100 30735 // 30736 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 30737 MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"` 30738 30739 // The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe. 30740 TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 30741 } 30742 30743 // String returns the string representation. 30744 // 30745 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30746 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30747 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30748 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) String() string { 30749 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30750 } 30751 30752 // GoString returns the string representation. 30753 // 30754 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30755 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30756 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30757 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) GoString() string { 30758 return s.String() 30759 } 30760 30761 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 30762 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) Validate() error { 30763 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput"} 30764 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 30765 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 30766 } 30767 if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 { 30768 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20)) 30769 } 30770 if s.Filters != nil { 30771 for i, v := range s.Filters { 30772 if v == nil { 30773 continue 30774 } 30775 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 30776 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 30777 } 30778 } 30779 } 30780 30781 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 30782 return invalidParams 30783 } 30784 return nil 30785 } 30786 30787 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 30788 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput { 30789 s.DBProxyName = &v 30790 return s 30791 } 30792 30793 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 30794 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput { 30795 s.Filters = v 30796 return s 30797 } 30798 30799 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30800 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput { 30801 s.Marker = &v 30802 return s 30803 } 30804 30805 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 30806 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput { 30807 s.MaxRecords = &v 30808 return s 30809 } 30810 30811 // SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value. 30812 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsInput { 30813 s.TargetGroupName = &v 30814 return s 30815 } 30816 30817 type DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput struct { 30818 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30819 30820 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30821 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30822 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30823 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30824 30825 // An arbitrary number of DBProxyTargetGroup objects, containing details of 30826 // the corresponding target groups. 30827 TargetGroups []*DBProxyTargetGroup `type:"list"` 30828 } 30829 30830 // String returns the string representation. 30831 // 30832 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30833 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30834 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30835 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) String() string { 30836 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30837 } 30838 30839 // GoString returns the string representation. 30840 // 30841 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30842 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30843 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30844 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 30845 return s.String() 30846 } 30847 30848 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30849 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput { 30850 s.Marker = &v 30851 return s 30852 } 30853 30854 // SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value. 30855 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput) SetTargetGroups(v []*DBProxyTargetGroup) *DescribeDBProxyTargetGroupsOutput { 30856 s.TargetGroups = v 30857 return s 30858 } 30859 30860 type DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput struct { 30861 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30862 30863 // The identifier of the DBProxyTarget to describe. 30864 // 30865 // DBProxyName is a required field 30866 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 30867 30868 // This parameter is not currently supported. 30869 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 30870 30871 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30872 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30873 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30874 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30875 30876 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 30877 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 30878 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 30879 // 30880 // Default: 100 30881 // 30882 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 30883 MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"` 30884 30885 // The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup to describe. 30886 TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 30887 } 30888 30889 // String returns the string representation. 30890 // 30891 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30892 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30893 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30894 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string { 30895 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30896 } 30897 30898 // GoString returns the string representation. 30899 // 30900 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30901 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30902 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30903 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) GoString() string { 30904 return s.String() 30905 } 30906 30907 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 30908 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error { 30909 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput"} 30910 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 30911 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 30912 } 30913 if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 { 30914 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20)) 30915 } 30916 if s.Filters != nil { 30917 for i, v := range s.Filters { 30918 if v == nil { 30919 continue 30920 } 30921 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 30922 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 30923 } 30924 } 30925 } 30926 30927 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 30928 return invalidParams 30929 } 30930 return nil 30931 } 30932 30933 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 30934 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput { 30935 s.DBProxyName = &v 30936 return s 30937 } 30938 30939 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 30940 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput { 30941 s.Filters = v 30942 return s 30943 } 30944 30945 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30946 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput { 30947 s.Marker = &v 30948 return s 30949 } 30950 30951 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 30952 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput { 30953 s.MaxRecords = &v 30954 return s 30955 } 30956 30957 // SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value. 30958 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsInput { 30959 s.TargetGroupName = &v 30960 return s 30961 } 30962 30963 type DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput struct { 30964 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 30965 30966 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 30967 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 30968 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 30969 Marker *string `type:"string"` 30970 30971 // An arbitrary number of DBProxyTarget objects, containing details of the corresponding 30972 // targets. 30973 Targets []*DBProxyTarget `type:"list"` 30974 } 30975 30976 // String returns the string representation. 30977 // 30978 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30979 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30980 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30981 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string { 30982 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 30983 } 30984 30985 // GoString returns the string representation. 30986 // 30987 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 30988 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 30989 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 30990 func (s DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) GoString() string { 30991 return s.String() 30992 } 30993 30994 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 30995 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput { 30996 s.Marker = &v 30997 return s 30998 } 30999 31000 // SetTargets sets the Targets field's value. 31001 func (s *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput) SetTargets(v []*DBProxyTarget) *DescribeDBProxyTargetsOutput { 31002 s.Targets = v 31003 return s 31004 } 31005 31006 type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct { 31007 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31008 31009 // The name of the DB security group to return details for. 31010 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 31011 31012 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 31013 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 31014 31015 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups 31016 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 31017 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 31018 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31019 31020 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 31021 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 31022 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 31023 // 31024 // Default: 100 31025 // 31026 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 31027 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 31028 } 31029 31030 // String returns the string representation. 31031 // 31032 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31033 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31034 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31035 func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { 31036 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31037 } 31038 31039 // GoString returns the string representation. 31040 // 31041 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31042 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31043 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31044 func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { 31045 return s.String() 31046 } 31047 31048 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31049 func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { 31050 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput"} 31051 if s.Filters != nil { 31052 for i, v := range s.Filters { 31053 if v == nil { 31054 continue 31055 } 31056 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 31057 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 31058 } 31059 } 31060 } 31061 31062 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31063 return invalidParams 31064 } 31065 return nil 31066 } 31067 31068 // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 31069 func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 31070 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 31071 return s 31072 } 31073 31074 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 31075 func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 31076 s.Filters = v 31077 return s 31078 } 31079 31080 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31081 func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 31082 s.Marker = &v 31083 return s 31084 } 31085 31086 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 31087 func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 31088 s.MaxRecords = &v 31089 return s 31090 } 31091 31092 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 31093 // action. 31094 type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct { 31095 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31096 31097 // A list of DBSecurityGroup instances. 31098 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 31099 31100 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 31101 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 31102 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 31103 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31104 } 31105 31106 // String returns the string representation. 31107 // 31108 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31109 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31110 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31111 func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { 31112 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31113 } 31114 31115 // GoString returns the string representation. 31116 // 31117 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31118 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31119 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31120 func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 31121 return s.String() 31122 } 31123 31124 // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 31125 func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroup) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { 31126 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 31127 return s 31128 } 31129 31130 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31131 func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { 31132 s.Marker = &v 31133 return s 31134 } 31135 31136 type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 31137 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31138 31139 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for. 31140 // 31141 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 31142 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 31143 } 31144 31145 // String returns the string representation. 31146 // 31147 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31148 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31149 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31150 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 31151 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31152 } 31153 31154 // GoString returns the string representation. 31155 // 31156 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31157 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31158 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31159 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 31160 return s.String() 31161 } 31162 31163 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31164 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 31165 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput"} 31166 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 31167 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 31168 } 31169 31170 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31171 return invalidParams 31172 } 31173 return nil 31174 } 31175 31176 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 31177 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput { 31178 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 31179 return s 31180 } 31181 31182 type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 31183 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31184 31185 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 31186 // API action. 31187 // 31188 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services 31189 // accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see 31190 // the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 31191 DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 31192 } 31193 31194 // String returns the string representation. 31195 // 31196 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31197 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31198 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31199 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 31200 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31201 } 31202 31203 // GoString returns the string representation. 31204 // 31205 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31206 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31207 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31208 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 31209 return s.String() 31210 } 31211 31212 // SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 31213 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput { 31214 s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v 31215 return s 31216 } 31217 31218 type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct { 31219 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31220 31221 // The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This 31222 // parameter can't be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter 31223 // isn't case-sensitive. 31224 // 31225 // Constraints: 31226 // 31227 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 31228 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 31229 31230 // A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used 31231 // in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase 31232 // string. 31233 // 31234 // Constraints: 31235 // 31236 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. 31237 // 31238 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 31239 // must also be specified. 31240 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 31241 31242 // A specific DB resource ID to describe. 31243 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 31244 31245 // A filter that specifies one or more DB snapshots to describe. 31246 // 31247 // Supported filters: 31248 // 31249 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon 31250 // Resource Names (ARNs). 31251 // 31252 // * db-snapshot-id - Accepts DB snapshot identifiers. 31253 // 31254 // * dbi-resource-id - Accepts identifiers of source DB instances. 31255 // 31256 // * snapshot-type - Accepts types of DB snapshots. 31257 // 31258 // * engine - Accepts names of database engines. 31259 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 31260 31261 // A value that indicates whether to include manual DB cluster snapshots that 31262 // are public and can be copied or restored by any Amazon Web Services account. 31263 // By default, the public snapshots are not included. 31264 // 31265 // You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 31266 // API. 31267 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 31268 31269 // A value that indicates whether to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots 31270 // from other Amazon Web Services accounts that this Amazon Web Services account 31271 // has been given permission to copy or restore. By default, these snapshots 31272 // are not included. 31273 // 31274 // You can give an Amazon Web Services account permission to restore a manual 31275 // DB snapshot from another Amazon Web Services account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 31276 // API action. 31277 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 31278 31279 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request. 31280 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 31281 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 31282 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31283 31284 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 31285 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 31286 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 31287 // 31288 // Default: 100 31289 // 31290 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 31291 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 31292 31293 // The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following 31294 // values: 31295 // 31296 // * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken 31297 // by Amazon RDS for my Amazon Web Services account. 31298 // 31299 // * manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my Amazon Web 31300 // Services account. 31301 // 31302 // * shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my 31303 // Amazon Web Services account. 31304 // 31305 // * public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public. 31306 // 31307 // * awsbackup - Return the DB snapshots managed by the Amazon Web Services 31308 // Backup service. For information about Amazon Web Services Backup, see 31309 // the Amazon Web Services Backup Developer Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/aws-backup/latest/devguide/whatisbackup.html) 31310 // The awsbackup type does not apply to Aurora. 31311 // 31312 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 31313 // snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in 31314 // the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these 31315 // results by enabling the IncludeShared parameter. You can include public snapshots 31316 // with these results by enabling the IncludePublic parameter. 31317 // 31318 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 31319 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 31320 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 31321 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 31322 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 31323 } 31324 31325 // String returns the string representation. 31326 // 31327 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31328 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31329 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31330 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string { 31331 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31332 } 31333 31334 // GoString returns the string representation. 31335 // 31336 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31337 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31338 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31339 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 31340 return s.String() 31341 } 31342 31343 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31344 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 31345 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotsInput"} 31346 if s.Filters != nil { 31347 for i, v := range s.Filters { 31348 if v == nil { 31349 continue 31350 } 31351 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 31352 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 31353 } 31354 } 31355 } 31356 31357 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31358 return invalidParams 31359 } 31360 return nil 31361 } 31362 31363 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 31364 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31365 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 31366 return s 31367 } 31368 31369 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 31370 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31371 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 31372 return s 31373 } 31374 31375 // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 31376 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31377 s.DbiResourceId = &v 31378 return s 31379 } 31380 31381 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 31382 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31383 s.Filters = v 31384 return s 31385 } 31386 31387 // SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 31388 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31389 s.IncludePublic = &v 31390 return s 31391 } 31392 31393 // SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 31394 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31395 s.IncludeShared = &v 31396 return s 31397 } 31398 31399 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31400 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31401 s.Marker = &v 31402 return s 31403 } 31404 31405 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 31406 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31407 s.MaxRecords = &v 31408 return s 31409 } 31410 31411 // SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 31412 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 31413 s.SnapshotType = &v 31414 return s 31415 } 31416 31417 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots 31418 // action. 31419 type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct { 31420 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31421 31422 // A list of DBSnapshot instances. 31423 DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"` 31424 31425 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 31426 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 31427 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 31428 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31429 } 31430 31431 // String returns the string representation. 31432 // 31433 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31434 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31435 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31436 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 31437 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31438 } 31439 31440 // GoString returns the string representation. 31441 // 31442 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31443 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31444 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31445 func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 31446 return s.String() 31447 } 31448 31449 // SetDBSnapshots sets the DBSnapshots field's value. 31450 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetDBSnapshots(v []*DBSnapshot) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { 31451 s.DBSnapshots = v 31452 return s 31453 } 31454 31455 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31456 func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { 31457 s.Marker = &v 31458 return s 31459 } 31460 31461 type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct { 31462 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31463 31464 // The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. 31465 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 31466 31467 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 31468 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 31469 31470 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups 31471 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 31472 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 31473 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31474 31475 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 31476 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 31477 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 31478 // 31479 // Default: 100 31480 // 31481 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 31482 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 31483 } 31484 31485 // String returns the string representation. 31486 // 31487 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31488 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31489 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31490 func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string { 31491 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31492 } 31493 31494 // GoString returns the string representation. 31495 // 31496 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31497 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31498 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31499 func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string { 31500 return s.String() 31501 } 31502 31503 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31504 func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error { 31505 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"} 31506 if s.Filters != nil { 31507 for i, v := range s.Filters { 31508 if v == nil { 31509 continue 31510 } 31511 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 31512 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 31513 } 31514 } 31515 } 31516 31517 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31518 return invalidParams 31519 } 31520 return nil 31521 } 31522 31523 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 31524 func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 31525 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 31526 return s 31527 } 31528 31529 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 31530 func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 31531 s.Filters = v 31532 return s 31533 } 31534 31535 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31536 func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 31537 s.Marker = &v 31538 return s 31539 } 31540 31541 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 31542 func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 31543 s.MaxRecords = &v 31544 return s 31545 } 31546 31547 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 31548 // action. 31549 type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct { 31550 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31551 31552 // A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. 31553 DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"` 31554 31555 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 31556 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 31557 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 31558 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31559 } 31560 31561 // String returns the string representation. 31562 // 31563 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31564 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31565 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31566 func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string { 31567 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31568 } 31569 31570 // GoString returns the string representation. 31571 // 31572 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31573 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31574 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31575 func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 31576 return s.String() 31577 } 31578 31579 // SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value. 31580 func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 31581 s.DBSubnetGroups = v 31582 return s 31583 } 31584 31585 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31586 func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 31587 s.Marker = &v 31588 return s 31589 } 31590 31591 type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { 31592 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31593 31594 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter 31595 // information for. 31596 // 31597 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 31598 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 31599 31600 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 31601 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 31602 31603 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 31604 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 31605 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 31606 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31607 31608 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 31609 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 31610 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 31611 // 31612 // Default: 100 31613 // 31614 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 31615 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 31616 } 31617 31618 // String returns the string representation. 31619 // 31620 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31621 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31622 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31623 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string { 31624 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31625 } 31626 31627 // GoString returns the string representation. 31628 // 31629 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31630 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31631 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31632 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 31633 return s.String() 31634 } 31635 31636 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31637 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 31638 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"} 31639 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 31640 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 31641 } 31642 if s.Filters != nil { 31643 for i, v := range s.Filters { 31644 if v == nil { 31645 continue 31646 } 31647 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 31648 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 31649 } 31650 } 31651 } 31652 31653 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31654 return invalidParams 31655 } 31656 return nil 31657 } 31658 31659 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 31660 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 31661 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 31662 return s 31663 } 31664 31665 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 31666 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 31667 s.Filters = v 31668 return s 31669 } 31670 31671 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31672 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 31673 s.Marker = &v 31674 return s 31675 } 31676 31677 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 31678 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 31679 s.MaxRecords = &v 31680 return s 31681 } 31682 31683 type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct { 31684 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31685 31686 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 31687 // action. 31688 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 31689 } 31690 31691 // String returns the string representation. 31692 // 31693 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31694 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31695 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31696 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 31697 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31698 } 31699 31700 // GoString returns the string representation. 31701 // 31702 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31703 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31704 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31705 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 31706 return s.String() 31707 } 31708 31709 // SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 31710 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput { 31711 s.EngineDefaults = v 31712 return s 31713 } 31714 31715 type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { 31716 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31717 31718 // The name of the DB parameter group family. 31719 // 31720 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 31721 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 31722 31723 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 31724 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 31725 31726 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 31727 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 31728 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 31729 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31730 31731 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 31732 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 31733 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 31734 // 31735 // Default: 100 31736 // 31737 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 31738 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 31739 } 31740 31741 // String returns the string representation. 31742 // 31743 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31744 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31745 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31746 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string { 31747 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31748 } 31749 31750 // GoString returns the string representation. 31751 // 31752 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31753 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31754 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31755 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string { 31756 return s.String() 31757 } 31758 31759 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31760 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error { 31761 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"} 31762 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 31763 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 31764 } 31765 if s.Filters != nil { 31766 for i, v := range s.Filters { 31767 if v == nil { 31768 continue 31769 } 31770 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 31771 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 31772 } 31773 } 31774 } 31775 31776 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31777 return invalidParams 31778 } 31779 return nil 31780 } 31781 31782 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 31783 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 31784 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 31785 return s 31786 } 31787 31788 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 31789 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 31790 s.Filters = v 31791 return s 31792 } 31793 31794 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 31795 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 31796 s.Marker = &v 31797 return s 31798 } 31799 31800 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 31801 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 31802 s.MaxRecords = &v 31803 return s 31804 } 31805 31806 type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct { 31807 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31808 31809 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 31810 // action. 31811 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 31812 } 31813 31814 // String returns the string representation. 31815 // 31816 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31817 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31818 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31819 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string { 31820 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31821 } 31822 31823 // GoString returns the string representation. 31824 // 31825 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31826 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31827 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31828 func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string { 31829 return s.String() 31830 } 31831 31832 // SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 31833 func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput { 31834 s.EngineDefaults = v 31835 return s 31836 } 31837 31838 type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct { 31839 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31840 31841 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 31842 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 31843 31844 // The type of source that is generating the events. 31845 // 31846 // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group 31847 // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot 31848 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 31849 } 31850 31851 // String returns the string representation. 31852 // 31853 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31854 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31855 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31856 func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string { 31857 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31858 } 31859 31860 // GoString returns the string representation. 31861 // 31862 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31863 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31864 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31865 func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string { 31866 return s.String() 31867 } 31868 31869 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31870 func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error { 31871 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"} 31872 if s.Filters != nil { 31873 for i, v := range s.Filters { 31874 if v == nil { 31875 continue 31876 } 31877 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 31878 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 31879 } 31880 } 31881 } 31882 31883 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31884 return invalidParams 31885 } 31886 return nil 31887 } 31888 31889 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 31890 func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 31891 s.Filters = v 31892 return s 31893 } 31894 31895 // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 31896 func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 31897 s.SourceType = &v 31898 return s 31899 } 31900 31901 // Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories operation. 31902 type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct { 31903 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31904 31905 // A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. 31906 EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"` 31907 } 31908 31909 // String returns the string representation. 31910 // 31911 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31912 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31913 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31914 func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string { 31915 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31916 } 31917 31918 // GoString returns the string representation. 31919 // 31920 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31921 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31922 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31923 func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string { 31924 return s.String() 31925 } 31926 31927 // SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value. 31928 func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput { 31929 s.EventCategoriesMapList = v 31930 return s 31931 } 31932 31933 type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct { 31934 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 31935 31936 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 31937 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 31938 31939 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 31940 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 31941 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 31942 Marker *string `type:"string"` 31943 31944 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 31945 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 31946 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 31947 // 31948 // Default: 100 31949 // 31950 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 31951 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 31952 31953 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe. 31954 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"` 31955 } 31956 31957 // String returns the string representation. 31958 // 31959 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31960 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31961 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31962 func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string { 31963 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 31964 } 31965 31966 // GoString returns the string representation. 31967 // 31968 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 31969 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 31970 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 31971 func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { 31972 return s.String() 31973 } 31974 31975 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 31976 func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error { 31977 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"} 31978 if s.Filters != nil { 31979 for i, v := range s.Filters { 31980 if v == nil { 31981 continue 31982 } 31983 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 31984 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 31985 } 31986 } 31987 } 31988 31989 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 31990 return invalidParams 31991 } 31992 return nil 31993 } 31994 31995 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 31996 func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 31997 s.Filters = v 31998 return s 31999 } 32000 32001 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32002 func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 32003 s.Marker = &v 32004 return s 32005 } 32006 32007 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 32008 func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 32009 s.MaxRecords = &v 32010 return s 32011 } 32012 32013 // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 32014 func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 32015 s.SubscriptionName = &v 32016 return s 32017 } 32018 32019 // Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action. 32020 type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct { 32021 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32022 32023 // A list of EventSubscriptions data types. 32024 EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"` 32025 32026 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 32027 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 32028 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 32029 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32030 } 32031 32032 // String returns the string representation. 32033 // 32034 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32035 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32036 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32037 func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { 32038 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32039 } 32040 32041 // GoString returns the string representation. 32042 // 32043 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32044 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32045 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32046 func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { 32047 return s.String() 32048 } 32049 32050 // SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value. 32051 func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 32052 s.EventSubscriptionsList = v 32053 return s 32054 } 32055 32056 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32057 func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 32058 s.Marker = &v 32059 return s 32060 } 32061 32062 type DescribeEventsInput struct { 32063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32064 32065 // The number of minutes to retrieve events for. 32066 // 32067 // Default: 60 32068 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 32069 32070 // The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 32071 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 32072 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 32073 // 32074 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 32075 EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 32076 32077 // A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification 32078 // subscription. 32079 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 32080 32081 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 32082 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 32083 32084 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. 32085 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 32086 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 32087 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32088 32089 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 32090 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 32091 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 32092 // 32093 // Default: 100 32094 // 32095 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 32096 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 32097 32098 // The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not 32099 // specified, then all sources are included in the response. 32100 // 32101 // Constraints: 32102 // 32103 // * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 32104 // 32105 // * If the source type is a DB instance, a DBInstanceIdentifier value must 32106 // be supplied. 32107 // 32108 // * If the source type is a DB cluster, a DBClusterIdentifier value must 32109 // be supplied. 32110 // 32111 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName value 32112 // must be supplied. 32113 // 32114 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName value 32115 // must be supplied. 32116 // 32117 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier value must 32118 // be supplied. 32119 // 32120 // * If the source type is a DB cluster snapshot, a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 32121 // value must be supplied. 32122 // 32123 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 32124 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 32125 32126 // The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events 32127 // are returned. 32128 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 32129 32130 // The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 32131 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 32132 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 32133 // 32134 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 32135 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 32136 } 32137 32138 // String returns the string representation. 32139 // 32140 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32141 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32142 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32143 func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string { 32144 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32145 } 32146 32147 // GoString returns the string representation. 32148 // 32149 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32150 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32151 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32152 func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string { 32153 return s.String() 32154 } 32155 32156 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 32157 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error { 32158 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"} 32159 if s.Filters != nil { 32160 for i, v := range s.Filters { 32161 if v == nil { 32162 continue 32163 } 32164 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 32165 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 32166 } 32167 } 32168 } 32169 32170 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 32171 return invalidParams 32172 } 32173 return nil 32174 } 32175 32176 // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 32177 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 32178 s.Duration = &v 32179 return s 32180 } 32181 32182 // SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value. 32183 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 32184 s.EndTime = &v 32185 return s 32186 } 32187 32188 // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 32189 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput { 32190 s.EventCategories = v 32191 return s 32192 } 32193 32194 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 32195 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput { 32196 s.Filters = v 32197 return s 32198 } 32199 32200 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32201 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 32202 s.Marker = &v 32203 return s 32204 } 32205 32206 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 32207 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 32208 s.MaxRecords = &v 32209 return s 32210 } 32211 32212 // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 32213 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 32214 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 32215 return s 32216 } 32217 32218 // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 32219 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 32220 s.SourceType = &v 32221 return s 32222 } 32223 32224 // SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 32225 func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 32226 s.StartTime = &v 32227 return s 32228 } 32229 32230 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action. 32231 type DescribeEventsOutput struct { 32232 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32233 32234 // A list of Event instances. 32235 Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"` 32236 32237 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this 32238 // parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, 32239 // up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 32240 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32241 } 32242 32243 // String returns the string representation. 32244 // 32245 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32246 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32247 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32248 func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string { 32249 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32250 } 32251 32252 // GoString returns the string representation. 32253 // 32254 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32255 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32256 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32257 func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string { 32258 return s.String() 32259 } 32260 32261 // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. 32262 func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput { 32263 s.Events = v 32264 return s 32265 } 32266 32267 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32268 func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput { 32269 s.Marker = &v 32270 return s 32271 } 32272 32273 type DescribeExportTasksInput struct { 32274 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32275 32276 // The identifier of the snapshot export task to be described. 32277 ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 32278 32279 // Filters specify one or more snapshot exports to describe. The filters are 32280 // specified as name-value pairs that define what to include in the output. 32281 // Filter names and values are case-sensitive. 32282 // 32283 // Supported filters include the following: 32284 // 32285 // * export-task-identifier - An identifier for the snapshot export task. 32286 // 32287 // * s3-bucket - The Amazon S3 bucket the snapshot is exported to. 32288 // 32289 // * source-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported 32290 // to Amazon S3 32291 // 32292 // * status - The status of the export task. Must be lowercase, for example, 32293 // complete. 32294 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 32295 32296 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeExportTasks request. 32297 // If you specify this parameter, the response includes only records beyond 32298 // the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter. 32299 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32300 32301 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 32302 // exist than the specified value, a pagination token called a marker is included 32303 // in the response. You can use the marker in a later DescribeExportTasks request 32304 // to retrieve the remaining results. 32305 // 32306 // Default: 100 32307 // 32308 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 32309 MaxRecords *int64 `min:"20" type:"integer"` 32310 32311 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3. 32312 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 32313 } 32314 32315 // String returns the string representation. 32316 // 32317 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32318 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32319 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32320 func (s DescribeExportTasksInput) String() string { 32321 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32322 } 32323 32324 // GoString returns the string representation. 32325 // 32326 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32327 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32328 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32329 func (s DescribeExportTasksInput) GoString() string { 32330 return s.String() 32331 } 32332 32333 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 32334 func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) Validate() error { 32335 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeExportTasksInput"} 32336 if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 20 { 32337 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 20)) 32338 } 32339 if s.Filters != nil { 32340 for i, v := range s.Filters { 32341 if v == nil { 32342 continue 32343 } 32344 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 32345 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 32346 } 32347 } 32348 } 32349 32350 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 32351 return invalidParams 32352 } 32353 return nil 32354 } 32355 32356 // SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value. 32357 func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *DescribeExportTasksInput { 32358 s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v 32359 return s 32360 } 32361 32362 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 32363 func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeExportTasksInput { 32364 s.Filters = v 32365 return s 32366 } 32367 32368 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32369 func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeExportTasksInput { 32370 s.Marker = &v 32371 return s 32372 } 32373 32374 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 32375 func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeExportTasksInput { 32376 s.MaxRecords = &v 32377 return s 32378 } 32379 32380 // SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 32381 func (s *DescribeExportTasksInput) SetSourceArn(v string) *DescribeExportTasksInput { 32382 s.SourceArn = &v 32383 return s 32384 } 32385 32386 type DescribeExportTasksOutput struct { 32387 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32388 32389 // Information about an export of a snapshot to Amazon S3. 32390 ExportTasks []*ExportTask `locationNameList:"ExportTask" type:"list"` 32391 32392 // A pagination token that can be used in a later DescribeExportTasks request. 32393 // A marker is used for pagination to identify the location to begin output 32394 // for the next response of DescribeExportTasks. 32395 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32396 } 32397 32398 // String returns the string representation. 32399 // 32400 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32401 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32402 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32403 func (s DescribeExportTasksOutput) String() string { 32404 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32405 } 32406 32407 // GoString returns the string representation. 32408 // 32409 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32410 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32411 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32412 func (s DescribeExportTasksOutput) GoString() string { 32413 return s.String() 32414 } 32415 32416 // SetExportTasks sets the ExportTasks field's value. 32417 func (s *DescribeExportTasksOutput) SetExportTasks(v []*ExportTask) *DescribeExportTasksOutput { 32418 s.ExportTasks = v 32419 return s 32420 } 32421 32422 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32423 func (s *DescribeExportTasksOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeExportTasksOutput { 32424 s.Marker = &v 32425 return s 32426 } 32427 32428 type DescribeGlobalClustersInput struct { 32429 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32430 32431 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 32432 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 32433 32434 // The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, 32435 // information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter 32436 // isn't case-sensitive. 32437 // 32438 // Constraints: 32439 // 32440 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 32441 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 32442 32443 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters 32444 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 32445 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 32446 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32447 32448 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 32449 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 32450 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 32451 // 32452 // Default: 100 32453 // 32454 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 32455 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 32456 } 32457 32458 // String returns the string representation. 32459 // 32460 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32461 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32462 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32463 func (s DescribeGlobalClustersInput) String() string { 32464 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32465 } 32466 32467 // GoString returns the string representation. 32468 // 32469 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32470 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32471 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32472 func (s DescribeGlobalClustersInput) GoString() string { 32473 return s.String() 32474 } 32475 32476 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 32477 func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) Validate() error { 32478 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeGlobalClustersInput"} 32479 if s.Filters != nil { 32480 for i, v := range s.Filters { 32481 if v == nil { 32482 continue 32483 } 32484 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 32485 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 32486 } 32487 } 32488 } 32489 32490 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 32491 return invalidParams 32492 } 32493 return nil 32494 } 32495 32496 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 32497 func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput { 32498 s.Filters = v 32499 return s 32500 } 32501 32502 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 32503 func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput { 32504 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 32505 return s 32506 } 32507 32508 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32509 func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput { 32510 s.Marker = &v 32511 return s 32512 } 32513 32514 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 32515 func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeGlobalClustersInput { 32516 s.MaxRecords = &v 32517 return s 32518 } 32519 32520 type DescribeGlobalClustersOutput struct { 32521 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32522 32523 // The list of global clusters returned by this request. 32524 GlobalClusters []*GlobalCluster `locationNameList:"GlobalClusterMember" type:"list"` 32525 32526 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeGlobalClusters 32527 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 32528 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 32529 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32530 } 32531 32532 // String returns the string representation. 32533 // 32534 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32535 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32536 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32537 func (s DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) String() string { 32538 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32539 } 32540 32541 // GoString returns the string representation. 32542 // 32543 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32544 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32545 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32546 func (s DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) GoString() string { 32547 return s.String() 32548 } 32549 32550 // SetGlobalClusters sets the GlobalClusters field's value. 32551 func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) SetGlobalClusters(v []*GlobalCluster) *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput { 32552 s.GlobalClusters = v 32553 return s 32554 } 32555 32556 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32557 func (s *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeGlobalClustersOutput { 32558 s.Marker = &v 32559 return s 32560 } 32561 32562 type DescribeInstallationMediaInput struct { 32563 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32564 32565 // A filter that specifies one or more installation media to describe. Supported 32566 // filters include the following: 32567 // 32568 // * custom-availability-zone-id - Accepts custom Availability Zone (AZ) 32569 // identifiers. The results list includes information about only the custom 32570 // AZs identified by these identifiers. 32571 // 32572 // * engine - Accepts database engines. The results list includes information 32573 // about only the database engines identified by these identifiers. For more 32574 // information about the valid engines for installation media, see ImportInstallationMedia. 32575 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 32576 32577 // The installation medium ID. 32578 InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"` 32579 32580 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 32581 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 32582 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 32583 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32584 32585 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeInstallationMedia 32586 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 32587 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 32588 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 32589 } 32590 32591 // String returns the string representation. 32592 // 32593 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32594 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32595 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32596 func (s DescribeInstallationMediaInput) String() string { 32597 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32598 } 32599 32600 // GoString returns the string representation. 32601 // 32602 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32603 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32604 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32605 func (s DescribeInstallationMediaInput) GoString() string { 32606 return s.String() 32607 } 32608 32609 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 32610 func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) Validate() error { 32611 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInstallationMediaInput"} 32612 if s.Filters != nil { 32613 for i, v := range s.Filters { 32614 if v == nil { 32615 continue 32616 } 32617 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 32618 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 32619 } 32620 } 32621 } 32622 32623 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 32624 return invalidParams 32625 } 32626 return nil 32627 } 32628 32629 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 32630 func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeInstallationMediaInput { 32631 s.Filters = v 32632 return s 32633 } 32634 32635 // SetInstallationMediaId sets the InstallationMediaId field's value. 32636 func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) SetInstallationMediaId(v string) *DescribeInstallationMediaInput { 32637 s.InstallationMediaId = &v 32638 return s 32639 } 32640 32641 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32642 func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeInstallationMediaInput { 32643 s.Marker = &v 32644 return s 32645 } 32646 32647 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 32648 func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeInstallationMediaInput { 32649 s.MaxRecords = &v 32650 return s 32651 } 32652 32653 type DescribeInstallationMediaOutput struct { 32654 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32655 32656 // The list of InstallationMedia objects for the Amazon Web Services account. 32657 InstallationMedia []*InstallationMedia `locationNameList:"InstallationMedia" type:"list"` 32658 32659 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeInstallationMedia 32660 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 32661 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 32662 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32663 } 32664 32665 // String returns the string representation. 32666 // 32667 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32668 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32669 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32670 func (s DescribeInstallationMediaOutput) String() string { 32671 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32672 } 32673 32674 // GoString returns the string representation. 32675 // 32676 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32677 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32678 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32679 func (s DescribeInstallationMediaOutput) GoString() string { 32680 return s.String() 32681 } 32682 32683 // SetInstallationMedia sets the InstallationMedia field's value. 32684 func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaOutput) SetInstallationMedia(v []*InstallationMedia) *DescribeInstallationMediaOutput { 32685 s.InstallationMedia = v 32686 return s 32687 } 32688 32689 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32690 func (s *DescribeInstallationMediaOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeInstallationMediaOutput { 32691 s.Marker = &v 32692 return s 32693 } 32694 32695 type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct { 32696 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32697 32698 // A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name are described. 32699 // 32700 // Valid Values: 32701 // 32702 // * mariadb 32703 // 32704 // * mysql 32705 // 32706 // * oracle-ee 32707 // 32708 // * oracle-ee-cdb 32709 // 32710 // * oracle-se2 32711 // 32712 // * oracle-se2-cdb 32713 // 32714 // * postgres 32715 // 32716 // * sqlserver-ee 32717 // 32718 // * sqlserver-se 32719 // 32720 // * sqlserver-ex 32721 // 32722 // * sqlserver-web 32723 // 32724 // EngineName is a required field 32725 EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 32726 32727 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 32728 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 32729 32730 // If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified 32731 // major engine version. 32732 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 32733 32734 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 32735 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 32736 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 32737 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32738 32739 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 32740 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 32741 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 32742 // 32743 // Default: 100 32744 // 32745 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 32746 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 32747 } 32748 32749 // String returns the string representation. 32750 // 32751 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32752 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32753 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32754 func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string { 32755 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32756 } 32757 32758 // GoString returns the string representation. 32759 // 32760 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32761 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32762 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32763 func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string { 32764 return s.String() 32765 } 32766 32767 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 32768 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error { 32769 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput"} 32770 if s.EngineName == nil { 32771 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) 32772 } 32773 if s.Filters != nil { 32774 for i, v := range s.Filters { 32775 if v == nil { 32776 continue 32777 } 32778 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 32779 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 32780 } 32781 } 32782 } 32783 32784 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 32785 return invalidParams 32786 } 32787 return nil 32788 } 32789 32790 // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 32791 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 32792 s.EngineName = &v 32793 return s 32794 } 32795 32796 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 32797 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 32798 s.Filters = v 32799 return s 32800 } 32801 32802 // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 32803 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 32804 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 32805 return s 32806 } 32807 32808 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32809 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 32810 s.Marker = &v 32811 return s 32812 } 32813 32814 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 32815 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 32816 s.MaxRecords = &v 32817 return s 32818 } 32819 32820 type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct { 32821 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32822 32823 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 32824 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 32825 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 32826 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32827 32828 // List of available option group options. 32829 OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"` 32830 } 32831 32832 // String returns the string representation. 32833 // 32834 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32835 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32836 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32837 func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string { 32838 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32839 } 32840 32841 // GoString returns the string representation. 32842 // 32843 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32844 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32845 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32846 func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 32847 return s.String() 32848 } 32849 32850 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32851 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { 32852 s.Marker = &v 32853 return s 32854 } 32855 32856 // SetOptionGroupOptions sets the OptionGroupOptions field's value. 32857 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetOptionGroupOptions(v []*OptionGroupOption) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { 32858 s.OptionGroupOptions = v 32859 return s 32860 } 32861 32862 type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct { 32863 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32864 32865 // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with 32866 // a specific database engine. 32867 // 32868 // Valid Values: 32869 // 32870 // * mariadb 32871 // 32872 // * mysql 32873 // 32874 // * oracle-ee 32875 // 32876 // * oracle-ee-cdb 32877 // 32878 // * oracle-se2 32879 // 32880 // * oracle-se2-cdb 32881 // 32882 // * postgres 32883 // 32884 // * sqlserver-ee 32885 // 32886 // * sqlserver-se 32887 // 32888 // * sqlserver-ex 32889 // 32890 // * sqlserver-web 32891 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 32892 32893 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 32894 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 32895 32896 // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with 32897 // a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also 32898 // be specified. 32899 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 32900 32901 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups 32902 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 32903 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 32904 Marker *string `type:"string"` 32905 32906 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 32907 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 32908 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 32909 // 32910 // Default: 100 32911 // 32912 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 32913 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 32914 32915 // The name of the option group to describe. Can't be supplied together with 32916 // EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. 32917 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 32918 } 32919 32920 // String returns the string representation. 32921 // 32922 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32923 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32924 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32925 func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string { 32926 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 32927 } 32928 32929 // GoString returns the string representation. 32930 // 32931 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 32932 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 32933 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 32934 func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string { 32935 return s.String() 32936 } 32937 32938 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 32939 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error { 32940 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupsInput"} 32941 if s.Filters != nil { 32942 for i, v := range s.Filters { 32943 if v == nil { 32944 continue 32945 } 32946 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 32947 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 32948 } 32949 } 32950 } 32951 32952 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 32953 return invalidParams 32954 } 32955 return nil 32956 } 32957 32958 // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 32959 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 32960 s.EngineName = &v 32961 return s 32962 } 32963 32964 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 32965 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 32966 s.Filters = v 32967 return s 32968 } 32969 32970 // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 32971 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 32972 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 32973 return s 32974 } 32975 32976 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 32977 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 32978 s.Marker = &v 32979 return s 32980 } 32981 32982 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 32983 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 32984 s.MaxRecords = &v 32985 return s 32986 } 32987 32988 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 32989 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 32990 s.OptionGroupName = &v 32991 return s 32992 } 32993 32994 // List of option groups. 32995 type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct { 32996 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 32997 32998 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 32999 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 33000 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 33001 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33002 33003 // List of option groups. 33004 OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"` 33005 } 33006 33007 // String returns the string representation. 33008 // 33009 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33010 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33011 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33012 func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string { 33013 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33014 } 33015 33016 // GoString returns the string representation. 33017 // 33018 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33019 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33020 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33021 func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 33022 return s.String() 33023 } 33024 33025 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33026 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { 33027 s.Marker = &v 33028 return s 33029 } 33030 33031 // SetOptionGroupsList sets the OptionGroupsList field's value. 33032 func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetOptionGroupsList(v []*OptionGroup) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { 33033 s.OptionGroupsList = v 33034 return s 33035 } 33036 33037 type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct { 33038 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33039 33040 // The Availability Zone group associated with a Local Zone. Specify this parameter 33041 // to retrieve available offerings for the Local Zones in the group. 33042 // 33043 // Omit this parameter to show the available offerings in the specified Amazon 33044 // Web Services Region. 33045 AvailabilityZoneGroup *string `type:"string"` 33046 33047 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 33048 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 33049 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 33050 33051 // The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. 33052 // 33053 // Valid Values: 33054 // 33055 // * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) 33056 // 33057 // * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) 33058 // 33059 // * aurora-postgresql 33060 // 33061 // * mariadb 33062 // 33063 // * mysql 33064 // 33065 // * oracle-ee 33066 // 33067 // * oracle-ee-cdb 33068 // 33069 // * oracle-se2 33070 // 33071 // * oracle-se2-cdb 33072 // 33073 // * postgres 33074 // 33075 // * sqlserver-ee 33076 // 33077 // * sqlserver-se 33078 // 33079 // * sqlserver-ex 33080 // 33081 // * sqlserver-web 33082 // 33083 // Engine is a required field 33084 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 33085 33086 // The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 33087 // available offerings matching the specified engine version. 33088 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 33089 33090 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 33091 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 33092 33093 // The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 33094 // offerings matching the specified license model. 33095 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 33096 33097 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 33098 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 33099 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 33100 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33101 33102 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 33103 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 33104 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 33105 // 33106 // Default: 100 33107 // 33108 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 33109 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 33110 33111 // A value that indicates whether to show only VPC or non-VPC offerings. 33112 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 33113 } 33114 33115 // String returns the string representation. 33116 // 33117 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33118 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33119 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33120 func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string { 33121 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33122 } 33123 33124 // GoString returns the string representation. 33125 // 33126 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33127 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33128 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33129 func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string { 33130 return s.String() 33131 } 33132 33133 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 33134 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error { 33135 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"} 33136 if s.Engine == nil { 33137 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 33138 } 33139 if s.Filters != nil { 33140 for i, v := range s.Filters { 33141 if v == nil { 33142 continue 33143 } 33144 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 33145 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 33146 } 33147 } 33148 } 33149 33150 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 33151 return invalidParams 33152 } 33153 return nil 33154 } 33155 33156 // SetAvailabilityZoneGroup sets the AvailabilityZoneGroup field's value. 33157 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetAvailabilityZoneGroup(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33158 s.AvailabilityZoneGroup = &v 33159 return s 33160 } 33161 33162 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 33163 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33164 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 33165 return s 33166 } 33167 33168 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 33169 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33170 s.Engine = &v 33171 return s 33172 } 33173 33174 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 33175 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33176 s.EngineVersion = &v 33177 return s 33178 } 33179 33180 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 33181 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33182 s.Filters = v 33183 return s 33184 } 33185 33186 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 33187 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33188 s.LicenseModel = &v 33189 return s 33190 } 33191 33192 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33193 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33194 s.Marker = &v 33195 return s 33196 } 33197 33198 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 33199 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33200 s.MaxRecords = &v 33201 return s 33202 } 33203 33204 // SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 33205 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 33206 s.Vpc = &v 33207 return s 33208 } 33209 33210 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 33211 // action. 33212 type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct { 33213 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33214 33215 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions 33216 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 33217 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 33218 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33219 33220 // An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable 33221 // options for the DB instance. 33222 OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"` 33223 } 33224 33225 // String returns the string representation. 33226 // 33227 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33228 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33229 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33230 func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string { 33231 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33232 } 33233 33234 // GoString returns the string representation. 33235 // 33236 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33237 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33238 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33239 func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 33240 return s.String() 33241 } 33242 33243 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33244 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 33245 s.Marker = &v 33246 return s 33247 } 33248 33249 // SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value. 33250 func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 33251 s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v 33252 return s 33253 } 33254 33255 type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct { 33256 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33257 33258 // A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance 33259 // actions for. 33260 // 33261 // Supported filters: 33262 // 33263 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 33264 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance 33265 // actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 33266 // 33267 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs. 33268 // The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the 33269 // DB instances identified by these ARNs. 33270 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 33271 33272 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 33273 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 33274 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 33275 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33276 33277 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 33278 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 33279 // is included in the response so that you can retrieve the remaining results. 33280 // 33281 // Default: 100 33282 // 33283 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 33284 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 33285 33286 // The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. 33287 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 33288 } 33289 33290 // String returns the string representation. 33291 // 33292 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33293 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33294 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33295 func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string { 33296 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33297 } 33298 33299 // GoString returns the string representation. 33300 // 33301 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33302 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33303 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33304 func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string { 33305 return s.String() 33306 } 33307 33308 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 33309 func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error { 33310 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"} 33311 if s.Filters != nil { 33312 for i, v := range s.Filters { 33313 if v == nil { 33314 continue 33315 } 33316 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 33317 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 33318 } 33319 } 33320 } 33321 33322 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 33323 return invalidParams 33324 } 33325 return nil 33326 } 33327 33328 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 33329 func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 33330 s.Filters = v 33331 return s 33332 } 33333 33334 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33335 func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 33336 s.Marker = &v 33337 return s 33338 } 33339 33340 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 33341 func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 33342 s.MaxRecords = &v 33343 return s 33344 } 33345 33346 // SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 33347 func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 33348 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 33349 return s 33350 } 33351 33352 // Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action. 33353 type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct { 33354 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33355 33356 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 33357 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 33358 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 33359 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33360 33361 // A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. 33362 PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"` 33363 } 33364 33365 // String returns the string representation. 33366 // 33367 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33368 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33369 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33370 func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string { 33371 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33372 } 33373 33374 // GoString returns the string representation. 33375 // 33376 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33377 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33378 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33379 func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string { 33380 return s.String() 33381 } 33382 33383 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33384 func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 33385 s.Marker = &v 33386 return s 33387 } 33388 33389 // SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 33390 func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 33391 s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v 33392 return s 33393 } 33394 33395 type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct { 33396 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33397 33398 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those 33399 // reservations matching the specified DB instances class. 33400 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 33401 33402 // The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter 33403 // to show only reservations for this duration. 33404 // 33405 // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 33406 Duration *string `type:"string"` 33407 33408 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 33409 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 33410 33411 // The lease identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 33412 // reservation that matches the specified lease ID. 33413 // 33414 // Amazon Web Services Support might request the lease ID for an issue related 33415 // to a reserved DB instance. 33416 LeaseId *string `type:"string"` 33417 33418 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 33419 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 33420 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 33421 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33422 33423 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 33424 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 33425 // in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 33426 // 33427 // Default: 100 33428 // 33429 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 33430 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 33431 33432 // A value that indicates whether to show only those reservations that support 33433 // Multi-AZ. 33434 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 33435 33436 // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 33437 // offerings matching the specified offering type. 33438 // 33439 // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" 33440 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 33441 33442 // The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 33443 // those reservations matching the specified product description. 33444 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 33445 33446 // The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter 33447 // to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. 33448 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 33449 33450 // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 33451 // purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. 33452 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 33453 } 33454 33455 // String returns the string representation. 33456 // 33457 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33458 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33459 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33460 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string { 33461 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33462 } 33463 33464 // GoString returns the string representation. 33465 // 33466 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33467 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33468 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33469 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 33470 return s.String() 33471 } 33472 33473 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 33474 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 33475 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput"} 33476 if s.Filters != nil { 33477 for i, v := range s.Filters { 33478 if v == nil { 33479 continue 33480 } 33481 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 33482 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 33483 } 33484 } 33485 } 33486 33487 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 33488 return invalidParams 33489 } 33490 return nil 33491 } 33492 33493 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 33494 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33495 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 33496 return s 33497 } 33498 33499 // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 33500 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33501 s.Duration = &v 33502 return s 33503 } 33504 33505 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 33506 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33507 s.Filters = v 33508 return s 33509 } 33510 33511 // SetLeaseId sets the LeaseId field's value. 33512 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetLeaseId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33513 s.LeaseId = &v 33514 return s 33515 } 33516 33517 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33518 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33519 s.Marker = &v 33520 return s 33521 } 33522 33523 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 33524 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33525 s.MaxRecords = &v 33526 return s 33527 } 33528 33529 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 33530 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33531 s.MultiAZ = &v 33532 return s 33533 } 33534 33535 // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 33536 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33537 s.OfferingType = &v 33538 return s 33539 } 33540 33541 // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 33542 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33543 s.ProductDescription = &v 33544 return s 33545 } 33546 33547 // SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 33548 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33549 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 33550 return s 33551 } 33552 33553 // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 33554 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 33555 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 33556 return s 33557 } 33558 33559 type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct { 33560 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33561 33562 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 33563 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 33564 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 33565 33566 // Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter 33567 // to show only reservations for this duration. 33568 // 33569 // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 33570 Duration *string `type:"string"` 33571 33572 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 33573 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 33574 33575 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 33576 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 33577 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 33578 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33579 33580 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 33581 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 33582 // in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 33583 // 33584 // Default: 100 33585 // 33586 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 33587 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 33588 33589 // A value that indicates whether to show only those reservations that support 33590 // Multi-AZ. 33591 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 33592 33593 // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 33594 // offerings matching the specified offering type. 33595 // 33596 // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" 33597 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 33598 33599 // Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 33600 // available offerings that contain the specified product description. 33601 // 33602 // The results show offerings that partially match the filter value. 33603 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 33604 33605 // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 33606 // the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. 33607 // 33608 // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 33609 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 33610 } 33611 33612 // String returns the string representation. 33613 // 33614 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33615 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33616 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33617 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string { 33618 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33619 } 33620 33621 // GoString returns the string representation. 33622 // 33623 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33624 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33625 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33626 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string { 33627 return s.String() 33628 } 33629 33630 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 33631 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error { 33632 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput"} 33633 if s.Filters != nil { 33634 for i, v := range s.Filters { 33635 if v == nil { 33636 continue 33637 } 33638 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 33639 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 33640 } 33641 } 33642 } 33643 33644 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 33645 return invalidParams 33646 } 33647 return nil 33648 } 33649 33650 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 33651 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33652 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 33653 return s 33654 } 33655 33656 // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 33657 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33658 s.Duration = &v 33659 return s 33660 } 33661 33662 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 33663 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33664 s.Filters = v 33665 return s 33666 } 33667 33668 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33669 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33670 s.Marker = &v 33671 return s 33672 } 33673 33674 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 33675 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33676 s.MaxRecords = &v 33677 return s 33678 } 33679 33680 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 33681 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33682 s.MultiAZ = &v 33683 return s 33684 } 33685 33686 // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 33687 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33688 s.OfferingType = &v 33689 return s 33690 } 33691 33692 // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 33693 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33694 s.ProductDescription = &v 33695 return s 33696 } 33697 33698 // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 33699 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 33700 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 33701 return s 33702 } 33703 33704 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 33705 // action. 33706 type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct { 33707 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33708 33709 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 33710 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 33711 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 33712 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33713 33714 // A list of reserved DB instance offerings. 33715 ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"` 33716 } 33717 33718 // String returns the string representation. 33719 // 33720 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33721 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33722 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33723 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string { 33724 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33725 } 33726 33727 // GoString returns the string representation. 33728 // 33729 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33730 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33731 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33732 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { 33733 return s.String() 33734 } 33735 33736 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33737 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { 33738 s.Marker = &v 33739 return s 33740 } 33741 33742 // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferings field's value. 33743 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings(v []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { 33744 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferings = v 33745 return s 33746 } 33747 33748 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances 33749 // action. 33750 type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct { 33751 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33752 33753 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 33754 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 33755 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 33756 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33757 33758 // A list of reserved DB instances. 33759 ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"` 33760 } 33761 33762 // String returns the string representation. 33763 // 33764 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33765 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33766 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33767 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 33768 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33769 } 33770 33771 // GoString returns the string representation. 33772 // 33773 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33774 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33775 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33776 func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 33777 return s.String() 33778 } 33779 33780 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33781 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { 33782 s.Marker = &v 33783 return s 33784 } 33785 33786 // SetReservedDBInstances sets the ReservedDBInstances field's value. 33787 func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetReservedDBInstances(v []*ReservedDBInstance) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { 33788 s.ReservedDBInstances = v 33789 return s 33790 } 33791 33792 type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct { 33793 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33794 33795 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 33796 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 33797 33798 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions 33799 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 33800 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 33801 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33802 33803 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 33804 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 33805 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 33806 // 33807 // Default: 100 33808 // 33809 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 33810 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 33811 33812 // The source Amazon Web Services Region name. For example, us-east-1. 33813 // 33814 // Constraints: 33815 // 33816 // * Must specify a valid Amazon Web Services Region name. 33817 RegionName *string `type:"string"` 33818 } 33819 33820 // String returns the string representation. 33821 // 33822 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33823 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33824 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33825 func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string { 33826 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33827 } 33828 33829 // GoString returns the string representation. 33830 // 33831 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33832 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33833 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33834 func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) GoString() string { 33835 return s.String() 33836 } 33837 33838 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 33839 func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error { 33840 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSourceRegionsInput"} 33841 if s.Filters != nil { 33842 for i, v := range s.Filters { 33843 if v == nil { 33844 continue 33845 } 33846 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 33847 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 33848 } 33849 } 33850 } 33851 33852 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 33853 return invalidParams 33854 } 33855 return nil 33856 } 33857 33858 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 33859 func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 33860 s.Filters = v 33861 return s 33862 } 33863 33864 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33865 func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 33866 s.Marker = &v 33867 return s 33868 } 33869 33870 // SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 33871 func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 33872 s.MaxRecords = &v 33873 return s 33874 } 33875 33876 // SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. 33877 func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetRegionName(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 33878 s.RegionName = &v 33879 return s 33880 } 33881 33882 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions 33883 // action. 33884 type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct { 33885 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33886 33887 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 33888 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 33889 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 33890 Marker *string `type:"string"` 33891 33892 // A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source Amazon Web Services 33893 // Region that the current Amazon Web Services Region can get a read replica 33894 // or a DB snapshot from. 33895 SourceRegions []*SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"` 33896 } 33897 33898 // String returns the string representation. 33899 // 33900 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33901 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33902 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33903 func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string { 33904 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33905 } 33906 33907 // GoString returns the string representation. 33908 // 33909 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33910 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33911 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33912 func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) GoString() string { 33913 return s.String() 33914 } 33915 33916 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 33917 func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { 33918 s.Marker = &v 33919 return s 33920 } 33921 33922 // SetSourceRegions sets the SourceRegions field's value. 33923 func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetSourceRegions(v []*SourceRegion) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { 33924 s.SourceRegions = v 33925 return s 33926 } 33927 33928 type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct { 33929 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33930 33931 // The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance. 33932 // 33933 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 33934 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 33935 } 33936 33937 // String returns the string representation. 33938 // 33939 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33940 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33941 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33942 func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string { 33943 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33944 } 33945 33946 // GoString returns the string representation. 33947 // 33948 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33949 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33950 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33951 func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) GoString() string { 33952 return s.String() 33953 } 33954 33955 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 33956 func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error { 33957 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput"} 33958 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 33959 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 33960 } 33961 33962 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 33963 return invalidParams 33964 } 33965 return nil 33966 } 33967 33968 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 33969 func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput { 33970 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 33971 return s 33972 } 33973 33974 type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct { 33975 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 33976 33977 // Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 33978 // Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 33979 // action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 33980 ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"` 33981 } 33982 33983 // String returns the string representation. 33984 // 33985 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33986 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33987 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33988 func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string { 33989 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 33990 } 33991 33992 // GoString returns the string representation. 33993 // 33994 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 33995 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 33996 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 33997 func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) GoString() string { 33998 return s.String() 33999 } 34000 34001 // SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage sets the ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage field's value. 34002 func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage(v *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput { 34003 s.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = v 34004 return s 34005 } 34006 34007 // An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance 34008 // or cluster. 34009 type DomainMembership struct { 34010 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34011 34012 // The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. 34013 Domain *string `type:"string"` 34014 34015 // The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. 34016 FQDN *string `type:"string"` 34017 34018 // The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory 34019 // Service. 34020 IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 34021 34022 // The status of the Active Directory Domain membership for the DB instance 34023 // or cluster. Values include joined, pending-join, failed, and so on. 34024 Status *string `type:"string"` 34025 } 34026 34027 // String returns the string representation. 34028 // 34029 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34030 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34031 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34032 func (s DomainMembership) String() string { 34033 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34034 } 34035 34036 // GoString returns the string representation. 34037 // 34038 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34039 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34040 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34041 func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string { 34042 return s.String() 34043 } 34044 34045 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 34046 func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership { 34047 s.Domain = &v 34048 return s 34049 } 34050 34051 // SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value. 34052 func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership { 34053 s.FQDN = &v 34054 return s 34055 } 34056 34057 // SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value. 34058 func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership { 34059 s.IAMRoleName = &v 34060 return s 34061 } 34062 34063 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 34064 func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership { 34065 s.Status = &v 34066 return s 34067 } 34068 34069 // A range of double values. 34070 type DoubleRange struct { 34071 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34072 34073 // The minimum value in the range. 34074 From *float64 `type:"double"` 34075 34076 // The maximum value in the range. 34077 To *float64 `type:"double"` 34078 } 34079 34080 // String returns the string representation. 34081 // 34082 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34083 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34084 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34085 func (s DoubleRange) String() string { 34086 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34087 } 34088 34089 // GoString returns the string representation. 34090 // 34091 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34092 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34093 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34094 func (s DoubleRange) GoString() string { 34095 return s.String() 34096 } 34097 34098 // SetFrom sets the From field's value. 34099 func (s *DoubleRange) SetFrom(v float64) *DoubleRange { 34100 s.From = &v 34101 return s 34102 } 34103 34104 // SetTo sets the To field's value. 34105 func (s *DoubleRange) SetTo(v float64) *DoubleRange { 34106 s.To = &v 34107 return s 34108 } 34109 34110 type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct { 34111 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34112 34113 // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files 34114 // you want to list. 34115 // 34116 // Constraints: 34117 // 34118 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 34119 // 34120 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 34121 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 34122 34123 // The name of the log file to be downloaded. 34124 // 34125 // LogFileName is a required field 34126 LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 34127 34128 // The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker 34129 // parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker 34130 // until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. 34131 Marker *string `type:"string"` 34132 34133 // The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results 34134 // in a file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size. 34135 // 34136 // If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned 34137 // can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value 34138 // of the Marker parameter. 34139 // 34140 // * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file 34141 // is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent 34142 // log entries first. 34143 // 34144 // * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker isn't specified, then the most 34145 // recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. 34146 // 34147 // * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from 34148 // the beginning of the log file are returned. 34149 // 34150 // * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size 34151 // of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value 34152 // of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker 34153 // value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request, 34154 // continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. 34155 NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"` 34156 } 34157 34158 // String returns the string representation. 34159 // 34160 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34161 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34162 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34163 func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string { 34164 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34165 } 34166 34167 // GoString returns the string representation. 34168 // 34169 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34170 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34171 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34172 func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string { 34173 return s.String() 34174 } 34175 34176 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 34177 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error { 34178 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput"} 34179 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 34180 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 34181 } 34182 if s.LogFileName == nil { 34183 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogFileName")) 34184 } 34185 34186 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 34187 return invalidParams 34188 } 34189 return nil 34190 } 34191 34192 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 34193 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 34194 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 34195 return s 34196 } 34197 34198 // SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. 34199 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetLogFileName(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 34200 s.LogFileName = &v 34201 return s 34202 } 34203 34204 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 34205 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 34206 s.Marker = &v 34207 return s 34208 } 34209 34210 // SetNumberOfLines sets the NumberOfLines field's value. 34211 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetNumberOfLines(v int64) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 34212 s.NumberOfLines = &v 34213 return s 34214 } 34215 34216 // This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion. 34217 type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct { 34218 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34219 34220 // Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded. 34221 AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"` 34222 34223 // Entries from the specified log file. 34224 LogFileData *string `type:"string"` 34225 34226 // A pagination token that can be used in a later DownloadDBLogFilePortion request. 34227 Marker *string `type:"string"` 34228 } 34229 34230 // String returns the string representation. 34231 // 34232 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34233 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34234 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34235 func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string { 34236 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34237 } 34238 34239 // GoString returns the string representation. 34240 // 34241 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34242 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34243 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34244 func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string { 34245 return s.String() 34246 } 34247 34248 // SetAdditionalDataPending sets the AdditionalDataPending field's value. 34249 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetAdditionalDataPending(v bool) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 34250 s.AdditionalDataPending = &v 34251 return s 34252 } 34253 34254 // SetLogFileData sets the LogFileData field's value. 34255 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetLogFileData(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 34256 s.LogFileData = &v 34257 return s 34258 } 34259 34260 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 34261 func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 34262 s.Marker = &v 34263 return s 34264 } 34265 34266 // This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 34267 // 34268 // * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 34269 // 34270 // * DescribeDBSecurityGroups 34271 // 34272 // * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 34273 type EC2SecurityGroup struct { 34274 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34275 34276 // Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. 34277 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 34278 34279 // Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. 34280 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 34281 34282 // Specifies the Amazon Web Services ID of the owner of the EC2 security group 34283 // specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName field. 34284 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 34285 34286 // Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", 34287 // "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". 34288 Status *string `type:"string"` 34289 } 34290 34291 // String returns the string representation. 34292 // 34293 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34294 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34295 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34296 func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string { 34297 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34298 } 34299 34300 // GoString returns the string representation. 34301 // 34302 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34303 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34304 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34305 func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string { 34306 return s.String() 34307 } 34308 34309 // SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 34310 func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 34311 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 34312 return s 34313 } 34314 34315 // SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 34316 func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 34317 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 34318 return s 34319 } 34320 34321 // SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 34322 func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 34323 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 34324 return s 34325 } 34326 34327 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 34328 func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 34329 s.Status = &v 34330 return s 34331 } 34332 34333 // This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 34334 // RDS DB instance. This data type is used as a response element in the following 34335 // actions: 34336 // 34337 // * CreateDBInstance 34338 // 34339 // * DescribeDBInstances 34340 // 34341 // * DeleteDBInstance 34342 // 34343 // For the data structure that represents Amazon Aurora DB cluster endpoints, 34344 // see DBClusterEndpoint. 34345 type Endpoint struct { 34346 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34347 34348 // Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. 34349 Address *string `type:"string"` 34350 34351 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 34352 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 34353 34354 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 34355 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 34356 } 34357 34358 // String returns the string representation. 34359 // 34360 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34361 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34362 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34363 func (s Endpoint) String() string { 34364 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34365 } 34366 34367 // GoString returns the string representation. 34368 // 34369 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34370 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34371 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34372 func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { 34373 return s.String() 34374 } 34375 34376 // SetAddress sets the Address field's value. 34377 func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint { 34378 s.Address = &v 34379 return s 34380 } 34381 34382 // SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 34383 func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint { 34384 s.HostedZoneId = &v 34385 return s 34386 } 34387 34388 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 34389 func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint { 34390 s.Port = &v 34391 return s 34392 } 34393 34394 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 34395 // action. 34396 type EngineDefaults struct { 34397 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34398 34399 // Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default 34400 // parameters apply to. 34401 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 34402 34403 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. 34404 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 34405 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 34406 Marker *string `type:"string"` 34407 34408 // Contains a list of engine default parameters. 34409 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 34410 } 34411 34412 // String returns the string representation. 34413 // 34414 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34415 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34416 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34417 func (s EngineDefaults) String() string { 34418 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34419 } 34420 34421 // GoString returns the string representation. 34422 // 34423 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34424 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34425 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34426 func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string { 34427 return s.String() 34428 } 34429 34430 // SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 34431 func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults { 34432 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 34433 return s 34434 } 34435 34436 // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 34437 func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults { 34438 s.Marker = &v 34439 return s 34440 } 34441 34442 // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 34443 func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults { 34444 s.Parameters = v 34445 return s 34446 } 34447 34448 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action. 34449 type Event struct { 34450 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34451 34452 // Specifies the date and time of the event. 34453 Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 34454 34455 // Specifies the category for the event. 34456 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 34457 34458 // Provides the text of this event. 34459 Message *string `type:"string"` 34460 34461 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. 34462 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 34463 34464 // Provides the identifier for the source of the event. 34465 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 34466 34467 // Specifies the source type for this event. 34468 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 34469 } 34470 34471 // String returns the string representation. 34472 // 34473 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34474 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34475 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34476 func (s Event) String() string { 34477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34478 } 34479 34480 // GoString returns the string representation. 34481 // 34482 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34483 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34484 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34485 func (s Event) GoString() string { 34486 return s.String() 34487 } 34488 34489 // SetDate sets the Date field's value. 34490 func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event { 34491 s.Date = &v 34492 return s 34493 } 34494 34495 // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 34496 func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event { 34497 s.EventCategories = v 34498 return s 34499 } 34500 34501 // SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 34502 func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event { 34503 s.Message = &v 34504 return s 34505 } 34506 34507 // SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 34508 func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event { 34509 s.SourceArn = &v 34510 return s 34511 } 34512 34513 // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 34514 func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event { 34515 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 34516 return s 34517 } 34518 34519 // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 34520 func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event { 34521 s.SourceType = &v 34522 return s 34523 } 34524 34525 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories 34526 // operation. 34527 type EventCategoriesMap struct { 34528 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34529 34530 // The event categories for the specified source type 34531 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 34532 34533 // The source type that the returned categories belong to 34534 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 34535 } 34536 34537 // String returns the string representation. 34538 // 34539 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34540 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34541 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34542 func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string { 34543 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34544 } 34545 34546 // GoString returns the string representation. 34547 // 34548 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34549 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34550 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34551 func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string { 34552 return s.String() 34553 } 34554 34555 // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 34556 func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap { 34557 s.EventCategories = v 34558 return s 34559 } 34560 34561 // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 34562 func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap { 34563 s.SourceType = &v 34564 return s 34565 } 34566 34567 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 34568 // action. 34569 type EventSubscription struct { 34570 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34571 34572 // The RDS event notification subscription Id. 34573 CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"` 34574 34575 // The Amazon Web Services customer account associated with the RDS event notification 34576 // subscription. 34577 CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"` 34578 34579 // A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates 34580 // the subscription is enabled. 34581 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 34582 34583 // A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. 34584 EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 34585 34586 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. 34587 EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"` 34588 34589 // The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. 34590 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 34591 34592 // A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. 34593 SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 34594 34595 // The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. 34596 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 34597 34598 // The status of the RDS event notification subscription. 34599 // 34600 // Constraints: 34601 // 34602 // Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission 34603 // | topic-not-exist 34604 // 34605 // The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to 34606 // post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic 34607 // was deleted after the subscription was created. 34608 Status *string `type:"string"` 34609 34610 // The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. 34611 SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"` 34612 } 34613 34614 // String returns the string representation. 34615 // 34616 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34617 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34618 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34619 func (s EventSubscription) String() string { 34620 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34621 } 34622 34623 // GoString returns the string representation. 34624 // 34625 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34626 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34627 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34628 func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string { 34629 return s.String() 34630 } 34631 34632 // SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value. 34633 func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription { 34634 s.CustSubscriptionId = &v 34635 return s 34636 } 34637 34638 // SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value. 34639 func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription { 34640 s.CustomerAwsId = &v 34641 return s 34642 } 34643 34644 // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 34645 func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription { 34646 s.Enabled = &v 34647 return s 34648 } 34649 34650 // SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value. 34651 func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 34652 s.EventCategoriesList = v 34653 return s 34654 } 34655 34656 // SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value. 34657 func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 34658 s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v 34659 return s 34660 } 34661 34662 // SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 34663 func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 34664 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 34665 return s 34666 } 34667 34668 // SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value. 34669 func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 34670 s.SourceIdsList = v 34671 return s 34672 } 34673 34674 // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 34675 func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription { 34676 s.SourceType = &v 34677 return s 34678 } 34679 34680 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 34681 func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription { 34682 s.Status = &v 34683 return s 34684 } 34685 34686 // SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value. 34687 func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription { 34688 s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v 34689 return s 34690 } 34691 34692 // Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3. 34693 // 34694 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action. 34695 type ExportTask struct { 34696 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34697 34698 // The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following: 34699 // 34700 // * database - Export all the data from a specified database. 34701 // 34702 // * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot. This format 34703 // is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora MySQL. 34704 // 34705 // * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot. 34706 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 34707 // 34708 // * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema. 34709 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 34710 ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"` 34711 34712 // A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier 34713 // for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to. 34714 ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 34715 34716 // The reason the export failed, if it failed. 34717 FailureCause *string `type:"string"` 34718 34719 // The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting 34720 // a snapshot. 34721 IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 34722 34723 // The key identifier of the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK) 34724 // that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The 34725 // Amazon Web Services KMS CMK identifier is its key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, 34726 // or alias name. The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption 34727 // and decryption permissions to use this Amazon Web Services KMS CMK. 34728 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 34729 34730 // The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage. 34731 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 34732 34733 // The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to. 34734 S3Bucket *string `type:"string"` 34735 34736 // The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported 34737 // snapshot. 34738 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 34739 34740 // The time that the snapshot was created. 34741 SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 34742 34743 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3. 34744 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 34745 34746 // The progress status of the export task. 34747 Status *string `type:"string"` 34748 34749 // The time that the snapshot export task completed. 34750 TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 34751 34752 // The time that the snapshot export task started. 34753 TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 34754 34755 // The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes. 34756 TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"` 34757 34758 // A warning about the snapshot export task. 34759 WarningMessage *string `type:"string"` 34760 } 34761 34762 // String returns the string representation. 34763 // 34764 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34765 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34766 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34767 func (s ExportTask) String() string { 34768 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34769 } 34770 34771 // GoString returns the string representation. 34772 // 34773 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34774 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34775 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34776 func (s ExportTask) GoString() string { 34777 return s.String() 34778 } 34779 34780 // SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value. 34781 func (s *ExportTask) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *ExportTask { 34782 s.ExportOnly = v 34783 return s 34784 } 34785 34786 // SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value. 34787 func (s *ExportTask) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *ExportTask { 34788 s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v 34789 return s 34790 } 34791 34792 // SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value. 34793 func (s *ExportTask) SetFailureCause(v string) *ExportTask { 34794 s.FailureCause = &v 34795 return s 34796 } 34797 34798 // SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value. 34799 func (s *ExportTask) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *ExportTask { 34800 s.IamRoleArn = &v 34801 return s 34802 } 34803 34804 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 34805 func (s *ExportTask) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *ExportTask { 34806 s.KmsKeyId = &v 34807 return s 34808 } 34809 34810 // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 34811 func (s *ExportTask) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *ExportTask { 34812 s.PercentProgress = &v 34813 return s 34814 } 34815 34816 // SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value. 34817 func (s *ExportTask) SetS3Bucket(v string) *ExportTask { 34818 s.S3Bucket = &v 34819 return s 34820 } 34821 34822 // SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 34823 func (s *ExportTask) SetS3Prefix(v string) *ExportTask { 34824 s.S3Prefix = &v 34825 return s 34826 } 34827 34828 // SetSnapshotTime sets the SnapshotTime field's value. 34829 func (s *ExportTask) SetSnapshotTime(v time.Time) *ExportTask { 34830 s.SnapshotTime = &v 34831 return s 34832 } 34833 34834 // SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 34835 func (s *ExportTask) SetSourceArn(v string) *ExportTask { 34836 s.SourceArn = &v 34837 return s 34838 } 34839 34840 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 34841 func (s *ExportTask) SetStatus(v string) *ExportTask { 34842 s.Status = &v 34843 return s 34844 } 34845 34846 // SetTaskEndTime sets the TaskEndTime field's value. 34847 func (s *ExportTask) SetTaskEndTime(v time.Time) *ExportTask { 34848 s.TaskEndTime = &v 34849 return s 34850 } 34851 34852 // SetTaskStartTime sets the TaskStartTime field's value. 34853 func (s *ExportTask) SetTaskStartTime(v time.Time) *ExportTask { 34854 s.TaskStartTime = &v 34855 return s 34856 } 34857 34858 // SetTotalExtractedDataInGB sets the TotalExtractedDataInGB field's value. 34859 func (s *ExportTask) SetTotalExtractedDataInGB(v int64) *ExportTask { 34860 s.TotalExtractedDataInGB = &v 34861 return s 34862 } 34863 34864 // SetWarningMessage sets the WarningMessage field's value. 34865 func (s *ExportTask) SetWarningMessage(v string) *ExportTask { 34866 s.WarningMessage = &v 34867 return s 34868 } 34869 34870 type FailoverDBClusterInput struct { 34871 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34872 34873 // A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 34874 // 34875 // Constraints: 34876 // 34877 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 34878 // 34879 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 34880 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 34881 34882 // The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. 34883 // 34884 // You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB 34885 // cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1. 34886 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 34887 } 34888 34889 // String returns the string representation. 34890 // 34891 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34892 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34893 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34894 func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string { 34895 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34896 } 34897 34898 // GoString returns the string representation. 34899 // 34900 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34901 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34902 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34903 func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 34904 return s.String() 34905 } 34906 34907 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 34908 func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 34909 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FailoverDBClusterInput"} 34910 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 34911 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 34912 } 34913 34914 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 34915 return invalidParams 34916 } 34917 return nil 34918 } 34919 34920 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 34921 func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 34922 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 34923 return s 34924 } 34925 34926 // SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 34927 func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 34928 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 34929 return s 34930 } 34931 34932 type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct { 34933 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34934 34935 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 34936 // 34937 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 34938 // and StartDBCluster actions. 34939 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 34940 } 34941 34942 // String returns the string representation. 34943 // 34944 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34945 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34946 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34947 func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string { 34948 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34949 } 34950 34951 // GoString returns the string representation. 34952 // 34953 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34954 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34955 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34956 func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 34957 return s.String() 34958 } 34959 34960 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 34961 func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput { 34962 s.DBCluster = v 34963 return s 34964 } 34965 34966 type FailoverGlobalClusterInput struct { 34967 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 34968 34969 // Identifier of the Aurora global database (GlobalCluster) that should be failed 34970 // over. The identifier is the unique key assigned by the user when the Aurora 34971 // global database was created. In other words, it's the name of the Aurora 34972 // global database that you want to fail over. 34973 // 34974 // Constraints: 34975 // 34976 // * Must match the identifier of an existing GlobalCluster (Aurora global 34977 // database). 34978 // 34979 // GlobalClusterIdentifier is a required field 34980 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 34981 34982 // Identifier of the secondary Aurora DB cluster that you want to promote to 34983 // primary for the Aurora global database (GlobalCluster.) Use the Amazon Resource 34984 // Name (ARN) for the identifier so that Aurora can locate the cluster in its 34985 // Amazon Web Services Region. 34986 // 34987 // TargetDbClusterIdentifier is a required field 34988 TargetDbClusterIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 34989 } 34990 34991 // String returns the string representation. 34992 // 34993 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 34994 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 34995 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 34996 func (s FailoverGlobalClusterInput) String() string { 34997 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 34998 } 34999 35000 // GoString returns the string representation. 35001 // 35002 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35003 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35004 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35005 func (s FailoverGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string { 35006 return s.String() 35007 } 35008 35009 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 35010 func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) Validate() error { 35011 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FailoverGlobalClusterInput"} 35012 if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier == nil { 35013 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GlobalClusterIdentifier")) 35014 } 35015 if s.GlobalClusterIdentifier != nil && len(*s.GlobalClusterIdentifier) < 1 { 35016 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlobalClusterIdentifier", 1)) 35017 } 35018 if s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier == nil { 35019 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDbClusterIdentifier")) 35020 } 35021 if s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier != nil && len(*s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier) < 1 { 35022 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TargetDbClusterIdentifier", 1)) 35023 } 35024 35025 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 35026 return invalidParams 35027 } 35028 return nil 35029 } 35030 35031 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 35032 func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverGlobalClusterInput { 35033 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 35034 return s 35035 } 35036 35037 // SetTargetDbClusterIdentifier sets the TargetDbClusterIdentifier field's value. 35038 func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterInput) SetTargetDbClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverGlobalClusterInput { 35039 s.TargetDbClusterIdentifier = &v 35040 return s 35041 } 35042 35043 type FailoverGlobalClusterOutput struct { 35044 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35045 35046 // A data type representing an Aurora global database. 35047 GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"` 35048 } 35049 35050 // String returns the string representation. 35051 // 35052 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35053 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35054 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35055 func (s FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) String() string { 35056 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35057 } 35058 35059 // GoString returns the string representation. 35060 // 35061 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35062 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35063 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35064 func (s FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string { 35065 return s.String() 35066 } 35067 35068 // SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value. 35069 func (s *FailoverGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *FailoverGlobalClusterOutput { 35070 s.GlobalCluster = v 35071 return s 35072 } 35073 35074 // Contains the state of scheduled or in-process failover operations on an Aurora 35075 // global database (GlobalCluster). This Data type is empty unless a failover 35076 // operation is scheduled or is currently underway on the Aurora global database. 35077 type FailoverState struct { 35078 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35079 35080 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Aurora DB cluster that is currently 35081 // being demoted, and which is associated with this state. 35082 FromDbClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 35083 35084 // The current status of the Aurora global database (GlobalCluster). Possible 35085 // values are as follows: 35086 // 35087 // * pending – A request to fail over the Aurora global database (GlobalCluster) 35088 // has been received by the service. The GlobalCluster's primary DB cluster 35089 // and the specified secondary DB cluster are being verified before the failover 35090 // process can start. 35091 // 35092 // * failing-over – This status covers the range of Aurora internal operations 35093 // that take place during the failover process, such as demoting the primary 35094 // Aurora DB cluster, promoting the secondary Aurora DB, and synchronizing 35095 // replicas. 35096 // 35097 // * cancelling – The request to fail over the Aurora global database (GlobalCluster) 35098 // was cancelled and the primary Aurora DB cluster and the selected secondary 35099 // Aurora DB cluster are returning to their previous states. 35100 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"FailoverStatus"` 35101 35102 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Aurora DB cluster that is currently 35103 // being promoted, and which is associated with this state. 35104 ToDbClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 35105 } 35106 35107 // String returns the string representation. 35108 // 35109 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35110 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35111 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35112 func (s FailoverState) String() string { 35113 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35114 } 35115 35116 // GoString returns the string representation. 35117 // 35118 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35119 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35120 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35121 func (s FailoverState) GoString() string { 35122 return s.String() 35123 } 35124 35125 // SetFromDbClusterArn sets the FromDbClusterArn field's value. 35126 func (s *FailoverState) SetFromDbClusterArn(v string) *FailoverState { 35127 s.FromDbClusterArn = &v 35128 return s 35129 } 35130 35131 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 35132 func (s *FailoverState) SetStatus(v string) *FailoverState { 35133 s.Status = &v 35134 return s 35135 } 35136 35137 // SetToDbClusterArn sets the ToDbClusterArn field's value. 35138 func (s *FailoverState) SetToDbClusterArn(v string) *FailoverState { 35139 s.ToDbClusterArn = &v 35140 return s 35141 } 35142 35143 // A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list 35144 // of results from a describe operation. Filters can be used to match a set 35145 // of resources by specific criteria, such as IDs. The filters supported by 35146 // a describe operation are documented with the describe operation. 35147 // 35148 // Currently, wildcards are not supported in filters. 35149 // 35150 // The following actions can be filtered: 35151 // 35152 // * DescribeDBClusterBacktracks 35153 // 35154 // * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 35155 // 35156 // * DescribeDBClusters 35157 // 35158 // * DescribeDBInstances 35159 // 35160 // * DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 35161 type Filter struct { 35162 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35163 35164 // The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. 35165 // 35166 // Name is a required field 35167 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 35168 35169 // One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. 35170 // 35171 // Values is a required field 35172 Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"` 35173 } 35174 35175 // String returns the string representation. 35176 // 35177 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35178 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35179 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35180 func (s Filter) String() string { 35181 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35182 } 35183 35184 // GoString returns the string representation. 35185 // 35186 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35187 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35188 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35189 func (s Filter) GoString() string { 35190 return s.String() 35191 } 35192 35193 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 35194 func (s *Filter) Validate() error { 35195 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"} 35196 if s.Name == nil { 35197 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 35198 } 35199 if s.Values == nil { 35200 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) 35201 } 35202 35203 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 35204 return invalidParams 35205 } 35206 return nil 35207 } 35208 35209 // SetName sets the Name field's value. 35210 func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter { 35211 s.Name = &v 35212 return s 35213 } 35214 35215 // SetValues sets the Values field's value. 35216 func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter { 35217 s.Values = v 35218 return s 35219 } 35220 35221 // A data type representing an Aurora global database. 35222 type GlobalCluster struct { 35223 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35224 35225 // The default database name within the new global database cluster. 35226 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 35227 35228 // The deletion protection setting for the new global database cluster. 35229 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 35230 35231 // The Aurora database engine used by the global database cluster. 35232 Engine *string `type:"string"` 35233 35234 // Indicates the database engine version. 35235 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 35236 35237 // A data object containing all properties for the current state of an in-process 35238 // or pending failover process for this Aurora global database. This object 35239 // is empty unless the FailoverGlobalCluster API operation has been called on 35240 // this Aurora global database (GlobalCluster). 35241 FailoverState *FailoverState `type:"structure"` 35242 35243 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the global database cluster. 35244 GlobalClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 35245 35246 // Contains a user-supplied global database cluster identifier. This identifier 35247 // is the unique key that identifies a global database cluster. 35248 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 35249 35250 // The list of cluster IDs for secondary clusters within the global database 35251 // cluster. Currently limited to 1 item. 35252 GlobalClusterMembers []*GlobalClusterMember `locationNameList:"GlobalClusterMember" type:"list"` 35253 35254 // The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the global 35255 // database cluster. This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail 35256 // log entries whenever the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK) 35257 // for the DB cluster is accessed. 35258 GlobalClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` 35259 35260 // Specifies the current state of this global database cluster. 35261 Status *string `type:"string"` 35262 35263 // The storage encryption setting for the global database cluster. 35264 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 35265 } 35266 35267 // String returns the string representation. 35268 // 35269 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35270 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35271 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35272 func (s GlobalCluster) String() string { 35273 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35274 } 35275 35276 // GoString returns the string representation. 35277 // 35278 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35279 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35280 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35281 func (s GlobalCluster) GoString() string { 35282 return s.String() 35283 } 35284 35285 // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 35286 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GlobalCluster { 35287 s.DatabaseName = &v 35288 return s 35289 } 35290 35291 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 35292 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *GlobalCluster { 35293 s.DeletionProtection = &v 35294 return s 35295 } 35296 35297 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 35298 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetEngine(v string) *GlobalCluster { 35299 s.Engine = &v 35300 return s 35301 } 35302 35303 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 35304 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *GlobalCluster { 35305 s.EngineVersion = &v 35306 return s 35307 } 35308 35309 // SetFailoverState sets the FailoverState field's value. 35310 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetFailoverState(v *FailoverState) *GlobalCluster { 35311 s.FailoverState = v 35312 return s 35313 } 35314 35315 // SetGlobalClusterArn sets the GlobalClusterArn field's value. 35316 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterArn(v string) *GlobalCluster { 35317 s.GlobalClusterArn = &v 35318 return s 35319 } 35320 35321 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 35322 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *GlobalCluster { 35323 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 35324 return s 35325 } 35326 35327 // SetGlobalClusterMembers sets the GlobalClusterMembers field's value. 35328 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterMembers(v []*GlobalClusterMember) *GlobalCluster { 35329 s.GlobalClusterMembers = v 35330 return s 35331 } 35332 35333 // SetGlobalClusterResourceId sets the GlobalClusterResourceId field's value. 35334 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetGlobalClusterResourceId(v string) *GlobalCluster { 35335 s.GlobalClusterResourceId = &v 35336 return s 35337 } 35338 35339 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 35340 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetStatus(v string) *GlobalCluster { 35341 s.Status = &v 35342 return s 35343 } 35344 35345 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 35346 func (s *GlobalCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *GlobalCluster { 35347 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 35348 return s 35349 } 35350 35351 // A data structure with information about any primary and secondary clusters 35352 // associated with an Aurora global database. 35353 type GlobalClusterMember struct { 35354 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35355 35356 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for each Aurora cluster. 35357 DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 35358 35359 // Specifies whether a secondary cluster in an Aurora global database has write 35360 // forwarding enabled, not enabled, or is in the process of enabling it. 35361 GlobalWriteForwardingStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"WriteForwardingStatus"` 35362 35363 // Specifies whether the Aurora cluster is the primary cluster (that is, has 35364 // read-write capability) for the Aurora global database with which it is associated. 35365 IsWriter *bool `type:"boolean"` 35366 35367 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for each read-only secondary cluster associated 35368 // with the Aurora global database. 35369 Readers []*string `type:"list"` 35370 } 35371 35372 // String returns the string representation. 35373 // 35374 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35375 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35376 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35377 func (s GlobalClusterMember) String() string { 35378 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35379 } 35380 35381 // GoString returns the string representation. 35382 // 35383 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35384 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35385 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35386 func (s GlobalClusterMember) GoString() string { 35387 return s.String() 35388 } 35389 35390 // SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. 35391 func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *GlobalClusterMember { 35392 s.DBClusterArn = &v 35393 return s 35394 } 35395 35396 // SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus sets the GlobalWriteForwardingStatus field's value. 35397 func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetGlobalWriteForwardingStatus(v string) *GlobalClusterMember { 35398 s.GlobalWriteForwardingStatus = &v 35399 return s 35400 } 35401 35402 // SetIsWriter sets the IsWriter field's value. 35403 func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetIsWriter(v bool) *GlobalClusterMember { 35404 s.IsWriter = &v 35405 return s 35406 } 35407 35408 // SetReaders sets the Readers field's value. 35409 func (s *GlobalClusterMember) SetReaders(v []*string) *GlobalClusterMember { 35410 s.Readers = v 35411 return s 35412 } 35413 35414 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 35415 // action. 35416 type IPRange struct { 35417 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35418 35419 // Specifies the IP range. 35420 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 35421 35422 // Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", 35423 // "revoking", and "revoked". 35424 Status *string `type:"string"` 35425 } 35426 35427 // String returns the string representation. 35428 // 35429 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35430 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35431 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35432 func (s IPRange) String() string { 35433 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35434 } 35435 35436 // GoString returns the string representation. 35437 // 35438 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35439 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35440 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35441 func (s IPRange) GoString() string { 35442 return s.String() 35443 } 35444 35445 // SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 35446 func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange { 35447 s.CIDRIP = &v 35448 return s 35449 } 35450 35451 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 35452 func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange { 35453 s.Status = &v 35454 return s 35455 } 35456 35457 type ImportInstallationMediaInput struct { 35458 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35459 35460 // The identifier of the custom Availability Zone (AZ) to import the installation 35461 // media to. 35462 // 35463 // CustomAvailabilityZoneId is a required field 35464 CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 35465 35466 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 35467 // 35468 // The list only includes supported DB engines that require an on-premises customer 35469 // provided license. 35470 // 35471 // Valid Values: 35472 // 35473 // * sqlserver-ee 35474 // 35475 // * sqlserver-se 35476 // 35477 // * sqlserver-ex 35478 // 35479 // * sqlserver-web 35480 // 35481 // Engine is a required field 35482 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 35483 35484 // The path to the installation medium for the specified DB engine. 35485 // 35486 // Example: SQLServerISO/en_sql_server_2016_enterprise_x64_dvd_8701793.iso 35487 // 35488 // EngineInstallationMediaPath is a required field 35489 EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 35490 35491 // The version number of the database engine to use. 35492 // 35493 // For a list of valid engine versions, call DescribeDBEngineVersions. 35494 // 35495 // The following are the database engines and links to information about the 35496 // major and minor versions. The list only includes DB engines that require 35497 // an on-premises customer provided license. 35498 // 35499 // Microsoft SQL Server 35500 // 35501 // See Microsoft SQL Server Versions on Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.VersionSupport) 35502 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 35503 // 35504 // EngineVersion is a required field 35505 EngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 35506 35507 // The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with 35508 // the specified DB engine. 35509 // 35510 // Example: WindowsISO/en_windows_server_2016_x64_dvd_9327751.iso 35511 // 35512 // OSInstallationMediaPath is a required field 35513 OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 35514 } 35515 35516 // String returns the string representation. 35517 // 35518 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35519 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35520 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35521 func (s ImportInstallationMediaInput) String() string { 35522 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35523 } 35524 35525 // GoString returns the string representation. 35526 // 35527 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35528 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35529 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35530 func (s ImportInstallationMediaInput) GoString() string { 35531 return s.String() 35532 } 35533 35534 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 35535 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaInput) Validate() error { 35536 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportInstallationMediaInput"} 35537 if s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId == nil { 35538 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomAvailabilityZoneId")) 35539 } 35540 if s.Engine == nil { 35541 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 35542 } 35543 if s.EngineInstallationMediaPath == nil { 35544 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineInstallationMediaPath")) 35545 } 35546 if s.EngineVersion == nil { 35547 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineVersion")) 35548 } 35549 if s.OSInstallationMediaPath == nil { 35550 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OSInstallationMediaPath")) 35551 } 35552 35553 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 35554 return invalidParams 35555 } 35556 return nil 35557 } 35558 35559 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneId field's value. 35560 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaInput) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaInput { 35561 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId = &v 35562 return s 35563 } 35564 35565 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 35566 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaInput) SetEngine(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaInput { 35567 s.Engine = &v 35568 return s 35569 } 35570 35571 // SetEngineInstallationMediaPath sets the EngineInstallationMediaPath field's value. 35572 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaInput) SetEngineInstallationMediaPath(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaInput { 35573 s.EngineInstallationMediaPath = &v 35574 return s 35575 } 35576 35577 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 35578 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaInput { 35579 s.EngineVersion = &v 35580 return s 35581 } 35582 35583 // SetOSInstallationMediaPath sets the OSInstallationMediaPath field's value. 35584 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaInput) SetOSInstallationMediaPath(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaInput { 35585 s.OSInstallationMediaPath = &v 35586 return s 35587 } 35588 35589 // Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises 35590 // customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server. 35591 type ImportInstallationMediaOutput struct { 35592 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35593 35594 // The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media. 35595 CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"` 35596 35597 // The DB engine. 35598 Engine *string `type:"string"` 35599 35600 // The path to the installation medium for the DB engine. 35601 EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"` 35602 35603 // The engine version of the DB engine. 35604 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 35605 35606 // If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure. 35607 FailureCause *InstallationMediaFailureCause `type:"structure"` 35608 35609 // The installation medium ID. 35610 InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"` 35611 35612 // The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with 35613 // the DB engine. 35614 OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"` 35615 35616 // The status of the installation medium. 35617 Status *string `type:"string"` 35618 } 35619 35620 // String returns the string representation. 35621 // 35622 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35623 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35624 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35625 func (s ImportInstallationMediaOutput) String() string { 35626 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35627 } 35628 35629 // GoString returns the string representation. 35630 // 35631 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35632 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35633 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35634 func (s ImportInstallationMediaOutput) GoString() string { 35635 return s.String() 35636 } 35637 35638 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneId field's value. 35639 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35640 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId = &v 35641 return s 35642 } 35643 35644 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 35645 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetEngine(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35646 s.Engine = &v 35647 return s 35648 } 35649 35650 // SetEngineInstallationMediaPath sets the EngineInstallationMediaPath field's value. 35651 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetEngineInstallationMediaPath(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35652 s.EngineInstallationMediaPath = &v 35653 return s 35654 } 35655 35656 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 35657 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35658 s.EngineVersion = &v 35659 return s 35660 } 35661 35662 // SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value. 35663 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetFailureCause(v *InstallationMediaFailureCause) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35664 s.FailureCause = v 35665 return s 35666 } 35667 35668 // SetInstallationMediaId sets the InstallationMediaId field's value. 35669 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetInstallationMediaId(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35670 s.InstallationMediaId = &v 35671 return s 35672 } 35673 35674 // SetOSInstallationMediaPath sets the OSInstallationMediaPath field's value. 35675 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetOSInstallationMediaPath(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35676 s.OSInstallationMediaPath = &v 35677 return s 35678 } 35679 35680 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 35681 func (s *ImportInstallationMediaOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ImportInstallationMediaOutput { 35682 s.Status = &v 35683 return s 35684 } 35685 35686 // Contains the installation media for a DB engine that requires an on-premises 35687 // customer provided license, such as Microsoft SQL Server. 35688 type InstallationMedia struct { 35689 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35690 35691 // The custom Availability Zone (AZ) that contains the installation media. 35692 CustomAvailabilityZoneId *string `type:"string"` 35693 35694 // The DB engine. 35695 Engine *string `type:"string"` 35696 35697 // The path to the installation medium for the DB engine. 35698 EngineInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"` 35699 35700 // The engine version of the DB engine. 35701 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 35702 35703 // If an installation media failure occurred, the cause of the failure. 35704 FailureCause *InstallationMediaFailureCause `type:"structure"` 35705 35706 // The installation medium ID. 35707 InstallationMediaId *string `type:"string"` 35708 35709 // The path to the installation medium for the operating system associated with 35710 // the DB engine. 35711 OSInstallationMediaPath *string `type:"string"` 35712 35713 // The status of the installation medium. 35714 Status *string `type:"string"` 35715 } 35716 35717 // String returns the string representation. 35718 // 35719 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35720 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35721 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35722 func (s InstallationMedia) String() string { 35723 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35724 } 35725 35726 // GoString returns the string representation. 35727 // 35728 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35729 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35730 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35731 func (s InstallationMedia) GoString() string { 35732 return s.String() 35733 } 35734 35735 // SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId sets the CustomAvailabilityZoneId field's value. 35736 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetCustomAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *InstallationMedia { 35737 s.CustomAvailabilityZoneId = &v 35738 return s 35739 } 35740 35741 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 35742 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetEngine(v string) *InstallationMedia { 35743 s.Engine = &v 35744 return s 35745 } 35746 35747 // SetEngineInstallationMediaPath sets the EngineInstallationMediaPath field's value. 35748 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetEngineInstallationMediaPath(v string) *InstallationMedia { 35749 s.EngineInstallationMediaPath = &v 35750 return s 35751 } 35752 35753 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 35754 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetEngineVersion(v string) *InstallationMedia { 35755 s.EngineVersion = &v 35756 return s 35757 } 35758 35759 // SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value. 35760 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetFailureCause(v *InstallationMediaFailureCause) *InstallationMedia { 35761 s.FailureCause = v 35762 return s 35763 } 35764 35765 // SetInstallationMediaId sets the InstallationMediaId field's value. 35766 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetInstallationMediaId(v string) *InstallationMedia { 35767 s.InstallationMediaId = &v 35768 return s 35769 } 35770 35771 // SetOSInstallationMediaPath sets the OSInstallationMediaPath field's value. 35772 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetOSInstallationMediaPath(v string) *InstallationMedia { 35773 s.OSInstallationMediaPath = &v 35774 return s 35775 } 35776 35777 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 35778 func (s *InstallationMedia) SetStatus(v string) *InstallationMedia { 35779 s.Status = &v 35780 return s 35781 } 35782 35783 // Contains the cause of an installation media failure. Installation media is 35784 // used for a DB engine that requires an on-premises customer provided license, 35785 // such as Microsoft SQL Server. 35786 type InstallationMediaFailureCause struct { 35787 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35788 35789 // The reason that an installation media import failed. 35790 Message *string `type:"string"` 35791 } 35792 35793 // String returns the string representation. 35794 // 35795 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35796 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35797 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35798 func (s InstallationMediaFailureCause) String() string { 35799 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35800 } 35801 35802 // GoString returns the string representation. 35803 // 35804 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35805 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35806 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35807 func (s InstallationMediaFailureCause) GoString() string { 35808 return s.String() 35809 } 35810 35811 // SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 35812 func (s *InstallationMediaFailureCause) SetMessage(v string) *InstallationMediaFailureCause { 35813 s.Message = &v 35814 return s 35815 } 35816 35817 type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 35818 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35819 35820 // This parameter isn't currently supported. 35821 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 35822 35823 // The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource 35824 // Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN 35825 // for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing) 35826 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 35827 // 35828 // ResourceName is a required field 35829 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 35830 } 35831 35832 // String returns the string representation. 35833 // 35834 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35835 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35836 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35837 func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 35838 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35839 } 35840 35841 // GoString returns the string representation. 35842 // 35843 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35844 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35845 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35846 func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 35847 return s.String() 35848 } 35849 35850 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 35851 func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 35852 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 35853 if s.ResourceName == nil { 35854 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 35855 } 35856 if s.Filters != nil { 35857 for i, v := range s.Filters { 35858 if v == nil { 35859 continue 35860 } 35861 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 35862 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 35863 } 35864 } 35865 } 35866 35867 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 35868 return invalidParams 35869 } 35870 return nil 35871 } 35872 35873 // SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 35874 func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 35875 s.Filters = v 35876 return s 35877 } 35878 35879 // SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 35880 func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 35881 s.ResourceName = &v 35882 return s 35883 } 35884 35885 type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 35886 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35887 35888 // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. 35889 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 35890 } 35891 35892 // String returns the string representation. 35893 // 35894 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35895 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35896 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35897 func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 35898 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35899 } 35900 35901 // GoString returns the string representation. 35902 // 35903 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35904 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35905 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35906 func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 35907 return s.String() 35908 } 35909 35910 // SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 35911 func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 35912 s.TagList = v 35913 return s 35914 } 35915 35916 // The minimum DB engine version required for each corresponding allowed value 35917 // for an option setting. 35918 type MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue struct { 35919 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35920 35921 // The allowed value for an option setting. 35922 AllowedValue *string `type:"string"` 35923 35924 // The minimum DB engine version required for the allowed value. 35925 MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 35926 } 35927 35928 // String returns the string representation. 35929 // 35930 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35931 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35932 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35933 func (s MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) String() string { 35934 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35935 } 35936 35937 // GoString returns the string representation. 35938 // 35939 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35940 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35941 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35942 func (s MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) GoString() string { 35943 return s.String() 35944 } 35945 35946 // SetAllowedValue sets the AllowedValue field's value. 35947 func (s *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) SetAllowedValue(v string) *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue { 35948 s.AllowedValue = &v 35949 return s 35950 } 35951 35952 // SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value. 35953 func (s *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue { 35954 s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v 35955 return s 35956 } 35957 35958 type ModifyCertificatesInput struct { 35959 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 35960 35961 // The new default certificate identifier to override the current one with. 35962 // 35963 // To determine the valid values, use the describe-certificates CLI command 35964 // or the DescribeCertificates API operation. 35965 CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 35966 35967 // A value that indicates whether to remove the override for the default certificate. 35968 // If the override is removed, the default certificate is the system default. 35969 RemoveCustomerOverride *bool `type:"boolean"` 35970 } 35971 35972 // String returns the string representation. 35973 // 35974 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35975 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35976 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35977 func (s ModifyCertificatesInput) String() string { 35978 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 35979 } 35980 35981 // GoString returns the string representation. 35982 // 35983 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 35984 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 35985 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 35986 func (s ModifyCertificatesInput) GoString() string { 35987 return s.String() 35988 } 35989 35990 // SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. 35991 func (s *ModifyCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCertificatesInput { 35992 s.CertificateIdentifier = &v 35993 return s 35994 } 35995 35996 // SetRemoveCustomerOverride sets the RemoveCustomerOverride field's value. 35997 func (s *ModifyCertificatesInput) SetRemoveCustomerOverride(v bool) *ModifyCertificatesInput { 35998 s.RemoveCustomerOverride = &v 35999 return s 36000 } 36001 36002 type ModifyCertificatesOutput struct { 36003 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36004 36005 // A CA certificate for an Amazon Web Services account. 36006 Certificate *Certificate `type:"structure"` 36007 } 36008 36009 // String returns the string representation. 36010 // 36011 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36012 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36013 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36014 func (s ModifyCertificatesOutput) String() string { 36015 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36016 } 36017 36018 // GoString returns the string representation. 36019 // 36020 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36021 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36022 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36023 func (s ModifyCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { 36024 return s.String() 36025 } 36026 36027 // SetCertificate sets the Certificate field's value. 36028 func (s *ModifyCertificatesOutput) SetCertificate(v *Certificate) *ModifyCertificatesOutput { 36029 s.Certificate = v 36030 return s 36031 } 36032 36033 type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput struct { 36034 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36035 36036 // The DB cluster capacity. 36037 // 36038 // When you change the capacity of a paused Aurora Serverless DB cluster, it 36039 // automatically resumes. 36040 // 36041 // Constraints: 36042 // 36043 // * For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 36044 // 128, and 256. 36045 // 36046 // * For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 36047 // 192, and 384. 36048 Capacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 36049 36050 // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter 36051 // isn't case-sensitive. 36052 // 36053 // Constraints: 36054 // 36055 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster. 36056 // 36057 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 36058 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 36059 36060 // The amount of time, in seconds, that Aurora Serverless tries to find a scaling 36061 // point to perform seamless scaling before enforcing the timeout action. The 36062 // default is 300. 36063 // 36064 // Specify a value between 10 and 600 seconds. 36065 SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 36066 36067 // The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange 36068 // or RollbackCapacityChange. 36069 // 36070 // ForceApplyCapacityChange, the default, sets the capacity to the specified 36071 // value as soon as possible. 36072 // 36073 // RollbackCapacityChange ignores the capacity change if a scaling point isn't 36074 // found in the timeout period. 36075 TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"` 36076 } 36077 36078 // String returns the string representation. 36079 // 36080 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36081 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36082 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36083 func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) String() string { 36084 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36085 } 36086 36087 // GoString returns the string representation. 36088 // 36089 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36090 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36091 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36092 func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) GoString() string { 36093 return s.String() 36094 } 36095 36096 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 36097 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) Validate() error { 36098 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput"} 36099 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 36100 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 36101 } 36102 36103 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 36104 return invalidParams 36105 } 36106 return nil 36107 } 36108 36109 // SetCapacity sets the Capacity field's value. 36110 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 36111 s.Capacity = &v 36112 return s 36113 } 36114 36115 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 36116 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 36117 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 36118 return s 36119 } 36120 36121 // SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value. 36122 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 36123 s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v 36124 return s 36125 } 36126 36127 // SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value. 36128 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityInput { 36129 s.TimeoutAction = &v 36130 return s 36131 } 36132 36133 type ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput struct { 36134 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36135 36136 // The current capacity of the DB cluster. 36137 CurrentCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 36138 36139 // A user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key 36140 // that identifies a DB cluster. 36141 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 36142 36143 // A value that specifies the capacity that the DB cluster scales to next. 36144 PendingCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 36145 36146 // The number of seconds before a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity times 36147 // out. 36148 SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 36149 36150 // The timeout action of a call to ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacity, either ForceApplyCapacityChange 36151 // or RollbackCapacityChange. 36152 TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"` 36153 } 36154 36155 // String returns the string representation. 36156 // 36157 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36158 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36159 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36160 func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) String() string { 36161 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36162 } 36163 36164 // GoString returns the string representation. 36165 // 36166 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36167 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36168 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36169 func (s ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) GoString() string { 36170 return s.String() 36171 } 36172 36173 // SetCurrentCapacity sets the CurrentCapacity field's value. 36174 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetCurrentCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 36175 s.CurrentCapacity = &v 36176 return s 36177 } 36178 36179 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 36180 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 36181 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 36182 return s 36183 } 36184 36185 // SetPendingCapacity sets the PendingCapacity field's value. 36186 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetPendingCapacity(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 36187 s.PendingCapacity = &v 36188 return s 36189 } 36190 36191 // SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value. 36192 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 36193 s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v 36194 return s 36195 } 36196 36197 // SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value. 36198 func (s *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ModifyCurrentDBClusterCapacityOutput { 36199 s.TimeoutAction = &v 36200 return s 36201 } 36202 36203 type ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput struct { 36204 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36205 36206 // The identifier of the endpoint to modify. This parameter is stored as a lowercase 36207 // string. 36208 // 36209 // DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field 36210 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 36211 36212 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 36213 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 36214 36215 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 36216 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 36217 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 36218 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 36219 36220 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 36221 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 36222 } 36223 36224 // String returns the string representation. 36225 // 36226 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36227 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36228 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36229 func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string { 36230 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36231 } 36232 36233 // GoString returns the string representation. 36234 // 36235 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36236 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36237 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36238 func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string { 36239 return s.String() 36240 } 36241 36242 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 36243 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error { 36244 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput"} 36245 if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil { 36246 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier")) 36247 } 36248 36249 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 36250 return invalidParams 36251 } 36252 return nil 36253 } 36254 36255 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 36256 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 36257 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 36258 return s 36259 } 36260 36261 // SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 36262 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 36263 s.EndpointType = &v 36264 return s 36265 } 36266 36267 // SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 36268 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 36269 s.ExcludedMembers = v 36270 return s 36271 } 36272 36273 // SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 36274 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 36275 s.StaticMembers = v 36276 return s 36277 } 36278 36279 // This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 36280 // Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 36281 // actions: 36282 // 36283 // * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 36284 // 36285 // * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 36286 // 36287 // * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 36288 // 36289 // * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 36290 // 36291 // For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, 36292 // see Endpoint. 36293 type ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput struct { 36294 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36295 36296 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 36297 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 36298 36299 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 36300 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 36301 36302 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 36303 // a lowercase string. 36304 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 36305 36306 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 36307 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 36308 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 36309 36310 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 36311 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 36312 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 36313 36314 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 36315 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 36316 36317 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 36318 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 36319 36320 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 36321 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 36322 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 36323 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 36324 36325 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 36326 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 36327 36328 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 36329 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that can't 36330 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 36331 // secondary cluster in a global database. 36332 Status *string `type:"string"` 36333 } 36334 36335 // String returns the string representation. 36336 // 36337 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36338 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36339 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36340 func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string { 36341 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36342 } 36343 36344 // GoString returns the string representation. 36345 // 36346 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36347 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36348 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36349 func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 36350 return s.String() 36351 } 36352 36353 // SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 36354 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36355 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 36356 return s 36357 } 36358 36359 // SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 36360 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36361 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 36362 return s 36363 } 36364 36365 // SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 36366 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36367 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 36368 return s 36369 } 36370 36371 // SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 36372 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36373 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 36374 return s 36375 } 36376 36377 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 36378 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36379 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 36380 return s 36381 } 36382 36383 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 36384 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36385 s.Endpoint = &v 36386 return s 36387 } 36388 36389 // SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 36390 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36391 s.EndpointType = &v 36392 return s 36393 } 36394 36395 // SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 36396 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36397 s.ExcludedMembers = v 36398 return s 36399 } 36400 36401 // SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 36402 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36403 s.StaticMembers = v 36404 return s 36405 } 36406 36407 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 36408 func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 36409 s.Status = &v 36410 return s 36411 } 36412 36413 type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { 36414 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36415 36416 // A value that indicates whether major version upgrades are allowed. 36417 // 36418 // Constraints: You must allow major version upgrades when specifying a value 36419 // for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the 36420 // DB cluster's current version. 36421 AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 36422 36423 // A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any 36424 // pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless 36425 // of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter 36426 // is disabled, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance 36427 // window. 36428 // 36429 // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, 36430 // MasterUserPassword, and NewDBClusterIdentifier values. If the ApplyImmediately 36431 // parameter is disabled, then changes to the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, 36432 // MasterUserPassword, and NewDBClusterIdentifier values are applied during 36433 // the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless 36434 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 36435 // 36436 // By default, this parameter is disabled. 36437 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 36438 36439 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 36440 // value to 0. 36441 // 36442 // Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters. 36443 // 36444 // Default: 0 36445 // 36446 // Constraints: 36447 // 36448 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 36449 // hours). 36450 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 36451 36452 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 36453 // a minimum value of 1. 36454 // 36455 // Default: 1 36456 // 36457 // Constraints: 36458 // 36459 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 36460 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 36461 36462 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 36463 // Logs for a specific DB cluster. 36464 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 36465 36466 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots 36467 // of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. 36468 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 36469 36470 // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter 36471 // isn't case-sensitive. 36472 // 36473 // Constraints: This identifier must match the identifier of an existing DB 36474 // cluster. 36475 // 36476 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 36477 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 36478 36479 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. 36480 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 36481 36482 // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to all instances of the DB cluster. 36483 // 36484 // When you apply a parameter group using the DBInstanceParameterGroupName parameter, 36485 // the DB cluster isn't rebooted automatically. Also, parameter changes aren't 36486 // applied during the next maintenance window but instead are applied immediately. 36487 // 36488 // Default: The existing name setting 36489 // 36490 // Constraints: 36491 // 36492 // * The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family 36493 // as this DB cluster. 36494 // 36495 // * The DBInstanceParameterGroupName parameter is only valid in combination 36496 // with the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade parameter. 36497 DBInstanceParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 36498 36499 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 36500 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 36501 // deletion protection is disabled. 36502 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 36503 36504 // The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB cluster to. Specify none 36505 // to remove the cluster from its current domain. The domain must be created 36506 // prior to this operation. 36507 // 36508 // For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 36509 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 36510 Domain *string `type:"string"` 36511 36512 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 36513 // Directory Service. 36514 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 36515 36516 // A value that indicates whether to enable this DB cluster to forward write 36517 // operations to the primary cluster of an Aurora global database (GlobalCluster). 36518 // By default, write operations are not allowed on Aurora DB clusters that are 36519 // secondary clusters in an Aurora global database. 36520 // 36521 // You can set this value only on Aurora DB clusters that are members of an 36522 // Aurora global database. With this parameter enabled, a secondary cluster 36523 // can forward writes to the current primary cluster and the resulting changes 36524 // are replicated back to this cluster. For the primary DB cluster of an Aurora 36525 // global database, this value is used immediately if the primary is demoted 36526 // by the FailoverGlobalCluster API operation, but it does nothing until then. 36527 EnableGlobalWriteForwarding *bool `type:"boolean"` 36528 36529 // A value that indicates whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora 36530 // Serverless DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint is disabled. 36531 // 36532 // When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API 36533 // for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless DB cluster. You can also 36534 // query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor. 36535 // 36536 // For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) 36537 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 36538 EnableHttpEndpoint *bool `type:"boolean"` 36539 36540 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 36541 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 36542 // is disabled. 36543 // 36544 // For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 36545 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 36546 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 36547 36548 // The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing 36549 // this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next 36550 // maintenance window unless ApplyImmediately is enabled. 36551 // 36552 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible 36553 // Aurora), use the following command: 36554 // 36555 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 36556 // 36557 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 36558 // 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command: 36559 // 36560 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 36561 // 36562 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the 36563 // following command: 36564 // 36565 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 36566 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 36567 36568 // The new password for the master database user. This password can contain 36569 // any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 36570 // 36571 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 36572 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 36573 36574 // The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. 36575 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 36576 // 36577 // Constraints: 36578 // 36579 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 36580 // 36581 // * The first character must be a letter 36582 // 36583 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 36584 // 36585 // Example: my-cluster2 36586 NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 36587 36588 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 36589 // specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage 36590 // except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance 36591 // window unless the ApplyImmediately is enabled for this request. If the parameter 36592 // change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause 36593 // a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but 36594 // existing connections are not interrupted. 36595 // 36596 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group 36597 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 36598 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 36599 36600 // The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. 36601 // 36602 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 36603 // 36604 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 36605 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 36606 36607 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 36608 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 36609 // 36610 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 36611 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To view the time blocks available, 36612 // see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow) 36613 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 36614 // 36615 // Constraints: 36616 // 36617 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 36618 // 36619 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 36620 // 36621 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 36622 // 36623 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 36624 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 36625 36626 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 36627 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 36628 // 36629 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 36630 // 36631 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 36632 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of 36633 // the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB 36634 // Cluster Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora) 36635 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 36636 // 36637 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 36638 // 36639 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 36640 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 36641 36642 // The scaling properties of the DB cluster. You can only modify scaling properties 36643 // for DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode. 36644 ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"` 36645 36646 // A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. 36647 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 36648 } 36649 36650 // String returns the string representation. 36651 // 36652 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36653 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36654 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36655 func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string { 36656 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36657 } 36658 36659 // GoString returns the string representation. 36660 // 36661 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36662 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36663 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36664 func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 36665 return s.String() 36666 } 36667 36668 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 36669 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 36670 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"} 36671 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 36672 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 36673 } 36674 36675 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 36676 return invalidParams 36677 } 36678 return nil 36679 } 36680 36681 // SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 36682 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36683 s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 36684 return s 36685 } 36686 36687 // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 36688 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36689 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 36690 return s 36691 } 36692 36693 // SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 36694 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36695 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 36696 return s 36697 } 36698 36699 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 36700 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36701 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 36702 return s 36703 } 36704 36705 // SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 36706 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36707 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 36708 return s 36709 } 36710 36711 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 36712 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36713 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 36714 return s 36715 } 36716 36717 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 36718 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36719 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 36720 return s 36721 } 36722 36723 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 36724 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36725 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 36726 return s 36727 } 36728 36729 // SetDBInstanceParameterGroupName sets the DBInstanceParameterGroupName field's value. 36730 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBInstanceParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36731 s.DBInstanceParameterGroupName = &v 36732 return s 36733 } 36734 36735 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 36736 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36737 s.DeletionProtection = &v 36738 return s 36739 } 36740 36741 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 36742 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36743 s.Domain = &v 36744 return s 36745 } 36746 36747 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 36748 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36749 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 36750 return s 36751 } 36752 36753 // SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding sets the EnableGlobalWriteForwarding field's value. 36754 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableGlobalWriteForwarding(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36755 s.EnableGlobalWriteForwarding = &v 36756 return s 36757 } 36758 36759 // SetEnableHttpEndpoint sets the EnableHttpEndpoint field's value. 36760 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableHttpEndpoint(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36761 s.EnableHttpEndpoint = &v 36762 return s 36763 } 36764 36765 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 36766 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36767 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 36768 return s 36769 } 36770 36771 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 36772 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36773 s.EngineVersion = &v 36774 return s 36775 } 36776 36777 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 36778 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36779 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 36780 return s 36781 } 36782 36783 // SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 36784 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36785 s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v 36786 return s 36787 } 36788 36789 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 36790 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36791 s.OptionGroupName = &v 36792 return s 36793 } 36794 36795 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 36796 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36797 s.Port = &v 36798 return s 36799 } 36800 36801 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 36802 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36803 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 36804 return s 36805 } 36806 36807 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 36808 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36809 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 36810 return s 36811 } 36812 36813 // SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value. 36814 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36815 s.ScalingConfiguration = v 36816 return s 36817 } 36818 36819 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 36820 func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 36821 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 36822 return s 36823 } 36824 36825 type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct { 36826 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36827 36828 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 36829 // 36830 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 36831 // and StartDBCluster actions. 36832 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 36833 } 36834 36835 // String returns the string representation. 36836 // 36837 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36838 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36839 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36840 func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string { 36841 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36842 } 36843 36844 // GoString returns the string representation. 36845 // 36846 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36847 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36848 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36849 func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 36850 return s.String() 36851 } 36852 36853 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 36854 func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput { 36855 s.DBCluster = v 36856 return s 36857 } 36858 36859 type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 36860 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36861 36862 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 36863 // 36864 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 36865 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 36866 36867 // A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 36868 // 36869 // Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot 36870 // 36871 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 36872 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters. 36873 // 36874 // When the application method is immediate, changes to dynamic parameters are 36875 // applied immediately to the DB clusters associated with the parameter group. 36876 // When the application method is pending-reboot, changes to dynamic and static 36877 // parameters are applied after a reboot without failover to the DB clusters 36878 // associated with the parameter group. 36879 // 36880 // Parameters is a required field 36881 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 36882 } 36883 36884 // String returns the string representation. 36885 // 36886 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36887 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36888 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36889 func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 36890 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36891 } 36892 36893 // GoString returns the string representation. 36894 // 36895 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36896 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36897 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36898 func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 36899 return s.String() 36900 } 36901 36902 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 36903 func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 36904 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 36905 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 36906 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 36907 } 36908 if s.Parameters == nil { 36909 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 36910 } 36911 36912 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 36913 return invalidParams 36914 } 36915 return nil 36916 } 36917 36918 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 36919 func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 36920 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 36921 return s 36922 } 36923 36924 // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 36925 func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 36926 s.Parameters = v 36927 return s 36928 } 36929 36930 type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 36931 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 36932 36933 // The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. 36934 // 36935 // To manage authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or 36936 // restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. 36937 // 36938 // To view the list of attributes available to modify, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 36939 // API action. 36940 // 36941 // AttributeName is a required field 36942 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 36943 36944 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. 36945 // 36946 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 36947 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 36948 36949 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified 36950 // by AttributeName. 36951 // 36952 // To authorize other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual 36953 // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon Web Services 36954 // account IDs, or all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by 36955 // any Amazon Web Services account. Do not add the all value for any manual 36956 // DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want 36957 // available to all Amazon Web Services accounts. 36958 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 36959 36960 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified 36961 // by AttributeName. 36962 // 36963 // To remove authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or 36964 // restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more 36965 // Amazon Web Services account identifiers, or all to remove authorization for 36966 // any Amazon Web Services account to copy or restore the DB cluster snapshot. 36967 // If you specify all, an Amazon Web Services account whose account ID is explicitly 36968 // added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a manual DB cluster 36969 // snapshot. 36970 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 36971 } 36972 36973 // String returns the string representation. 36974 // 36975 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36976 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36977 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36978 func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 36979 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 36980 } 36981 36982 // GoString returns the string representation. 36983 // 36984 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 36985 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 36986 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 36987 func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 36988 return s.String() 36989 } 36990 36991 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 36992 func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 36993 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"} 36994 if s.AttributeName == nil { 36995 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 36996 } 36997 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 36998 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 36999 } 37000 37001 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 37002 return invalidParams 37003 } 37004 return nil 37005 } 37006 37007 // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 37008 func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 37009 s.AttributeName = &v 37010 return s 37011 } 37012 37013 // SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 37014 func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 37015 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 37016 return s 37017 } 37018 37019 // SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 37020 func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 37021 s.ValuesToAdd = v 37022 return s 37023 } 37024 37025 // SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 37026 func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 37027 s.ValuesToRemove = v 37028 return s 37029 } 37030 37031 type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 37032 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 37033 37034 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 37035 // API action. 37036 // 37037 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon 37038 // Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For 37039 // more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 37040 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 37041 } 37042 37043 // String returns the string representation. 37044 // 37045 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 37046 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 37047 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 37048 func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 37049 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 37050 } 37051 37052 // GoString returns the string representation. 37053 // 37054 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 37055 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 37056 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 37057 func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 37058 return s.String() 37059 } 37060 37061 // SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 37062 func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput { 37063 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 37064 return s 37065 } 37066 37067 type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { 37068 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 37069 37070 // The new amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate for the DB instance. 37071 // 37072 // For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at 37073 // least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% 37074 // greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater 37075 // than the current value. 37076 // 37077 // For the valid values for allocated storage for each engine, see CreateDBInstance. 37078 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 37079 37080 // A value that indicates whether major version upgrades are allowed. Changing 37081 // this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously 37082 // applied as soon as possible. 37083 // 37084 // Constraints: Major version upgrades must be allowed when specifying a value 37085 // for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the 37086 // DB instance's current version. 37087 AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 37088 37089 // A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any 37090 // pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless 37091 // of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB instance. By default, 37092 // this parameter is disabled. 37093 // 37094 // If this parameter is disabled, changes to the DB instance are applied during 37095 // the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and 37096 // are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot. 37097 // Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) 37098 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. to see the impact of enabling or disabling 37099 // ApplyImmediately for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes 37100 // are applied. 37101 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 37102 37103 // A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically 37104 // to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter 37105 // doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is 37106 // asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage results if this parameter 37107 // is enabled during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, 37108 // and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. 37109 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 37110 37111 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services 37112 // Backup. 37113 AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn *string `min:"43" type:"string"` 37114 37115 // The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to 37116 // a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated 37117 // backups. 37118 // 37119 // Enabling and disabling backups can result in a brief I/O suspension that 37120 // lasts from a few seconds to a few minutes, depending on the size and class 37121 // of your DB instance. 37122 // 37123 // These changes are applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately 37124 // parameter is enabled for this request. If you change the parameter from one 37125 // non-zero value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied 37126 // as soon as possible. 37127 // 37128 // Amazon Aurora 37129 // 37130 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 37131 // the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 37132 // 37133 // Default: Uses existing setting 37134 // 37135 // Constraints: 37136 // 37137 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 37138 // 37139 // * Can be specified for a MySQL read replica only if the source is running 37140 // MySQL 5.6 or later 37141 // 37142 // * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL read replica only if the source is 37143 // running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 37144 // 37145 // * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas 37146 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 37147 37148 // Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. 37149 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 37150 37151 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is restarted when you rotate 37152 // your SSL/TLS certificate. 37153 // 37154 // By default, the DB instance is restarted when you rotate your SSL/TLS certificate. 37155 // The certificate is not updated until the DB instance is restarted. 37156 // 37157 // Set this parameter only if you are not using SSL/TLS to connect to the DB 37158 // instance. 37159 // 37160 // If you are using SSL/TLS to connect to the DB instance, follow the appropriate 37161 // instructions for your DB engine to rotate your SSL/TLS certificate: 37162 // 37163 // * For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for RDS 37164 // DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) 37165 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37166 // 37167 // * For more information about rotating your SSL/TLS certificate for Aurora 37168 // DB engines, see Rotating Your SSL/TLS Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL-certificate-rotation.html) 37169 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 37170 CertificateRotationRestart *bool `type:"boolean"` 37171 37172 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 37173 // Logs for a specific DB instance. 37174 // 37175 // A change to the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration parameter is always applied 37176 // to the DB instance immediately. Therefore, the ApplyImmediately parameter 37177 // has no effect. 37178 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 37179 37180 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots 37181 // of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. 37182 // 37183 // Amazon Aurora 37184 // 37185 // Not applicable. Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting 37186 // this value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting. 37187 // For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 37188 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 37189 37190 // The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 37191 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions, 37192 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 37193 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 37194 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37195 // 37196 // If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. 37197 // The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately 37198 // is enabled for this request. 37199 // 37200 // Default: Uses existing setting 37201 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 37202 37203 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 37204 // 37205 // Constraints: 37206 // 37207 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 37208 // 37209 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 37210 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 37211 37212 // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing 37213 // this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself 37214 // is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied 37215 // until you reboot the instance without failover. In this case, the DB instance 37216 // isn't rebooted automatically and the parameter changes isn't applied during 37217 // the next maintenance window. 37218 // 37219 // Default: Uses existing setting 37220 // 37221 // Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group 37222 // family as this DB instance. 37223 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 37224 37225 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 37226 // 37227 // The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values 37228 // specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. 37229 // 37230 // Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless 37231 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 37232 // 37233 // MySQL 37234 // 37235 // Default: 3306 37236 // 37237 // Valid values: 1150-65535 37238 // 37239 // MariaDB 37240 // 37241 // Default: 3306 37242 // 37243 // Valid values: 1150-65535 37244 // 37245 // PostgreSQL 37246 // 37247 // Default: 5432 37248 // 37249 // Valid values: 1150-65535 37250 // 37251 // Type: Integer 37252 // 37253 // Oracle 37254 // 37255 // Default: 1521 37256 // 37257 // Valid values: 1150-65535 37258 // 37259 // SQL Server 37260 // 37261 // Default: 1433 37262 // 37263 // Valid values: 1150-65535 except 1234, 1434, 3260, 3343, 3389, 47001, and 37264 // 49152-49156. 37265 // 37266 // Amazon Aurora 37267 // 37268 // Default: 3306 37269 // 37270 // Valid values: 1150-65535 37271 DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` 37272 37273 // A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this 37274 // setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied 37275 // as soon as possible. 37276 // 37277 // Constraints: 37278 // 37279 // * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. 37280 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 37281 37282 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to 37283 // move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance isn't in a 37284 // VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. 37285 // For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC) 37286 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37287 // 37288 // Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change 37289 // is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you enable ApplyImmediately. 37290 // 37291 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 37292 // 37293 // Example: mySubnetGroup 37294 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 37295 37296 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 37297 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 37298 // deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB 37299 // Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). 37300 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 37301 37302 // The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB instance to. Specify none 37303 // to remove the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created 37304 // prior to this operation. Currently, only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, 37305 // and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain. 37306 // 37307 // For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 37308 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37309 Domain *string `type:"string"` 37310 37311 // The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. 37312 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 37313 37314 // A value that indicates whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) 37315 // for an RDS on Outposts DB instance. 37316 // 37317 // A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost 37318 // subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can 37319 // provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of 37320 // its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network. 37321 // 37322 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on 37323 // Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 37324 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37325 // 37326 // For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/outposts-networking-components.html#ip-addressing) 37327 // in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide. 37328 EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"` 37329 37330 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 37331 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 37332 // is disabled. 37333 // 37334 // This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora. Mapping Amazon Web Services 37335 // IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. 37336 // 37337 // For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database 37338 // Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 37339 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37340 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 37341 37342 // A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB 37343 // instance. 37344 // 37345 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 37346 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 37347 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 37348 37349 // The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter 37350 // results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance 37351 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled for this request. 37352 // 37353 // For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently 37354 // in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the 37355 // new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the 37356 // default for that DB parameter group family. 37357 // 37358 // If you specify only a major version, Amazon RDS will update the DB instance 37359 // to the default minor version if the current minor version is lower. For information 37360 // about valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions. 37361 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 37362 37363 // The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. 37364 // 37365 // Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied 37366 // during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter 37367 // is enabled for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to 37368 // standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot 37369 // for the change in storage type to take effect. 37370 // 37371 // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to 37372 // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard 37373 // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends 37374 // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard 37375 // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number 37376 // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, 37377 // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, 37378 // the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. 37379 // While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. 37380 // No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including 37381 // modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating 37382 // a read replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. 37383 // 37384 // Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied 37385 // must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not 37386 // at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they 37387 // are 10% greater than the current value. 37388 // 37389 // Default: Uses existing setting 37390 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 37391 37392 // The license model for the DB instance. 37393 // 37394 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 37395 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 37396 37397 // The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable 37398 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 37399 // 37400 // Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously 37401 // applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion 37402 // of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues 37403 // element of the operation response. 37404 // 37405 // Amazon Aurora 37406 // 37407 // Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 37408 // For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 37409 // 37410 // Default: Uses existing setting 37411 // 37412 // MariaDB 37413 // 37414 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 37415 // 37416 // Microsoft SQL Server 37417 // 37418 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 37419 // 37420 // MySQL 37421 // 37422 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 37423 // 37424 // Oracle 37425 // 37426 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. 37427 // 37428 // PostgreSQL 37429 // 37430 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 37431 // 37432 // Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides 37433 // a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost. 37434 // This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked. 37435 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 37436 37437 // The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically 37438 // scale the storage of the DB instance. 37439 // 37440 // For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply 37441 // to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling 37442 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) 37443 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37444 MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 37445 37446 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 37447 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 37448 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 37449 // 37450 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 37451 // to a value other than 0. 37452 // 37453 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 37454 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 37455 37456 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 37457 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 37458 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role 37459 // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole) 37460 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37461 // 37462 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 37463 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 37464 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 37465 37466 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 37467 // Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied 37468 // during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter 37469 // is enabled for this request. 37470 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 37471 37472 // The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. 37473 // When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot occurs immediately 37474 // if you enable ApplyImmediately, or will occur during the next maintenance 37475 // window if you disable Apply Immediately. This value is stored as a lowercase 37476 // string. 37477 // 37478 // Constraints: 37479 // 37480 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 37481 // 37482 // * The first character must be a letter. 37483 // 37484 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 37485 // 37486 // Example: mydbinstance 37487 NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 37488 37489 // A value that indicates the DB instance should be associated with the specified 37490 // option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except 37491 // in the following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance 37492 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is enabled for this request. 37493 // If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this 37494 // change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections 37495 // are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. 37496 // 37497 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 37498 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 37499 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 37500 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 37501 37502 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance 37503 // Insights data. 37504 // 37505 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 37506 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 37507 // 37508 // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon 37509 // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your Amazon Web Services 37510 // account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default CMK for 37511 // each Amazon Web Services Region. 37512 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 37513 37514 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 37515 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 37516 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 37517 37518 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 37519 // backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 37520 // Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously 37521 // applied as soon as possible. The default is a 30-minute window selected at 37522 // random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. 37523 // For more information, see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow) 37524 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37525 // 37526 // Amazon Aurora 37527 // 37528 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 37529 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 37530 // 37531 // Constraints: 37532 // 37533 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi 37534 // 37535 // * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) 37536 // 37537 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window 37538 // 37539 // * Must be at least 30 minutes 37540 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 37541 37542 // The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, 37543 // which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in 37544 // an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously 37545 // applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, 37546 // and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing 37547 // this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window 37548 // to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current 37549 // time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. 37550 // 37551 // For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance) 37552 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37553 // 37554 // Default: Uses existing setting 37555 // 37556 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 37557 // 37558 // Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun 37559 // 37560 // Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes 37561 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 37562 37563 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 37564 // class of the DB instance. 37565 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 37566 37567 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 37568 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 37569 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) 37570 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 37571 // 37572 // Default: 1 37573 // 37574 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 37575 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 37576 37577 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. 37578 // 37579 // When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to 37580 // the private IP address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public 37581 // IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance 37582 // is ultimately controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access 37583 // is not permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't 37584 // permit it. 37585 // 37586 // When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance 37587 // with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 37588 // 37589 // PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance 37590 // must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be enabled for 37591 // it to be publicly accessible. 37592 // 37593 // Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless 37594 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 37595 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 37596 37597 // A value that sets the open mode of a replica database to either mounted or 37598 // read-only. 37599 // 37600 // Currently, this parameter is only supported for Oracle DB instances. 37601 // 37602 // Mounted DB replicas are included in Oracle Enterprise Edition. The main use 37603 // case for mounted replicas is cross-Region disaster recovery. The primary 37604 // database doesn't use Active Data Guard to transmit information to the mounted 37605 // replica. Because it doesn't accept user connections, a mounted replica can't 37606 // serve a read-only workload. For more information, see Working with Oracle 37607 // Read Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html) 37608 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 37609 ReplicaMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaMode"` 37610 37611 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 37612 // 37613 // If you specify Provisioned IOPS (io1), you must also include a value for 37614 // the Iops parameter. 37615 // 37616 // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to 37617 // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard 37618 // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends 37619 // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard 37620 // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number 37621 // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, 37622 // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, 37623 // the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. 37624 // While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. 37625 // No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including 37626 // modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating 37627 // a read replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. 37628 // 37629 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 37630 // 37631 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2 37632 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 37633 37634 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 37635 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 37636 37637 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 37638 // device. 37639 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 37640 37641 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 37642 // its default processor features. 37643 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 37644 37645 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This 37646 // change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. 37647 // 37648 // Amazon Aurora 37649 // 37650 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 37651 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 37652 // 37653 // Constraints: 37654 // 37655 // * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. 37656 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 37657 } 37658 37659 // String returns the string representation. 37660 // 37661 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 37662 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 37663 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 37664 func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string { 37665 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 37666 } 37667 37668 // GoString returns the string representation. 37669 // 37670 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 37671 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 37672 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 37673 func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 37674 return s.String() 37675 } 37676 37677 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 37678 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 37679 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"} 37680 if s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn != nil && len(*s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn) < 43 { 37681 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn", 43)) 37682 } 37683 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 37684 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 37685 } 37686 37687 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 37688 return invalidParams 37689 } 37690 return nil 37691 } 37692 37693 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 37694 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37695 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 37696 return s 37697 } 37698 37699 // SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 37700 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37701 s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 37702 return s 37703 } 37704 37705 // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 37706 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37707 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 37708 return s 37709 } 37710 37711 // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 37712 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37713 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 37714 return s 37715 } 37716 37717 // SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn sets the AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn field's value. 37718 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAwsBackupRecoveryPointArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37719 s.AwsBackupRecoveryPointArn = &v 37720 return s 37721 } 37722 37723 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 37724 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37725 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 37726 return s 37727 } 37728 37729 // SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 37730 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37731 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 37732 return s 37733 } 37734 37735 // SetCertificateRotationRestart sets the CertificateRotationRestart field's value. 37736 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCertificateRotationRestart(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37737 s.CertificateRotationRestart = &v 37738 return s 37739 } 37740 37741 // SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 37742 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37743 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 37744 return s 37745 } 37746 37747 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 37748 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37749 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 37750 return s 37751 } 37752 37753 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 37754 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37755 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 37756 return s 37757 } 37758 37759 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 37760 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37761 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 37762 return s 37763 } 37764 37765 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 37766 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37767 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 37768 return s 37769 } 37770 37771 // SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value. 37772 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37773 s.DBPortNumber = &v 37774 return s 37775 } 37776 37777 // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 37778 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37779 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 37780 return s 37781 } 37782 37783 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 37784 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37785 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 37786 return s 37787 } 37788 37789 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 37790 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37791 s.DeletionProtection = &v 37792 return s 37793 } 37794 37795 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 37796 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37797 s.Domain = &v 37798 return s 37799 } 37800 37801 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 37802 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37803 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 37804 return s 37805 } 37806 37807 // SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value. 37808 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37809 s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v 37810 return s 37811 } 37812 37813 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 37814 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37815 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 37816 return s 37817 } 37818 37819 // SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 37820 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37821 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 37822 return s 37823 } 37824 37825 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 37826 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37827 s.EngineVersion = &v 37828 return s 37829 } 37830 37831 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 37832 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37833 s.Iops = &v 37834 return s 37835 } 37836 37837 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 37838 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37839 s.LicenseModel = &v 37840 return s 37841 } 37842 37843 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 37844 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37845 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 37846 return s 37847 } 37848 37849 // SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value. 37850 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37851 s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v 37852 return s 37853 } 37854 37855 // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 37856 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37857 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 37858 return s 37859 } 37860 37861 // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 37862 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37863 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 37864 return s 37865 } 37866 37867 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 37868 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37869 s.MultiAZ = &v 37870 return s 37871 } 37872 37873 // SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 37874 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37875 s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 37876 return s 37877 } 37878 37879 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 37880 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37881 s.OptionGroupName = &v 37882 return s 37883 } 37884 37885 // SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 37886 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37887 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 37888 return s 37889 } 37890 37891 // SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 37892 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37893 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 37894 return s 37895 } 37896 37897 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 37898 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37899 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 37900 return s 37901 } 37902 37903 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 37904 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37905 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 37906 return s 37907 } 37908 37909 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 37910 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37911 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 37912 return s 37913 } 37914 37915 // SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 37916 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37917 s.PromotionTier = &v 37918 return s 37919 } 37920 37921 // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 37922 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37923 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 37924 return s 37925 } 37926 37927 // SetReplicaMode sets the ReplicaMode field's value. 37928 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetReplicaMode(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37929 s.ReplicaMode = &v 37930 return s 37931 } 37932 37933 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 37934 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37935 s.StorageType = &v 37936 return s 37937 } 37938 37939 // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 37940 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37941 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 37942 return s 37943 } 37944 37945 // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 37946 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37947 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 37948 return s 37949 } 37950 37951 // SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 37952 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37953 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 37954 return s 37955 } 37956 37957 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 37958 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 37959 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 37960 return s 37961 } 37962 37963 type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct { 37964 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 37965 37966 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 37967 // 37968 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 37969 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 37970 } 37971 37972 // String returns the string representation. 37973 // 37974 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 37975 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 37976 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 37977 func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 37978 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 37979 } 37980 37981 // GoString returns the string representation. 37982 // 37983 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 37984 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 37985 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 37986 func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 37987 return s.String() 37988 } 37989 37990 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 37991 func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput { 37992 s.DBInstance = v 37993 return s 37994 } 37995 37996 type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 37997 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 37998 37999 // The name of the DB parameter group. 38000 // 38001 // Constraints: 38002 // 38003 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 38004 // 38005 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 38006 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38007 38008 // An array of parameter names, values, and the application methods for the 38009 // parameter update. At least one parameter name, value, and application method 38010 // method must be supplied; later arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters 38011 // can be modified in a single request. 38012 // 38013 // Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot 38014 // 38015 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 38016 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters. 38017 // 38018 // When the application method is immediate, changes to dynamic parameters are 38019 // applied immediately to the DB instances associated with the parameter group. 38020 // When the application method is pending-reboot, changes to dynamic and static 38021 // parameters are applied after a reboot without failover to the DB instances 38022 // associated with the parameter group. 38023 // 38024 // Parameters is a required field 38025 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 38026 } 38027 38028 // String returns the string representation. 38029 // 38030 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38031 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38032 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38033 func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 38034 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38035 } 38036 38037 // GoString returns the string representation. 38038 // 38039 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38040 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38041 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38042 func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 38043 return s.String() 38044 } 38045 38046 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38047 func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 38048 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"} 38049 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 38050 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 38051 } 38052 if s.Parameters == nil { 38053 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 38054 } 38055 38056 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38057 return invalidParams 38058 } 38059 return nil 38060 } 38061 38062 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 38063 func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 38064 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 38065 return s 38066 } 38067 38068 // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 38069 func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 38070 s.Parameters = v 38071 return s 38072 } 38073 38074 type ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput struct { 38075 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38076 38077 // The name of the DB proxy sociated with the DB proxy endpoint that you want 38078 // to modify. 38079 // 38080 // DBProxyEndpointName is a required field 38081 DBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 38082 38083 // The new identifier for the DBProxyEndpoint. An identifier must begin with 38084 // a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't 38085 // end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 38086 NewDBProxyEndpointName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 38087 38088 // The VPC security group IDs for the DB proxy endpoint. When the DB proxy endpoint 38089 // uses a different VPC than the original proxy, you also specify a different 38090 // set of security group IDs than for the original proxy. 38091 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` 38092 } 38093 38094 // String returns the string representation. 38095 // 38096 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38097 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38098 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38099 func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) String() string { 38100 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38101 } 38102 38103 // GoString returns the string representation. 38104 // 38105 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38106 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38107 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38108 func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) GoString() string { 38109 return s.String() 38110 } 38111 38112 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38113 func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) Validate() error { 38114 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput"} 38115 if s.DBProxyEndpointName == nil { 38116 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyEndpointName")) 38117 } 38118 if s.DBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.DBProxyEndpointName) < 1 { 38119 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DBProxyEndpointName", 1)) 38120 } 38121 if s.NewDBProxyEndpointName != nil && len(*s.NewDBProxyEndpointName) < 1 { 38122 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewDBProxyEndpointName", 1)) 38123 } 38124 38125 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38126 return invalidParams 38127 } 38128 return nil 38129 } 38130 38131 // SetDBProxyEndpointName sets the DBProxyEndpointName field's value. 38132 func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) SetDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput { 38133 s.DBProxyEndpointName = &v 38134 return s 38135 } 38136 38137 // SetNewDBProxyEndpointName sets the NewDBProxyEndpointName field's value. 38138 func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) SetNewDBProxyEndpointName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput { 38139 s.NewDBProxyEndpointName = &v 38140 return s 38141 } 38142 38143 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 38144 func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointInput { 38145 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 38146 return s 38147 } 38148 38149 type ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput struct { 38150 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38151 38152 // The DBProxyEndpoint object representing the new settings for the DB proxy 38153 // endpoint. 38154 DBProxyEndpoint *DBProxyEndpoint `type:"structure"` 38155 } 38156 38157 // String returns the string representation. 38158 // 38159 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38160 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38161 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38162 func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) String() string { 38163 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38164 } 38165 38166 // GoString returns the string representation. 38167 // 38168 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38169 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38170 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38171 func (s ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 38172 return s.String() 38173 } 38174 38175 // SetDBProxyEndpoint sets the DBProxyEndpoint field's value. 38176 func (s *ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput) SetDBProxyEndpoint(v *DBProxyEndpoint) *ModifyDBProxyEndpointOutput { 38177 s.DBProxyEndpoint = v 38178 return s 38179 } 38180 38181 type ModifyDBProxyInput struct { 38182 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38183 38184 // The new authentication settings for the DBProxy. 38185 Auth []*UserAuthConfig `type:"list"` 38186 38187 // The identifier for the DBProxy to modify. 38188 // 38189 // DBProxyName is a required field 38190 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38191 38192 // Whether the proxy includes detailed information about SQL statements in its 38193 // logs. This information helps you to debug issues involving SQL behavior or 38194 // the performance and scalability of the proxy connections. The debug information 38195 // includes the text of SQL statements that you submit through the proxy. Thus, 38196 // only enable this setting when needed for debugging, and only when you have 38197 // security measures in place to safeguard any sensitive information that appears 38198 // in the logs. 38199 DebugLogging *bool `type:"boolean"` 38200 38201 // The number of seconds that a connection to the proxy can be inactive before 38202 // the proxy disconnects it. You can set this value higher or lower than the 38203 // connection timeout limit for the associated database. 38204 IdleClientTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 38205 38206 // The new identifier for the DBProxy. An identifier must begin with a letter 38207 // and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with 38208 // a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 38209 NewDBProxyName *string `type:"string"` 38210 38211 // Whether Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption is required for connections 38212 // to the proxy. By enabling this setting, you can enforce encrypted TLS connections 38213 // to the proxy, even if the associated database doesn't use TLS. 38214 RequireTLS *bool `type:"boolean"` 38215 38216 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the proxy uses to access 38217 // secrets in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. 38218 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 38219 38220 // The new list of security groups for the DBProxy. 38221 SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"` 38222 } 38223 38224 // String returns the string representation. 38225 // 38226 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38227 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38228 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38229 func (s ModifyDBProxyInput) String() string { 38230 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38231 } 38232 38233 // GoString returns the string representation. 38234 // 38235 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38236 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38237 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38238 func (s ModifyDBProxyInput) GoString() string { 38239 return s.String() 38240 } 38241 38242 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38243 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) Validate() error { 38244 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBProxyInput"} 38245 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 38246 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 38247 } 38248 38249 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38250 return invalidParams 38251 } 38252 return nil 38253 } 38254 38255 // SetAuth sets the Auth field's value. 38256 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetAuth(v []*UserAuthConfig) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38257 s.Auth = v 38258 return s 38259 } 38260 38261 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 38262 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38263 s.DBProxyName = &v 38264 return s 38265 } 38266 38267 // SetDebugLogging sets the DebugLogging field's value. 38268 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetDebugLogging(v bool) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38269 s.DebugLogging = &v 38270 return s 38271 } 38272 38273 // SetIdleClientTimeout sets the IdleClientTimeout field's value. 38274 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetIdleClientTimeout(v int64) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38275 s.IdleClientTimeout = &v 38276 return s 38277 } 38278 38279 // SetNewDBProxyName sets the NewDBProxyName field's value. 38280 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetNewDBProxyName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38281 s.NewDBProxyName = &v 38282 return s 38283 } 38284 38285 // SetRequireTLS sets the RequireTLS field's value. 38286 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetRequireTLS(v bool) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38287 s.RequireTLS = &v 38288 return s 38289 } 38290 38291 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 38292 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38293 s.RoleArn = &v 38294 return s 38295 } 38296 38297 // SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. 38298 func (s *ModifyDBProxyInput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBProxyInput { 38299 s.SecurityGroups = v 38300 return s 38301 } 38302 38303 type ModifyDBProxyOutput struct { 38304 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38305 38306 // The DBProxy object representing the new settings for the proxy. 38307 DBProxy *DBProxy `type:"structure"` 38308 } 38309 38310 // String returns the string representation. 38311 // 38312 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38313 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38314 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38315 func (s ModifyDBProxyOutput) String() string { 38316 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38317 } 38318 38319 // GoString returns the string representation. 38320 // 38321 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38322 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38323 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38324 func (s ModifyDBProxyOutput) GoString() string { 38325 return s.String() 38326 } 38327 38328 // SetDBProxy sets the DBProxy field's value. 38329 func (s *ModifyDBProxyOutput) SetDBProxy(v *DBProxy) *ModifyDBProxyOutput { 38330 s.DBProxy = v 38331 return s 38332 } 38333 38334 type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput struct { 38335 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38336 38337 // The settings that determine the size and behavior of the connection pool 38338 // for the target group. 38339 ConnectionPoolConfig *ConnectionPoolConfiguration `type:"structure"` 38340 38341 // The name of the new proxy to which to assign the target group. 38342 // 38343 // DBProxyName is a required field 38344 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38345 38346 // The new name for the modified DBProxyTarget. An identifier must begin with 38347 // a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't 38348 // end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 38349 NewName *string `type:"string"` 38350 38351 // The name of the new target group to assign to the proxy. 38352 // 38353 // TargetGroupName is a required field 38354 TargetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38355 } 38356 38357 // String returns the string representation. 38358 // 38359 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38360 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38361 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38362 func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) String() string { 38363 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38364 } 38365 38366 // GoString returns the string representation. 38367 // 38368 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38369 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38370 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38371 func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) GoString() string { 38372 return s.String() 38373 } 38374 38375 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38376 func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) Validate() error { 38377 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput"} 38378 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 38379 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 38380 } 38381 if s.TargetGroupName == nil { 38382 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetGroupName")) 38383 } 38384 38385 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38386 return invalidParams 38387 } 38388 return nil 38389 } 38390 38391 // SetConnectionPoolConfig sets the ConnectionPoolConfig field's value. 38392 func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetConnectionPoolConfig(v *ConnectionPoolConfiguration) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput { 38393 s.ConnectionPoolConfig = v 38394 return s 38395 } 38396 38397 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 38398 func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput { 38399 s.DBProxyName = &v 38400 return s 38401 } 38402 38403 // SetNewName sets the NewName field's value. 38404 func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetNewName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput { 38405 s.NewName = &v 38406 return s 38407 } 38408 38409 // SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value. 38410 func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupInput { 38411 s.TargetGroupName = &v 38412 return s 38413 } 38414 38415 type ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput struct { 38416 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38417 38418 // The settings of the modified DBProxyTarget. 38419 DBProxyTargetGroup *DBProxyTargetGroup `type:"structure"` 38420 } 38421 38422 // String returns the string representation. 38423 // 38424 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38425 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38426 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38427 func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) String() string { 38428 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38429 } 38430 38431 // GoString returns the string representation. 38432 // 38433 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38434 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38435 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38436 func (s ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 38437 return s.String() 38438 } 38439 38440 // SetDBProxyTargetGroup sets the DBProxyTargetGroup field's value. 38441 func (s *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput) SetDBProxyTargetGroup(v *DBProxyTargetGroup) *ModifyDBProxyTargetGroupOutput { 38442 s.DBProxyTargetGroup = v 38443 return s 38444 } 38445 38446 type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 38447 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38448 38449 // The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify. 38450 // 38451 // To manage authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or 38452 // restore a manual DB snapshot, set this value to restore. 38453 // 38454 // To view the list of attributes available to modify, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 38455 // API action. 38456 // 38457 // AttributeName is a required field 38458 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38459 38460 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for. 38461 // 38462 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 38463 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38464 38465 // A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName. 38466 // 38467 // To authorize other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or restore a manual 38468 // snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon Web Services account 38469 // IDs, or all to make the manual DB snapshot restorable by any Amazon Web Services 38470 // account. Do not add the all value for any manual DB snapshots that contain 38471 // private information that you don't want available to all Amazon Web Services 38472 // accounts. 38473 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 38474 38475 // A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by 38476 // AttributeName. 38477 // 38478 // To remove authorization for other Amazon Web Services accounts to copy or 38479 // restore a manual snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon Web 38480 // Services account identifiers, or all to remove authorization for any Amazon 38481 // Web Services account to copy or restore the DB snapshot. If you specify all, 38482 // an Amazon Web Services account whose account ID is explicitly added to the 38483 // restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. 38484 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 38485 } 38486 38487 // String returns the string representation. 38488 // 38489 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38490 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38491 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38492 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 38493 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38494 } 38495 38496 // GoString returns the string representation. 38497 // 38498 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38499 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38500 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38501 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 38502 return s.String() 38503 } 38504 38505 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38506 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 38507 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput"} 38508 if s.AttributeName == nil { 38509 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 38510 } 38511 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 38512 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 38513 } 38514 38515 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38516 return invalidParams 38517 } 38518 return nil 38519 } 38520 38521 // SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 38522 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 38523 s.AttributeName = &v 38524 return s 38525 } 38526 38527 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 38528 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 38529 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 38530 return s 38531 } 38532 38533 // SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 38534 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 38535 s.ValuesToAdd = v 38536 return s 38537 } 38538 38539 // SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 38540 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 38541 s.ValuesToRemove = v 38542 return s 38543 } 38544 38545 type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 38546 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38547 38548 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 38549 // API action. 38550 // 38551 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon Web Services 38552 // accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see 38553 // the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 38554 DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 38555 } 38556 38557 // String returns the string representation. 38558 // 38559 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38560 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38561 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38562 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 38563 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38564 } 38565 38566 // GoString returns the string representation. 38567 // 38568 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38569 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38570 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38571 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 38572 return s.String() 38573 } 38574 38575 // SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 38576 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput { 38577 s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v 38578 return s 38579 } 38580 38581 type ModifyDBSnapshotInput struct { 38582 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38583 38584 // The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify. 38585 // 38586 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 38587 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38588 38589 // The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to. 38590 // 38591 // The following are the database engines and engine versions that are available 38592 // when you upgrade a DB snapshot. 38593 // 38594 // MySQL 38595 // 38596 // * 5.5.46 (supported for 5.1 DB snapshots) 38597 // 38598 // Oracle 38599 // 38600 // * 12.1.0.2.v8 (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots) 38601 // 38602 // * 11.2.0.4.v12 (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB snapshots) 38603 // 38604 // * 11.2.0.4.v11 (supported for 11.2.0.3 DB snapshots) 38605 // 38606 // PostgreSQL 38607 // 38608 // For the list of engine versions that are available for upgrading a DB snapshot, 38609 // see Upgrading the PostgreSQL DB Engine for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.PostgreSQL.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.PostgreSQL.MajorVersion). 38610 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 38611 38612 // The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot. 38613 // 38614 // You can specify this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The 38615 // same option group considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when 38616 // upgrading a DB instance. For more information, see Option group considerations 38617 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.OGPG.OG) 38618 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 38619 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 38620 } 38621 38622 // String returns the string representation. 38623 // 38624 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38625 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38626 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38627 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 38628 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38629 } 38630 38631 // GoString returns the string representation. 38632 // 38633 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38634 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38635 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38636 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 38637 return s.String() 38638 } 38639 38640 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38641 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 38642 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotInput"} 38643 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 38644 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 38645 } 38646 38647 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38648 return invalidParams 38649 } 38650 return nil 38651 } 38652 38653 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 38654 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 38655 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 38656 return s 38657 } 38658 38659 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 38660 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 38661 s.EngineVersion = &v 38662 return s 38663 } 38664 38665 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 38666 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 38667 s.OptionGroupName = &v 38668 return s 38669 } 38670 38671 type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput struct { 38672 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38673 38674 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 38675 // 38676 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 38677 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 38678 } 38679 38680 // String returns the string representation. 38681 // 38682 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38683 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38684 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38685 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 38686 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38687 } 38688 38689 // GoString returns the string representation. 38690 // 38691 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38692 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38693 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38694 func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 38695 return s.String() 38696 } 38697 38698 // SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 38699 func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput { 38700 s.DBSnapshot = v 38701 return s 38702 } 38703 38704 type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 38705 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38706 38707 // The description for the DB subnet group. 38708 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 38709 38710 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 38711 // You can't modify the default subnet group. 38712 // 38713 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 38714 // default. 38715 // 38716 // Example: mySubnetgroup 38717 // 38718 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 38719 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38720 38721 // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 38722 // 38723 // SubnetIds is a required field 38724 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 38725 } 38726 38727 // String returns the string representation. 38728 // 38729 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38730 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38731 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38732 func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 38733 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38734 } 38735 38736 // GoString returns the string representation. 38737 // 38738 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38739 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38740 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38741 func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 38742 return s.String() 38743 } 38744 38745 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38746 func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 38747 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"} 38748 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 38749 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 38750 } 38751 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 38752 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 38753 } 38754 38755 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38756 return invalidParams 38757 } 38758 return nil 38759 } 38760 38761 // SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 38762 func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 38763 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 38764 return s 38765 } 38766 38767 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 38768 func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 38769 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 38770 return s 38771 } 38772 38773 // SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 38774 func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 38775 s.SubnetIds = v 38776 return s 38777 } 38778 38779 type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 38780 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38781 38782 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 38783 // 38784 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 38785 // action. 38786 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 38787 } 38788 38789 // String returns the string representation. 38790 // 38791 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38792 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38793 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38794 func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 38795 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38796 } 38797 38798 // GoString returns the string representation. 38799 // 38800 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38801 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38802 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38803 func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 38804 return s.String() 38805 } 38806 38807 // SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 38808 func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput { 38809 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 38810 return s 38811 } 38812 38813 type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { 38814 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38815 38816 // A value that indicates whether to activate the subscription. 38817 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 38818 38819 // A list of event categories for a source type (SourceType) that you want to 38820 // subscribe to. You can see a list of the categories for a given source type 38821 // in Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 38822 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories operation. 38823 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 38824 38825 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 38826 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 38827 // it. 38828 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 38829 38830 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 38831 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 38832 // to db-instance. If this value isn't specified, all events are returned. 38833 // 38834 // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group 38835 // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot 38836 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 38837 38838 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription. 38839 // 38840 // SubscriptionName is a required field 38841 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 38842 } 38843 38844 // String returns the string representation. 38845 // 38846 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38847 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38848 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38849 func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 38850 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38851 } 38852 38853 // GoString returns the string representation. 38854 // 38855 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38856 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38857 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38858 func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 38859 return s.String() 38860 } 38861 38862 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 38863 func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 38864 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"} 38865 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 38866 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 38867 } 38868 38869 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 38870 return invalidParams 38871 } 38872 return nil 38873 } 38874 38875 // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 38876 func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 38877 s.Enabled = &v 38878 return s 38879 } 38880 38881 // SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 38882 func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 38883 s.EventCategories = v 38884 return s 38885 } 38886 38887 // SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 38888 func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 38889 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 38890 return s 38891 } 38892 38893 // SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 38894 func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 38895 s.SourceType = &v 38896 return s 38897 } 38898 38899 // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 38900 func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 38901 s.SubscriptionName = &v 38902 return s 38903 } 38904 38905 type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 38906 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38907 38908 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 38909 // action. 38910 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 38911 } 38912 38913 // String returns the string representation. 38914 // 38915 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38916 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38917 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38918 func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 38919 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 38920 } 38921 38922 // GoString returns the string representation. 38923 // 38924 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 38925 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 38926 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 38927 func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 38928 return s.String() 38929 } 38930 38931 // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 38932 func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput { 38933 s.EventSubscription = v 38934 return s 38935 } 38936 38937 type ModifyGlobalClusterInput struct { 38938 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 38939 38940 // A value that indicates whether major version upgrades are allowed. 38941 // 38942 // Constraints: You must allow major version upgrades when specifying a value 38943 // for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the 38944 // DB cluster's current version. 38945 // 38946 // If you upgrade the major version of a global database, the cluster and DB 38947 // instance parameter groups are set to the default parameter groups for the 38948 // new version. Apply any custom parameter groups after completing the upgrade. 38949 AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 38950 38951 // Indicates if the global database cluster has deletion protection enabled. 38952 // The global database cluster can't be deleted when deletion protection is 38953 // enabled. 38954 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 38955 38956 // The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing 38957 // this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next 38958 // maintenance window unless ApplyImmediately is enabled. 38959 // 38960 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible 38961 // Aurora), use the following command: 38962 // 38963 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query '*[]|[?SupportsGlobalDatabases 38964 // == `true`].[EngineVersion]' 38965 // 38966 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 38967 // 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command: 38968 // 38969 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query '*[]|[?SupportsGlobalDatabases 38970 // == `true`].[EngineVersion]' 38971 // 38972 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the 38973 // following command: 38974 // 38975 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query '*[]|[?SupportsGlobalDatabases 38976 // == `true`].[EngineVersion]' 38977 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 38978 38979 // The DB cluster identifier for the global cluster being modified. This parameter 38980 // isn't case-sensitive. 38981 // 38982 // Constraints: 38983 // 38984 // * Must match the identifier of an existing global database cluster. 38985 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 38986 38987 // The new cluster identifier for the global database cluster when modifying 38988 // a global database cluster. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 38989 // 38990 // Constraints: 38991 // 38992 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 38993 // 38994 // * The first character must be a letter 38995 // 38996 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 38997 // 38998 // Example: my-cluster2 38999 NewGlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 39000 } 39001 39002 // String returns the string representation. 39003 // 39004 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39005 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39006 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39007 func (s ModifyGlobalClusterInput) String() string { 39008 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39009 } 39010 39011 // GoString returns the string representation. 39012 // 39013 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39014 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39015 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39016 func (s ModifyGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string { 39017 return s.String() 39018 } 39019 39020 // SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 39021 func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput { 39022 s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 39023 return s 39024 } 39025 39026 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 39027 func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput { 39028 s.DeletionProtection = &v 39029 return s 39030 } 39031 39032 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 39033 func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput { 39034 s.EngineVersion = &v 39035 return s 39036 } 39037 39038 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 39039 func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput { 39040 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 39041 return s 39042 } 39043 39044 // SetNewGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the NewGlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 39045 func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterInput) SetNewGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyGlobalClusterInput { 39046 s.NewGlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 39047 return s 39048 } 39049 39050 type ModifyGlobalClusterOutput struct { 39051 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39052 39053 // A data type representing an Aurora global database. 39054 GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"` 39055 } 39056 39057 // String returns the string representation. 39058 // 39059 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39060 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39061 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39062 func (s ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) String() string { 39063 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39064 } 39065 39066 // GoString returns the string representation. 39067 // 39068 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39069 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39070 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39071 func (s ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string { 39072 return s.String() 39073 } 39074 39075 // SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value. 39076 func (s *ModifyGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *ModifyGlobalClusterOutput { 39077 s.GlobalCluster = v 39078 return s 39079 } 39080 39081 type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct { 39082 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39083 39084 // A value that indicates whether to apply the change immediately or during 39085 // the next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option 39086 // group. 39087 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 39088 39089 // The name of the option group to be modified. 39090 // 39091 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 39092 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 39093 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 39094 // 39095 // OptionGroupName is a required field 39096 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 39097 39098 // Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, 39099 // the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration. 39100 OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"` 39101 39102 // Options in this list are removed from the option group. 39103 OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"` 39104 } 39105 39106 // String returns the string representation. 39107 // 39108 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39109 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39110 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39111 func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string { 39112 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39113 } 39114 39115 // GoString returns the string representation. 39116 // 39117 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39118 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39119 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39120 func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 39121 return s.String() 39122 } 39123 39124 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 39125 func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 39126 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyOptionGroupInput"} 39127 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 39128 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 39129 } 39130 if s.OptionsToInclude != nil { 39131 for i, v := range s.OptionsToInclude { 39132 if v == nil { 39133 continue 39134 } 39135 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 39136 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OptionsToInclude", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 39137 } 39138 } 39139 } 39140 39141 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 39142 return invalidParams 39143 } 39144 return nil 39145 } 39146 39147 // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 39148 func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 39149 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 39150 return s 39151 } 39152 39153 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 39154 func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 39155 s.OptionGroupName = &v 39156 return s 39157 } 39158 39159 // SetOptionsToInclude sets the OptionsToInclude field's value. 39160 func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToInclude(v []*OptionConfiguration) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 39161 s.OptionsToInclude = v 39162 return s 39163 } 39164 39165 // SetOptionsToRemove sets the OptionsToRemove field's value. 39166 func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 39167 s.OptionsToRemove = v 39168 return s 39169 } 39170 39171 type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct { 39172 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39173 39174 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 39175 } 39176 39177 // String returns the string representation. 39178 // 39179 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39180 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39181 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39182 func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 39183 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39184 } 39185 39186 // GoString returns the string representation. 39187 // 39188 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39189 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39190 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39191 func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 39192 return s.String() 39193 } 39194 39195 // SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 39196 func (s *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *ModifyOptionGroupOutput { 39197 s.OptionGroup = v 39198 return s 39199 } 39200 39201 // Option details. 39202 type Option struct { 39203 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39204 39205 // If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows 39206 // access to the port. 39207 DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 39208 39209 // The description of the option. 39210 OptionDescription *string `type:"string"` 39211 39212 // The name of the option. 39213 OptionName *string `type:"string"` 39214 39215 // The option settings for this option. 39216 OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` 39217 39218 // The version of the option. 39219 OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` 39220 39221 // Indicate if this option is permanent. 39222 Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` 39223 39224 // Indicate if this option is persistent. 39225 Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` 39226 39227 // If required, the port configured for this option to use. 39228 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 39229 39230 // If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows 39231 // access to the port. 39232 VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 39233 } 39234 39235 // String returns the string representation. 39236 // 39237 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39238 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39239 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39240 func (s Option) String() string { 39241 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39242 } 39243 39244 // GoString returns the string representation. 39245 // 39246 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39247 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39248 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39249 func (s Option) GoString() string { 39250 return s.String() 39251 } 39252 39253 // SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 39254 func (s *Option) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { 39255 s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v 39256 return s 39257 } 39258 39259 // SetOptionDescription sets the OptionDescription field's value. 39260 func (s *Option) SetOptionDescription(v string) *Option { 39261 s.OptionDescription = &v 39262 return s 39263 } 39264 39265 // SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. 39266 func (s *Option) SetOptionName(v string) *Option { 39267 s.OptionName = &v 39268 return s 39269 } 39270 39271 // SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. 39272 func (s *Option) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *Option { 39273 s.OptionSettings = v 39274 return s 39275 } 39276 39277 // SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. 39278 func (s *Option) SetOptionVersion(v string) *Option { 39279 s.OptionVersion = &v 39280 return s 39281 } 39282 39283 // SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. 39284 func (s *Option) SetPermanent(v bool) *Option { 39285 s.Permanent = &v 39286 return s 39287 } 39288 39289 // SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. 39290 func (s *Option) SetPersistent(v bool) *Option { 39291 s.Persistent = &v 39292 return s 39293 } 39294 39295 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 39296 func (s *Option) SetPort(v int64) *Option { 39297 s.Port = &v 39298 return s 39299 } 39300 39301 // SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 39302 func (s *Option) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { 39303 s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v 39304 return s 39305 } 39306 39307 // A list of all available options 39308 type OptionConfiguration struct { 39309 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39310 39311 // A list of DBSecurityGroupMembership name strings used for this option. 39312 DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 39313 39314 // The configuration of options to include in a group. 39315 // 39316 // OptionName is a required field 39317 OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 39318 39319 // The option settings to include in an option group. 39320 OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` 39321 39322 // The version for the option. 39323 OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` 39324 39325 // The optional port for the option. 39326 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 39327 39328 // A list of VpcSecurityGroupMembership name strings used for this option. 39329 VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 39330 } 39331 39332 // String returns the string representation. 39333 // 39334 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39335 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39336 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39337 func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string { 39338 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39339 } 39340 39341 // GoString returns the string representation. 39342 // 39343 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39344 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39345 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39346 func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string { 39347 return s.String() 39348 } 39349 39350 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 39351 func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error { 39352 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OptionConfiguration"} 39353 if s.OptionName == nil { 39354 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionName")) 39355 } 39356 39357 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 39358 return invalidParams 39359 } 39360 return nil 39361 } 39362 39363 // SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 39364 func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { 39365 s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v 39366 return s 39367 } 39368 39369 // SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. 39370 func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionName(v string) *OptionConfiguration { 39371 s.OptionName = &v 39372 return s 39373 } 39374 39375 // SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. 39376 func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *OptionConfiguration { 39377 s.OptionSettings = v 39378 return s 39379 } 39380 39381 // SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. 39382 func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionVersion(v string) *OptionConfiguration { 39383 s.OptionVersion = &v 39384 return s 39385 } 39386 39387 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 39388 func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetPort(v int64) *OptionConfiguration { 39389 s.Port = &v 39390 return s 39391 } 39392 39393 // SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 39394 func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { 39395 s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v 39396 return s 39397 } 39398 39399 type OptionGroup struct { 39400 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39401 39402 // Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC 39403 // instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both 39404 // VPC and non-VPC instances. 39405 AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"` 39406 39407 // Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. 39408 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 39409 39410 // Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. 39411 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 39412 39413 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. 39414 OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 39415 39416 // Provides a description of the option group. 39417 OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 39418 39419 // Specifies the name of the option group. 39420 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 39421 39422 // Indicates what options are available in the option group. 39423 Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"` 39424 39425 // If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If 39426 // AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then 39427 // this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this 39428 // field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances 39429 // that are in the VPC indicated by this field. 39430 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 39431 } 39432 39433 // String returns the string representation. 39434 // 39435 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39436 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39437 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39438 func (s OptionGroup) String() string { 39439 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39440 } 39441 39442 // GoString returns the string representation. 39443 // 39444 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39445 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39446 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39447 func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string { 39448 return s.String() 39449 } 39450 39451 // SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships sets the AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships field's value. 39452 func (s *OptionGroup) SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships(v bool) *OptionGroup { 39453 s.AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = &v 39454 return s 39455 } 39456 39457 // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 39458 func (s *OptionGroup) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroup { 39459 s.EngineName = &v 39460 return s 39461 } 39462 39463 // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 39464 func (s *OptionGroup) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroup { 39465 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 39466 return s 39467 } 39468 39469 // SetOptionGroupArn sets the OptionGroupArn field's value. 39470 func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupArn(v string) *OptionGroup { 39471 s.OptionGroupArn = &v 39472 return s 39473 } 39474 39475 // SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. 39476 func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *OptionGroup { 39477 s.OptionGroupDescription = &v 39478 return s 39479 } 39480 39481 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 39482 func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroup { 39483 s.OptionGroupName = &v 39484 return s 39485 } 39486 39487 // SetOptions sets the Options field's value. 39488 func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptions(v []*Option) *OptionGroup { 39489 s.Options = v 39490 return s 39491 } 39492 39493 // SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 39494 func (s *OptionGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *OptionGroup { 39495 s.VpcId = &v 39496 return s 39497 } 39498 39499 // Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. 39500 type OptionGroupMembership struct { 39501 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39502 39503 // The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. 39504 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 39505 39506 // The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: 39507 // in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, 39508 // applying, removing, and failed. 39509 Status *string `type:"string"` 39510 } 39511 39512 // String returns the string representation. 39513 // 39514 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39515 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39516 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39517 func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string { 39518 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39519 } 39520 39521 // GoString returns the string representation. 39522 // 39523 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39524 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39525 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39526 func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string { 39527 return s.String() 39528 } 39529 39530 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 39531 func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 39532 s.OptionGroupName = &v 39533 return s 39534 } 39535 39536 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 39537 func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 39538 s.Status = &v 39539 return s 39540 } 39541 39542 // Available option. 39543 type OptionGroupOption struct { 39544 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39545 39546 // If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. 39547 DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"` 39548 39549 // The description of the option. 39550 Description *string `type:"string"` 39551 39552 // The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. 39553 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 39554 39555 // Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. 39556 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 39557 39558 // The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. 39559 MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 39560 39561 // The name of the option. 39562 Name *string `type:"string"` 39563 39564 // The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option 39565 // in an option group. 39566 OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"` 39567 39568 // The versions that are available for the option. 39569 OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"` 39570 39571 // The options that conflict with this option. 39572 OptionsConflictsWith []*string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"` 39573 39574 // The options that are prerequisites for this option. 39575 OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"` 39576 39577 // Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group 39578 // containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. 39579 Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` 39580 39581 // Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances 39582 // are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances 39583 // from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option 39584 // group. 39585 Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` 39586 39587 // Specifies whether the option requires a port. 39588 PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"` 39589 39590 // If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your 39591 // DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version 39592 // Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance 39593 // later. 39594 RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 39595 39596 // If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This 39597 // only applies to options that have different versions available. 39598 SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 39599 39600 // If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC. 39601 VpcOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 39602 } 39603 39604 // String returns the string representation. 39605 // 39606 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39607 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39608 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39609 func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string { 39610 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39611 } 39612 39613 // GoString returns the string representation. 39614 // 39615 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39616 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39617 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39618 func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string { 39619 return s.String() 39620 } 39621 39622 // SetDefaultPort sets the DefaultPort field's value. 39623 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDefaultPort(v int64) *OptionGroupOption { 39624 s.DefaultPort = &v 39625 return s 39626 } 39627 39628 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 39629 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 39630 s.Description = &v 39631 return s 39632 } 39633 39634 // SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 39635 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 39636 s.EngineName = &v 39637 return s 39638 } 39639 39640 // SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 39641 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 39642 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 39643 return s 39644 } 39645 39646 // SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion sets the MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion field's value. 39647 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 39648 s.MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = &v 39649 return s 39650 } 39651 39652 // SetName sets the Name field's value. 39653 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 39654 s.Name = &v 39655 return s 39656 } 39657 39658 // SetOptionGroupOptionSettings sets the OptionGroupOptionSettings field's value. 39659 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionSettings(v []*OptionGroupOptionSetting) *OptionGroupOption { 39660 s.OptionGroupOptionSettings = v 39661 return s 39662 } 39663 39664 // SetOptionGroupOptionVersions sets the OptionGroupOptionVersions field's value. 39665 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionVersions(v []*OptionVersion) *OptionGroupOption { 39666 s.OptionGroupOptionVersions = v 39667 return s 39668 } 39669 39670 // SetOptionsConflictsWith sets the OptionsConflictsWith field's value. 39671 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsConflictsWith(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { 39672 s.OptionsConflictsWith = v 39673 return s 39674 } 39675 39676 // SetOptionsDependedOn sets the OptionsDependedOn field's value. 39677 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsDependedOn(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { 39678 s.OptionsDependedOn = v 39679 return s 39680 } 39681 39682 // SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. 39683 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPermanent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 39684 s.Permanent = &v 39685 return s 39686 } 39687 39688 // SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. 39689 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPersistent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 39690 s.Persistent = &v 39691 return s 39692 } 39693 39694 // SetPortRequired sets the PortRequired field's value. 39695 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPortRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 39696 s.PortRequired = &v 39697 return s 39698 } 39699 39700 // SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade sets the RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade field's value. 39701 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 39702 s.RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = &v 39703 return s 39704 } 39705 39706 // SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade sets the SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade field's value. 39707 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 39708 s.SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = &v 39709 return s 39710 } 39711 39712 // SetVpcOnly sets the VpcOnly field's value. 39713 func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetVpcOnly(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 39714 s.VpcOnly = &v 39715 return s 39716 } 39717 39718 // Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each 39719 // option with their default values and other information. These values are 39720 // used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. 39721 type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct { 39722 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39723 39724 // Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. 39725 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 39726 39727 // The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. 39728 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 39729 39730 // The default value for the option group option. 39731 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 39732 39733 // Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed 39734 // from the default value. 39735 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 39736 39737 // Boolean value where true indicates that a value must be specified for this 39738 // option setting of the option group option. 39739 IsRequired *bool `type:"boolean"` 39740 39741 // The minimum DB engine version required for the corresponding allowed value 39742 // for this option setting. 39743 MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue []*MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue `locationNameList:"MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue" type:"list"` 39744 39745 // The description of the option group option. 39746 SettingDescription *string `type:"string"` 39747 39748 // The name of the option group option. 39749 SettingName *string `type:"string"` 39750 } 39751 39752 // String returns the string representation. 39753 // 39754 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39755 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39756 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39757 func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string { 39758 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39759 } 39760 39761 // GoString returns the string representation. 39762 // 39763 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39764 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39765 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39766 func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string { 39767 return s.String() 39768 } 39769 39770 // SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 39771 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39772 s.AllowedValues = &v 39773 return s 39774 } 39775 39776 // SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 39777 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39778 s.ApplyType = &v 39779 return s 39780 } 39781 39782 // SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 39783 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39784 s.DefaultValue = &v 39785 return s 39786 } 39787 39788 // SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 39789 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39790 s.IsModifiable = &v 39791 return s 39792 } 39793 39794 // SetIsRequired sets the IsRequired field's value. 39795 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39796 s.IsRequired = &v 39797 return s 39798 } 39799 39800 // SetMinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue sets the MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue field's value. 39801 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetMinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue(v []*MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39802 s.MinimumEngineVersionPerAllowedValue = v 39803 return s 39804 } 39805 39806 // SetSettingDescription sets the SettingDescription field's value. 39807 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39808 s.SettingDescription = &v 39809 return s 39810 } 39811 39812 // SetSettingName sets the SettingName field's value. 39813 func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingName(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 39814 s.SettingName = &v 39815 return s 39816 } 39817 39818 // Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that 39819 // option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. 39820 // For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER 39821 // that can have several different values. 39822 type OptionSetting struct { 39823 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39824 39825 // The allowed values of the option setting. 39826 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 39827 39828 // The DB engine specific parameter type. 39829 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 39830 39831 // The data type of the option setting. 39832 DataType *string `type:"string"` 39833 39834 // The default value of the option setting. 39835 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 39836 39837 // The description of the option setting. 39838 Description *string `type:"string"` 39839 39840 // Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. 39841 IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"` 39842 39843 // A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified 39844 // from the default. 39845 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 39846 39847 // The name of the option that has settings that you can set. 39848 Name *string `type:"string"` 39849 39850 // The current value of the option setting. 39851 Value *string `type:"string"` 39852 } 39853 39854 // String returns the string representation. 39855 // 39856 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39857 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39858 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39859 func (s OptionSetting) String() string { 39860 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39861 } 39862 39863 // GoString returns the string representation. 39864 // 39865 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39866 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39867 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39868 func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string { 39869 return s.String() 39870 } 39871 39872 // SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 39873 func (s *OptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionSetting { 39874 s.AllowedValues = &v 39875 return s 39876 } 39877 39878 // SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 39879 func (s *OptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionSetting { 39880 s.ApplyType = &v 39881 return s 39882 } 39883 39884 // SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 39885 func (s *OptionSetting) SetDataType(v string) *OptionSetting { 39886 s.DataType = &v 39887 return s 39888 } 39889 39890 // SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 39891 func (s *OptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionSetting { 39892 s.DefaultValue = &v 39893 return s 39894 } 39895 39896 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 39897 func (s *OptionSetting) SetDescription(v string) *OptionSetting { 39898 s.Description = &v 39899 return s 39900 } 39901 39902 // SetIsCollection sets the IsCollection field's value. 39903 func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsCollection(v bool) *OptionSetting { 39904 s.IsCollection = &v 39905 return s 39906 } 39907 39908 // SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 39909 func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionSetting { 39910 s.IsModifiable = &v 39911 return s 39912 } 39913 39914 // SetName sets the Name field's value. 39915 func (s *OptionSetting) SetName(v string) *OptionSetting { 39916 s.Name = &v 39917 return s 39918 } 39919 39920 // SetValue sets the Value field's value. 39921 func (s *OptionSetting) SetValue(v string) *OptionSetting { 39922 s.Value = &v 39923 return s 39924 } 39925 39926 // The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the 39927 // DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. 39928 type OptionVersion struct { 39929 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39930 39931 // True if the version is the default version of the option, and otherwise false. 39932 IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` 39933 39934 // The version of the option. 39935 Version *string `type:"string"` 39936 } 39937 39938 // String returns the string representation. 39939 // 39940 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39941 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39942 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39943 func (s OptionVersion) String() string { 39944 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 39945 } 39946 39947 // GoString returns the string representation. 39948 // 39949 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 39950 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 39951 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 39952 func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string { 39953 return s.String() 39954 } 39955 39956 // SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. 39957 func (s *OptionVersion) SetIsDefault(v bool) *OptionVersion { 39958 s.IsDefault = &v 39959 return s 39960 } 39961 39962 // SetVersion sets the Version field's value. 39963 func (s *OptionVersion) SetVersion(v string) *OptionVersion { 39964 s.Version = &v 39965 return s 39966 } 39967 39968 // Contains a list of available options for a DB instance. 39969 // 39970 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 39971 // action. 39972 type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct { 39973 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 39974 39975 // The Availability Zone group for a DB instance. 39976 AvailabilityZoneGroup *string `type:"string"` 39977 39978 // A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. 39979 AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 39980 39981 // A list of the available processor features for the DB instance class of a 39982 // DB instance. 39983 AvailableProcessorFeatures []*AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 39984 39985 // The DB instance class for a DB instance. 39986 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 39987 39988 // The engine type of a DB instance. 39989 Engine *string `type:"string"` 39990 39991 // The engine version of a DB instance. 39992 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 39993 39994 // The license model for a DB instance. 39995 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 39996 39997 // Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 39998 MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 39999 40000 // Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 40001 MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 40002 40003 // Maximum storage size for a DB instance. 40004 MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 40005 40006 // Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 40007 MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 40008 40009 // Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 40010 MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 40011 40012 // Minimum storage size for a DB instance. 40013 MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 40014 40015 // Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. 40016 MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 40017 40018 // Whether a DB instance supports RDS on Outposts. 40019 // 40020 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Amazon RDS on Amazon Web 40021 // Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 40022 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 40023 OutpostCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 40024 40025 // Indicates whether a DB instance can have a read replica. 40026 ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 40027 40028 // Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. 40029 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 40030 40031 // The list of supported modes for Database Activity Streams. Aurora PostgreSQL 40032 // returns the value [sync, async]. Aurora MySQL and RDS for Oracle return [async] 40033 // only. If Database Activity Streams isn't supported, the return value is an 40034 // empty list. 40035 SupportedActivityStreamModes []*string `type:"list"` 40036 40037 // A list of the supported DB engine modes. 40038 SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` 40039 40040 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals 40041 // from 1 to 60 seconds. 40042 SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"` 40043 40044 // A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with a 40045 // specific combination of other DB engine attributes. 40046 SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"` 40047 40048 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. 40049 SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 40050 40051 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. 40052 SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"` 40053 40054 // Whether a DB instance supports Kerberos Authentication. 40055 SupportsKerberosAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 40056 40057 // True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false. 40058 SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 40059 40060 // Whether Amazon RDS can automatically scale storage for DB instances that 40061 // use the specified DB instance class. 40062 SupportsStorageAutoscaling *bool `type:"boolean"` 40063 40064 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. 40065 SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"` 40066 40067 // Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. 40068 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 40069 } 40070 40071 // String returns the string representation. 40072 // 40073 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40074 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40075 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40076 func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string { 40077 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40078 } 40079 40080 // GoString returns the string representation. 40081 // 40082 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40083 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40084 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40085 func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string { 40086 return s.String() 40087 } 40088 40089 // SetAvailabilityZoneGroup sets the AvailabilityZoneGroup field's value. 40090 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZoneGroup(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40091 s.AvailabilityZoneGroup = &v 40092 return s 40093 } 40094 40095 // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 40096 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40097 s.AvailabilityZones = v 40098 return s 40099 } 40100 40101 // SetAvailableProcessorFeatures sets the AvailableProcessorFeatures field's value. 40102 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailableProcessorFeatures(v []*AvailableProcessorFeature) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40103 s.AvailableProcessorFeatures = v 40104 return s 40105 } 40106 40107 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 40108 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40109 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 40110 return s 40111 } 40112 40113 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 40114 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40115 s.Engine = &v 40116 return s 40117 } 40118 40119 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 40120 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40121 s.EngineVersion = &v 40122 return s 40123 } 40124 40125 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 40126 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40127 s.LicenseModel = &v 40128 return s 40129 } 40130 40131 // SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance sets the MaxIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 40132 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40133 s.MaxIopsPerDbInstance = &v 40134 return s 40135 } 40136 40137 // SetMaxIopsPerGib sets the MaxIopsPerGib field's value. 40138 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40139 s.MaxIopsPerGib = &v 40140 return s 40141 } 40142 40143 // SetMaxStorageSize sets the MaxStorageSize field's value. 40144 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40145 s.MaxStorageSize = &v 40146 return s 40147 } 40148 40149 // SetMinIopsPerDbInstance sets the MinIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 40150 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40151 s.MinIopsPerDbInstance = &v 40152 return s 40153 } 40154 40155 // SetMinIopsPerGib sets the MinIopsPerGib field's value. 40156 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40157 s.MinIopsPerGib = &v 40158 return s 40159 } 40160 40161 // SetMinStorageSize sets the MinStorageSize field's value. 40162 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40163 s.MinStorageSize = &v 40164 return s 40165 } 40166 40167 // SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value. 40168 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40169 s.MultiAZCapable = &v 40170 return s 40171 } 40172 40173 // SetOutpostCapable sets the OutpostCapable field's value. 40174 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetOutpostCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40175 s.OutpostCapable = &v 40176 return s 40177 } 40178 40179 // SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value. 40180 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40181 s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v 40182 return s 40183 } 40184 40185 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 40186 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40187 s.StorageType = &v 40188 return s 40189 } 40190 40191 // SetSupportedActivityStreamModes sets the SupportedActivityStreamModes field's value. 40192 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportedActivityStreamModes(v []*string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40193 s.SupportedActivityStreamModes = v 40194 return s 40195 } 40196 40197 // SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. 40198 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40199 s.SupportedEngineModes = v 40200 return s 40201 } 40202 40203 // SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value. 40204 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40205 s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v 40206 return s 40207 } 40208 40209 // SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value. 40210 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40211 s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v 40212 return s 40213 } 40214 40215 // SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 40216 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40217 s.SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 40218 return s 40219 } 40220 40221 // SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value. 40222 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40223 s.SupportsIops = &v 40224 return s 40225 } 40226 40227 // SetSupportsKerberosAuthentication sets the SupportsKerberosAuthentication field's value. 40228 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsKerberosAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40229 s.SupportsKerberosAuthentication = &v 40230 return s 40231 } 40232 40233 // SetSupportsPerformanceInsights sets the SupportsPerformanceInsights field's value. 40234 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsPerformanceInsights(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40235 s.SupportsPerformanceInsights = &v 40236 return s 40237 } 40238 40239 // SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling sets the SupportsStorageAutoscaling field's value. 40240 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40241 s.SupportsStorageAutoscaling = &v 40242 return s 40243 } 40244 40245 // SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value. 40246 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40247 s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v 40248 return s 40249 } 40250 40251 // SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 40252 func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 40253 s.Vpc = &v 40254 return s 40255 } 40256 40257 // A data type that represents an Outpost. 40258 // 40259 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Amazon RDS on Amazon Web 40260 // Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 40261 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 40262 type Outpost struct { 40263 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40264 40265 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. 40266 Arn *string `type:"string"` 40267 } 40268 40269 // String returns the string representation. 40270 // 40271 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40272 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40273 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40274 func (s Outpost) String() string { 40275 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40276 } 40277 40278 // GoString returns the string representation. 40279 // 40280 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40281 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40282 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40283 func (s Outpost) GoString() string { 40284 return s.String() 40285 } 40286 40287 // SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 40288 func (s *Outpost) SetArn(v string) *Outpost { 40289 s.Arn = &v 40290 return s 40291 } 40292 40293 // This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup 40294 // and ResetDBParameterGroup actions. 40295 // 40296 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 40297 // and DescribeDBParameters actions. 40298 type Parameter struct { 40299 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40300 40301 // Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. 40302 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 40303 40304 // Indicates when to apply parameter updates. 40305 ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"` 40306 40307 // Specifies the engine specific parameters type. 40308 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 40309 40310 // Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. 40311 DataType *string `type:"string"` 40312 40313 // Provides a description of the parameter. 40314 Description *string `type:"string"` 40315 40316 // Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some 40317 // parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from 40318 // being changed. 40319 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 40320 40321 // The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. 40322 MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 40323 40324 // Specifies the name of the parameter. 40325 ParameterName *string `type:"string"` 40326 40327 // Specifies the value of the parameter. 40328 ParameterValue *string `type:"string"` 40329 40330 // Indicates the source of the parameter value. 40331 Source *string `type:"string"` 40332 40333 // The valid DB engine modes. 40334 SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` 40335 } 40336 40337 // String returns the string representation. 40338 // 40339 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40340 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40341 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40342 func (s Parameter) String() string { 40343 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40344 } 40345 40346 // GoString returns the string representation. 40347 // 40348 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40349 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40350 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40351 func (s Parameter) GoString() string { 40352 return s.String() 40353 } 40354 40355 // SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 40356 func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter { 40357 s.AllowedValues = &v 40358 return s 40359 } 40360 40361 // SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value. 40362 func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter { 40363 s.ApplyMethod = &v 40364 return s 40365 } 40366 40367 // SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 40368 func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter { 40369 s.ApplyType = &v 40370 return s 40371 } 40372 40373 // SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 40374 func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter { 40375 s.DataType = &v 40376 return s 40377 } 40378 40379 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 40380 func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter { 40381 s.Description = &v 40382 return s 40383 } 40384 40385 // SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 40386 func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter { 40387 s.IsModifiable = &v 40388 return s 40389 } 40390 40391 // SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value. 40392 func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter { 40393 s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v 40394 return s 40395 } 40396 40397 // SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value. 40398 func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter { 40399 s.ParameterName = &v 40400 return s 40401 } 40402 40403 // SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value. 40404 func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter { 40405 s.ParameterValue = &v 40406 return s 40407 } 40408 40409 // SetSource sets the Source field's value. 40410 func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter { 40411 s.Source = &v 40412 return s 40413 } 40414 40415 // SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. 40416 func (s *Parameter) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *Parameter { 40417 s.SupportedEngineModes = v 40418 return s 40419 } 40420 40421 // A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, 40422 // these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. 40423 type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports struct { 40424 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40425 40426 // Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled, 40427 // these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs. 40428 LogTypesToDisable []*string `type:"list"` 40429 40430 // Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated, 40431 // these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. 40432 LogTypesToEnable []*string `type:"list"` 40433 } 40434 40435 // String returns the string representation. 40436 // 40437 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40438 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40439 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40440 func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String() string { 40441 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40442 } 40443 40444 // GoString returns the string representation. 40445 // 40446 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40447 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40448 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40449 func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) GoString() string { 40450 return s.String() 40451 } 40452 40453 // SetLogTypesToDisable sets the LogTypesToDisable field's value. 40454 func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToDisable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 40455 s.LogTypesToDisable = v 40456 return s 40457 } 40458 40459 // SetLogTypesToEnable sets the LogTypesToEnable field's value. 40460 func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToEnable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 40461 s.LogTypesToEnable = v 40462 return s 40463 } 40464 40465 // Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. 40466 type PendingMaintenanceAction struct { 40467 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40468 40469 // The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. 40470 // Valid actions are system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, and ca-certificate-rotation. 40471 Action *string `type:"string"` 40472 40473 // The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance 40474 // action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after 40475 // this date. 40476 AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 40477 40478 // The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the 40479 // resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 40480 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate. 40481 // This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing 40482 // has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate. 40483 CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 40484 40485 // A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. 40486 Description *string `type:"string"` 40487 40488 // The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. 40489 // 40490 // On this date, the maintenance action is applied to the resource as soon as 40491 // possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the resource. There might 40492 // be a delay of one or more days from this date before the maintenance action 40493 // is applied. 40494 ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 40495 40496 // Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. 40497 OptInStatus *string `type:"string"` 40498 } 40499 40500 // String returns the string representation. 40501 // 40502 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40503 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40504 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40505 func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string { 40506 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40507 } 40508 40509 // GoString returns the string representation. 40510 // 40511 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40512 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40513 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40514 func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string { 40515 return s.String() 40516 } 40517 40518 // SetAction sets the Action field's value. 40519 func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 40520 s.Action = &v 40521 return s 40522 } 40523 40524 // SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value. 40525 func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 40526 s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v 40527 return s 40528 } 40529 40530 // SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value. 40531 func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 40532 s.CurrentApplyDate = &v 40533 return s 40534 } 40535 40536 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 40537 func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 40538 s.Description = &v 40539 return s 40540 } 40541 40542 // SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value. 40543 func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 40544 s.ForcedApplyDate = &v 40545 return s 40546 } 40547 40548 // SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value. 40549 func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 40550 s.OptInStatus = &v 40551 return s 40552 } 40553 40554 // This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance operation 40555 // and contains changes that will be applied during the next maintenance window. 40556 type PendingModifiedValues struct { 40557 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40558 40559 // The allocated storage size for the DB instance specified in gibibytes (GiB). 40560 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 40561 40562 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. 40563 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 40564 40565 // The identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. 40566 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 40567 40568 // The name of the compute and memory capacity class for the DB instance. 40569 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 40570 40571 // The database identifier for the DB instance. 40572 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 40573 40574 // The DB subnet group for the DB instance. 40575 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 40576 40577 // The database engine version. 40578 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 40579 40580 // Whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) 40581 // accounts to database accounts is enabled. 40582 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 40583 40584 // The Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance. 40585 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 40586 40587 // The license model for the DB instance. 40588 // 40589 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 40590 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 40591 40592 // The master credentials for the DB instance. 40593 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 40594 40595 // A value that indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance will change to a Multi-AZ 40596 // deployment. 40597 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 40598 40599 // A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, 40600 // these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. 40601 PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"` 40602 40603 // The port for the DB instance. 40604 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 40605 40606 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 40607 // class of the DB instance. 40608 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 40609 40610 // The storage type of the DB instance. 40611 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 40612 } 40613 40614 // String returns the string representation. 40615 // 40616 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40617 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40618 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40619 func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string { 40620 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40621 } 40622 40623 // GoString returns the string representation. 40624 // 40625 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40626 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40627 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40628 func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { 40629 return s.String() 40630 } 40631 40632 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 40633 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 40634 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 40635 return s 40636 } 40637 40638 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 40639 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 40640 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 40641 return s 40642 } 40643 40644 // SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 40645 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40646 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 40647 return s 40648 } 40649 40650 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 40651 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40652 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 40653 return s 40654 } 40655 40656 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 40657 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40658 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 40659 return s 40660 } 40661 40662 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 40663 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40664 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 40665 return s 40666 } 40667 40668 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 40669 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40670 s.EngineVersion = &v 40671 return s 40672 } 40673 40674 // SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 40675 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues { 40676 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 40677 return s 40678 } 40679 40680 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 40681 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 40682 s.Iops = &v 40683 return s 40684 } 40685 40686 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 40687 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40688 s.LicenseModel = &v 40689 return s 40690 } 40691 40692 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 40693 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40694 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 40695 return s 40696 } 40697 40698 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 40699 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues { 40700 s.MultiAZ = &v 40701 return s 40702 } 40703 40704 // SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 40705 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *PendingModifiedValues { 40706 s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v 40707 return s 40708 } 40709 40710 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 40711 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 40712 s.Port = &v 40713 return s 40714 } 40715 40716 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 40717 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *PendingModifiedValues { 40718 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 40719 return s 40720 } 40721 40722 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 40723 func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 40724 s.StorageType = &v 40725 return s 40726 } 40727 40728 // Contains the processor features of a DB instance class. 40729 // 40730 // To specify the number of CPU cores, use the coreCount feature name for the 40731 // Name parameter. To specify the number of threads per core, use the threadsPerCore 40732 // feature name for the Name parameter. 40733 // 40734 // You can set the processor features of the DB instance class for a DB instance 40735 // when you call one of the following actions: 40736 // 40737 // * CreateDBInstance 40738 // 40739 // * ModifyDBInstance 40740 // 40741 // * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 40742 // 40743 // * RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 40744 // 40745 // * RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 40746 // 40747 // You can view the valid processor values for a particular instance class by 40748 // calling the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action and specifying the 40749 // instance class for the DBInstanceClass parameter. 40750 // 40751 // In addition, you can use the following actions for DB instance class processor 40752 // information: 40753 // 40754 // * DescribeDBInstances 40755 // 40756 // * DescribeDBSnapshots 40757 // 40758 // * DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 40759 // 40760 // If you call DescribeDBInstances, ProcessorFeature returns non-null values 40761 // only if the following conditions are met: 40762 // 40763 // * You are accessing an Oracle DB instance. 40764 // 40765 // * Your Oracle DB instance class supports configuring the number of CPU 40766 // cores and threads per core. 40767 // 40768 // * The current number CPU cores and threads is set to a non-default value. 40769 // 40770 // For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class 40771 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) 40772 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 40773 type ProcessorFeature struct { 40774 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40775 40776 // The name of the processor feature. Valid names are coreCount and threadsPerCore. 40777 Name *string `type:"string"` 40778 40779 // The value of a processor feature name. 40780 Value *string `type:"string"` 40781 } 40782 40783 // String returns the string representation. 40784 // 40785 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40786 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40787 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40788 func (s ProcessorFeature) String() string { 40789 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40790 } 40791 40792 // GoString returns the string representation. 40793 // 40794 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40795 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40796 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40797 func (s ProcessorFeature) GoString() string { 40798 return s.String() 40799 } 40800 40801 // SetName sets the Name field's value. 40802 func (s *ProcessorFeature) SetName(v string) *ProcessorFeature { 40803 s.Name = &v 40804 return s 40805 } 40806 40807 // SetValue sets the Value field's value. 40808 func (s *ProcessorFeature) SetValue(v string) *ProcessorFeature { 40809 s.Value = &v 40810 return s 40811 } 40812 40813 type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct { 40814 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40815 40816 // The identifier of the DB cluster read replica to promote. This parameter 40817 // isn't case-sensitive. 40818 // 40819 // Constraints: 40820 // 40821 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DB cluster read replica. 40822 // 40823 // Example: my-cluster-replica1 40824 // 40825 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 40826 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 40827 } 40828 40829 // String returns the string representation. 40830 // 40831 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40832 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40833 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40834 func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string { 40835 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40836 } 40837 40838 // GoString returns the string representation. 40839 // 40840 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40841 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40842 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40843 func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 40844 return s.String() 40845 } 40846 40847 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 40848 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 40849 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"} 40850 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 40851 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 40852 } 40853 40854 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 40855 return invalidParams 40856 } 40857 return nil 40858 } 40859 40860 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 40861 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput { 40862 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 40863 return s 40864 } 40865 40866 type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct { 40867 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40868 40869 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 40870 // 40871 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 40872 // and StartDBCluster actions. 40873 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 40874 } 40875 40876 // String returns the string representation. 40877 // 40878 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40879 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40880 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40881 func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string { 40882 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40883 } 40884 40885 // GoString returns the string representation. 40886 // 40887 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40888 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40889 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40890 func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 40891 return s.String() 40892 } 40893 40894 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 40895 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput { 40896 s.DBCluster = v 40897 return s 40898 } 40899 40900 type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct { 40901 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40902 40903 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this 40904 // parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 40905 // 0 disables automated backups. 40906 // 40907 // Default: 1 40908 // 40909 // Constraints: 40910 // 40911 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35. 40912 // 40913 // * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas. 40914 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 40915 40916 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 40917 // 40918 // Constraints: 40919 // 40920 // * Must match the identifier of an existing read replica DB instance. 40921 // 40922 // Example: mydbinstance 40923 // 40924 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 40925 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 40926 40927 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 40928 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 40929 // 40930 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 40931 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To see the time blocks available, 40932 // see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 40933 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 40934 // 40935 // Constraints: 40936 // 40937 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 40938 // 40939 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 40940 // 40941 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 40942 // 40943 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 40944 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 40945 } 40946 40947 // String returns the string representation. 40948 // 40949 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40950 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40951 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40952 func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string { 40953 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 40954 } 40955 40956 // GoString returns the string representation. 40957 // 40958 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 40959 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 40960 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 40961 func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { 40962 return s.String() 40963 } 40964 40965 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 40966 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { 40967 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaInput"} 40968 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 40969 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 40970 } 40971 40972 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 40973 return invalidParams 40974 } 40975 return nil 40976 } 40977 40978 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 40979 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 40980 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 40981 return s 40982 } 40983 40984 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 40985 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 40986 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 40987 return s 40988 } 40989 40990 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 40991 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 40992 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 40993 return s 40994 } 40995 40996 type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct { 40997 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 40998 40999 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 41000 // 41001 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 41002 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 41003 } 41004 41005 // String returns the string representation. 41006 // 41007 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41008 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41009 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41010 func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string { 41011 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41012 } 41013 41014 // GoString returns the string representation. 41015 // 41016 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41017 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41018 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41019 func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { 41020 return s.String() 41021 } 41022 41023 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 41024 func (s *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *PromoteReadReplicaOutput { 41025 s.DBInstance = v 41026 return s 41027 } 41028 41029 type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct { 41030 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41031 41032 // The number of instances to reserve. 41033 // 41034 // Default: 1 41035 DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 41036 41037 // Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. 41038 // 41039 // Example: myreservationID 41040 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 41041 41042 // The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. 41043 // 41044 // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 41045 // 41046 // ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field 41047 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41048 41049 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 41050 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 41051 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 41052 } 41053 41054 // String returns the string representation. 41055 // 41056 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41057 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41058 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41059 func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string { 41060 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41061 } 41062 41063 // GoString returns the string representation. 41064 // 41065 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41066 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41067 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41068 func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string { 41069 return s.String() 41070 } 41071 41072 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 41073 func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error { 41074 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput"} 41075 if s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId == nil { 41076 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId")) 41077 } 41078 41079 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 41080 return invalidParams 41081 } 41082 return nil 41083 } 41084 41085 // SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. 41086 func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 41087 s.DBInstanceCount = &v 41088 return s 41089 } 41090 41091 // SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 41092 func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 41093 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 41094 return s 41095 } 41096 41097 // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 41098 func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 41099 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 41100 return s 41101 } 41102 41103 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 41104 func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 41105 s.Tags = v 41106 return s 41107 } 41108 41109 type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct { 41110 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41111 41112 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 41113 // and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. 41114 ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"` 41115 } 41116 41117 // String returns the string representation. 41118 // 41119 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41120 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41121 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41122 func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string { 41123 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41124 } 41125 41126 // GoString returns the string representation. 41127 // 41128 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41129 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41130 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41131 func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 41132 return s.String() 41133 } 41134 41135 // SetReservedDBInstance sets the ReservedDBInstance field's value. 41136 func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) SetReservedDBInstance(v *ReservedDBInstance) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput { 41137 s.ReservedDBInstance = v 41138 return s 41139 } 41140 41141 // A range of integer values. 41142 type Range struct { 41143 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41144 41145 // The minimum value in the range. 41146 From *int64 `type:"integer"` 41147 41148 // The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 41149 // 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step 41150 // up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value 41151 // for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... 41152 Step *int64 `type:"integer"` 41153 41154 // The maximum value in the range. 41155 To *int64 `type:"integer"` 41156 } 41157 41158 // String returns the string representation. 41159 // 41160 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41161 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41162 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41163 func (s Range) String() string { 41164 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41165 } 41166 41167 // GoString returns the string representation. 41168 // 41169 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41170 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41171 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41172 func (s Range) GoString() string { 41173 return s.String() 41174 } 41175 41176 // SetFrom sets the From field's value. 41177 func (s *Range) SetFrom(v int64) *Range { 41178 s.From = &v 41179 return s 41180 } 41181 41182 // SetStep sets the Step field's value. 41183 func (s *Range) SetStep(v int64) *Range { 41184 s.Step = &v 41185 return s 41186 } 41187 41188 // SetTo sets the To field's value. 41189 func (s *Range) SetTo(v int64) *Range { 41190 s.To = &v 41191 return s 41192 } 41193 41194 type RebootDBInstanceInput struct { 41195 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41196 41197 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 41198 // 41199 // Constraints: 41200 // 41201 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 41202 // 41203 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 41204 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41205 41206 // A value that indicates whether the reboot is conducted through a Multi-AZ 41207 // failover. 41208 // 41209 // Constraint: You can't enable force failover if the instance isn't configured 41210 // for Multi-AZ. 41211 ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"` 41212 } 41213 41214 // String returns the string representation. 41215 // 41216 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41217 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41218 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41219 func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string { 41220 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41221 } 41222 41223 // GoString returns the string representation. 41224 // 41225 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41226 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41227 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41228 func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 41229 return s.String() 41230 } 41231 41232 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 41233 func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 41234 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"} 41235 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 41236 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 41237 } 41238 41239 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 41240 return invalidParams 41241 } 41242 return nil 41243 } 41244 41245 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 41246 func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 41247 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 41248 return s 41249 } 41250 41251 // SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value. 41252 func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 41253 s.ForceFailover = &v 41254 return s 41255 } 41256 41257 type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct { 41258 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41259 41260 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 41261 // 41262 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 41263 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 41264 } 41265 41266 // String returns the string representation. 41267 // 41268 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41269 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41270 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41271 func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 41272 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41273 } 41274 41275 // GoString returns the string representation. 41276 // 41277 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41278 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41279 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41280 func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 41281 return s.String() 41282 } 41283 41284 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 41285 func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput { 41286 s.DBInstance = v 41287 return s 41288 } 41289 41290 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 41291 // and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions. 41292 type RecurringCharge struct { 41293 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41294 41295 // The amount of the recurring charge. 41296 RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"` 41297 41298 // The frequency of the recurring charge. 41299 RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"` 41300 } 41301 41302 // String returns the string representation. 41303 // 41304 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41305 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41306 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41307 func (s RecurringCharge) String() string { 41308 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41309 } 41310 41311 // GoString returns the string representation. 41312 // 41313 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41314 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41315 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41316 func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string { 41317 return s.String() 41318 } 41319 41320 // SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value. 41321 func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge { 41322 s.RecurringChargeAmount = &v 41323 return s 41324 } 41325 41326 // SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value. 41327 func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge { 41328 s.RecurringChargeFrequency = &v 41329 return s 41330 } 41331 41332 type RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput struct { 41333 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41334 41335 // One or more DB cluster identifiers. 41336 DBClusterIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"` 41337 41338 // One or more DB instance identifiers. 41339 DBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `type:"list"` 41340 41341 // The identifier of the DBProxy that is associated with the DBProxyTargetGroup. 41342 // 41343 // DBProxyName is a required field 41344 DBProxyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41345 41346 // The identifier of the DBProxyTargetGroup. 41347 TargetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 41348 } 41349 41350 // String returns the string representation. 41351 // 41352 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41353 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41354 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41355 func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) String() string { 41356 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41357 } 41358 41359 // GoString returns the string representation. 41360 // 41361 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41362 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41363 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41364 func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) GoString() string { 41365 return s.String() 41366 } 41367 41368 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 41369 func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) Validate() error { 41370 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput"} 41371 if s.DBProxyName == nil { 41372 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBProxyName")) 41373 } 41374 41375 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 41376 return invalidParams 41377 } 41378 return nil 41379 } 41380 41381 // SetDBClusterIdentifiers sets the DBClusterIdentifiers field's value. 41382 func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 41383 s.DBClusterIdentifiers = v 41384 return s 41385 } 41386 41387 // SetDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the DBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. 41388 func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 41389 s.DBInstanceIdentifiers = v 41390 return s 41391 } 41392 41393 // SetDBProxyName sets the DBProxyName field's value. 41394 func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetDBProxyName(v string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 41395 s.DBProxyName = &v 41396 return s 41397 } 41398 41399 // SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value. 41400 func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput) SetTargetGroupName(v string) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsInput { 41401 s.TargetGroupName = &v 41402 return s 41403 } 41404 41405 type RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput struct { 41406 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41407 41408 // One or more DBProxyTarget objects that are created when you register targets 41409 // with a target group. 41410 DBProxyTargets []*DBProxyTarget `type:"list"` 41411 } 41412 41413 // String returns the string representation. 41414 // 41415 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41416 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41417 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41418 func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) String() string { 41419 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41420 } 41421 41422 // GoString returns the string representation. 41423 // 41424 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41425 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41426 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41427 func (s RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) GoString() string { 41428 return s.String() 41429 } 41430 41431 // SetDBProxyTargets sets the DBProxyTargets field's value. 41432 func (s *RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput) SetDBProxyTargets(v []*DBProxyTarget) *RegisterDBProxyTargetsOutput { 41433 s.DBProxyTargets = v 41434 return s 41435 } 41436 41437 type RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput struct { 41438 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41439 41440 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) identifying the cluster that was detached 41441 // from the Aurora global database cluster. 41442 DbClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 41443 41444 // The cluster identifier to detach from the Aurora global database cluster. 41445 GlobalClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 41446 } 41447 41448 // String returns the string representation. 41449 // 41450 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41451 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41452 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41453 func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) String() string { 41454 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41455 } 41456 41457 // GoString returns the string representation. 41458 // 41459 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41460 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41461 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41462 func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) GoString() string { 41463 return s.String() 41464 } 41465 41466 // SetDbClusterIdentifier sets the DbClusterIdentifier field's value. 41467 func (s *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) SetDbClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput { 41468 s.DbClusterIdentifier = &v 41469 return s 41470 } 41471 41472 // SetGlobalClusterIdentifier sets the GlobalClusterIdentifier field's value. 41473 func (s *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput) SetGlobalClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveFromGlobalClusterInput { 41474 s.GlobalClusterIdentifier = &v 41475 return s 41476 } 41477 41478 type RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput struct { 41479 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41480 41481 // A data type representing an Aurora global database. 41482 GlobalCluster *GlobalCluster `type:"structure"` 41483 } 41484 41485 // String returns the string representation. 41486 // 41487 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41488 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41489 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41490 func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) String() string { 41491 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41492 } 41493 41494 // GoString returns the string representation. 41495 // 41496 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41497 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41498 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41499 func (s RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) GoString() string { 41500 return s.String() 41501 } 41502 41503 // SetGlobalCluster sets the GlobalCluster field's value. 41504 func (s *RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput) SetGlobalCluster(v *GlobalCluster) *RemoveFromGlobalClusterOutput { 41505 s.GlobalCluster = v 41506 return s 41507 } 41508 41509 type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct { 41510 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41511 41512 // The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from. 41513 // 41514 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 41515 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41516 41517 // The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be disassociated 41518 // from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. 41519 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 41520 41521 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora 41522 // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. 41523 // 41524 // RoleArn is a required field 41525 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41526 } 41527 41528 // String returns the string representation. 41529 // 41530 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41531 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41532 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41533 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string { 41534 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41535 } 41536 41537 // GoString returns the string representation. 41538 // 41539 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41540 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41541 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41542 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 41543 return s.String() 41544 } 41545 41546 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 41547 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 41548 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"} 41549 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 41550 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 41551 } 41552 if s.RoleArn == nil { 41553 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 41554 } 41555 41556 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 41557 return invalidParams 41558 } 41559 return nil 41560 } 41561 41562 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 41563 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 41564 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 41565 return s 41566 } 41567 41568 // SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 41569 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 41570 s.FeatureName = &v 41571 return s 41572 } 41573 41574 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 41575 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 41576 s.RoleArn = &v 41577 return s 41578 } 41579 41580 type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct { 41581 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41582 } 41583 41584 // String returns the string representation. 41585 // 41586 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41587 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41588 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41589 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string { 41590 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41591 } 41592 41593 // GoString returns the string representation. 41594 // 41595 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41596 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41597 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41598 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 41599 return s.String() 41600 } 41601 41602 type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput struct { 41603 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41604 41605 // The name of the DB instance to disassociate the IAM role from. 41606 // 41607 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 41608 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41609 41610 // The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be disassociated 41611 // from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. 41612 // 41613 // FeatureName is a required field 41614 FeatureName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41615 41616 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB 41617 // instance, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole. 41618 // 41619 // RoleArn is a required field 41620 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41621 } 41622 41623 // String returns the string representation. 41624 // 41625 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41626 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41627 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41628 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) String() string { 41629 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41630 } 41631 41632 // GoString returns the string representation. 41633 // 41634 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41635 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41636 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41637 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 41638 return s.String() 41639 } 41640 41641 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 41642 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 41643 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput"} 41644 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 41645 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 41646 } 41647 if s.FeatureName == nil { 41648 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FeatureName")) 41649 } 41650 if s.RoleArn == nil { 41651 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 41652 } 41653 41654 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 41655 return invalidParams 41656 } 41657 return nil 41658 } 41659 41660 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 41661 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput { 41662 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 41663 return s 41664 } 41665 41666 // SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 41667 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput { 41668 s.FeatureName = &v 41669 return s 41670 } 41671 41672 // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 41673 func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput { 41674 s.RoleArn = &v 41675 return s 41676 } 41677 41678 type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput struct { 41679 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41680 } 41681 41682 // String returns the string representation. 41683 // 41684 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41685 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41686 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41687 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 41688 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41689 } 41690 41691 // GoString returns the string representation. 41692 // 41693 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41694 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41695 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41696 func (s RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 41697 return s.String() 41698 } 41699 41700 type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct { 41701 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41702 41703 // The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB 41704 // instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. 41705 // 41706 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 41707 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41708 41709 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a 41710 // source identifier from. 41711 // 41712 // SubscriptionName is a required field 41713 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41714 } 41715 41716 // String returns the string representation. 41717 // 41718 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41719 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41720 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41721 func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string { 41722 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41723 } 41724 41725 // GoString returns the string representation. 41726 // 41727 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41728 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41729 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41730 func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 41731 return s.String() 41732 } 41733 41734 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 41735 func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 41736 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"} 41737 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 41738 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 41739 } 41740 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 41741 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 41742 } 41743 41744 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 41745 return invalidParams 41746 } 41747 return nil 41748 } 41749 41750 // SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 41751 func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 41752 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 41753 return s 41754 } 41755 41756 // SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 41757 func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 41758 s.SubscriptionName = &v 41759 return s 41760 } 41761 41762 type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct { 41763 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41764 41765 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 41766 // action. 41767 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 41768 } 41769 41770 // String returns the string representation. 41771 // 41772 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41773 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41774 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41775 func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 41776 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41777 } 41778 41779 // GoString returns the string representation. 41780 // 41781 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41782 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41783 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41784 func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 41785 return s.String() 41786 } 41787 41788 // SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 41789 func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput { 41790 s.EventSubscription = v 41791 return s 41792 } 41793 41794 type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { 41795 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41796 41797 // The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an 41798 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 41799 // an ARN for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing) 41800 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 41801 // 41802 // ResourceName is a required field 41803 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 41804 41805 // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. 41806 // 41807 // TagKeys is a required field 41808 TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 41809 } 41810 41811 // String returns the string representation. 41812 // 41813 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41814 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41815 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41816 func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { 41817 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41818 } 41819 41820 // GoString returns the string representation. 41821 // 41822 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41823 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41824 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41825 func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { 41826 return s.String() 41827 } 41828 41829 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 41830 func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { 41831 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} 41832 if s.ResourceName == nil { 41833 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 41834 } 41835 if s.TagKeys == nil { 41836 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 41837 } 41838 41839 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 41840 return invalidParams 41841 } 41842 return nil 41843 } 41844 41845 // SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 41846 func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 41847 s.ResourceName = &v 41848 return s 41849 } 41850 41851 // SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 41852 func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 41853 s.TagKeys = v 41854 return s 41855 } 41856 41857 type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { 41858 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41859 } 41860 41861 // String returns the string representation. 41862 // 41863 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41864 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41865 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41866 func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { 41867 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41868 } 41869 41870 // GoString returns the string representation. 41871 // 41872 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41873 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41874 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41875 func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { 41876 return s.String() 41877 } 41878 41879 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 41880 // and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. 41881 type ReservedDBInstance struct { 41882 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 41883 41884 // The currency code for the reserved DB instance. 41885 CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` 41886 41887 // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. 41888 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 41889 41890 // The number of reserved DB instances. 41891 DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 41892 41893 // The duration of the reservation in seconds. 41894 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 41895 41896 // The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. 41897 FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` 41898 41899 // The unique identifier for the lease associated with the reserved DB instance. 41900 // 41901 // Amazon Web Services Support might request the lease ID for an issue related 41902 // to a reserved DB instance. 41903 LeaseId *string `type:"string"` 41904 41905 // Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. 41906 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 41907 41908 // The offering type of this reserved DB instance. 41909 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 41910 41911 // The description of the reserved DB instance. 41912 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 41913 41914 // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. 41915 RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` 41916 41917 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. 41918 ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 41919 41920 // The unique identifier for the reservation. 41921 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 41922 41923 // The offering identifier. 41924 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 41925 41926 // The time the reservation started. 41927 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 41928 41929 // The state of the reserved DB instance. 41930 State *string `type:"string"` 41931 41932 // The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. 41933 UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` 41934 } 41935 41936 // String returns the string representation. 41937 // 41938 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41939 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41940 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41941 func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string { 41942 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 41943 } 41944 41945 // GoString returns the string representation. 41946 // 41947 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 41948 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 41949 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 41950 func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string { 41951 return s.String() 41952 } 41953 41954 // SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 41955 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 41956 s.CurrencyCode = &v 41957 return s 41958 } 41959 41960 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 41961 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 41962 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 41963 return s 41964 } 41965 41966 // SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. 41967 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { 41968 s.DBInstanceCount = &v 41969 return s 41970 } 41971 41972 // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 41973 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { 41974 s.Duration = &v 41975 return s 41976 } 41977 41978 // SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 41979 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { 41980 s.FixedPrice = &v 41981 return s 41982 } 41983 41984 // SetLeaseId sets the LeaseId field's value. 41985 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetLeaseId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 41986 s.LeaseId = &v 41987 return s 41988 } 41989 41990 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 41991 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstance { 41992 s.MultiAZ = &v 41993 return s 41994 } 41995 41996 // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 41997 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 41998 s.OfferingType = &v 41999 return s 42000 } 42001 42002 // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 42003 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 42004 s.ProductDescription = &v 42005 return s 42006 } 42007 42008 // SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. 42009 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstance { 42010 s.RecurringCharges = v 42011 return s 42012 } 42013 42014 // SetReservedDBInstanceArn sets the ReservedDBInstanceArn field's value. 42015 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceArn(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 42016 s.ReservedDBInstanceArn = &v 42017 return s 42018 } 42019 42020 // SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 42021 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 42022 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 42023 return s 42024 } 42025 42026 // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 42027 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 42028 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 42029 return s 42030 } 42031 42032 // SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 42033 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedDBInstance { 42034 s.StartTime = &v 42035 return s 42036 } 42037 42038 // SetState sets the State field's value. 42039 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetState(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 42040 s.State = &v 42041 return s 42042 } 42043 42044 // SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 42045 func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { 42046 s.UsagePrice = &v 42047 return s 42048 } 42049 42050 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 42051 // action. 42052 type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct { 42053 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 42054 42055 // The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. 42056 CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` 42057 42058 // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. 42059 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 42060 42061 // The duration of the offering in seconds. 42062 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 42063 42064 // The fixed price charged for this offering. 42065 FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` 42066 42067 // Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. 42068 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 42069 42070 // The offering type. 42071 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 42072 42073 // The database engine used by the offering. 42074 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 42075 42076 // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. 42077 RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` 42078 42079 // The offering identifier. 42080 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 42081 42082 // The hourly price charged for this offering. 42083 UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` 42084 } 42085 42086 // String returns the string representation. 42087 // 42088 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42089 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42090 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42091 func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string { 42092 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 42093 } 42094 42095 // GoString returns the string representation. 42096 // 42097 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42098 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42099 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42100 func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string { 42101 return s.String() 42102 } 42103 42104 // SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 42105 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42106 s.CurrencyCode = &v 42107 return s 42108 } 42109 42110 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 42111 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42112 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 42113 return s 42114 } 42115 42116 // SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 42117 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42118 s.Duration = &v 42119 return s 42120 } 42121 42122 // SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 42123 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42124 s.FixedPrice = &v 42125 return s 42126 } 42127 42128 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 42129 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42130 s.MultiAZ = &v 42131 return s 42132 } 42133 42134 // SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 42135 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42136 s.OfferingType = &v 42137 return s 42138 } 42139 42140 // SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 42141 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42142 s.ProductDescription = &v 42143 return s 42144 } 42145 42146 // SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. 42147 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42148 s.RecurringCharges = v 42149 return s 42150 } 42151 42152 // SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 42153 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42154 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 42155 return s 42156 } 42157 42158 // SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 42159 func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 42160 s.UsagePrice = &v 42161 return s 42162 } 42163 42164 type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 42165 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 42166 42167 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. 42168 // 42169 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 42170 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42171 42172 // A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the 42173 // default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter 42174 // is enabled. 42175 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 42176 42177 // A value that indicates whether to reset all parameters in the DB cluster 42178 // parameter group to their default values. You can't use this parameter if 42179 // there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter. 42180 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 42181 } 42182 42183 // String returns the string representation. 42184 // 42185 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42186 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42187 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42188 func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 42189 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 42190 } 42191 42192 // GoString returns the string representation. 42193 // 42194 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42195 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42196 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42197 func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 42198 return s.String() 42199 } 42200 42201 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 42202 func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 42203 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 42204 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 42205 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 42206 } 42207 42208 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 42209 return invalidParams 42210 } 42211 return nil 42212 } 42213 42214 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 42215 func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 42216 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 42217 return s 42218 } 42219 42220 // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 42221 func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 42222 s.Parameters = v 42223 return s 42224 } 42225 42226 // SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 42227 func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 42228 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 42229 return s 42230 } 42231 42232 type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct { 42233 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 42234 42235 // The name of the DB parameter group. 42236 // 42237 // Constraints: 42238 // 42239 // * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 42240 // 42241 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 42242 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42243 42244 // To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name 42245 // and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide 42246 // a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters 42247 // can be modified in a single request. 42248 // 42249 // MySQL 42250 // 42251 // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot 42252 // 42253 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 42254 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 42255 // are applied when DB instance reboots. 42256 // 42257 // MariaDB 42258 // 42259 // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot 42260 // 42261 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 42262 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 42263 // are applied when DB instance reboots. 42264 // 42265 // Oracle 42266 // 42267 // Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot 42268 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 42269 42270 // A value that indicates whether to reset all parameters in the DB parameter 42271 // group to default values. By default, all parameters in the DB parameter group 42272 // are reset to default values. 42273 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 42274 } 42275 42276 // String returns the string representation. 42277 // 42278 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42279 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42280 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42281 func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 42282 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 42283 } 42284 42285 // GoString returns the string representation. 42286 // 42287 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42288 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42289 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42290 func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 42291 return s.String() 42292 } 42293 42294 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 42295 func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 42296 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"} 42297 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 42298 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 42299 } 42300 42301 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 42302 return invalidParams 42303 } 42304 return nil 42305 } 42306 42307 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 42308 func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 42309 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 42310 return s 42311 } 42312 42313 // SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 42314 func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 42315 s.Parameters = v 42316 return s 42317 } 42318 42319 // SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 42320 func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 42321 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 42322 return s 42323 } 42324 42325 // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 42326 type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct { 42327 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 42328 42329 // A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the 42330 // resource. 42331 PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"` 42332 42333 // The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. 42334 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 42335 } 42336 42337 // String returns the string representation. 42338 // 42339 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42340 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42341 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42342 func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string { 42343 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 42344 } 42345 42346 // GoString returns the string representation. 42347 // 42348 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42349 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42350 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42351 func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string { 42352 return s.String() 42353 } 42354 42355 // SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value. 42356 func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 42357 s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v 42358 return s 42359 } 42360 42361 // SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 42362 func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 42363 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 42364 return s 42365 } 42366 42367 type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { 42368 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 42369 42370 // A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored DB cluster 42371 // can be created. 42372 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 42373 42374 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 42375 // value to 0. 42376 // 42377 // Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters. 42378 // 42379 // Default: 0 42380 // 42381 // Constraints: 42382 // 42383 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 42384 // hours). 42385 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 42386 42387 // The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster 42388 // are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. 42389 // 42390 // Default: 1 42391 // 42392 // Constraints: 42393 // 42394 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 42395 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 42396 42397 // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated 42398 // with the specified CharacterSet. 42399 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 42400 42401 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster 42402 // to snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. 42403 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 42404 42405 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3 42406 // bucket. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 42407 // 42408 // Constraints: 42409 // 42410 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 42411 // 42412 // * First character must be a letter. 42413 // 42414 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 42415 // 42416 // Example: my-cluster1 42417 // 42418 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 42419 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42420 42421 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored 42422 // DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used. 42423 // 42424 // Constraints: 42425 // 42426 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 42427 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 42428 42429 // A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster. 42430 // 42431 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 42432 // 42433 // Example: mySubnetgroup 42434 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 42435 42436 // The database name for the restored DB cluster. 42437 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 42438 42439 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 42440 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 42441 // deletion protection is disabled. 42442 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 42443 42444 // Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The 42445 // domain must be created prior to this operation. 42446 // 42447 // For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication 42448 // to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information, 42449 // see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 42450 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 42451 Domain *string `type:"string"` 42452 42453 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 42454 // Directory Service. 42455 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 42456 42457 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch 42458 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 42459 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 42460 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 42461 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 42462 42463 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 42464 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 42465 // is disabled. 42466 // 42467 // For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 42468 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 42469 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 42470 42471 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 42472 // 42473 // Valid Values: aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), aurora-mysql (for 42474 // MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), and aurora-postgresql 42475 // 42476 // Engine is a required field 42477 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42478 42479 // The version number of the database engine to use. 42480 // 42481 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible 42482 // Aurora), use the following command: 42483 // 42484 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 42485 // 42486 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 42487 // 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command: 42488 // 42489 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 42490 // 42491 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the 42492 // following command: 42493 // 42494 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 42495 // 42496 // Aurora MySQL 42497 // 42498 // Example: 5.6.10a, 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5 42499 // 42500 // Aurora PostgreSQL 42501 // 42502 // Example: 9.6.3, 10.7 42503 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 42504 42505 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 42506 // 42507 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 42508 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 42509 // To use a CMK in a different Amazon Web Services account, specify the key 42510 // ARN or alias ARN. 42511 // 42512 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value 42513 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. There 42514 // is a default CMK for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services 42515 // account has a different default CMK for each Amazon Web Services Region. 42516 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 42517 42518 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 42519 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 42520 // 42521 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 42522 // 42523 // MasterUserPassword is a required field 42524 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42525 42526 // The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. 42527 // 42528 // Constraints: 42529 // 42530 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 42531 // 42532 // * First character must be a letter. 42533 // 42534 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 42535 // 42536 // MasterUsername is a required field 42537 MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42538 42539 // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated 42540 // with the specified option group. 42541 // 42542 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group 42543 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 42544 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 42545 42546 // The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept 42547 // connections. 42548 // 42549 // Default: 3306 42550 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 42551 42552 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 42553 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 42554 // 42555 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 42556 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To view the time blocks available, 42557 // see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow) 42558 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 42559 // 42560 // Constraints: 42561 // 42562 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 42563 // 42564 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 42565 // 42566 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 42567 // 42568 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 42569 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 42570 42571 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 42572 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 42573 // 42574 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 42575 // 42576 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 42577 // of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of 42578 // the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance 42579 // Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora) 42580 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 42581 // 42582 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 42583 // 42584 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 42585 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 42586 42587 // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the 42588 // Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 42589 // 42590 // S3BucketName is a required field 42591 S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42592 42593 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access 42594 // Management (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 42595 // bucket on your behalf. 42596 // 42597 // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field 42598 S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42599 42600 // The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create 42601 // the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value, 42602 // then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in 42603 // the Amazon S3 bucket. 42604 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 42605 42606 // The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files 42607 // stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. 42608 // 42609 // Valid values: mysql 42610 // 42611 // SourceEngine is a required field 42612 SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42613 42614 // The version of the database that the backup files were created from. 42615 // 42616 // MySQL versions 5.5, 5.6, and 5.7 are supported. 42617 // 42618 // Example: 5.6.40, 5.7.28 42619 // 42620 // SourceEngineVersion is a required field 42621 SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42622 42623 // A value that indicates whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted. 42624 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 42625 42626 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 42627 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 42628 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 42629 42630 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster. 42631 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 42632 } 42633 42634 // String returns the string representation. 42635 // 42636 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42637 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42638 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42639 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string { 42640 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 42641 } 42642 42643 // GoString returns the string representation. 42644 // 42645 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42646 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42647 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42648 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string { 42649 return s.String() 42650 } 42651 42652 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 42653 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error { 42654 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input"} 42655 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 42656 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 42657 } 42658 if s.Engine == nil { 42659 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 42660 } 42661 if s.MasterUserPassword == nil { 42662 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword")) 42663 } 42664 if s.MasterUsername == nil { 42665 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername")) 42666 } 42667 if s.S3BucketName == nil { 42668 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) 42669 } 42670 if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil { 42671 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn")) 42672 } 42673 if s.SourceEngine == nil { 42674 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine")) 42675 } 42676 if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil { 42677 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion")) 42678 } 42679 42680 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 42681 return invalidParams 42682 } 42683 return nil 42684 } 42685 42686 // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 42687 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42688 s.AvailabilityZones = v 42689 return s 42690 } 42691 42692 // SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 42693 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42694 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 42695 return s 42696 } 42697 42698 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 42699 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42700 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 42701 return s 42702 } 42703 42704 // SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 42705 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42706 s.CharacterSetName = &v 42707 return s 42708 } 42709 42710 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 42711 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42712 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 42713 return s 42714 } 42715 42716 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 42717 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42718 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 42719 return s 42720 } 42721 42722 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 42723 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42724 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 42725 return s 42726 } 42727 42728 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 42729 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42730 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 42731 return s 42732 } 42733 42734 // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 42735 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42736 s.DatabaseName = &v 42737 return s 42738 } 42739 42740 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 42741 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42742 s.DeletionProtection = &v 42743 return s 42744 } 42745 42746 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 42747 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42748 s.Domain = &v 42749 return s 42750 } 42751 42752 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 42753 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42754 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 42755 return s 42756 } 42757 42758 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 42759 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42760 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 42761 return s 42762 } 42763 42764 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 42765 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42766 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 42767 return s 42768 } 42769 42770 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 42771 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42772 s.Engine = &v 42773 return s 42774 } 42775 42776 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 42777 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42778 s.EngineVersion = &v 42779 return s 42780 } 42781 42782 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 42783 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42784 s.KmsKeyId = &v 42785 return s 42786 } 42787 42788 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 42789 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42790 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 42791 return s 42792 } 42793 42794 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 42795 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42796 s.MasterUsername = &v 42797 return s 42798 } 42799 42800 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 42801 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42802 s.OptionGroupName = &v 42803 return s 42804 } 42805 42806 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 42807 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42808 s.Port = &v 42809 return s 42810 } 42811 42812 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 42813 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42814 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 42815 return s 42816 } 42817 42818 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 42819 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42820 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 42821 return s 42822 } 42823 42824 // SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. 42825 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42826 s.S3BucketName = &v 42827 return s 42828 } 42829 42830 // SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value. 42831 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42832 s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v 42833 return s 42834 } 42835 42836 // SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 42837 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42838 s.S3Prefix = &v 42839 return s 42840 } 42841 42842 // SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value. 42843 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42844 s.SourceEngine = &v 42845 return s 42846 } 42847 42848 // SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value. 42849 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42850 s.SourceEngineVersion = &v 42851 return s 42852 } 42853 42854 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 42855 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42856 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 42857 return s 42858 } 42859 42860 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 42861 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42862 s.Tags = v 42863 return s 42864 } 42865 42866 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 42867 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 42868 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 42869 return s 42870 } 42871 42872 type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct { 42873 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 42874 42875 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 42876 // 42877 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 42878 // and StartDBCluster actions. 42879 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 42880 } 42881 42882 // String returns the string representation. 42883 // 42884 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42885 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42886 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42887 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string { 42888 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 42889 } 42890 42891 // GoString returns the string representation. 42892 // 42893 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 42894 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 42895 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 42896 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string { 42897 return s.String() 42898 } 42899 42900 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 42901 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output { 42902 s.DBCluster = v 42903 return s 42904 } 42905 42906 type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { 42907 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 42908 42909 // Provides the list of Availability Zones (AZs) where instances in the restored 42910 // DB cluster can be created. 42911 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 42912 42913 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 42914 // value to 0. 42915 // 42916 // Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters. 42917 // 42918 // Default: 0 42919 // 42920 // Constraints: 42921 // 42922 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 42923 // hours). 42924 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 42925 42926 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster 42927 // to snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. 42928 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 42929 42930 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 42931 // This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 42932 // 42933 // Constraints: 42934 // 42935 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 42936 // 42937 // * First character must be a letter 42938 // 42939 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 42940 // 42941 // Example: my-snapshot-id 42942 // 42943 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 42944 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 42945 42946 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. 42947 // If this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the 42948 // specified engine is used. 42949 // 42950 // Constraints: 42951 // 42952 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing default DB cluster parameter 42953 // group. 42954 // 42955 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 42956 // 42957 // * First character must be a letter. 42958 // 42959 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 42960 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 42961 42962 // The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. 42963 // 42964 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group. 42965 // 42966 // Example: mySubnetgroup 42967 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 42968 42969 // The database name for the restored DB cluster. 42970 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 42971 42972 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 42973 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 42974 // deletion protection is disabled. 42975 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 42976 42977 // Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The 42978 // domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only MySQL, Microsoft 42979 // SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active 42980 // Directory Domain. 42981 // 42982 // For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 42983 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 42984 Domain *string `type:"string"` 42985 42986 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 42987 // Directory Service. 42988 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 42989 42990 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to Amazon CloudWatch 42991 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 42992 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 42993 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 42994 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 42995 42996 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 42997 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 42998 // is disabled. 42999 // 43000 // For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 43001 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 43002 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 43003 43004 // The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 43005 // 43006 // Default: The same as source 43007 // 43008 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 43009 // 43010 // Engine is a required field 43011 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 43012 43013 // The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery, 43014 // global, or multimaster. 43015 // 43016 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateDBCluster.html). 43017 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 43018 43019 // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 43020 // 43021 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible 43022 // Aurora), use the following command: 43023 // 43024 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 43025 // 43026 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-mysql (for MySQL 43027 // 5.7-compatible Aurora), use the following command: 43028 // 43029 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 43030 // 43031 // To list all of the available engine versions for aurora-postgresql, use the 43032 // following command: 43033 // 43034 // aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" 43035 // 43036 // If you aren't using the default engine version, then you must specify the 43037 // engine version. 43038 // 43039 // Aurora MySQL 43040 // 43041 // Example: 5.6.10a, 5.6.mysql_aurora.1.19.2, 5.7.12, 5.7.mysql_aurora.2.04.5 43042 // 43043 // Aurora PostgreSQL 43044 // 43045 // Example: 9.6.3, 10.7 43046 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 43047 43048 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted 43049 // DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 43050 // 43051 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 43052 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 43053 // To use a CMK in a different Amazon Web Services account, specify the key 43054 // ARN or alias ARN. 43055 // 43056 // When you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 43057 // occurs: 43058 // 43059 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, 43060 // then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the Amazon Web Services 43061 // KMS CMK that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 43062 // 43063 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier isn't 43064 // encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't encrypted. 43065 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 43066 43067 // The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster. 43068 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 43069 43070 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 43071 // 43072 // Constraints: This value must be 1150-65535 43073 // 43074 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 43075 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 43076 43077 // For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the 43078 // DB cluster. 43079 ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"` 43080 43081 // The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. 43082 // 43083 // You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify 43084 // a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB 43085 // snapshot. 43086 // 43087 // Constraints: 43088 // 43089 // * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot. 43090 // 43091 // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field 43092 SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 43093 43094 // The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. 43095 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 43096 43097 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. 43098 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 43099 } 43100 43101 // String returns the string representation. 43102 // 43103 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43104 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43105 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43106 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string { 43107 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 43108 } 43109 43110 // GoString returns the string representation. 43111 // 43112 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43113 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43114 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43115 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 43116 return s.String() 43117 } 43118 43119 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 43120 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 43121 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"} 43122 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 43123 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 43124 } 43125 if s.Engine == nil { 43126 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 43127 } 43128 if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil { 43129 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier")) 43130 } 43131 43132 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 43133 return invalidParams 43134 } 43135 return nil 43136 } 43137 43138 // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 43139 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43140 s.AvailabilityZones = v 43141 return s 43142 } 43143 43144 // SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 43145 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43146 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 43147 return s 43148 } 43149 43150 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 43151 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43152 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 43153 return s 43154 } 43155 43156 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 43157 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43158 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 43159 return s 43160 } 43161 43162 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 43163 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43164 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 43165 return s 43166 } 43167 43168 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 43169 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43170 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 43171 return s 43172 } 43173 43174 // SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 43175 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43176 s.DatabaseName = &v 43177 return s 43178 } 43179 43180 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 43181 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43182 s.DeletionProtection = &v 43183 return s 43184 } 43185 43186 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 43187 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43188 s.Domain = &v 43189 return s 43190 } 43191 43192 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 43193 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43194 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 43195 return s 43196 } 43197 43198 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 43199 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43200 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 43201 return s 43202 } 43203 43204 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 43205 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43206 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 43207 return s 43208 } 43209 43210 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 43211 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43212 s.Engine = &v 43213 return s 43214 } 43215 43216 // SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 43217 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43218 s.EngineMode = &v 43219 return s 43220 } 43221 43222 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 43223 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43224 s.EngineVersion = &v 43225 return s 43226 } 43227 43228 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 43229 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43230 s.KmsKeyId = &v 43231 return s 43232 } 43233 43234 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 43235 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43236 s.OptionGroupName = &v 43237 return s 43238 } 43239 43240 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 43241 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43242 s.Port = &v 43243 return s 43244 } 43245 43246 // SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value. 43247 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43248 s.ScalingConfiguration = v 43249 return s 43250 } 43251 43252 // SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value. 43253 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43254 s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v 43255 return s 43256 } 43257 43258 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 43259 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43260 s.Tags = v 43261 return s 43262 } 43263 43264 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 43265 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 43266 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 43267 return s 43268 } 43269 43270 type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct { 43271 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 43272 43273 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 43274 // 43275 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 43276 // and StartDBCluster actions. 43277 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 43278 } 43279 43280 // String returns the string representation. 43281 // 43282 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43283 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43284 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43285 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { 43286 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 43287 } 43288 43289 // GoString returns the string representation. 43290 // 43291 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43292 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43293 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43294 func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 43295 return s.String() 43296 } 43297 43298 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 43299 func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput { 43300 s.DBCluster = v 43301 return s 43302 } 43303 43304 type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { 43305 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 43306 43307 // The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this 43308 // value to 0. 43309 // 43310 // Currently, Backtrack is only supported for Aurora MySQL DB clusters. 43311 // 43312 // Default: 0 43313 // 43314 // Constraints: 43315 // 43316 // * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 43317 // hours). 43318 BacktrackWindow *int64 `type:"long"` 43319 43320 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB cluster 43321 // to snapshots of the restored DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. 43322 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 43323 43324 // The name of the new DB cluster to be created. 43325 // 43326 // Constraints: 43327 // 43328 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 43329 // 43330 // * First character must be a letter 43331 // 43332 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 43333 // 43334 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 43335 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 43336 43337 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. 43338 // If this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the 43339 // specified engine is used. 43340 // 43341 // Constraints: 43342 // 43343 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter 43344 // group. 43345 // 43346 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 43347 // 43348 // * First character must be a letter. 43349 // 43350 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 43351 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 43352 43353 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. 43354 // 43355 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 43356 // 43357 // Example: mySubnetgroup 43358 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 43359 43360 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 43361 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 43362 // deletion protection is disabled. 43363 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 43364 43365 // Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The 43366 // domain must be created prior to this operation. 43367 // 43368 // For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication 43369 // to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information, 43370 // see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 43371 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 43372 Domain *string `type:"string"` 43373 43374 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 43375 // Directory Service. 43376 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 43377 43378 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch 43379 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 43380 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 43381 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 43382 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 43383 43384 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 43385 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 43386 // is disabled. 43387 // 43388 // For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 43389 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 43390 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 43391 43392 // The engine mode of the new cluster. Specify provisioned or serverless, depending 43393 // on the type of the cluster you are creating. You can create an Aurora Serverless 43394 // clone from a provisioned cluster, or a provisioned clone from an Aurora Serverless 43395 // cluster. To create a clone that is an Aurora Serverless cluster, the original 43396 // cluster must be an Aurora Serverless cluster or an encrypted provisioned 43397 // cluster. 43398 EngineMode *string `type:"string"` 43399 43400 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted 43401 // DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster. 43402 // 43403 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 43404 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 43405 // To use a CMK in a different Amazon Web Services account, specify the key 43406 // ARN or alias ARN. 43407 // 43408 // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a 43409 // Amazon Web Services KMS CMK that is different than the Amazon Web Services 43410 // KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted 43411 // with the Amazon Web Services KMS CMK identified by the KmsKeyId parameter. 43412 // 43413 // If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 43414 // occurs: 43415 // 43416 // * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted 43417 // using the Amazon Web Services KMS CMK that was used to encrypt the source 43418 // DB cluster. 43419 // 43420 // * If the DB cluster isn't encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't 43421 // encrypted. 43422 // 43423 // If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that isn't encrypted, then 43424 // the restore request is rejected. 43425 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 43426 43427 // The name of the option group for the new DB cluster. 43428 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 43429 43430 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 43431 // 43432 // Constraints: A value from 1150-65535. 43433 // 43434 // Default: The default port for the engine. 43435 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 43436 43437 // The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. 43438 // 43439 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 43440 // 43441 // Constraints: 43442 // 43443 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 43444 // 43445 // * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter isn't provided 43446 // 43447 // * Can't be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled 43448 // 43449 // * Can't be specified if the RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write 43450 // 43451 // Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z 43452 RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 43453 43454 // The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following 43455 // values: 43456 // 43457 // * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source 43458 // DB cluster. 43459 // 43460 // * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source 43461 // DB cluster. 43462 // 43463 // Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the engine version of the 43464 // source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. 43465 // 43466 // If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored 43467 // as a full copy of the source DB cluster. 43468 RestoreType *string `type:"string"` 43469 43470 // For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the 43471 // DB cluster. 43472 ScalingConfiguration *ScalingConfiguration `type:"structure"` 43473 43474 // The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. 43475 // 43476 // Constraints: 43477 // 43478 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 43479 // 43480 // SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field 43481 SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 43482 43483 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 43484 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43485 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 43486 43487 // A value that indicates whether to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable 43488 // backup time. By default, the DB cluster isn't restored to the latest restorable 43489 // backup time. 43490 // 43491 // Constraints: Can't be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided. 43492 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 43493 43494 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. 43495 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 43496 } 43497 43498 // String returns the string representation. 43499 // 43500 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43501 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43502 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43503 func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 43504 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 43505 } 43506 43507 // GoString returns the string representation. 43508 // 43509 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43510 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43511 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43512 func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 43513 return s.String() 43514 } 43515 43516 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 43517 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 43518 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"} 43519 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 43520 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 43521 } 43522 if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil { 43523 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier")) 43524 } 43525 43526 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 43527 return invalidParams 43528 } 43529 return nil 43530 } 43531 43532 // SetBacktrackWindow sets the BacktrackWindow field's value. 43533 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetBacktrackWindow(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43534 s.BacktrackWindow = &v 43535 return s 43536 } 43537 43538 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 43539 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43540 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 43541 return s 43542 } 43543 43544 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 43545 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43546 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 43547 return s 43548 } 43549 43550 // SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 43551 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43552 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 43553 return s 43554 } 43555 43556 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 43557 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43558 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 43559 return s 43560 } 43561 43562 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 43563 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43564 s.DeletionProtection = &v 43565 return s 43566 } 43567 43568 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 43569 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43570 s.Domain = &v 43571 return s 43572 } 43573 43574 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 43575 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43576 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 43577 return s 43578 } 43579 43580 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 43581 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43582 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 43583 return s 43584 } 43585 43586 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 43587 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43588 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 43589 return s 43590 } 43591 43592 // SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. 43593 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEngineMode(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43594 s.EngineMode = &v 43595 return s 43596 } 43597 43598 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 43599 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43600 s.KmsKeyId = &v 43601 return s 43602 } 43603 43604 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 43605 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43606 s.OptionGroupName = &v 43607 return s 43608 } 43609 43610 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 43611 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43612 s.Port = &v 43613 return s 43614 } 43615 43616 // SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value. 43617 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43618 s.RestoreToTime = &v 43619 return s 43620 } 43621 43622 // SetRestoreType sets the RestoreType field's value. 43623 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43624 s.RestoreType = &v 43625 return s 43626 } 43627 43628 // SetScalingConfiguration sets the ScalingConfiguration field's value. 43629 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetScalingConfiguration(v *ScalingConfiguration) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43630 s.ScalingConfiguration = v 43631 return s 43632 } 43633 43634 // SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 43635 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43636 s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v 43637 return s 43638 } 43639 43640 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 43641 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43642 s.Tags = v 43643 return s 43644 } 43645 43646 // SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 43647 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43648 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 43649 return s 43650 } 43651 43652 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 43653 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 43654 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 43655 return s 43656 } 43657 43658 type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct { 43659 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 43660 43661 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 43662 // 43663 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 43664 // and StartDBCluster actions. 43665 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 43666 } 43667 43668 // String returns the string representation. 43669 // 43670 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43671 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43672 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43673 func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 43674 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 43675 } 43676 43677 // GoString returns the string representation. 43678 // 43679 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43680 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43681 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43682 func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 43683 return s.String() 43684 } 43685 43686 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 43687 func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput { 43688 s.DBCluster = v 43689 return s 43690 } 43691 43692 type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct { 43693 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 43694 43695 // A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically 43696 // to the DB instance during the maintenance window. 43697 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 43698 43699 // The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created. 43700 // 43701 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. 43702 // 43703 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance 43704 // is a Multi-AZ deployment. 43705 // 43706 // Example: us-east-1a 43707 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 43708 43709 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance 43710 // to snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. 43711 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 43712 43713 // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, 43714 // db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web 43715 // Services Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance 43716 // classes, and availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 43717 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43718 // 43719 // Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. 43720 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 43721 43722 // Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't 43723 // case-sensitive. 43724 // 43725 // Constraints: 43726 // 43727 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens 43728 // 43729 // * First character must be a letter 43730 // 43731 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 43732 // 43733 // Example: my-snapshot-id 43734 // 43735 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 43736 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 43737 43738 // The database name for the restored DB instance. 43739 // 43740 // This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines. 43741 DBName *string `type:"string"` 43742 43743 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. 43744 // 43745 // If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default 43746 // DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used. 43747 // 43748 // Constraints: 43749 // 43750 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 43751 // 43752 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 43753 // 43754 // * First character must be a letter. 43755 // 43756 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 43757 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 43758 43759 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. 43760 // 43761 // Constraints: 43762 // 43763 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. 43764 // 43765 // * If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier 43766 // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. 43767 // 43768 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 43769 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 43770 43771 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. 43772 // 43773 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 43774 // 43775 // Example: mySubnetgroup 43776 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 43777 43778 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 43779 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 43780 // deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB 43781 // Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). 43782 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 43783 43784 // Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in. 43785 // The domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only MySQL, 43786 // Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created 43787 // in an Active Directory Domain. 43788 // 43789 // For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 43790 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43791 Domain *string `type:"string"` 43792 43793 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 43794 // Directory Service. 43795 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 43796 43797 // The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch 43798 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 43799 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 43800 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43801 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 43802 43803 // A value that indicates whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) 43804 // for an RDS on Outposts DB instance. 43805 // 43806 // A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost 43807 // subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can 43808 // provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of 43809 // its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network. 43810 // 43811 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on 43812 // Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 43813 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43814 // 43815 // For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/outposts-networking-components.html#ip-addressing) 43816 // in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide. 43817 EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"` 43818 43819 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 43820 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 43821 // is disabled. 43822 // 43823 // For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database 43824 // Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 43825 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43826 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 43827 43828 // The database engine to use for the new instance. 43829 // 43830 // Default: The same as source 43831 // 43832 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. For example, 43833 // you can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot. 43834 // 43835 // Valid Values: 43836 // 43837 // * mariadb 43838 // 43839 // * mysql 43840 // 43841 // * oracle-ee 43842 // 43843 // * oracle-ee-cdb 43844 // 43845 // * oracle-se2 43846 // 43847 // * oracle-se2-cdb 43848 // 43849 // * postgres 43850 // 43851 // * sqlserver-ee 43852 // 43853 // * sqlserver-se 43854 // 43855 // * sqlserver-ex 43856 // 43857 // * sqlserver-web 43858 Engine *string `type:"string"` 43859 43860 // Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in 43861 // I/O operations per second. If this parameter isn't specified, the IOPS value 43862 // is taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance 43863 // is converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time, 43864 // though your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion 43865 // starts. 43866 // 43867 // The provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database 43868 // engine. For more information, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to 43869 // Improve Performance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS) 43870 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43871 // 43872 // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. 43873 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 43874 43875 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 43876 // 43877 // Default: Same as source. 43878 // 43879 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 43880 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 43881 43882 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 43883 // 43884 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance 43885 // is a Multi-AZ deployment. 43886 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 43887 43888 // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. 43889 // 43890 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 43891 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 43892 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 43893 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 43894 43895 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 43896 // 43897 // Default: The same port as the original DB instance 43898 // 43899 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 43900 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 43901 43902 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 43903 // class of the DB instance. 43904 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 43905 43906 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. 43907 // 43908 // When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to 43909 // the private IP address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public 43910 // IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance 43911 // is ultimately controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access 43912 // is not permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't 43913 // permit it. 43914 // 43915 // When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance 43916 // with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 43917 // 43918 // For more information, see CreateDBInstance. 43919 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 43920 43921 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 43922 // 43923 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 43924 // 43925 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 43926 // 43927 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2 43928 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 43929 43930 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 43931 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 43932 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 43933 43934 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 43935 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 43936 43937 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 43938 // device. 43939 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 43940 43941 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 43942 // its default processor features. 43943 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 43944 43945 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 43946 // 43947 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 43948 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 43949 } 43950 43951 // String returns the string representation. 43952 // 43953 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43954 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43955 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43956 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 43957 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 43958 } 43959 43960 // GoString returns the string representation. 43961 // 43962 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 43963 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 43964 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 43965 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 43966 return s.String() 43967 } 43968 43969 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 43970 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 43971 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput"} 43972 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 43973 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 43974 } 43975 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 43976 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 43977 } 43978 43979 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 43980 return invalidParams 43981 } 43982 return nil 43983 } 43984 43985 // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 43986 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 43987 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 43988 return s 43989 } 43990 43991 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 43992 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 43993 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 43994 return s 43995 } 43996 43997 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 43998 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 43999 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 44000 return s 44001 } 44002 44003 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 44004 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44005 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 44006 return s 44007 } 44008 44009 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 44010 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44011 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 44012 return s 44013 } 44014 44015 // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 44016 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44017 s.DBName = &v 44018 return s 44019 } 44020 44021 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 44022 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44023 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 44024 return s 44025 } 44026 44027 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 44028 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44029 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 44030 return s 44031 } 44032 44033 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 44034 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44035 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 44036 return s 44037 } 44038 44039 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 44040 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44041 s.DeletionProtection = &v 44042 return s 44043 } 44044 44045 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 44046 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44047 s.Domain = &v 44048 return s 44049 } 44050 44051 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 44052 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44053 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 44054 return s 44055 } 44056 44057 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 44058 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44059 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 44060 return s 44061 } 44062 44063 // SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value. 44064 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44065 s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v 44066 return s 44067 } 44068 44069 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 44070 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44071 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 44072 return s 44073 } 44074 44075 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 44076 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44077 s.Engine = &v 44078 return s 44079 } 44080 44081 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 44082 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44083 s.Iops = &v 44084 return s 44085 } 44086 44087 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 44088 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44089 s.LicenseModel = &v 44090 return s 44091 } 44092 44093 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 44094 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44095 s.MultiAZ = &v 44096 return s 44097 } 44098 44099 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 44100 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44101 s.OptionGroupName = &v 44102 return s 44103 } 44104 44105 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 44106 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44107 s.Port = &v 44108 return s 44109 } 44110 44111 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 44112 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44113 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 44114 return s 44115 } 44116 44117 // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 44118 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44119 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 44120 return s 44121 } 44122 44123 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 44124 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44125 s.StorageType = &v 44126 return s 44127 } 44128 44129 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 44130 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44131 s.Tags = v 44132 return s 44133 } 44134 44135 // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 44136 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44137 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 44138 return s 44139 } 44140 44141 // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 44142 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44143 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 44144 return s 44145 } 44146 44147 // SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 44148 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44149 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 44150 return s 44151 } 44152 44153 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 44154 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 44155 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 44156 return s 44157 } 44158 44159 type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct { 44160 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 44161 44162 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 44163 // 44164 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 44165 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 44166 } 44167 44168 // String returns the string representation. 44169 // 44170 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 44171 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 44172 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 44173 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 44174 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 44175 } 44176 44177 // GoString returns the string representation. 44178 // 44179 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 44180 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 44181 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 44182 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 44183 return s.String() 44184 } 44185 44186 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 44187 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput { 44188 s.DBInstance = v 44189 return s 44190 } 44191 44192 type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct { 44193 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 44194 44195 // The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance. 44196 // Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance. 44197 // 44198 // Be sure to allocate enough memory for your new DB instance so that the restore 44199 // operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional memory for future 44200 // growth. 44201 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 44202 44203 // A value that indicates whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically 44204 // to the DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine 44205 // upgrades are not applied automatically. 44206 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 44207 44208 // The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information 44209 // about Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and 44210 // Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) 44211 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44212 // 44213 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon 44214 // Web Services Region. 44215 // 44216 // Example: us-east-1d 44217 // 44218 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance 44219 // is a Multi-AZ deployment. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 44220 // same Amazon Web Services Region as the current endpoint. 44221 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 44222 44223 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this 44224 // parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see 44225 // CreateDBInstance. 44226 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 44227 44228 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots 44229 // of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. 44230 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 44231 44232 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 44233 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions, 44234 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 44235 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 44236 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44237 // 44238 // Importing from Amazon S3 isn't supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance class. 44239 // 44240 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 44241 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 44242 44243 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 44244 // 44245 // Constraints: 44246 // 44247 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 44248 // 44249 // * First character must be a letter. 44250 // 44251 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 44252 // 44253 // Example: mydbinstance 44254 // 44255 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 44256 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 44257 44258 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow 44259 // the naming rules specified in CreateDBInstance. 44260 DBName *string `type:"string"` 44261 44262 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. 44263 // 44264 // If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default 44265 // DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used. 44266 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 44267 44268 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 44269 // 44270 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 44271 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 44272 44273 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 44274 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 44275 44276 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 44277 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 44278 // deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB 44279 // Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). 44280 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 44281 44282 // The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch 44283 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 44284 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 44285 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44286 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 44287 44288 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 44289 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 44290 // is disabled. 44291 // 44292 // For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database 44293 // Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 44294 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44295 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 44296 44297 // A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB 44298 // instance. 44299 // 44300 // For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) 44301 // in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. 44302 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 44303 44304 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 44305 // 44306 // Valid Values: mysql 44307 // 44308 // Engine is a required field 44309 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 44310 44311 // The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor 44312 // version of your database engine. For information about engine versions, see 44313 // CreateDBInstance, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions. 44314 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 44315 44316 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate 44317 // initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see 44318 // Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS) 44319 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44320 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 44321 44322 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 44323 // 44324 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 44325 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 44326 // To use a CMK in a different Amazon Web Services account, specify the key 44327 // ARN or alias ARN. 44328 // 44329 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value 44330 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. There 44331 // is a default CMK for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services 44332 // account has a different default CMK for each Amazon Web Services Region. 44333 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 44334 44335 // The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license. 44336 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 44337 44338 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 44339 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 44340 // 44341 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 44342 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 44343 44344 // The name for the master user. 44345 // 44346 // Constraints: 44347 // 44348 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 44349 // 44350 // * First character must be a letter. 44351 // 44352 // * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 44353 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 44354 44355 // The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically 44356 // scale the storage of the DB instance. 44357 // 44358 // For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply 44359 // to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling 44360 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) 44361 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44362 MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 44363 44364 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 44365 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 44366 // metrics, specify 0. 44367 // 44368 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 44369 // to a value other than 0. 44370 // 44371 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 44372 // 44373 // Default: 0 44374 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 44375 44376 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 44377 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 44378 // For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling 44379 // Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) 44380 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44381 // 44382 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 44383 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 44384 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 44385 44386 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 44387 // If the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment, you can't set the AvailabilityZone 44388 // parameter. 44389 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 44390 44391 // The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this 44392 // argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is 44393 // used. 44394 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 44395 44396 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance 44397 // Insights data. 44398 // 44399 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 44400 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 44401 // 44402 // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon 44403 // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your Amazon Web Services 44404 // account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default CMK for 44405 // each Amazon Web Services Region. 44406 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 44407 44408 // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values 44409 // are 7 or 731 (2 years). 44410 PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 44411 44412 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 44413 // 44414 // Type: Integer 44415 // 44416 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 44417 // 44418 // Default: 3306 44419 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 44420 44421 // The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated 44422 // backups are enabled. For more information, see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow) 44423 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44424 // 44425 // Constraints: 44426 // 44427 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 44428 // 44429 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 44430 // 44431 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 44432 // 44433 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 44434 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 44435 44436 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 44437 // Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance 44438 // Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance) 44439 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44440 // 44441 // Constraints: 44442 // 44443 // * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi. 44444 // 44445 // * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 44446 // 44447 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 44448 // 44449 // * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window. 44450 // 44451 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 44452 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 44453 44454 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 44455 // class of the DB instance. 44456 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 44457 44458 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. 44459 // 44460 // When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to 44461 // the private IP address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public 44462 // IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance 44463 // is ultimately controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access 44464 // is not permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't 44465 // permit it. 44466 // 44467 // When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance 44468 // with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 44469 // 44470 // For more information, see CreateDBInstance. 44471 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 44472 44473 // The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file. 44474 // 44475 // S3BucketName is a required field 44476 S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 44477 44478 // An Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow 44479 // Amazon RDS to access your Amazon S3 bucket. 44480 // 44481 // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field 44482 S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 44483 44484 // The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket. 44485 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 44486 44487 // The name of the engine of your source database. 44488 // 44489 // Valid Values: mysql 44490 // 44491 // SourceEngine is a required field 44492 SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 44493 44494 // The version of the database that the backup files were created from. 44495 // 44496 // MySQL versions 5.6 and 5.7 are supported. 44497 // 44498 // Example: 5.6.40 44499 // 44500 // SourceEngineVersion is a required field 44501 SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 44502 44503 // A value that indicates whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not. 44504 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 44505 44506 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 44507 // 44508 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 44509 // 44510 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 44511 // 44512 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise gp2 44513 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 44514 44515 // A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information, 44516 // see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 44517 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44518 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 44519 44520 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 44521 // its default processor features. 44522 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 44523 44524 // A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 44525 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 44526 } 44527 44528 // String returns the string representation. 44529 // 44530 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 44531 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 44532 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 44533 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) String() string { 44534 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 44535 } 44536 44537 // GoString returns the string representation. 44538 // 44539 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 44540 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 44541 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 44542 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) GoString() string { 44543 return s.String() 44544 } 44545 44546 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 44547 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) Validate() error { 44548 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input"} 44549 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 44550 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 44551 } 44552 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 44553 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 44554 } 44555 if s.Engine == nil { 44556 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 44557 } 44558 if s.S3BucketName == nil { 44559 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) 44560 } 44561 if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil { 44562 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn")) 44563 } 44564 if s.SourceEngine == nil { 44565 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine")) 44566 } 44567 if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil { 44568 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion")) 44569 } 44570 44571 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 44572 return invalidParams 44573 } 44574 return nil 44575 } 44576 44577 // SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 44578 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44579 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 44580 return s 44581 } 44582 44583 // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 44584 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44585 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 44586 return s 44587 } 44588 44589 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 44590 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44591 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 44592 return s 44593 } 44594 44595 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 44596 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44597 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 44598 return s 44599 } 44600 44601 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 44602 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44603 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 44604 return s 44605 } 44606 44607 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 44608 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44609 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 44610 return s 44611 } 44612 44613 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 44614 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44615 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 44616 return s 44617 } 44618 44619 // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 44620 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44621 s.DBName = &v 44622 return s 44623 } 44624 44625 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 44626 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44627 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 44628 return s 44629 } 44630 44631 // SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 44632 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44633 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 44634 return s 44635 } 44636 44637 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 44638 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44639 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 44640 return s 44641 } 44642 44643 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 44644 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44645 s.DeletionProtection = &v 44646 return s 44647 } 44648 44649 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 44650 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44651 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 44652 return s 44653 } 44654 44655 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 44656 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44657 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 44658 return s 44659 } 44660 44661 // SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 44662 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44663 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 44664 return s 44665 } 44666 44667 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 44668 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44669 s.Engine = &v 44670 return s 44671 } 44672 44673 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 44674 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44675 s.EngineVersion = &v 44676 return s 44677 } 44678 44679 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 44680 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44681 s.Iops = &v 44682 return s 44683 } 44684 44685 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 44686 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44687 s.KmsKeyId = &v 44688 return s 44689 } 44690 44691 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 44692 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44693 s.LicenseModel = &v 44694 return s 44695 } 44696 44697 // SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 44698 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44699 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 44700 return s 44701 } 44702 44703 // SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 44704 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44705 s.MasterUsername = &v 44706 return s 44707 } 44708 44709 // SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value. 44710 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44711 s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v 44712 return s 44713 } 44714 44715 // SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 44716 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44717 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 44718 return s 44719 } 44720 44721 // SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 44722 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44723 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 44724 return s 44725 } 44726 44727 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 44728 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44729 s.MultiAZ = &v 44730 return s 44731 } 44732 44733 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 44734 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44735 s.OptionGroupName = &v 44736 return s 44737 } 44738 44739 // SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 44740 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44741 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 44742 return s 44743 } 44744 44745 // SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod sets the PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod field's value. 44746 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44747 s.PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod = &v 44748 return s 44749 } 44750 44751 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 44752 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44753 s.Port = &v 44754 return s 44755 } 44756 44757 // SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 44758 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44759 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 44760 return s 44761 } 44762 44763 // SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 44764 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44765 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 44766 return s 44767 } 44768 44769 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 44770 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44771 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 44772 return s 44773 } 44774 44775 // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 44776 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44777 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 44778 return s 44779 } 44780 44781 // SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. 44782 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44783 s.S3BucketName = &v 44784 return s 44785 } 44786 44787 // SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value. 44788 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44789 s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v 44790 return s 44791 } 44792 44793 // SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 44794 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44795 s.S3Prefix = &v 44796 return s 44797 } 44798 44799 // SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value. 44800 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44801 s.SourceEngine = &v 44802 return s 44803 } 44804 44805 // SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value. 44806 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44807 s.SourceEngineVersion = &v 44808 return s 44809 } 44810 44811 // SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 44812 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44813 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 44814 return s 44815 } 44816 44817 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 44818 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44819 s.StorageType = &v 44820 return s 44821 } 44822 44823 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 44824 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44825 s.Tags = v 44826 return s 44827 } 44828 44829 // SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 44830 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44831 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 44832 return s 44833 } 44834 44835 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 44836 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 44837 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 44838 return s 44839 } 44840 44841 type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output struct { 44842 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 44843 44844 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 44845 // 44846 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 44847 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 44848 } 44849 44850 // String returns the string representation. 44851 // 44852 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 44853 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 44854 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 44855 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) String() string { 44856 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 44857 } 44858 44859 // GoString returns the string representation. 44860 // 44861 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 44862 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 44863 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 44864 func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) GoString() string { 44865 return s.String() 44866 } 44867 44868 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 44869 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output { 44870 s.DBInstance = v 44871 return s 44872 } 44873 44874 type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct { 44875 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 44876 44877 // A value that indicates whether minor version upgrades are applied automatically 44878 // to the DB instance during the maintenance window. 44879 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 44880 44881 // The Availability Zone (AZ) where the DB instance will be created. 44882 // 44883 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. 44884 // 44885 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance 44886 // is a Multi-AZ deployment. 44887 // 44888 // Example: us-east-1a 44889 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 44890 44891 // A value that indicates whether to copy all tags from the restored DB instance 44892 // to snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. 44893 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 44894 44895 // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, 44896 // db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web 44897 // Services Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance 44898 // classes, and availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 44899 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44900 // 44901 // Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. 44902 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 44903 44904 // The database name for the restored DB instance. 44905 // 44906 // This parameter isn't used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines. 44907 DBName *string `type:"string"` 44908 44909 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. 44910 // 44911 // If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default 44912 // DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used. 44913 // 44914 // Constraints: 44915 // 44916 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 44917 // 44918 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 44919 // 44920 // * First character must be a letter. 44921 // 44922 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 44923 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 44924 44925 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. 44926 // 44927 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 44928 // 44929 // Example: mySubnetgroup 44930 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 44931 44932 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 44933 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 44934 // deletion protection is disabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB 44935 // Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). 44936 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 44937 44938 // Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB instance in. 44939 // The domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only MySQL, 44940 // Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created 44941 // in an Active Directory Domain. 44942 // 44943 // For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) 44944 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44945 Domain *string `type:"string"` 44946 44947 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 44948 // Directory Service. 44949 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 44950 44951 // The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch 44952 // Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more 44953 // information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) 44954 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44955 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 44956 44957 // A value that indicates whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) 44958 // for an RDS on Outposts DB instance. 44959 // 44960 // A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost 44961 // subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can 44962 // provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of 44963 // its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network. 44964 // 44965 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on 44966 // Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 44967 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44968 // 44969 // For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/outposts-networking-components.html#ip-addressing) 44970 // in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide. 44971 EnableCustomerOwnedIp *bool `type:"boolean"` 44972 44973 // A value that indicates whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity 44974 // and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping 44975 // is disabled. 44976 // 44977 // For more information about IAM database authentication, see IAM Database 44978 // Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) 44979 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 44980 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 44981 44982 // The database engine to use for the new instance. 44983 // 44984 // Default: The same as source 44985 // 44986 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 44987 // 44988 // Valid Values: 44989 // 44990 // * mariadb 44991 // 44992 // * mysql 44993 // 44994 // * oracle-ee 44995 // 44996 // * oracle-ee-cdb 44997 // 44998 // * oracle-se2 44999 // 45000 // * oracle-se2-cdb 45001 // 45002 // * postgres 45003 // 45004 // * sqlserver-ee 45005 // 45006 // * sqlserver-se 45007 // 45008 // * sqlserver-ex 45009 // 45010 // * sqlserver-web 45011 Engine *string `type:"string"` 45012 45013 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 45014 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 45015 // 45016 // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. 45017 // 45018 // SQL Server 45019 // 45020 // Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine isn't supported. 45021 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 45022 45023 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 45024 // 45025 // Default: Same as source. 45026 // 45027 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 45028 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 45029 45030 // The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically 45031 // scale the storage of the DB instance. 45032 // 45033 // For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply 45034 // to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling 45035 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) 45036 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 45037 MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 45038 45039 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 45040 // 45041 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance 45042 // is a Multi-AZ deployment. 45043 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 45044 45045 // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. 45046 // 45047 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 45048 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 45049 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 45050 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 45051 45052 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 45053 // 45054 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 45055 // 45056 // Default: The same port as the original DB instance. 45057 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 45058 45059 // The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance 45060 // class of the DB instance. 45061 ProcessorFeatures []*ProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"ProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 45062 45063 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. 45064 // 45065 // When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its DNS endpoint resolves to 45066 // the private IP address from within the DB instance's VPC, and to the public 45067 // IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance 45068 // is ultimately controlled by the security group it uses, and that public access 45069 // is not permitted if the security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't 45070 // permit it. 45071 // 45072 // When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance 45073 // with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 45074 // 45075 // For more information, see CreateDBInstance. 45076 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 45077 45078 // The date and time to restore from. 45079 // 45080 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 45081 // 45082 // Constraints: 45083 // 45084 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 45085 // 45086 // * Can't be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled 45087 // 45088 // Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z 45089 RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 45090 45091 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups from which 45092 // to restore, for example, arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE. 45093 SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` 45094 45095 // The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. 45096 // 45097 // Constraints: 45098 // 45099 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. 45100 SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 45101 45102 // The resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore. 45103 SourceDbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 45104 45105 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 45106 // 45107 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 45108 // 45109 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 45110 // 45111 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2 45112 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 45113 45114 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) 45115 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 45116 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 45117 45118 // The name of the new DB instance to be created. 45119 // 45120 // Constraints: 45121 // 45122 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 45123 // 45124 // * First character must be a letter 45125 // 45126 // * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 45127 // 45128 // TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 45129 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 45130 45131 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 45132 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 45133 45134 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 45135 // device. 45136 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 45137 45138 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance class of the DB instance uses 45139 // its default processor features. 45140 UseDefaultProcessorFeatures *bool `type:"boolean"` 45141 45142 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance is restored from the latest 45143 // backup time. By default, the DB instance isn't restored from the latest backup 45144 // time. 45145 // 45146 // Constraints: Can't be specified if the RestoreTime parameter is provided. 45147 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 45148 45149 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 45150 // 45151 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 45152 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 45153 } 45154 45155 // String returns the string representation. 45156 // 45157 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45158 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45159 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45160 func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 45161 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45162 } 45163 45164 // GoString returns the string representation. 45165 // 45166 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45167 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45168 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45169 func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 45170 return s.String() 45171 } 45172 45173 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 45174 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 45175 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput"} 45176 if s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 45177 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBInstanceIdentifier")) 45178 } 45179 45180 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 45181 return invalidParams 45182 } 45183 return nil 45184 } 45185 45186 // SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 45187 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45188 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 45189 return s 45190 } 45191 45192 // SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 45193 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45194 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 45195 return s 45196 } 45197 45198 // SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 45199 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45200 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 45201 return s 45202 } 45203 45204 // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 45205 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45206 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 45207 return s 45208 } 45209 45210 // SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 45211 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45212 s.DBName = &v 45213 return s 45214 } 45215 45216 // SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 45217 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45218 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 45219 return s 45220 } 45221 45222 // SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 45223 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45224 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 45225 return s 45226 } 45227 45228 // SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 45229 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45230 s.DeletionProtection = &v 45231 return s 45232 } 45233 45234 // SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 45235 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45236 s.Domain = &v 45237 return s 45238 } 45239 45240 // SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 45241 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45242 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 45243 return s 45244 } 45245 45246 // SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 45247 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45248 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 45249 return s 45250 } 45251 45252 // SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp sets the EnableCustomerOwnedIp field's value. 45253 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCustomerOwnedIp(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45254 s.EnableCustomerOwnedIp = &v 45255 return s 45256 } 45257 45258 // SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 45259 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45260 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 45261 return s 45262 } 45263 45264 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 45265 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45266 s.Engine = &v 45267 return s 45268 } 45269 45270 // SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 45271 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45272 s.Iops = &v 45273 return s 45274 } 45275 45276 // SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 45277 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45278 s.LicenseModel = &v 45279 return s 45280 } 45281 45282 // SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value. 45283 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45284 s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v 45285 return s 45286 } 45287 45288 // SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 45289 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45290 s.MultiAZ = &v 45291 return s 45292 } 45293 45294 // SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 45295 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45296 s.OptionGroupName = &v 45297 return s 45298 } 45299 45300 // SetPort sets the Port field's value. 45301 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45302 s.Port = &v 45303 return s 45304 } 45305 45306 // SetProcessorFeatures sets the ProcessorFeatures field's value. 45307 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetProcessorFeatures(v []*ProcessorFeature) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45308 s.ProcessorFeatures = v 45309 return s 45310 } 45311 45312 // SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 45313 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45314 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 45315 return s 45316 } 45317 45318 // SetRestoreTime sets the RestoreTime field's value. 45319 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45320 s.RestoreTime = &v 45321 return s 45322 } 45323 45324 // SetSourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. 45325 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45326 s.SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v 45327 return s 45328 } 45329 45330 // SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 45331 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45332 s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 45333 return s 45334 } 45335 45336 // SetSourceDbiResourceId sets the SourceDbiResourceId field's value. 45337 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDbiResourceId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45338 s.SourceDbiResourceId = &v 45339 return s 45340 } 45341 45342 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 45343 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45344 s.StorageType = &v 45345 return s 45346 } 45347 45348 // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 45349 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45350 s.Tags = v 45351 return s 45352 } 45353 45354 // SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 45355 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45356 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 45357 return s 45358 } 45359 45360 // SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 45361 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45362 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 45363 return s 45364 } 45365 45366 // SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 45367 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45368 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 45369 return s 45370 } 45371 45372 // SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures sets the UseDefaultProcessorFeatures field's value. 45373 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseDefaultProcessorFeatures(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45374 s.UseDefaultProcessorFeatures = &v 45375 return s 45376 } 45377 45378 // SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 45379 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45380 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 45381 return s 45382 } 45383 45384 // SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 45385 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 45386 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 45387 return s 45388 } 45389 45390 type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct { 45391 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45392 45393 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 45394 // 45395 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 45396 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 45397 } 45398 45399 // String returns the string representation. 45400 // 45401 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45402 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45403 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45404 func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 45405 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45406 } 45407 45408 // GoString returns the string representation. 45409 // 45410 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45411 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45412 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45413 func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 45414 return s.String() 45415 } 45416 45417 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 45418 func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput { 45419 s.DBInstance = v 45420 return s 45421 } 45422 45423 // Earliest and latest time an instance can be restored to: 45424 type RestoreWindow struct { 45425 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45426 45427 // The earliest time you can restore an instance to. 45428 EarliestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 45429 45430 // The latest time you can restore an instance to. 45431 LatestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 45432 } 45433 45434 // String returns the string representation. 45435 // 45436 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45437 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45438 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45439 func (s RestoreWindow) String() string { 45440 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45441 } 45442 45443 // GoString returns the string representation. 45444 // 45445 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45446 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45447 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45448 func (s RestoreWindow) GoString() string { 45449 return s.String() 45450 } 45451 45452 // SetEarliestTime sets the EarliestTime field's value. 45453 func (s *RestoreWindow) SetEarliestTime(v time.Time) *RestoreWindow { 45454 s.EarliestTime = &v 45455 return s 45456 } 45457 45458 // SetLatestTime sets the LatestTime field's value. 45459 func (s *RestoreWindow) SetLatestTime(v time.Time) *RestoreWindow { 45460 s.LatestTime = &v 45461 return s 45462 } 45463 45464 type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { 45465 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45466 45467 // The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP 45468 // is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 45469 // can't be provided. 45470 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 45471 45472 // The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. 45473 // 45474 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 45475 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 45476 45477 // The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security 45478 // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 45479 // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 45480 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 45481 45482 // The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security 45483 // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 45484 // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 45485 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 45486 45487 // The Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the EC2 security group 45488 // specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web Services 45489 // access key ID isn't an acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId 45490 // must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 45491 // or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 45492 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 45493 } 45494 45495 // String returns the string representation. 45496 // 45497 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45498 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45499 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45500 func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { 45501 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45502 } 45503 45504 // GoString returns the string representation. 45505 // 45506 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45507 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45508 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45509 func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { 45510 return s.String() 45511 } 45512 45513 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 45514 func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { 45515 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} 45516 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 45517 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 45518 } 45519 45520 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 45521 return invalidParams 45522 } 45523 return nil 45524 } 45525 45526 // SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 45527 func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 45528 s.CIDRIP = &v 45529 return s 45530 } 45531 45532 // SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 45533 func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 45534 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 45535 return s 45536 } 45537 45538 // SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 45539 func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 45540 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 45541 return s 45542 } 45543 45544 // SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 45545 func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 45546 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 45547 return s 45548 } 45549 45550 // SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 45551 func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 45552 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 45553 return s 45554 } 45555 45556 type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { 45557 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45558 45559 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 45560 // 45561 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 45562 // action. 45563 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 45564 } 45565 45566 // String returns the string representation. 45567 // 45568 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45569 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45570 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45571 func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { 45572 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45573 } 45574 45575 // GoString returns the string representation. 45576 // 45577 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45578 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45579 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45580 func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { 45581 return s.String() 45582 } 45583 45584 // SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 45585 func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { 45586 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 45587 return s 45588 } 45589 45590 // Contains the scaling configuration of an Aurora Serverless DB cluster. 45591 // 45592 // For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 45593 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 45594 type ScalingConfiguration struct { 45595 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45596 45597 // A value that indicates whether to allow or disallow automatic pause for an 45598 // Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. A DB cluster can be paused 45599 // only when it's idle (it has no connections). 45600 // 45601 // If a DB cluster is paused for more than seven days, the DB cluster might 45602 // be backed up with a snapshot. In this case, the DB cluster is restored when 45603 // there is a request to connect to it. 45604 AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"` 45605 45606 // The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 45607 // 45608 // For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 45609 // and 256. 45610 // 45611 // For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 192, 45612 // and 384. 45613 // 45614 // The maximum capacity must be greater than or equal to the minimum capacity. 45615 MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 45616 45617 // The minimum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 45618 // 45619 // For Aurora MySQL, valid capacity values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 45620 // and 256. 45621 // 45622 // For Aurora PostgreSQL, valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 192, 45623 // and 384. 45624 // 45625 // The minimum capacity must be less than or equal to the maximum capacity. 45626 MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 45627 45628 // The amount of time, in seconds, that Aurora Serverless tries to find a scaling 45629 // point to perform seamless scaling before enforcing the timeout action. The 45630 // default is 300. 45631 // 45632 // Specify a value between 60 and 600 seconds. 45633 SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 45634 45635 // The time, in seconds, before an Aurora DB cluster in serverless mode is paused. 45636 // 45637 // Specify a value between 300 and 86,400 seconds. 45638 SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"` 45639 45640 // The action to take when the timeout is reached, either ForceApplyCapacityChange 45641 // or RollbackCapacityChange. 45642 // 45643 // ForceApplyCapacityChange sets the capacity to the specified value as soon 45644 // as possible. 45645 // 45646 // RollbackCapacityChange, the default, ignores the capacity change if a scaling 45647 // point isn't found in the timeout period. 45648 // 45649 // If you specify ForceApplyCapacityChange, connections that prevent Aurora 45650 // Serverless from finding a scaling point might be dropped. 45651 // 45652 // For more information, see Autoscaling for Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.how-it-works.html#aurora-serverless.how-it-works.auto-scaling) 45653 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 45654 TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"` 45655 } 45656 45657 // String returns the string representation. 45658 // 45659 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45660 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45661 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45662 func (s ScalingConfiguration) String() string { 45663 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45664 } 45665 45666 // GoString returns the string representation. 45667 // 45668 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45669 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45670 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45671 func (s ScalingConfiguration) GoString() string { 45672 return s.String() 45673 } 45674 45675 // SetAutoPause sets the AutoPause field's value. 45676 func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetAutoPause(v bool) *ScalingConfiguration { 45677 s.AutoPause = &v 45678 return s 45679 } 45680 45681 // SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value. 45682 func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetMaxCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration { 45683 s.MaxCapacity = &v 45684 return s 45685 } 45686 45687 // SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value. 45688 func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetMinCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration { 45689 s.MinCapacity = &v 45690 return s 45691 } 45692 45693 // SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value. 45694 func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration { 45695 s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v 45696 return s 45697 } 45698 45699 // SetSecondsUntilAutoPause sets the SecondsUntilAutoPause field's value. 45700 func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetSecondsUntilAutoPause(v int64) *ScalingConfiguration { 45701 s.SecondsUntilAutoPause = &v 45702 return s 45703 } 45704 45705 // SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value. 45706 func (s *ScalingConfiguration) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ScalingConfiguration { 45707 s.TimeoutAction = &v 45708 return s 45709 } 45710 45711 // Shows the scaling configuration for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB 45712 // engine mode. 45713 // 45714 // For more information, see Using Amazon Aurora Serverless (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) 45715 // in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. 45716 type ScalingConfigurationInfo struct { 45717 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45718 45719 // A value that indicates whether automatic pause is allowed for the Aurora 45720 // DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 45721 // 45722 // When the value is set to false for an Aurora Serverless DB cluster, the DB 45723 // cluster automatically resumes. 45724 AutoPause *bool `type:"boolean"` 45725 45726 // The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 45727 MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 45728 45729 // The maximum capacity for the Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. 45730 MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` 45731 45732 // The number of seconds before scaling times out. What happens when an attempted 45733 // scaling action times out is determined by the TimeoutAction setting. 45734 SecondsBeforeTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` 45735 45736 // The remaining amount of time, in seconds, before the Aurora DB cluster in 45737 // serverless mode is paused. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle 45738 // (it has no connections). 45739 SecondsUntilAutoPause *int64 `type:"integer"` 45740 45741 // The action that occurs when Aurora times out while attempting to change the 45742 // capacity of an Aurora Serverless cluster. The value is either ForceApplyCapacityChange 45743 // or RollbackCapacityChange. 45744 // 45745 // ForceApplyCapacityChange, the default, sets the capacity to the specified 45746 // value as soon as possible. 45747 // 45748 // RollbackCapacityChange ignores the capacity change if a scaling point isn't 45749 // found in the timeout period. 45750 TimeoutAction *string `type:"string"` 45751 } 45752 45753 // String returns the string representation. 45754 // 45755 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45756 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45757 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45758 func (s ScalingConfigurationInfo) String() string { 45759 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45760 } 45761 45762 // GoString returns the string representation. 45763 // 45764 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45765 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45766 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45767 func (s ScalingConfigurationInfo) GoString() string { 45768 return s.String() 45769 } 45770 45771 // SetAutoPause sets the AutoPause field's value. 45772 func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetAutoPause(v bool) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 45773 s.AutoPause = &v 45774 return s 45775 } 45776 45777 // SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value. 45778 func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMaxCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 45779 s.MaxCapacity = &v 45780 return s 45781 } 45782 45783 // SetMinCapacity sets the MinCapacity field's value. 45784 func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetMinCapacity(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 45785 s.MinCapacity = &v 45786 return s 45787 } 45788 45789 // SetSecondsBeforeTimeout sets the SecondsBeforeTimeout field's value. 45790 func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetSecondsBeforeTimeout(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 45791 s.SecondsBeforeTimeout = &v 45792 return s 45793 } 45794 45795 // SetSecondsUntilAutoPause sets the SecondsUntilAutoPause field's value. 45796 func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetSecondsUntilAutoPause(v int64) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 45797 s.SecondsUntilAutoPause = &v 45798 return s 45799 } 45800 45801 // SetTimeoutAction sets the TimeoutAction field's value. 45802 func (s *ScalingConfigurationInfo) SetTimeoutAction(v string) *ScalingConfigurationInfo { 45803 s.TimeoutAction = &v 45804 return s 45805 } 45806 45807 // Contains an Amazon Web Services Region name as the result of a successful 45808 // call to the DescribeSourceRegions action. 45809 type SourceRegion struct { 45810 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45811 45812 // The endpoint for the source Amazon Web Services Region endpoint. 45813 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 45814 45815 // The name of the source Amazon Web Services Region. 45816 RegionName *string `type:"string"` 45817 45818 // The status of the source Amazon Web Services Region. 45819 Status *string `type:"string"` 45820 45821 // Whether the source Amazon Web Services Region supports replicating automated 45822 // backups to the current Amazon Web Services Region. 45823 SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication *bool `type:"boolean"` 45824 } 45825 45826 // String returns the string representation. 45827 // 45828 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45829 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45830 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45831 func (s SourceRegion) String() string { 45832 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45833 } 45834 45835 // GoString returns the string representation. 45836 // 45837 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45838 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45839 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45840 func (s SourceRegion) GoString() string { 45841 return s.String() 45842 } 45843 45844 // SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 45845 func (s *SourceRegion) SetEndpoint(v string) *SourceRegion { 45846 s.Endpoint = &v 45847 return s 45848 } 45849 45850 // SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. 45851 func (s *SourceRegion) SetRegionName(v string) *SourceRegion { 45852 s.RegionName = &v 45853 return s 45854 } 45855 45856 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 45857 func (s *SourceRegion) SetStatus(v string) *SourceRegion { 45858 s.Status = &v 45859 return s 45860 } 45861 45862 // SetSupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication sets the SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication field's value. 45863 func (s *SourceRegion) SetSupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(v bool) *SourceRegion { 45864 s.SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = &v 45865 return s 45866 } 45867 45868 type StartActivityStreamInput struct { 45869 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45870 45871 // Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to start as soon 45872 // as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database. 45873 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 45874 45875 // Specifies whether the database activity stream includes engine-native audit 45876 // fields. This option only applies to an Oracle DB instance. By default, no 45877 // engine-native audit fields are included. 45878 EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"` 45879 45880 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encrypting messages in the 45881 // database activity stream. The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the 45882 // key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS 45883 // customer master key (CMK). 45884 // 45885 // KmsKeyId is a required field 45886 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 45887 45888 // Specifies the mode of the database activity stream. Database events such 45889 // as a change or access generate an activity stream event. The database session 45890 // can handle these events either synchronously or asynchronously. 45891 // 45892 // Mode is a required field 45893 Mode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"` 45894 45895 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster. 45896 // 45897 // ResourceArn is a required field 45898 ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 45899 } 45900 45901 // String returns the string representation. 45902 // 45903 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45904 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45905 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45906 func (s StartActivityStreamInput) String() string { 45907 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 45908 } 45909 45910 // GoString returns the string representation. 45911 // 45912 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45913 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45914 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45915 func (s StartActivityStreamInput) GoString() string { 45916 return s.String() 45917 } 45918 45919 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 45920 func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) Validate() error { 45921 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartActivityStreamInput"} 45922 if s.KmsKeyId == nil { 45923 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KmsKeyId")) 45924 } 45925 if s.Mode == nil { 45926 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Mode")) 45927 } 45928 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 45929 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 45930 } 45931 45932 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 45933 return invalidParams 45934 } 45935 return nil 45936 } 45937 45938 // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 45939 func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *StartActivityStreamInput { 45940 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 45941 return s 45942 } 45943 45944 // SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded sets the EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded field's value. 45945 func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded(v bool) *StartActivityStreamInput { 45946 s.EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded = &v 45947 return s 45948 } 45949 45950 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 45951 func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartActivityStreamInput { 45952 s.KmsKeyId = &v 45953 return s 45954 } 45955 45956 // SetMode sets the Mode field's value. 45957 func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetMode(v string) *StartActivityStreamInput { 45958 s.Mode = &v 45959 return s 45960 } 45961 45962 // SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 45963 func (s *StartActivityStreamInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *StartActivityStreamInput { 45964 s.ResourceArn = &v 45965 return s 45966 } 45967 45968 type StartActivityStreamOutput struct { 45969 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 45970 45971 // Indicates whether or not the database activity stream will start as soon 45972 // as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database. 45973 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 45974 45975 // Indicates whether engine-native audit fields are included in the database 45976 // activity stream. 45977 EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"` 45978 45979 // The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream to be used for the database activity 45980 // stream. 45981 KinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"` 45982 45983 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of messages in 45984 // the database activity stream. 45985 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 45986 45987 // The mode of the database activity stream. 45988 Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"` 45989 45990 // The status of the database activity stream. 45991 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"` 45992 } 45993 45994 // String returns the string representation. 45995 // 45996 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 45997 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 45998 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 45999 func (s StartActivityStreamOutput) String() string { 46000 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46001 } 46002 46003 // GoString returns the string representation. 46004 // 46005 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46006 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46007 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46008 func (s StartActivityStreamOutput) GoString() string { 46009 return s.String() 46010 } 46011 46012 // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 46013 func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *StartActivityStreamOutput { 46014 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 46015 return s 46016 } 46017 46018 // SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded sets the EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded field's value. 46019 func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded(v bool) *StartActivityStreamOutput { 46020 s.EngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded = &v 46021 return s 46022 } 46023 46024 // SetKinesisStreamName sets the KinesisStreamName field's value. 46025 func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetKinesisStreamName(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput { 46026 s.KinesisStreamName = &v 46027 return s 46028 } 46029 46030 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 46031 func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput { 46032 s.KmsKeyId = &v 46033 return s 46034 } 46035 46036 // SetMode sets the Mode field's value. 46037 func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetMode(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput { 46038 s.Mode = &v 46039 return s 46040 } 46041 46042 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 46043 func (s *StartActivityStreamOutput) SetStatus(v string) *StartActivityStreamOutput { 46044 s.Status = &v 46045 return s 46046 } 46047 46048 type StartDBClusterInput struct { 46049 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46050 46051 // The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be started. 46052 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 46053 // 46054 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 46055 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46056 } 46057 46058 // String returns the string representation. 46059 // 46060 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46061 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46062 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46063 func (s StartDBClusterInput) String() string { 46064 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46065 } 46066 46067 // GoString returns the string representation. 46068 // 46069 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46070 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46071 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46072 func (s StartDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 46073 return s.String() 46074 } 46075 46076 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46077 func (s *StartDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 46078 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBClusterInput"} 46079 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 46080 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 46081 } 46082 46083 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46084 return invalidParams 46085 } 46086 return nil 46087 } 46088 46089 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 46090 func (s *StartDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StartDBClusterInput { 46091 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 46092 return s 46093 } 46094 46095 type StartDBClusterOutput struct { 46096 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46097 46098 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 46099 // 46100 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 46101 // and StartDBCluster actions. 46102 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 46103 } 46104 46105 // String returns the string representation. 46106 // 46107 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46108 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46109 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46110 func (s StartDBClusterOutput) String() string { 46111 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46112 } 46113 46114 // GoString returns the string representation. 46115 // 46116 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46117 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46118 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46119 func (s StartDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 46120 return s.String() 46121 } 46122 46123 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 46124 func (s *StartDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StartDBClusterOutput { 46125 s.DBCluster = v 46126 return s 46127 } 46128 46129 type StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput struct { 46130 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46131 46132 // The retention period for the replicated automated backups. 46133 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 46134 46135 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 46136 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 46137 46138 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of the replicated 46139 // automated backups. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the 46140 // KMS encryption key in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, for example, 46141 // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE. 46142 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 46143 46144 // A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 46145 // action to be called in the Amazon Web Services Region of the source DB instance. 46146 // The presigned URL must be a valid request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication 46147 // API action that can be executed in the Amazon Web Services Region that contains 46148 // the source DB instance. 46149 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 46150 46151 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for the replicated 46152 // automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase. 46153 // 46154 // SourceDBInstanceArn is a required field 46155 SourceDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46156 46157 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 46158 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 46159 // have the same region as the source ARN. 46160 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 46161 } 46162 46163 // String returns the string representation. 46164 // 46165 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46166 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46167 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46168 func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) String() string { 46169 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46170 } 46171 46172 // GoString returns the string representation. 46173 // 46174 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46175 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46176 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46177 func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) GoString() string { 46178 return s.String() 46179 } 46180 46181 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46182 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) Validate() error { 46183 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput"} 46184 if s.SourceDBInstanceArn == nil { 46185 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceArn")) 46186 } 46187 46188 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46189 return invalidParams 46190 } 46191 return nil 46192 } 46193 46194 // SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 46195 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { 46196 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 46197 return s 46198 } 46199 46200 // SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 46201 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { 46202 s.DestinationRegion = &v 46203 return s 46204 } 46205 46206 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 46207 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { 46208 s.KmsKeyId = &v 46209 return s 46210 } 46211 46212 // SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 46213 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { 46214 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 46215 return s 46216 } 46217 46218 // SetSourceDBInstanceArn sets the SourceDBInstanceArn field's value. 46219 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceDBInstanceArn(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { 46220 s.SourceDBInstanceArn = &v 46221 return s 46222 } 46223 46224 // SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 46225 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { 46226 s.SourceRegion = &v 46227 return s 46228 } 46229 46230 type StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput struct { 46231 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46232 46233 // An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction 46234 // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted 46235 // the source instance. 46236 DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"` 46237 } 46238 46239 // String returns the string representation. 46240 // 46241 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46242 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46243 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46244 func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) String() string { 46245 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46246 } 46247 46248 // GoString returns the string representation. 46249 // 46250 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46251 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46252 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46253 func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) GoString() string { 46254 return s.String() 46255 } 46256 46257 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value. 46258 func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput { 46259 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v 46260 return s 46261 } 46262 46263 type StartDBInstanceInput struct { 46264 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46265 46266 // The user-supplied instance identifier. 46267 // 46268 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 46269 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46270 } 46271 46272 // String returns the string representation. 46273 // 46274 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46275 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46276 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46277 func (s StartDBInstanceInput) String() string { 46278 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46279 } 46280 46281 // GoString returns the string representation. 46282 // 46283 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46284 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46285 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46286 func (s StartDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 46287 return s.String() 46288 } 46289 46290 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46291 func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 46292 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceInput"} 46293 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 46294 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 46295 } 46296 46297 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46298 return invalidParams 46299 } 46300 return nil 46301 } 46302 46303 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 46304 func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StartDBInstanceInput { 46305 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 46306 return s 46307 } 46308 46309 type StartDBInstanceOutput struct { 46310 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46311 46312 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 46313 // 46314 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 46315 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 46316 } 46317 46318 // String returns the string representation. 46319 // 46320 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46321 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46322 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46323 func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 46324 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46325 } 46326 46327 // GoString returns the string representation. 46328 // 46329 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46330 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46331 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46332 func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 46333 return s.String() 46334 } 46335 46336 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 46337 func (s *StartDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StartDBInstanceOutput { 46338 s.DBInstance = v 46339 return s 46340 } 46341 46342 type StartExportTaskInput struct { 46343 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46344 46345 // The data to be exported from the snapshot. If this parameter is not provided, 46346 // all the snapshot data is exported. Valid values are the following: 46347 // 46348 // * database - Export all the data from a specified database. 46349 // 46350 // * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot. This format 46351 // is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora MySQL. 46352 // 46353 // * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot. 46354 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 46355 // 46356 // * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema. 46357 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 46358 ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"` 46359 46360 // A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier 46361 // for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is to be exported to. 46362 // 46363 // ExportTaskIdentifier is a required field 46364 ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46365 46366 // The name of the IAM role to use for writing to the Amazon S3 bucket when 46367 // exporting a snapshot. 46368 // 46369 // IamRoleArn is a required field 46370 IamRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46371 46372 // The ID of the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK) to use to 46373 // encrypt the snapshot exported to Amazon S3. The Amazon Web Services KMS key 46374 // identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the Amazon 46375 // Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). The caller of this operation 46376 // must be authorized to execute the following operations. These can be set 46377 // in the Amazon Web Services KMS key policy: 46378 // 46379 // * GrantOperation.Encrypt 46380 // 46381 // * GrantOperation.Decrypt 46382 // 46383 // * GrantOperation.GenerateDataKey 46384 // 46385 // * GrantOperation.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext 46386 // 46387 // * GrantOperation.ReEncryptFrom 46388 // 46389 // * GrantOperation.ReEncryptTo 46390 // 46391 // * GrantOperation.CreateGrant 46392 // 46393 // * GrantOperation.DescribeKey 46394 // 46395 // * GrantOperation.RetireGrant 46396 // 46397 // KmsKeyId is a required field 46398 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46399 46400 // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to export the snapshot to. 46401 // 46402 // S3BucketName is a required field 46403 S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46404 46405 // The Amazon S3 bucket prefix to use as the file name and path of the exported 46406 // snapshot. 46407 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 46408 46409 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot to export to Amazon S3. 46410 // 46411 // SourceArn is a required field 46412 SourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46413 } 46414 46415 // String returns the string representation. 46416 // 46417 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46418 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46419 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46420 func (s StartExportTaskInput) String() string { 46421 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46422 } 46423 46424 // GoString returns the string representation. 46425 // 46426 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46427 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46428 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46429 func (s StartExportTaskInput) GoString() string { 46430 return s.String() 46431 } 46432 46433 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46434 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) Validate() error { 46435 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartExportTaskInput"} 46436 if s.ExportTaskIdentifier == nil { 46437 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExportTaskIdentifier")) 46438 } 46439 if s.IamRoleArn == nil { 46440 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamRoleArn")) 46441 } 46442 if s.KmsKeyId == nil { 46443 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KmsKeyId")) 46444 } 46445 if s.S3BucketName == nil { 46446 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) 46447 } 46448 if s.SourceArn == nil { 46449 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceArn")) 46450 } 46451 46452 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46453 return invalidParams 46454 } 46455 return nil 46456 } 46457 46458 // SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value. 46459 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *StartExportTaskInput { 46460 s.ExportOnly = v 46461 return s 46462 } 46463 46464 // SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value. 46465 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *StartExportTaskInput { 46466 s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v 46467 return s 46468 } 46469 46470 // SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value. 46471 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *StartExportTaskInput { 46472 s.IamRoleArn = &v 46473 return s 46474 } 46475 46476 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 46477 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartExportTaskInput { 46478 s.KmsKeyId = &v 46479 return s 46480 } 46481 46482 // SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. 46483 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetS3BucketName(v string) *StartExportTaskInput { 46484 s.S3BucketName = &v 46485 return s 46486 } 46487 46488 // SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 46489 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetS3Prefix(v string) *StartExportTaskInput { 46490 s.S3Prefix = &v 46491 return s 46492 } 46493 46494 // SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 46495 func (s *StartExportTaskInput) SetSourceArn(v string) *StartExportTaskInput { 46496 s.SourceArn = &v 46497 return s 46498 } 46499 46500 // Contains the details of a snapshot export to Amazon S3. 46501 // 46502 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeExportTasks action. 46503 type StartExportTaskOutput struct { 46504 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46505 46506 // The data exported from the snapshot. Valid values are the following: 46507 // 46508 // * database - Export all the data from a specified database. 46509 // 46510 // * database.table table-name - Export a table of the snapshot. This format 46511 // is valid only for RDS for MySQL, RDS for MariaDB, and Aurora MySQL. 46512 // 46513 // * database.schema schema-name - Export a database schema of the snapshot. 46514 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 46515 // 46516 // * database.schema.table table-name - Export a table of the database schema. 46517 // This format is valid only for RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. 46518 ExportOnly []*string `type:"list"` 46519 46520 // A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier 46521 // for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is exported to. 46522 ExportTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 46523 46524 // The reason the export failed, if it failed. 46525 FailureCause *string `type:"string"` 46526 46527 // The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting 46528 // a snapshot. 46529 IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 46530 46531 // The key identifier of the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK) 46532 // that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The 46533 // Amazon Web Services KMS CMK identifier is its key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, 46534 // or alias name. The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption 46535 // and decryption permissions to use this Amazon Web Services KMS CMK. 46536 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 46537 46538 // The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage. 46539 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 46540 46541 // The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to. 46542 S3Bucket *string `type:"string"` 46543 46544 // The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported 46545 // snapshot. 46546 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 46547 46548 // The time that the snapshot was created. 46549 SnapshotTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 46550 46551 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot exported to Amazon S3. 46552 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 46553 46554 // The progress status of the export task. 46555 Status *string `type:"string"` 46556 46557 // The time that the snapshot export task completed. 46558 TaskEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 46559 46560 // The time that the snapshot export task started. 46561 TaskStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 46562 46563 // The total amount of data exported, in gigabytes. 46564 TotalExtractedDataInGB *int64 `type:"integer"` 46565 46566 // A warning about the snapshot export task. 46567 WarningMessage *string `type:"string"` 46568 } 46569 46570 // String returns the string representation. 46571 // 46572 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46573 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46574 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46575 func (s StartExportTaskOutput) String() string { 46576 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46577 } 46578 46579 // GoString returns the string representation. 46580 // 46581 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46582 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46583 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46584 func (s StartExportTaskOutput) GoString() string { 46585 return s.String() 46586 } 46587 46588 // SetExportOnly sets the ExportOnly field's value. 46589 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetExportOnly(v []*string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46590 s.ExportOnly = v 46591 return s 46592 } 46593 46594 // SetExportTaskIdentifier sets the ExportTaskIdentifier field's value. 46595 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetExportTaskIdentifier(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46596 s.ExportTaskIdentifier = &v 46597 return s 46598 } 46599 46600 // SetFailureCause sets the FailureCause field's value. 46601 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetFailureCause(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46602 s.FailureCause = &v 46603 return s 46604 } 46605 46606 // SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value. 46607 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46608 s.IamRoleArn = &v 46609 return s 46610 } 46611 46612 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 46613 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46614 s.KmsKeyId = &v 46615 return s 46616 } 46617 46618 // SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 46619 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46620 s.PercentProgress = &v 46621 return s 46622 } 46623 46624 // SetS3Bucket sets the S3Bucket field's value. 46625 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetS3Bucket(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46626 s.S3Bucket = &v 46627 return s 46628 } 46629 46630 // SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 46631 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetS3Prefix(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46632 s.S3Prefix = &v 46633 return s 46634 } 46635 46636 // SetSnapshotTime sets the SnapshotTime field's value. 46637 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetSnapshotTime(v time.Time) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46638 s.SnapshotTime = &v 46639 return s 46640 } 46641 46642 // SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 46643 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetSourceArn(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46644 s.SourceArn = &v 46645 return s 46646 } 46647 46648 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 46649 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetStatus(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46650 s.Status = &v 46651 return s 46652 } 46653 46654 // SetTaskEndTime sets the TaskEndTime field's value. 46655 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetTaskEndTime(v time.Time) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46656 s.TaskEndTime = &v 46657 return s 46658 } 46659 46660 // SetTaskStartTime sets the TaskStartTime field's value. 46661 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetTaskStartTime(v time.Time) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46662 s.TaskStartTime = &v 46663 return s 46664 } 46665 46666 // SetTotalExtractedDataInGB sets the TotalExtractedDataInGB field's value. 46667 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetTotalExtractedDataInGB(v int64) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46668 s.TotalExtractedDataInGB = &v 46669 return s 46670 } 46671 46672 // SetWarningMessage sets the WarningMessage field's value. 46673 func (s *StartExportTaskOutput) SetWarningMessage(v string) *StartExportTaskOutput { 46674 s.WarningMessage = &v 46675 return s 46676 } 46677 46678 type StopActivityStreamInput struct { 46679 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46680 46681 // Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to stop as soon 46682 // as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database. 46683 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 46684 46685 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster for the database activity 46686 // stream. For example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster. 46687 // 46688 // ResourceArn is a required field 46689 ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46690 } 46691 46692 // String returns the string representation. 46693 // 46694 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46695 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46696 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46697 func (s StopActivityStreamInput) String() string { 46698 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46699 } 46700 46701 // GoString returns the string representation. 46702 // 46703 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46704 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46705 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46706 func (s StopActivityStreamInput) GoString() string { 46707 return s.String() 46708 } 46709 46710 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46711 func (s *StopActivityStreamInput) Validate() error { 46712 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopActivityStreamInput"} 46713 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 46714 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 46715 } 46716 46717 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46718 return invalidParams 46719 } 46720 return nil 46721 } 46722 46723 // SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 46724 func (s *StopActivityStreamInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *StopActivityStreamInput { 46725 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 46726 return s 46727 } 46728 46729 // SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 46730 func (s *StopActivityStreamInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *StopActivityStreamInput { 46731 s.ResourceArn = &v 46732 return s 46733 } 46734 46735 type StopActivityStreamOutput struct { 46736 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46737 46738 // The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity 46739 // stream. 46740 KinesisStreamName *string `type:"string"` 46741 46742 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in 46743 // the database activity stream. 46744 // 46745 // The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias 46746 // ARN, or alias name for the Amazon Web Services KMS customer master key (CMK). 46747 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 46748 46749 // The status of the database activity stream. 46750 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityStreamStatus"` 46751 } 46752 46753 // String returns the string representation. 46754 // 46755 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46756 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46757 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46758 func (s StopActivityStreamOutput) String() string { 46759 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46760 } 46761 46762 // GoString returns the string representation. 46763 // 46764 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46765 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46766 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46767 func (s StopActivityStreamOutput) GoString() string { 46768 return s.String() 46769 } 46770 46771 // SetKinesisStreamName sets the KinesisStreamName field's value. 46772 func (s *StopActivityStreamOutput) SetKinesisStreamName(v string) *StopActivityStreamOutput { 46773 s.KinesisStreamName = &v 46774 return s 46775 } 46776 46777 // SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 46778 func (s *StopActivityStreamOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StopActivityStreamOutput { 46779 s.KmsKeyId = &v 46780 return s 46781 } 46782 46783 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 46784 func (s *StopActivityStreamOutput) SetStatus(v string) *StopActivityStreamOutput { 46785 s.Status = &v 46786 return s 46787 } 46788 46789 type StopDBClusterInput struct { 46790 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46791 46792 // The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be stopped. 46793 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 46794 // 46795 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 46796 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46797 } 46798 46799 // String returns the string representation. 46800 // 46801 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46802 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46803 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46804 func (s StopDBClusterInput) String() string { 46805 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46806 } 46807 46808 // GoString returns the string representation. 46809 // 46810 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46811 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46812 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46813 func (s StopDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 46814 return s.String() 46815 } 46816 46817 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46818 func (s *StopDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 46819 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBClusterInput"} 46820 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 46821 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 46822 } 46823 46824 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46825 return invalidParams 46826 } 46827 return nil 46828 } 46829 46830 // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 46831 func (s *StopDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StopDBClusterInput { 46832 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 46833 return s 46834 } 46835 46836 type StopDBClusterOutput struct { 46837 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46838 46839 // Contains the details of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 46840 // 46841 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters, StopDBCluster, 46842 // and StartDBCluster actions. 46843 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 46844 } 46845 46846 // String returns the string representation. 46847 // 46848 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46849 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46850 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46851 func (s StopDBClusterOutput) String() string { 46852 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46853 } 46854 46855 // GoString returns the string representation. 46856 // 46857 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46858 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46859 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46860 func (s StopDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 46861 return s.String() 46862 } 46863 46864 // SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 46865 func (s *StopDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StopDBClusterOutput { 46866 s.DBCluster = v 46867 return s 46868 } 46869 46870 type StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput struct { 46871 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46872 46873 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for which to stop 46874 // replicating automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase. 46875 // 46876 // SourceDBInstanceArn is a required field 46877 SourceDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46878 } 46879 46880 // String returns the string representation. 46881 // 46882 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46883 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46884 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46885 func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) String() string { 46886 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46887 } 46888 46889 // GoString returns the string representation. 46890 // 46891 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46892 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46893 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46894 func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) GoString() string { 46895 return s.String() 46896 } 46897 46898 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46899 func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) Validate() error { 46900 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput"} 46901 if s.SourceDBInstanceArn == nil { 46902 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceArn")) 46903 } 46904 46905 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46906 return invalidParams 46907 } 46908 return nil 46909 } 46910 46911 // SetSourceDBInstanceArn sets the SourceDBInstanceArn field's value. 46912 func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceDBInstanceArn(v string) *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { 46913 s.SourceDBInstanceArn = &v 46914 return s 46915 } 46916 46917 type StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput struct { 46918 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46919 46920 // An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction 46921 // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted 46922 // the source instance. 46923 DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"` 46924 } 46925 46926 // String returns the string representation. 46927 // 46928 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46929 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46930 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46931 func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) String() string { 46932 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46933 } 46934 46935 // GoString returns the string representation. 46936 // 46937 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46938 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46939 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46940 func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) GoString() string { 46941 return s.String() 46942 } 46943 46944 // SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value. 46945 func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput { 46946 s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v 46947 return s 46948 } 46949 46950 type StopDBInstanceInput struct { 46951 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 46952 46953 // The user-supplied instance identifier. 46954 // 46955 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 46956 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 46957 46958 // The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately 46959 // before the DB instance is stopped. 46960 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 46961 } 46962 46963 // String returns the string representation. 46964 // 46965 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46966 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46967 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46968 func (s StopDBInstanceInput) String() string { 46969 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 46970 } 46971 46972 // GoString returns the string representation. 46973 // 46974 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 46975 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 46976 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 46977 func (s StopDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 46978 return s.String() 46979 } 46980 46981 // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 46982 func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 46983 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceInput"} 46984 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 46985 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 46986 } 46987 46988 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 46989 return invalidParams 46990 } 46991 return nil 46992 } 46993 46994 // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 46995 func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput { 46996 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 46997 return s 46998 } 46999 47000 // SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 47001 func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput { 47002 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 47003 return s 47004 } 47005 47006 type StopDBInstanceOutput struct { 47007 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47008 47009 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 47010 // 47011 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 47012 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 47013 } 47014 47015 // String returns the string representation. 47016 // 47017 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47018 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47019 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47020 func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 47021 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47022 } 47023 47024 // GoString returns the string representation. 47025 // 47026 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47027 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47028 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47029 func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 47030 return s.String() 47031 } 47032 47033 // SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 47034 func (s *StopDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StopDBInstanceOutput { 47035 s.DBInstance = v 47036 return s 47037 } 47038 47039 // This data type is used as a response element for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 47040 // operation. 47041 type Subnet struct { 47042 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47043 47044 // Contains Availability Zone information. 47045 // 47046 // This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption data 47047 // type. 47048 SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` 47049 47050 // The identifier of the subnet. 47051 SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 47052 47053 // If the subnet is associated with an Outpost, this value specifies the Outpost. 47054 // 47055 // For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Amazon RDS on Amazon Web 47056 // Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) 47057 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 47058 SubnetOutpost *Outpost `type:"structure"` 47059 47060 // The status of the subnet. 47061 SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"` 47062 } 47063 47064 // String returns the string representation. 47065 // 47066 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47067 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47068 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47069 func (s Subnet) String() string { 47070 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47071 } 47072 47073 // GoString returns the string representation. 47074 // 47075 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47076 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47077 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47078 func (s Subnet) GoString() string { 47079 return s.String() 47080 } 47081 47082 // SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value. 47083 func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet { 47084 s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v 47085 return s 47086 } 47087 47088 // SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value. 47089 func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet { 47090 s.SubnetIdentifier = &v 47091 return s 47092 } 47093 47094 // SetSubnetOutpost sets the SubnetOutpost field's value. 47095 func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetOutpost(v *Outpost) *Subnet { 47096 s.SubnetOutpost = v 47097 return s 47098 } 47099 47100 // SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value. 47101 func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet { 47102 s.SubnetStatus = &v 47103 return s 47104 } 47105 47106 // Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. 47107 type Tag struct { 47108 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47109 47110 // A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 47111 // 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with aws: or rds:. 47112 // The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 47113 // '_', '.', ':', '/', '=', '+', '-', '@' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$"). 47114 Key *string `type:"string"` 47115 47116 // A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 47117 // to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with aws: or rds:. 47118 // The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 47119 // '_', '.', ':', '/', '=', '+', '-', '@' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$"). 47120 Value *string `type:"string"` 47121 } 47122 47123 // String returns the string representation. 47124 // 47125 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47126 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47127 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47128 func (s Tag) String() string { 47129 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47130 } 47131 47132 // GoString returns the string representation. 47133 // 47134 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47135 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47136 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47137 func (s Tag) GoString() string { 47138 return s.String() 47139 } 47140 47141 // SetKey sets the Key field's value. 47142 func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { 47143 s.Key = &v 47144 return s 47145 } 47146 47147 // SetValue sets the Value field's value. 47148 func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { 47149 s.Value = &v 47150 return s 47151 } 47152 47153 // Information about the connection health of an RDS Proxy target. 47154 type TargetHealth struct { 47155 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47156 47157 // A description of the health of the RDS Proxy target. If the State is AVAILABLE, 47158 // a description is not included. 47159 Description *string `type:"string"` 47160 47161 // The reason for the current health State of the RDS Proxy target. 47162 Reason *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthReason"` 47163 47164 // The current state of the connection health lifecycle for the RDS Proxy target. 47165 // The following is a typical lifecycle example for the states of an RDS Proxy 47166 // target: 47167 // 47168 // registering > unavailable > available > unavailable > available 47169 State *string `type:"string" enum:"TargetState"` 47170 } 47171 47172 // String returns the string representation. 47173 // 47174 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47175 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47176 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47177 func (s TargetHealth) String() string { 47178 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47179 } 47180 47181 // GoString returns the string representation. 47182 // 47183 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47184 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47185 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47186 func (s TargetHealth) GoString() string { 47187 return s.String() 47188 } 47189 47190 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 47191 func (s *TargetHealth) SetDescription(v string) *TargetHealth { 47192 s.Description = &v 47193 return s 47194 } 47195 47196 // SetReason sets the Reason field's value. 47197 func (s *TargetHealth) SetReason(v string) *TargetHealth { 47198 s.Reason = &v 47199 return s 47200 } 47201 47202 // SetState sets the State field's value. 47203 func (s *TargetHealth) SetState(v string) *TargetHealth { 47204 s.State = &v 47205 return s 47206 } 47207 47208 // A time zone associated with a DBInstance or a DBSnapshot. This data type 47209 // is an element in the response to the DescribeDBInstances, the DescribeDBSnapshots, 47210 // and the DescribeDBEngineVersions actions. 47211 type Timezone struct { 47212 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47213 47214 // The name of the time zone. 47215 TimezoneName *string `type:"string"` 47216 } 47217 47218 // String returns the string representation. 47219 // 47220 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47221 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47222 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47223 func (s Timezone) String() string { 47224 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47225 } 47226 47227 // GoString returns the string representation. 47228 // 47229 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47230 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47231 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47232 func (s Timezone) GoString() string { 47233 return s.String() 47234 } 47235 47236 // SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value. 47237 func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone { 47238 s.TimezoneName = &v 47239 return s 47240 } 47241 47242 // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 47243 type UpgradeTarget struct { 47244 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47245 47246 // A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source 47247 // DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. 47248 AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 47249 47250 // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 47251 Description *string `type:"string"` 47252 47253 // The name of the upgrade target database engine. 47254 Engine *string `type:"string"` 47255 47256 // The version number of the upgrade target database engine. 47257 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 47258 47259 // A value that indicates whether upgrading to the target version requires upgrading 47260 // the major version of the database engine. 47261 IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 47262 47263 // A list of the supported DB engine modes for the target engine version. 47264 SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` 47265 47266 // A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with the 47267 // target engine version. 47268 SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"` 47269 47270 // A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with the 47271 // target engine version. 47272 SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"` 47273 } 47274 47275 // String returns the string representation. 47276 // 47277 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47278 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47279 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47280 func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string { 47281 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47282 } 47283 47284 // GoString returns the string representation. 47285 // 47286 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47287 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47288 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47289 func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string { 47290 return s.String() 47291 } 47292 47293 // SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value. 47294 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 47295 s.AutoUpgrade = &v 47296 return s 47297 } 47298 47299 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 47300 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 47301 s.Description = &v 47302 return s 47303 } 47304 47305 // SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 47306 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 47307 s.Engine = &v 47308 return s 47309 } 47310 47311 // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 47312 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 47313 s.EngineVersion = &v 47314 return s 47315 } 47316 47317 // SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 47318 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 47319 s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 47320 return s 47321 } 47322 47323 // SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. 47324 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *UpgradeTarget { 47325 s.SupportedEngineModes = v 47326 return s 47327 } 47328 47329 // SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value. 47330 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 47331 s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v 47332 return s 47333 } 47334 47335 // SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value. 47336 func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 47337 s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v 47338 return s 47339 } 47340 47341 // Specifies the details of authentication used by a proxy to log in as a specific 47342 // database user. 47343 type UserAuthConfig struct { 47344 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47345 47346 // The type of authentication that the proxy uses for connections from the proxy 47347 // to the underlying database. 47348 AuthScheme *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthScheme"` 47349 47350 // A user-specified description about the authentication used by a proxy to 47351 // log in as a specific database user. 47352 Description *string `type:"string"` 47353 47354 // Whether to require or disallow Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management 47355 // (IAM) authentication for connections to the proxy. 47356 IAMAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"IAMAuthMode"` 47357 47358 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the secret that the proxy uses 47359 // to authenticate to the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. These secrets 47360 // are stored within Amazon Secrets Manager. 47361 SecretArn *string `type:"string"` 47362 47363 // The name of the database user to which the proxy connects. 47364 UserName *string `type:"string"` 47365 } 47366 47367 // String returns the string representation. 47368 // 47369 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47370 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47371 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47372 func (s UserAuthConfig) String() string { 47373 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47374 } 47375 47376 // GoString returns the string representation. 47377 // 47378 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47379 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47380 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47381 func (s UserAuthConfig) GoString() string { 47382 return s.String() 47383 } 47384 47385 // SetAuthScheme sets the AuthScheme field's value. 47386 func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetAuthScheme(v string) *UserAuthConfig { 47387 s.AuthScheme = &v 47388 return s 47389 } 47390 47391 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 47392 func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetDescription(v string) *UserAuthConfig { 47393 s.Description = &v 47394 return s 47395 } 47396 47397 // SetIAMAuth sets the IAMAuth field's value. 47398 func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetIAMAuth(v string) *UserAuthConfig { 47399 s.IAMAuth = &v 47400 return s 47401 } 47402 47403 // SetSecretArn sets the SecretArn field's value. 47404 func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetSecretArn(v string) *UserAuthConfig { 47405 s.SecretArn = &v 47406 return s 47407 } 47408 47409 // SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 47410 func (s *UserAuthConfig) SetUserName(v string) *UserAuthConfig { 47411 s.UserName = &v 47412 return s 47413 } 47414 47415 // Returns the details of authentication used by a proxy to log in as a specific 47416 // database user. 47417 type UserAuthConfigInfo struct { 47418 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47419 47420 // The type of authentication that the proxy uses for connections from the proxy 47421 // to the underlying database. 47422 AuthScheme *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthScheme"` 47423 47424 // A user-specified description about the authentication used by a proxy to 47425 // log in as a specific database user. 47426 Description *string `type:"string"` 47427 47428 // Whether to require or disallow Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management 47429 // (IAM) authentication for connections to the proxy. 47430 IAMAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"IAMAuthMode"` 47431 47432 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) representing the secret that the proxy uses 47433 // to authenticate to the RDS DB instance or Aurora DB cluster. These secrets 47434 // are stored within Amazon Secrets Manager. 47435 SecretArn *string `type:"string"` 47436 47437 // The name of the database user to which the proxy connects. 47438 UserName *string `type:"string"` 47439 } 47440 47441 // String returns the string representation. 47442 // 47443 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47444 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47445 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47446 func (s UserAuthConfigInfo) String() string { 47447 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47448 } 47449 47450 // GoString returns the string representation. 47451 // 47452 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47453 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47454 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47455 func (s UserAuthConfigInfo) GoString() string { 47456 return s.String() 47457 } 47458 47459 // SetAuthScheme sets the AuthScheme field's value. 47460 func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetAuthScheme(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo { 47461 s.AuthScheme = &v 47462 return s 47463 } 47464 47465 // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 47466 func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetDescription(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo { 47467 s.Description = &v 47468 return s 47469 } 47470 47471 // SetIAMAuth sets the IAMAuth field's value. 47472 func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetIAMAuth(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo { 47473 s.IAMAuth = &v 47474 return s 47475 } 47476 47477 // SetSecretArn sets the SecretArn field's value. 47478 func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetSecretArn(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo { 47479 s.SecretArn = &v 47480 return s 47481 } 47482 47483 // SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 47484 func (s *UserAuthConfigInfo) SetUserName(v string) *UserAuthConfigInfo { 47485 s.UserName = &v 47486 return s 47487 } 47488 47489 // Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 47490 // Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 47491 // action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 47492 type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct { 47493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47494 47495 // Valid storage options for your DB instance. 47496 Storage []*ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"` 47497 47498 // Valid processor features for your DB instance. 47499 ValidProcessorFeatures []*AvailableProcessorFeature `locationNameList:"AvailableProcessorFeature" type:"list"` 47500 } 47501 47502 // String returns the string representation. 47503 // 47504 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47505 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47506 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47507 func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string { 47508 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47509 } 47510 47511 // GoString returns the string representation. 47512 // 47513 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47514 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47515 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47516 func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) GoString() string { 47517 return s.String() 47518 } 47519 47520 // SetStorage sets the Storage field's value. 47521 func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetStorage(v []*ValidStorageOptions) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage { 47522 s.Storage = v 47523 return s 47524 } 47525 47526 // SetValidProcessorFeatures sets the ValidProcessorFeatures field's value. 47527 func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetValidProcessorFeatures(v []*AvailableProcessorFeature) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage { 47528 s.ValidProcessorFeatures = v 47529 return s 47530 } 47531 47532 // Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 47533 // Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 47534 // action. 47535 type ValidStorageOptions struct { 47536 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47537 47538 // The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For 47539 // example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 47540 // times storage. 47541 IopsToStorageRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"` 47542 47543 // The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. 47544 ProvisionedIops []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 47545 47546 // The valid range of storage in gibibytes (GiB). For example, 100 to 16384. 47547 StorageSize []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 47548 47549 // The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. 47550 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 47551 47552 // Whether or not Amazon RDS can automatically scale storage for DB instances 47553 // that use the new instance class. 47554 SupportsStorageAutoscaling *bool `type:"boolean"` 47555 } 47556 47557 // String returns the string representation. 47558 // 47559 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47560 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47561 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47562 func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string { 47563 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47564 } 47565 47566 // GoString returns the string representation. 47567 // 47568 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47569 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47570 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47571 func (s ValidStorageOptions) GoString() string { 47572 return s.String() 47573 } 47574 47575 // SetIopsToStorageRatio sets the IopsToStorageRatio field's value. 47576 func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetIopsToStorageRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions { 47577 s.IopsToStorageRatio = v 47578 return s 47579 } 47580 47581 // SetProvisionedIops sets the ProvisionedIops field's value. 47582 func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedIops(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 47583 s.ProvisionedIops = v 47584 return s 47585 } 47586 47587 // SetStorageSize sets the StorageSize field's value. 47588 func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageSize(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 47589 s.StorageSize = v 47590 return s 47591 } 47592 47593 // SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 47594 func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageType(v string) *ValidStorageOptions { 47595 s.StorageType = &v 47596 return s 47597 } 47598 47599 // SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling sets the SupportsStorageAutoscaling field's value. 47600 func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetSupportsStorageAutoscaling(v bool) *ValidStorageOptions { 47601 s.SupportsStorageAutoscaling = &v 47602 return s 47603 } 47604 47605 // This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security 47606 // group membership. 47607 type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct { 47608 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47609 47610 // The status of the VPC security group. 47611 Status *string `type:"string"` 47612 47613 // The name of the VPC security group. 47614 VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 47615 } 47616 47617 // String returns the string representation. 47618 // 47619 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47620 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47621 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47622 func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 47623 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47624 } 47625 47626 // GoString returns the string representation. 47627 // 47628 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47629 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47630 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47631 func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 47632 return s.String() 47633 } 47634 47635 // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 47636 func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 47637 s.Status = &v 47638 return s 47639 } 47640 47641 // SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value. 47642 func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 47643 s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v 47644 return s 47645 } 47646 47647 // Information about the virtual private network (VPN) between the VMware vSphere 47648 // cluster and the Amazon Web Services website. 47649 // 47650 // For more information about RDS on VMware, see the RDS on VMware User Guide. 47651 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/RDSonVMwareUserGuide/rds-on-vmware.html) 47652 type VpnDetails struct { 47653 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 47654 47655 // The IP address of network traffic from Amazon Web Services to your on-premises 47656 // data center. 47657 VpnGatewayIp *string `type:"string"` 47658 47659 // The ID of the VPN. 47660 VpnId *string `type:"string"` 47661 47662 // The name of the VPN. 47663 VpnName *string `type:"string"` 47664 47665 // The preshared key (PSK) for the VPN. 47666 // 47667 // VpnPSK is a sensitive parameter and its value will be 47668 // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by VpnDetails's 47669 // String and GoString methods. 47670 VpnPSK *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 47671 47672 // The state of the VPN. 47673 VpnState *string `type:"string"` 47674 47675 // The IP address of network traffic from your on-premises data center. A custom 47676 // AZ receives the network traffic. 47677 VpnTunnelOriginatorIP *string `type:"string"` 47678 } 47679 47680 // String returns the string representation. 47681 // 47682 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47683 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47684 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47685 func (s VpnDetails) String() string { 47686 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 47687 } 47688 47689 // GoString returns the string representation. 47690 // 47691 // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not 47692 // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the 47693 // value will be replaced with "sensitive". 47694 func (s VpnDetails) GoString() string { 47695 return s.String() 47696 } 47697 47698 // SetVpnGatewayIp sets the VpnGatewayIp field's value. 47699 func (s *VpnDetails) SetVpnGatewayIp(v string) *VpnDetails { 47700 s.VpnGatewayIp = &v 47701 return s 47702 } 47703 47704 // SetVpnId sets the VpnId field's value. 47705 func (s *VpnDetails) SetVpnId(v string) *VpnDetails { 47706 s.VpnId = &v 47707 return s 47708 } 47709 47710 // SetVpnName sets the VpnName field's value. 47711 func (s *VpnDetails) SetVpnName(v string) *VpnDetails { 47712 s.VpnName = &v 47713 return s 47714 } 47715 47716 // SetVpnPSK sets the VpnPSK field's value. 47717 func (s *VpnDetails) SetVpnPSK(v string) *VpnDetails { 47718 s.VpnPSK = &v 47719 return s 47720 } 47721 47722 // SetVpnState sets the VpnState field's value. 47723 func (s *VpnDetails) SetVpnState(v string) *VpnDetails { 47724 s.VpnState = &v 47725 return s 47726 } 47727 47728 // SetVpnTunnelOriginatorIP sets the VpnTunnelOriginatorIP field's value. 47729 func (s *VpnDetails) SetVpnTunnelOriginatorIP(v string) *VpnDetails { 47730 s.VpnTunnelOriginatorIP = &v 47731 return s 47732 } 47733 47734 const ( 47735 // ActivityStreamModeSync is a ActivityStreamMode enum value 47736 ActivityStreamModeSync = "sync" 47737 47738 // ActivityStreamModeAsync is a ActivityStreamMode enum value 47739 ActivityStreamModeAsync = "async" 47740 ) 47741 47742 // ActivityStreamMode_Values returns all elements of the ActivityStreamMode enum 47743 func ActivityStreamMode_Values() []string { 47744 return []string{ 47745 ActivityStreamModeSync, 47746 ActivityStreamModeAsync, 47747 } 47748 } 47749 47750 const ( 47751 // ActivityStreamStatusStopped is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value 47752 ActivityStreamStatusStopped = "stopped" 47753 47754 // ActivityStreamStatusStarting is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value 47755 ActivityStreamStatusStarting = "starting" 47756 47757 // ActivityStreamStatusStarted is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value 47758 ActivityStreamStatusStarted = "started" 47759 47760 // ActivityStreamStatusStopping is a ActivityStreamStatus enum value 47761 ActivityStreamStatusStopping = "stopping" 47762 ) 47763 47764 // ActivityStreamStatus_Values returns all elements of the ActivityStreamStatus enum 47765 func ActivityStreamStatus_Values() []string { 47766 return []string{ 47767 ActivityStreamStatusStopped, 47768 ActivityStreamStatusStarting, 47769 ActivityStreamStatusStarted, 47770 ActivityStreamStatusStopping, 47771 } 47772 } 47773 47774 const ( 47775 // ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value 47776 ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate" 47777 47778 // ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value 47779 ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot" 47780 ) 47781 47782 // ApplyMethod_Values returns all elements of the ApplyMethod enum 47783 func ApplyMethod_Values() []string { 47784 return []string{ 47785 ApplyMethodImmediate, 47786 ApplyMethodPendingReboot, 47787 } 47788 } 47789 47790 const ( 47791 // AuthSchemeSecrets is a AuthScheme enum value 47792 AuthSchemeSecrets = "SECRETS" 47793 ) 47794 47795 // AuthScheme_Values returns all elements of the AuthScheme enum 47796 func AuthScheme_Values() []string { 47797 return []string{ 47798 AuthSchemeSecrets, 47799 } 47800 } 47801 47802 const ( 47803 // DBProxyEndpointStatusAvailable is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value 47804 DBProxyEndpointStatusAvailable = "available" 47805 47806 // DBProxyEndpointStatusModifying is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value 47807 DBProxyEndpointStatusModifying = "modifying" 47808 47809 // DBProxyEndpointStatusIncompatibleNetwork is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value 47810 DBProxyEndpointStatusIncompatibleNetwork = "incompatible-network" 47811 47812 // DBProxyEndpointStatusInsufficientResourceLimits is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value 47813 DBProxyEndpointStatusInsufficientResourceLimits = "insufficient-resource-limits" 47814 47815 // DBProxyEndpointStatusCreating is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value 47816 DBProxyEndpointStatusCreating = "creating" 47817 47818 // DBProxyEndpointStatusDeleting is a DBProxyEndpointStatus enum value 47819 DBProxyEndpointStatusDeleting = "deleting" 47820 ) 47821 47822 // DBProxyEndpointStatus_Values returns all elements of the DBProxyEndpointStatus enum 47823 func DBProxyEndpointStatus_Values() []string { 47824 return []string{ 47825 DBProxyEndpointStatusAvailable, 47826 DBProxyEndpointStatusModifying, 47827 DBProxyEndpointStatusIncompatibleNetwork, 47828 DBProxyEndpointStatusInsufficientResourceLimits, 47829 DBProxyEndpointStatusCreating, 47830 DBProxyEndpointStatusDeleting, 47831 } 47832 } 47833 47834 const ( 47835 // DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadWrite is a DBProxyEndpointTargetRole enum value 47836 DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadWrite = "READ_WRITE" 47837 47838 // DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadOnly is a DBProxyEndpointTargetRole enum value 47839 DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadOnly = "READ_ONLY" 47840 ) 47841 47842 // DBProxyEndpointTargetRole_Values returns all elements of the DBProxyEndpointTargetRole enum 47843 func DBProxyEndpointTargetRole_Values() []string { 47844 return []string{ 47845 DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadWrite, 47846 DBProxyEndpointTargetRoleReadOnly, 47847 } 47848 } 47849 47850 const ( 47851 // DBProxyStatusAvailable is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47852 DBProxyStatusAvailable = "available" 47853 47854 // DBProxyStatusModifying is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47855 DBProxyStatusModifying = "modifying" 47856 47857 // DBProxyStatusIncompatibleNetwork is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47858 DBProxyStatusIncompatibleNetwork = "incompatible-network" 47859 47860 // DBProxyStatusInsufficientResourceLimits is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47861 DBProxyStatusInsufficientResourceLimits = "insufficient-resource-limits" 47862 47863 // DBProxyStatusCreating is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47864 DBProxyStatusCreating = "creating" 47865 47866 // DBProxyStatusDeleting is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47867 DBProxyStatusDeleting = "deleting" 47868 47869 // DBProxyStatusSuspended is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47870 DBProxyStatusSuspended = "suspended" 47871 47872 // DBProxyStatusSuspending is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47873 DBProxyStatusSuspending = "suspending" 47874 47875 // DBProxyStatusReactivating is a DBProxyStatus enum value 47876 DBProxyStatusReactivating = "reactivating" 47877 ) 47878 47879 // DBProxyStatus_Values returns all elements of the DBProxyStatus enum 47880 func DBProxyStatus_Values() []string { 47881 return []string{ 47882 DBProxyStatusAvailable, 47883 DBProxyStatusModifying, 47884 DBProxyStatusIncompatibleNetwork, 47885 DBProxyStatusInsufficientResourceLimits, 47886 DBProxyStatusCreating, 47887 DBProxyStatusDeleting, 47888 DBProxyStatusSuspended, 47889 DBProxyStatusSuspending, 47890 DBProxyStatusReactivating, 47891 } 47892 } 47893 47894 const ( 47895 // EngineFamilyMysql is a EngineFamily enum value 47896 EngineFamilyMysql = "MYSQL" 47897 47898 // EngineFamilyPostgresql is a EngineFamily enum value 47899 EngineFamilyPostgresql = "POSTGRESQL" 47900 ) 47901 47902 // EngineFamily_Values returns all elements of the EngineFamily enum 47903 func EngineFamily_Values() []string { 47904 return []string{ 47905 EngineFamilyMysql, 47906 EngineFamilyPostgresql, 47907 } 47908 } 47909 47910 const ( 47911 // FailoverStatusPending is a FailoverStatus enum value 47912 FailoverStatusPending = "pending" 47913 47914 // FailoverStatusFailingOver is a FailoverStatus enum value 47915 FailoverStatusFailingOver = "failing-over" 47916 47917 // FailoverStatusCancelling is a FailoverStatus enum value 47918 FailoverStatusCancelling = "cancelling" 47919 ) 47920 47921 // FailoverStatus_Values returns all elements of the FailoverStatus enum 47922 func FailoverStatus_Values() []string { 47923 return []string{ 47924 FailoverStatusPending, 47925 FailoverStatusFailingOver, 47926 FailoverStatusCancelling, 47927 } 47928 } 47929 47930 const ( 47931 // IAMAuthModeDisabled is a IAMAuthMode enum value 47932 IAMAuthModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 47933 47934 // IAMAuthModeRequired is a IAMAuthMode enum value 47935 IAMAuthModeRequired = "REQUIRED" 47936 ) 47937 47938 // IAMAuthMode_Values returns all elements of the IAMAuthMode enum 47939 func IAMAuthMode_Values() []string { 47940 return []string{ 47941 IAMAuthModeDisabled, 47942 IAMAuthModeRequired, 47943 } 47944 } 47945 47946 const ( 47947 // ReplicaModeOpenReadOnly is a ReplicaMode enum value 47948 ReplicaModeOpenReadOnly = "open-read-only" 47949 47950 // ReplicaModeMounted is a ReplicaMode enum value 47951 ReplicaModeMounted = "mounted" 47952 ) 47953 47954 // ReplicaMode_Values returns all elements of the ReplicaMode enum 47955 func ReplicaMode_Values() []string { 47956 return []string{ 47957 ReplicaModeOpenReadOnly, 47958 ReplicaModeMounted, 47959 } 47960 } 47961 47962 const ( 47963 // SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value 47964 SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance" 47965 47966 // SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value 47967 SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group" 47968 47969 // SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value 47970 SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group" 47971 47972 // SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 47973 SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot" 47974 47975 // SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value 47976 SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster" 47977 47978 // SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 47979 SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot" 47980 ) 47981 47982 // SourceType_Values returns all elements of the SourceType enum 47983 func SourceType_Values() []string { 47984 return []string{ 47985 SourceTypeDbInstance, 47986 SourceTypeDbParameterGroup, 47987 SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup, 47988 SourceTypeDbSnapshot, 47989 SourceTypeDbCluster, 47990 SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot, 47991 } 47992 } 47993 47994 const ( 47995 // TargetHealthReasonUnreachable is a TargetHealthReason enum value 47996 TargetHealthReasonUnreachable = "UNREACHABLE" 47997 47998 // TargetHealthReasonConnectionFailed is a TargetHealthReason enum value 47999 TargetHealthReasonConnectionFailed = "CONNECTION_FAILED" 48000 48001 // TargetHealthReasonAuthFailure is a TargetHealthReason enum value 48002 TargetHealthReasonAuthFailure = "AUTH_FAILURE" 48003 48004 // TargetHealthReasonPendingProxyCapacity is a TargetHealthReason enum value 48005 TargetHealthReasonPendingProxyCapacity = "PENDING_PROXY_CAPACITY" 48006 48007 // TargetHealthReasonInvalidReplicationState is a TargetHealthReason enum value 48008 TargetHealthReasonInvalidReplicationState = "INVALID_REPLICATION_STATE" 48009 ) 48010 48011 // TargetHealthReason_Values returns all elements of the TargetHealthReason enum 48012 func TargetHealthReason_Values() []string { 48013 return []string{ 48014 TargetHealthReasonUnreachable, 48015 TargetHealthReasonConnectionFailed, 48016 TargetHealthReasonAuthFailure, 48017 TargetHealthReasonPendingProxyCapacity, 48018 TargetHealthReasonInvalidReplicationState, 48019 } 48020 } 48021 48022 const ( 48023 // TargetRoleReadWrite is a TargetRole enum value 48024 TargetRoleReadWrite = "READ_WRITE" 48025 48026 // TargetRoleReadOnly is a TargetRole enum value 48027 TargetRoleReadOnly = "READ_ONLY" 48028 48029 // TargetRoleUnknown is a TargetRole enum value 48030 TargetRoleUnknown = "UNKNOWN" 48031 ) 48032 48033 // TargetRole_Values returns all elements of the TargetRole enum 48034 func TargetRole_Values() []string { 48035 return []string{ 48036 TargetRoleReadWrite, 48037 TargetRoleReadOnly, 48038 TargetRoleUnknown, 48039 } 48040 } 48041 48042 const ( 48043 // TargetStateRegistering is a TargetState enum value 48044 TargetStateRegistering = "REGISTERING" 48045 48046 // TargetStateAvailable is a TargetState enum value 48047 TargetStateAvailable = "AVAILABLE" 48048 48049 // TargetStateUnavailable is a TargetState enum value 48050 TargetStateUnavailable = "UNAVAILABLE" 48051 ) 48052 48053 // TargetState_Values returns all elements of the TargetState enum 48054 func TargetState_Values() []string { 48055 return []string{ 48056 TargetStateRegistering, 48057 TargetStateAvailable, 48058 TargetStateUnavailable, 48059 } 48060 } 48061 48062 const ( 48063 // TargetTypeRdsInstance is a TargetType enum value 48064 TargetTypeRdsInstance = "RDS_INSTANCE" 48065 48066 // TargetTypeRdsServerlessEndpoint is a TargetType enum value 48067 TargetTypeRdsServerlessEndpoint = "RDS_SERVERLESS_ENDPOINT" 48068 48069 // TargetTypeTrackedCluster is a TargetType enum value 48070 TargetTypeTrackedCluster = "TRACKED_CLUSTER" 48071 ) 48072 48073 // TargetType_Values returns all elements of the TargetType enum 48074 func TargetType_Values() []string { 48075 return []string{ 48076 TargetTypeRdsInstance, 48077 TargetTypeRdsServerlessEndpoint, 48078 TargetTypeTrackedCluster, 48079 } 48080 } 48081 48082 const ( 48083 // WriteForwardingStatusEnabled is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value 48084 WriteForwardingStatusEnabled = "enabled" 48085 48086 // WriteForwardingStatusDisabled is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value 48087 WriteForwardingStatusDisabled = "disabled" 48088 48089 // WriteForwardingStatusEnabling is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value 48090 WriteForwardingStatusEnabling = "enabling" 48091 48092 // WriteForwardingStatusDisabling is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value 48093 WriteForwardingStatusDisabling = "disabling" 48094 48095 // WriteForwardingStatusUnknown is a WriteForwardingStatus enum value 48096 WriteForwardingStatusUnknown = "unknown" 48097 ) 48098 48099 // WriteForwardingStatus_Values returns all elements of the WriteForwardingStatus enum 48100 func WriteForwardingStatus_Values() []string { 48101 return []string{ 48102 WriteForwardingStatusEnabled, 48103 WriteForwardingStatusDisabled, 48104 WriteForwardingStatusEnabling, 48105 WriteForwardingStatusDisabling, 48106 WriteForwardingStatusUnknown, 48107 } 48108 }